Alte Kaker Still Music Making in 2023

I’ve been very busy this past year doing my small part to add to the currently 100,000 songs per day being uploaded to streaming services. Not sure exactly why, in the face of that data, but there you have it. Superfluity and all—the joyous bounty of energy in the universe, as Alan Watts puts it. Or whatever it is that we humans do. And more music is on its way, I’m always in the process of trying to finish things I’ve been working on for a long time! Probably this is all about that I’m turning 60 on September 3 and freaking out about all that, gotta get it all done before I expire. The truth is that making music is all I really want to do, always has been. And you gotta really want to do it, like I just read yet another musician saying, “to make an album, you have to really want to do it, because there’s no payoff in doing it.” (In this recent instance it was Rich Williams from Kansas, but pretty much everybody knows this and says it, from those who once made money selling albums to those that never did and do it anyway.) So it’s all just exploring creativity… but then my personal OCD sets in when projects are unfinished, and I have to get them done. And then once a recording is done, it has to be sent out into the world, because music is communication. Though of course, what music I make is some form of what music I want to hear; that is, I do make it so that it sounds like I want it to sound, and I do love listening to it when I’m making it, sculpting it with overdubs and edits, effects and mixing, but once it’s done I don’t have to listen to it anymore! Then it’s my presentation to the people of the world, here look what I did! It’s funny how much you listen to the things you’re working on—until they are done, then you never listen to it again.

But I know there must be a few people that like this music. I bet there’s actually a lot of people who would like it, if it ever came to their ears, but that’s beyond my skill set, and apparently the streaming algorithms. I get Apple Music notifications every Friday regarding plays and Shazams of tracks I’ve got up on Apple Music, and the numbers range from 0 to maybe 50 in a great week. A high of 50 plays of various songs from the several hundred I’ve got up there in the net, 50 people worldwide out of the billions of people and billions of songs. That’s worth a few cents. (Nobody is playing Chaos Butterfly anymore, it seems, been zeros for a few weeks. I wonder how many tracks exist on these services that are never played! AI-generated music being listened to only by AI, probably. )

In my Facebook feed, it must be about 75% other musicians: every post is about somebody’s newest song/album/gig/tour/whatever (my posts included). I actually listen to a lot of these peoples’ musics, and, while making my own, I like to think that I am in conversation with other (many more successful, though not always) musicians and writers, that we are advancing the language by continuing to record and acting and reacting to one another1. Though I know that the truth is it’s more likely just me responding to them in a vacuum, and not the other way around (c’mon, Radiohead aren’t listening? I’d swear Nigel Godrich used some of my SuperCollider code…) That willful ignorance of facts keeps me going, though. And so long as I have something to work on, I feel ok, like I’m still valid as a living being doing something important. I’m not as blasé nor excited about it as Alan Watts, still stuck in this validation gravity well dharma.

I’ve had a tough time keeping going since I moved to Sweden, to be honest. I feel very cut off from my ‘scene’ (including the incredible new music and improv scene that existed in the SF Bay Area! especially) and I don’t think anyone here gets my joke at all. Too much NorCal baggage, I guess. Try making a stoner joke in Sweden, you’ll get arrested. I rarely play live here anymore, it doesn’t seem worth it, nobody comes. I did several solo shows at Larry’s Corner in the past couple years, (many on youtube!) and there were usually only accidental attendees, people waiting for a late train or something. I mostly made money by doing odd computer jobs for people or recording or mixing tracks at home, and back before 2020, touring with Camper Van Beethoven brought in about $10k a year, so combined with my wife’s enormous salary as a pre-school teacher we could pay the rent. No CVB touring since January 2020 meant that several of those guitars that I wrote about in earlier blogs are now sold. (Oh I miss that Les Paul!) I’d guess the thing is I’m psychologically damaged from the trauma of a decade ago, getting fired from Pandora with a small child, losing the house and life savings and moving to a foreign country, trying to learn a new language. I never really melded with whatever scenes there are here, it seems. Stockholm is very success-oriented, music that is successful is considered good, I don’t think anybody actually has any taste of their own. They love Eurovision crap. It’s sort of sad. I hear Gothenburg and Malmö are better in this regard, but here, the underground is very dispersed, and wherever it can be found is nowhere near where I live, so I’m not showing up for shows often. Also I’m old, dagnabbit. I do get to Great Learning Orchestra events (and rehearsals for such) occasionally. (Fingers crossed, I’m trying to get Fred to come here to work with us next year!)

I tried to get things going with Sista Maj, but those guys all got too busy with other projects (but like Kungens Man, who are hugely important to the psychedelic music scene throughout the EU, plus they have spin off bands that are moving forward!) so I just kept doing my thing. Madly. I make a ton of music all the time, glob knows why. Always have.

During the pandemic of course, I thought, hey, I’ll be a writer like everyone else. I mean, I had written things before (mostly reviews.) So I finished up 600+ pages of autobiographical crap about the 1990s, or more specifically the period from when I got kicked out of Camper Van Beethoven in 1989 and the point where Camper Van Beethoven started playing again for real in 2002. I shared it with a couple people, but in the end it’s incredibly cringey and embarrassing, despite and because of the humorous pathos and hi-jinks of being a drunken bartender riding a motorcycle around San Francisco, or the things of actual musical interest from the era in which I played in Sparklehorse. Or the time at Mills studying with incredible people like Pauline Oliveros and Fred Frith. Or working for Dane Davis at Danetracks in LA.

….Eh. Too much of that already available for people.

The last time I was in the US was almost two years ago, touring on the West Coast with Victor Krummenacher and Greg Lisher playing acoustic versions of Victor’s Silver Smoke of Dreams album. Driving from Portland to the Bay Area, I stared out the window and thought a lot about how things had changed during the period I had been away, still within Trump and Pandemic manias. It was a real mess, Southern Oregon and Northern California were weird, very mean and divisive. I grew up in Davis and thought a lot about the shit we did as teens there as we drove. Subsequently, I came home and a little later got covid, and in my fever dreams this all coalesced into a story about some kids living in the northern Sacramento Valley in the mid 1970s (about five years prior to my time period). When I was out of bed again I typed it all up. It’s a novella, I guess. But the end result was me realizing that I’m not a great writer; this blog is maybe as good as it gets. Imagine 600+ pages of this crap proclaiming my idiot life. So anyway, there’s another word file sitting around. Maybe that should be a blog… except that I hate the format, it’s all upside down. Nobody reads a story chapter and then scrolls up to the next chapter, they should be in order, top-down. Even this blog should be. The internet is ruining everything. People just put up with it and then suddenly movies are all going to be vertical aspect. Yay. Kids these days, etc.

Back to the music, though, having covered the why and how let’s move on to who, what, where and when. I’ll start a little over a year ago, summer 2022. Since the pandemic, the Øresund Space Collective hasn’t really been on tour much either, though we’ve done swings of 3 shows or so, mostly spring or fall. I played most but not all, I didn’t play with them at KozFest in the UK that summer nor this past one, because 1) I was out in the countryside and 2) it was my daughter’s birthday. So out in the country place …like everybody in Sweden that lives in a city, [my wife’s parents] have a country place, it’s a 16th century log cabin essentially, but there’s a barn, a toolshed and a former cabin that a lady lived in with her goats. I record there every summer, it’s all birch inside and sounds excellent. Shine Out, for example, entirely recorded there.

I had almost 30 half-songs from starting ideas during the pandemic and never finishing them, which irked me. I got really depressed etc2, saw no reason to work on them. Stopped Facebooking all the time also. But now (ok, back on meds) I thought I’d finish them all, these shitty nuggets. I finished as many lyrics and singing and overdubs as I could through July and August, in between doing overdubs for various Astral Magic albums from Santtu Laakso (I mean, I recorded parts for 7 Astral Magic albums in 2022 and maybe the same in 2023!)

In August, Øresund Space Collective played at the Crescendo Prog Festival in France, it was a great high-energy show and a great one-off trip to France. I flew without guitar so I got to use guitars from a festival sponsor, one of which was a fanned-fret baritone, super cool.

Then in the beginning of September 2022, I went to Quinta dos Azeiteiros in Portugal to record with the Øresund Space Collective. I’ve been playing and recording with various combos of these guys for almost a decade now! Scott Heller, the fulcrum and PVI of the band (that is, Primary Visual Interest. No sexy dancers up front unfortunatley, but we got a wizard on modular synth!) sold his place in Copenhagen and bought a place in the hills in Northern Portugal and built a goddam studio. So we got to shake it out and see if it was working. A bunch of people were there over the week, starting with the guys from the most common touring band of the past few years, Tim Wallander on drums, Jiri Hjort on bass, Mogens Deenfort on keys, and of course Scott on synths. (Scott’s been making massive numbers of solo records in the studio as Dr Space and also with Martin Weaver as Doctors of Space!) We have played with this group with various other guitarists for the past few years, very intense groovy long jams. Sometimes we had Vemund from Black Moon Circle or Johann from First Band From Outer Space. This time, Scott had invited Luis Simoes from Saturnia in Portugal, and he brought a doubleneck electric sitar and guitar. Another synth player whom we had played with in Malmö, Pär, was there also. (He’s a neuroscientist who researches psychedelics, so that seemed appropriate.) From the beginning, Hasse Horrigmoe was there to help Scott set up the studio and then alternate on bass with Jiri or play guitar. Hasse has done several recording sessions with ØSC but rarely plays with us/them live. His playing and Jiri’s playing are completely different, Hasse usually sets up a mode and an odd rhythmic riff of some sort and keeps at it, while Jiri plays very freely melodically coming down hard on the beats or accents to propel the jam—or keep with Tim, who goes nuts and rhythms the place up endlessly. 

Jiri, Luis, Pär at the studio, deck looking over the valley

We started out and it took a bit to make people be able to hear what was happening (guitars are usually too loud and playing too much, of course) and the synth players suffered having a weak monitoring system so on several tracks the synth player(s) turned up to hear themselves and distorted the input to the recording. There was a lot of band leakage on the drums, drums felt isolated from communication with the overbearing guitars. Regardless there a few good recordings in the first couple days. But Tim got discouraged and felt he couldn’t play up to his own acceptable level of competence, so he split for a while to get his head together and walked in the hills. (Note, Tim joined Ozric Tentacles the following month!)

Studio recording room. Hasse on the left.

Tim wasn’t staying the whole time anyway, but we did get back in the studio for a day to record some great stuff (in my opinion). Right before he and Pär left, Aaron Peacock (Ocelot) came by to hang and jam, we had met him playing at the Aum Festival in Switzerland, he’s an American electronica guy who lives in Portugal. He played a little drums, but the recordings from that day aren’t great. 

Then Mattias Olsson came in as clean-up drummer. This was a potentially controversial move, I sort of pushed it into happening, because Mattias comes from a very prog (and essentially anti-jamband) background. Not that he’s not an improviser! But he works in a very different way than Tim. Now, I’ve played with Mattias for years, he’s on Superfluity for example, and we’ve played live with Hasse on bass. The next few days we recorded many more jams of different sorts, marking a whole different sound for the band. 

I spent most of the fall mixing the ØSC or Shitty Nuggets, or recording more Astral Magic. I mixed maybe six of the ØSC jams that we recorded with Mattias and four or five of the ones we did with Tim. The most interesting right off the bat was number 29, which became “Everything is Evil”. Scott started mixing other ones. There’s a lot of upcoming music from that week! 

I finished overdubs and mixing the Shitty Nuggets and planned a C-90 cassette. I got a few extra background vocals from people, notably Hanna Francis on “We’re All the Same”, Kelly Atkins, my Superfluity and more co-conspirator on “Whatever Happened” and “World of Trouble” (the sequence remained alphabetical, so these are all toward the end!) and Eyelids Chris Slusarenko and Jon Moen on “Compartmentalize”. Jon also played a tenor recorder on “Every Little Thing.”

With these all done and out of the way, I started working on another set of unfinished and newer songs, some of which go back a few years and some of which are very recent. This is in limbo currently, not quite sure where to go with it all. 

So to clear my musical head, I applied for a residency at the Stockholm Elektron Musik Studio, and oddly got quickly accepted, so I got the keys in the winter. I was working with my old SuperCollider patches as well, my old Chaos Butterfly stuff. I had already made on electronic music album that winter, “Superposition of States” with guitar or violin and SuperCollider. 

In January of 2023, the 50-cassette and digital release of Shitty Nuggets came out on my Bandcamp page and all the digital worlds. I’d been getting into mastering software for Astral Magic so when an indie film project, See You At The Bar, about the Casa Loma in San Francisco from the early 90s asked to use “Another Beer” from Jack & Jill’s first album Chill and Shrill, I decided to remaster all the 90s albums, both Jack & Jill ones and the 3 Hieronymus Firebrain ones. Completely coincidentally I got a couple thousand dollars in royalties for digital mechanicals on an old Hieronymus Firebrain song, so that could keep me going for a while. One time thing, though, something probably got used on a podcast or something and sat in the black box of digital mechanicals for years accruing. Glad they caught that one! After using that money to gain some interest for themselves for 25 years. Anyway all the remasters are on the bandcamp page.

I did a few podcast/vlogs with Chris Leroy for his Lo-Fi Lounge (#124, 133 and 136) about the state of things in January, like this:

When I was in the Stockholm EMS there, they had a huge Buchla synthesizer system and a great multi track studio, I was there usually two days a week December through March. I had played with Buchla and Moog modular systems as an undergrad at UCSC in the early 1980s and then again at Mills in the early 2000s. SO I guess every 20 years I need to go back to it. They also had a Halldorophone, which I recorded a lot and then tried to pitch map it and get the Buchla to play it, etc… Anyway, I generated a lot of recorded audio during this period. Additionally I had some instant SuperCollider + guitar/vln albums that came out of rehearsing to play this live for a gallery opening and closing settings for an art show from a guy I know from dog walking, Victor Rangner, who paints in a low-brow pop psychedelic style. The albums are Current Motion and Downstream Motion, both live recordings of me at home.

ØSC had a gig in Copenhagen that was good, at a small festival with other interesting bands. I like riding the train down to play. I just like Copenhagen, it seems much realer than Stockholm (plus the food is better.)

Also in March of 2023 Mogens and Jiri came up from Copenhagen to Stockholm and we went to Mattias’ studio, Roth Händle, for a week to see what we could do. Mogens took the audio home to work on it, I believe it’s about all done now and may eventually come out on Mattias’ Roth Händle Bandcamp site. The “band” will be called “Tall” (as in, “a little short”.) 

In April, Hasse came to start on his new project. His band TangleEdge had ceased after decades and he was on to the next thing which was sets of related modal repetitive riffs in odd time signatures that I had to learn and make melodic parts for, and we would record at Mattias’ one week every month for the next four months. This is perfect for Mattias who not only is the most amazing drummer who can rock any time signature, but has a billion musical instruments in his studio including several Mellotrons and odd old synths or noisemakers. This was intense music and I knuckled down to get it good, it was super fun to be with those guys and record this stuff. I played a lot of guitar and violin, and even took some stabs at various keyboards and even vibraphone and bass marimba. Can’t wait till it’s all out, this is amazing music. 

In between, I was sorting through and making pieces out of the Buchla recordings, which ended up as a 5-volume set of EPs, the Stockholm Elektron Music Studios Series. Each volume is made of of several sonically related pieces, whether straight Buchla or with SuperCollider or field audio, or even some that gained pulse from Reaktor or that I played bass on. 

In May 2023, ØSC played the Spaceboat, an annual gig on a boat in Hamburg, we played two days there. “Everyone is Evil” came out and we go the double vinyl to examine, this is an intense album—the title track is 64 minutes long in multiple sections. Side 4 is a mellower Synth-based piece that Scott mixed, now titled “Everyone is Good.” The CD comes with two other pieces from those sessions. More to come!

I came back to Stockholm and did a solo show at Larry’s Corner with Donald Lupo/(L Don Ohkami). The next gig I had was a full band gig opening for Oruã and Built to Spill at the Debaser Strand in Stockholm in mid June, so I hired Mogens and Jiri and Mattias, and Hanna Francis to sing with me. This gig was amazing, I hadn’t played electric guitar songs for a long time, and the band were amazing. Good thing I kept that guitar. It was all filmed by Jonas Holzberg, it’s out on YouTube (Sept 3 premier date) here: 

Jonathan Segel band at Debaser Strand, Stockholm, June 19 2023

A week later I was back in Denmark to play with ØSC sans Scott at the Thy Lejren festival which was very interesting. A total hippie festival, these folks left Christiania to go to northern Denmark in the 70s and it’s an “alternative community.” Also, several of the stage people that lived there had come from Norway where they had worked in historical re-enactment viking villages. It was one of those gigs that works like a black market society, right when we got there we got paid and drink tickets and anything else we wanted, playing that night at 11pm. The band before us was old hippie dudes who had made an impact on Danish music in the early 70s, including one guy who was a lawyer and had made sure that the artists (then) got paid and had health care and that sort of thing. Everybody seemed to know some of the old power ballads and rockers they played. We played after them with Mogens in front with his modulars and keys, and the stage had great balance so we could hear each other and played a smash show. Super fun all around. I should mention that often when we play in Denmark environs, Mikkel Toft is playing guitar, and sometimes also Per both of whom also play with Jiri in his and his sister’s band Fri Galaxe, who are super groovy. Their old drummer Martin has played with ØSC many times as well. 

ØSC setting up at Thy Lejren, Mogens and Jiri in foreground. Viking in Background.

We stayed at the festival the next day and saw the bands and then drove back to Copenhagen on Sunday and I came back to Stockholm for more recording with Hasse and Mattias, then back out to the countryside to do more Astral Magic overdubs and work on the other ongoing projects.

The Stockholm EMS series have been coming out on Bandcamp and digital month by month, 4 of 5 are out now. The other ongoing projects and coming along… the Halldorophone pieces received drums and percussion added by Andreas Axelsson (from Sista Maj among other things) moving them into new territory, so I asked Daniel Boregård Älgå (from Neon Heart among other things!) to play on several as well, he’s done some flute+electronics and I’m still hoping for some bass clarinet. Tom Djll played trumpet and electronics on one. I did several passes with guitar or lap steel or violin, then edited it all back. It’s very dense, semi-tonal droney music— the instrument itself is a feedback based electric cello type thing. Used a lot of film soundtracks (like The Joker, for example.) A lot of playing it was tuning the sympathetic strings and then finding notes on the fingered strings that resonated. This has become an enormous set of pieces, now called “Hall of Mirrors”. Not done quite yet. 

For anybody that has read my occasional write-ups like this, I know I’ve been promising Dog Days forever, but we’re finally moving into a probable wrap as Kelly Atkins does her magic on the mellow improv acoustic recordings that Victor Krummenacher and I made in the goat house in the country several years ago. It’s extremely trippy music. 

Songs, yeah. The ones I have still unfinished are disparate. I can’t promise anything yet. While I have been wrestling with them I’ve also recorded a bunch of cover songs, which started by Larry asking me if I had recorded the songs I played at some solo show acoustically, several from All Attractions or Honey, for example, and so I started doing that and got hung up recording “North Star Grassman and the Ravens”, a Sandy Denny song. I’m not sure what to do with these recordings as they stand. It’s tough to put out covers on Bandcamp, you have to license everything and even at the cheapest digital license I’d be paying $20 per song for a maximum if a hundred downloads sold, and I don’t believe I would even sell that many. Imagine there are 15 or 20 covers, that’s $400 minimum so for selling it at $10 and getting $8 or whatever, I’d have to sell 50 copies to break even. That’s about what Shitty Nuggets sold. Dunno. 

Anyway, now, beginning of September 2023, I’m heading back to Quinta dos Azeiteiros in Portugal for a week to record with ØSC again. This time, Mattias and Hasse are back, as is Luis and other local players, plus we have KG Westman coming. I last recorded with KG with ØSC in 2014 (ØSC Different Creatures album for example!) , he was backing off from playing guitar as he had done in Siena Root, and was playing more sitar and synthesizers. Since then he has devoted himself to sitar and spent a lot of time in India studying and performing. Should be an interesting session! And the recordings from last year’s sessions will be coming out for a while as we comb through these sessions. 

When I get back from Portugal, I have to get to Estonia. Really this is sort of a glamor trip for me, I’m not playing but will be seeing music I made for Cid Pearlman’s Dance Company, for a set of films they made called (home)body. These premiered in 2022 in Santa Cruz, CA at the Santa Cruz Museum of Art and History, and will be showing in Talinn as part of the Rännak Festival.

Alrighty, so anyways that’s my life. Besides feeding the kid and walking the dog. So far it’s still happening, anyway. Probably have to sell another guitar soon, but I still have some. I should get my Swedish driver’s license and get a job driving a cab maybe—haven’t actually owned a car or motorcycle since moving here. Hardly need it, but it’s also way beyond our means. What’s a 60-year-old anti-social alte kaker musician do in a foreign country once music cedes its importance entirely in the modern world?

  1. Ya know… I do this all the time, have been forever. See here for an example, Hanna Francis’ Self-Help Songwriter podcast talking about “Sleep for a Hundred Years.”:
    ↩︎
  2. Among other things, like dealing with nerve issues in my left hand from crushing my violin to my shoulder, after getting sick/covid (unknown, it was Jan 2020 so before the Pandemic, while on tour on the West Coast with CVB) I developed Reynaud’s Syndrome! This is statistically very odd for a middle aged man. And not great for living in Scandinavia. I did see several new articles about it during the pandemic, but none actually mentioned any causation nor correlation to covid, even with the micro-capillary clotting biz. Anyway, equally oddly, I think it’s abating now, though we’ll see for sure this winter. I did see this past summer that my daughter also has this going on a bit, so it’s possibly genetic or post-covid as well. Human bodies, I swear. ↩︎
Tagged with:
Posted in Øresund Space Collective, Camper Van Beethoven, Guitar, Music, recording, Sparklehorse, Sweden, Technology

The Rest of the Extant Dark Stars, #101-222

Whew, this quixotic project took 3 years (obviously a pandemic-initiated endeavor!) but listening to one or two (or three) a week, I’m done with all the existing recordings of the Grateful Dead playing Dark Star. The first hundred are here “Listening to the first 100 Dark Stars“. There is no reason for anyone to read all this, but possibly it would be interesting to spot trends and changes in the history of the track. And it’s not just me, there are several people writing up their listening experiences on this thread here: https://forums.stevehoffman.tv/threads/every-dark-star-grateful-dead.983414/

(We’re not done yet on the forum.) The thread-master, bzgft, is posting our summaries by version here: https://everydarkstar.blogspot.com/

According to this guy Jim Powell here: DeadEssays.BlogSpot.com* there may be 100 missing versions (early versions! 1968-70, the best…): never taped or just not in circulation. Frankly, the fact that 220+ versions were taped is incredible, especially considering the tech of the late 60s and into the 70s. Of course by the time the audience tapers were legion the band started to suck. Well, ok, I guess they could be good sometimes. I mean, I did listen to Dark Star plus related tracks or sequences from all of these concerts through the 90s. It’s sorta up and down, there are great moments. But frankly, I couldn’t handle listening to a lot of the concerts (especially the Weir/Barlow songs… I don’t like Barlow’s lyrics and I don’t really dig Bob Weir’s musical ideas much. Sorry to those that love these songs. I feel like Barlow is a hack and relies way too much on Biblical or other trite tropes—for example, when a writer uses Christian Biblical references, it automatically makes me think they don’t have any good ideas of their own, or hadn’t ever read anywhere beyond those particular versions of mythologies into worlds that could be much more interesting. Hack. Um, OK I might exclude a few artists from this list, like say, Nick Cave… maybe Andy Partridge. Dylan? Not sure.)

Also, check this out: https://deadessays.blogspot.com/2020/06/dark-star-graph.html -a graph of all these and their lengths. Obviously other people have gone through all of these before.

Anyway. Here we go. Soundboard tapes often, noted if not. Luckily there are many many soundboard tapes available!

*note that the date links on that page don’t work. Deadlists had something happen to them so the www. doesn’t work. You can go to Deadlists.com and search by year/day.


…on a ’63 Strat.

101 1970-04-25 Mammoth Gardens, Denver, CO 24:39 AUDience Tape 

Audience tape shows an interesting aural spectrum, the band starts the songs and Jerry tests some feedback and swells before a theme entrance, played a few times before heading to more restrained lead playing, sounds like neck pickup in the hall, not super bright—he’s back to using an SG now, a ’66 Standard. They reference the theme a few times before it starts to take off. Nice playing, wish it were a better tape! Bob sounds like he’s keeping the rhythm, essentially, it’s tough to hear his chordal notes exactly. They build with Phil following Jerry closely into waves that crest and break. Some chordal whirlpools at 4:00 in, with Phil controlling the harmonic environment. Back to the song basis, and JG is off again, he’s exploring some nice runs, endless melodic motion, then goes into an area of stretching strings. Really beautiful stuff! Then the gliss up to the A and the theme proper again at 6 minutes, into verse 1 at 6:30.
People clap at the singing (reviews said the audience were sort of expecting Live/Dead and got hit with a full opening set of folk music). Nice verse version, a little more motion as it goes through the lines. And out to the counterpoint and into the middle section, Phil is setting it up droning on the A string as the band tremolos toward quietude.
A slight bell toll from one guitar rings an e-minor… cymbals take over with small sounds from the instruments, hardly audible in this hall recording until they build the volume a bit. Scrapes and sounds. Some volume knob swelled notes. Space. It gets very quiet by 10:30 minutes, sounds like a quiet Sputnik emerging by 11, against some odd sounds still happening, some feedbacks. It breaks at 12 min, melody returns with lead playing, again not the bright Strat tone exactly (I wonder how much of that is the tape?) Phil picks up underneath and they go immediately to the UJB descending bass riff major-key progression. (I’m just going to call it that. The other nomenclatures are too weird) and then a lithe segue into the “Soulful Strut/Tighten Up” two-maj7-chord jam. (Again, I’m finding all these names weird, maybe given our historical perspective, can we call it proto-Eyes?) Jerry’s tone is honky and nasal, maybe he has a wah pedal backed off like he used to use? In any case, soaring lead playing, lots of claves and Bill on side-stick latin groove. Move over Esquivel, here’s some real space-age bachelor pad music.
At 17:20 it breaks to a new arpeggio, sort of Sputnik-y, with the “Shall we go” sixths following, playing on them to a new area, which sort of leads back to the UJB riff as Jerry plays with the implied chords. At 20 min it drops back into the Dark Star chordal area. Drums still plugging away a bit and JG starts a type of arpeggiated lead section that relates to the Sputnik chord, but he takes off on it and the band follows upwards. Several melodic waves up and down and to a Bright Star, really playing it out, loud and strong by 22 minutes!
Bringing it down from there in volume and tempo, people clap and cheer as the band enters the DS theme again.
Verse 2 at 23:00, no filigree really, sort of a staid rendition, the outro vocals sound good in the hall, reverberating. Counterpoint leads to the static chords, leading to St Stephen and a searing version of the Eleven, so the audience is gonna get Live/Dead after all.

This is really a great version despite the bad quality audience recording, very seamless transitions between the jam sections, nice playing all around, great full-band playing. Wish there were a better audio copy!

102 1970-05-08 Farrell Hall, SUCNY Delhi, NY: #18:05 (missing start) AUD

Very distorted audience recording, which starts with Dark Star in the middle of an incredibly strong riff, it almost sounds like a different song altogether. It drops into the theme and verse 1 appears only a minute into this tape.
Hard to discern things in this recording, it sounds like everything is mushed into an underwater piano. Out of the verse, people clap, and it starts to go somewhere but falls away to the cymbal crashes and noise, into free improv space. Cymbals lead to feedback and odd sounds in an arhythmic space, volume swelled notes emerge, and bass feedback, it all sounds ring modulated by the tape distortion. More feedback, lots of weird and loud sounds. Sputnik emerging at 7:30, some notes a minute later, and chords, not sure where it’s going. Sounds like Bobby is playing that G7 so there’s some melodic things playing with the G-F#-Fnatural for a bit within the Dark Star chord progression. Claves are loud in the hall as well, as it builds into a jam, eventually with major chords. I think. Tighten up. Or something. Hard to tell. This jam goes on a long time. Break down at 17:30, people clap, the band disperses and the recording goes into Dancin’ in the Streets.
Whew, that one was rough.

103 1970-05-15 Fillmore East: 19:40 – Road Trips Vol.3 No.3 (also AUD)

Super long evenings at the Fillmore East, acoustic sets, New Riders’ set, Dead electric set. This Dark Star is after “Next Time You See Me” classic 12 bar blues, toward the end of the electric set. Joking about the alligator in the audience…a couple of intro teases, then they stick the intro riff and head into the track, at a decent tempo, not too slow, nice and relaxed. It only takes a few seconds and Jerry heads off into melody land. It’s a good mix, shakers control the pulse and the guitars seem to be working together moving forward, into a few small whirlpools that build up and down into big Dark Star thematic areas, the gliss to the A starts the riff to the verse at 3 minutes. Sort of a rough vocal intro (long night!) mild accompaniment for the verse, but nicely orchestrated. JG’s guitar sounds like a banjo on the chords in there on the “Shall we go”!
Jam starts, the band goes in and backs away leaving the space to change as the cymbals blow it away and the guitars become bells. Space has small sounds in it, mostly little feedbacks and swells. Some odd percussion come in. It’s an extended area of stasis, with notes only coming in with volume swells, even bass swells. Using the odd metal scrubbing sounds to build clouds of frequencies.
At 8:40 or so Jerry is coming in with a melodic idea, backed for a while by feedback swirls, it develops into a Sputnik-like arpeggio, but he breaks out of the arpeggio into slow lead playing and the band starts to come in by about 10:30 with a groove on A to G. Claves and eventually a drum set join, Bobby starts playing with the 7ths on the chords, going for that G7 again. It’s a relatively mellow latin-type jam on this progression for quite a while. He sputniks again at 13 minutes and goes into double time banjo picking, then into three-against-two chords. By 14:30 there’s hints of the Dark Star theme. They bring it down a bit, but it’s fluidly moving forward still and it heads to the Feeling Groovy feel and chords a half minute later. It breaks away at 17 min or so, and hits the Bright Star theme at 17:15, a relatively slow and solid statement, still in the old groove. The bring it down in tempo with the theme and head toward verse 2 at 18 min.
Classic verse treatment, some nice wandering on the third line after a strong rhythmic second line. Good outro and outro vocals, into scrubbing the static chords instead of just hitting them one by one, with cymbals, and into a short St Stephen, Not Fade Away and Lovelight.

Nice but ultimately fairly mellow version. Great space section.

104 1970-05-24 Newcastle-Under-Lyme, UK: 21:21

Their first overseas gig! At a big festival (where they played after Black Sabbath and Free!) Freaking out the Brits.
After Cold Rain and Snow, entering the late part of the set, Dark Star starts clean and together at a relatively brisk pace. Outdoor versions, always interesting. Jerry steps back after the intro and gathers his thoughts before coming in, the band is jamming away. They almost immediately build a wave up in the thematic world. High intensity, they are really pounding it out. (Relatively.) Drums come in in the two minute area, necessarily, I imagine. Lovely runs from JG, the whole band is playing full on with drive. Jerry’s whirlpools are intense examinations of specific notes or areas.
Theme statement on breakdown at 4:15 or so, onwards to the verse, after reining in the tempo and volume a bit. Verse comes in after some cymbal splashes and more quieter jamming, at 5:20. Really upbeat line one, making the break to the e minor on line two really dramatic. and the wandering on line three breaks it up even more, where it seems like the “Shall we go” is a baroque way of rebuilding, though Phil is heavy on these area. Heavy counterpoint intro, directly to cymbals and feedback and noise, and into space with droning bass tones and feedback and metal sounds. (I heard someone say something like “Watch where you’re going!”  but assuming that was about a physical presence on the stage, not to fellow musicians.) Cymbal or gong making phase-waves like a jet plane, lots of noisy metal stuff. Must have been amazing in the outdoor speaker system (this is an audience cassette! It sounds really good.) Bass and guitars enter with sound, feedback, on top of each other, it’s a pretty active space, really active cymbal play, with washes and hits. A flexatone! OMG, he’s getting out there with his percussion toys.
Sputnik enters at 11 minutes, still with odd bass noises and cymbals. And Bob soloing. He slows it down to a sort of old style Sputnik, but is playing with some flatted notes and goes into chord stabs. Lead emerges and the band drops back in, still at quite a high energy level. Bobby is on some dissonant chord for a while before it settles more right before the 14 minute are for a more classic jam heading to A and b minor before making that b minor into a G maj7 and the A into Amaj7 the Tighten Up jam comes forth, with a lot of explicit ‘bom, ba-bom’ (“It’s not unusual to be loved by anyone”) rhythmic motif statements.
At 18 minutes, Jerry seems to want to take it back to Dark Star, and it sort of strays around for a while before getting there, including a lengthy feedback tone. At 19:30, out of dying out chaos, Jerry emerges with a quiet Bright Star that just goes into the intro theme area and to verse 2 at 20:00. Sort of sudden! Nice verse rendition, interesting bit by bit wandering lines on line 3.
All vocals, making the multi-part madrigal outro and launching it to the guitar counterpoint and the chords that lead to St Stephen. (Which song ends up heading off to Not Fade Away after 6 minutes, and eventually into a half-hour Lovelight.)
Man this must have been an amazing festival. This was a great and high energy version of Dark Star, unusual lately—or in general.

Now we go back to SG

105 1970-06-24 Port Chester: 19:57 (9:45 > Attics > 7:09 > Sugar Magnolia > 3:03) AUD

Some stage banter beforehand and then a count and launching into the intro riff (where oddly, Jerry plays an E in place of D on the high note in the first go-round) into the groove with people clapping along, grooving. Some nice majestic riffs in the lead part, then taking it down into a long multi-headed hydra of the three guitars improvising with occasional references to the thematic material. Super long slow build to the theme before four minutes, back down to start a new jam with slightly more broken up rhythmic parts, taking it down in volume further, with JG on high small notes. Bobby starts going for some more dissonant chords. Back to the theme in a minute and the verse starts after six minutes.
Nice relaxed reading of the verse, with some great post-vocal bass and rhythm wandering within line 3.
A popped balloon during “Shall we go” elicits yells, the band goes on, out of the verse into the ‘nightfall’ intro and to directly dissipating music, into small noises from bass and percussion.
Percussion heavy with Chinese cymbals in there with the weird sounds, a bystander near the mics says “oh my god!” at 8:30. It’s building to an active noise jam and then off to volume swell melodic guitar, and then slow intro to Attics of my Life, nice transition where the melody comes in slowly and it could possibly be just another jam section, but people recognize it and start clapping before the singing comes in.
The song plods along for 5 minutes, and then switches right back into a Dark Star jam, which picks up the tempo over then next few minutes or so, ripping it up. Sort of a Bright Star at 2:30 into this part, then into a Tighten Up jam, which builds over time to some nice peaks. After the 6 minute wave cresting, it gets back to a Dark Star theme bit and then the Feeling Groovy bass line and chords, but then this is supplanted by the sliding into the A intro to Sugar Magnolia and into that groove, working out the melody and then going into the verse. And eventually another, and into a chorus, and back to the A at which point they head back into more jamming.
The root stays at A, but they soon realize they were in the middle of Dark Star and head back there as a groove idea, with some Sugar-y curlicues before the theme proper comes back in, and we get verse 2! (yay!)
A very rhythmic pulsed version, with people clapping along, and side stick drums in throughout. Nice outro and into St Stephen, and people realize it and freak out. St Stephen heads off to China Cat, IKYR, and they end with UJB. It’s a series of hits, the audience claps along the whole time. Must have been an amazing show to see.

106 1970-09-17 Fillmore East: 26:30 AUD

After a Star-less summer of almost all country music, we’re getting into some space again here at the Fillmore East on a four night run. This Dark Star is toward the end of the first evening.
Shakers for pulse, with a little settling in in the first minute or so, it gets comfortable in its seat. Sparse notes from lead guitar, accented by Bob in between phrases, with Phil bubbling underneath and sending it forward. JG finds a feedback note and holds it as an eddy in the current for a bit. A quiet brighter star area gets back to the main theme, and then off again with more conviction by the three minute area. When they bring it down and back to a thematic area before the verse, it’s a little disjunct, but verse 1 come sin and the audience claps. It’s a casual and mild delivery, leading to a slower outro. I note that nobody is ornamenting the spaces in the refrain after “Shall we go” and “through”, they are just held notes, no bedoopbedoop no nothing.
As soon as the new section starts, it falls apart and suddenly there are loud, weird screaming sounds like the bird sounds in the middle of Pink Floyd’s Echoes, and then into percussion sweeps and small noises. Some clapping, regardless. It goes into space, arhythmic and atonal. Some guitar hits, a few of those bird-like sweeps but at a more controlled volume, playing alongside some scraped strings. It’s sort of like a buzz-whistle, maybe? Still getting volume swell bass notes and then eventually volume swell guitar notes, which don’t develop but instead JG comes in again with a soft Sputnik at about 10:45, but it doesn’t hold together rhythmically and falls back into the sea of sound.
Repetitive melodic bits come out of the next rise, and they grow into a slow Dark Star jam, and people love this. It’s fairly slow and playing notes around the root chord rather than ever really staying on that A. It moves forward with repeating riffs occasionally, deliberately building slowly and Jerry takes off a couple time, but comes back to the steady upward-moving statements.
We’re heading toward a slow Tighten Up maybe, and Bob has that A7-G7 thing going on, but the tempo is still pretty slow—though the claves are trying to energize the mix. It settles into more of a Dark Star jam again. They are using those steadily climbing statement against each other to build to a Bright Star (a slow one) and coming down the other side of that wave Bob speeds it up into the actual Soulful Strut jam. Some serious riffing going on from Jerry and he gets down in this groove. The drums are in and coming along with him. In the middle of the 19th minute it sounds like he’s chasing some specific melody for a while, and that continues off and on over the next couple minutes.
They are really holding on this jam for a long time, bringing it down in the 22nd minute, to get somewhere else, and an odd and abrupt switch to sets of melodic sixths, similar to the verse outro, but then it forms a placid pond of tones, from which JG does a few of those post Sputnik stabs, but they don’t bring it out of the area the first time, and it builds again with a wave of volume up and down and then the Dark Star theme pops up and they’re back in the song. Nice! Like the opposite of how it usually blows away into the middle jam section. People clap along, verse 2 comes in at 25 minutes, more upbeat than verse 1, more action on lines two and three, especially the climbing lines under line three.
Nice vocals on the outro madrigal, and nicely played outro counterpoint, into the chords that lead to a somewhat slow and short St Stephen and into Good Lovin’ with drum jams within it.
Really decent version, interesting space (especially with that weird whistle or whatever that was) that held on for a long time. Long “Strut” jam with some ripping playing from Jerry, chasing some specific melody only he could envision.

107 1970-09-19 Fillmore East: 25:24 (SBD)

Night three of the run (Saturday) and a soundboard tape, which is nice.
Rad start after the intro with single building feedback note against the rhythm, then one note and a slow build in the lead, nice tempo and groove. Very slow all the way to the theme at about 2 minutes and low soloing after in varying mode. And a bell tolling for a bit a minute later. This is a very introspective jam, very sparse, wandering into other modal territory, whole new style of Dark Star. Sounds like Bobby has some jazz chords going on before taking it back to the theme groove at 5 min and jam, gliss to the theme a minute later and verse 1.
Nice dramatic vocal reading, the verse is fairly animated with percussion and bass.
And into the transitive nightfall with almost the groove, bell tolls in the background and this reality isn’t sticking anymore and it fades out. Very quiet space follows, some audience yell. An occasional bass note or bell hit on the strings, like windchimes. Then actual windchimes. The percussion doing some Asian style of wood block, some jack noise while plugging in that screaming thing from the other day, but holding it into feedback. A slow chord progression comes out for a while and fades to string scrubbing, and alternative techniques from both guitars.
Sputnik from a trough at 13:00, a short wave of arpeggio and toward the Tighten Up jam at a decent tempo, then a sudden shift to the Feeling Groovy chord progression at 16:00. Long jam and heading toward the Dark Star area again slowly, then a statement of the Feelin Groovy chords from Bob before the 21st minute, capping off this area and it goes to the DS riff.
No verse yet, JG starts another very slow lead and the groove devolves into single strummed chords and finally a Dark Star theme, in higher register, in largo. It goes on and on. A gap and a gliss back to the theme and into verse 2. After a few extra bars. Which verse are we at?
He gets there and sings it well, sounds a bit like his later voice again. Really groovy verse, drums in. Classic outro to St Stephen.

Really, really nice version, very spacey from the outset. It’s suggested that it was on news of Hendrix? Slow lead playing in all the Dark Star areas, but at speed in the later jams, then back to slow. Nice ‘other concepts of rhythm’ in the space section, reminds me of, for example, the Noh Theater ideas of rhythm, with rhythm based on ingressive, held and out outgoing breath.
Seems like an intense show as it goes on after this as well.

108 10/11/70 Wayne, IN: #20:29 (missing start) AUD

Awesome intro with the cassette mics being rattled and the sound image gradually recovering. The band heads into it and is jamming right off the bat on this one, into a super rhythmic jam. Eventually they slow it down to deliver the theme. An amateur drummer near the mics. Verse 1 after 4 minutes, slow, but some nice interpretation especially on line 3 from Phil.
Sounds like it sort of barrels into the refrain and then into the nightfall.
It holds together for a bit, sounding like each player gets stuck in their own space and it decays away into cymbals. Slow windchimey hits from guitar sounds, sort of like a broken machine. Some sound back and forth activity. Atonal horror movie soundtrack plucks sounding like piano or koto strings. Given the cassette distortion on the recording you could isolate this section and claim it was some historical ethnomusicological recording. It’s a nice long sound jam with some sputnik tendencies toward the end by 12 minutes. When the wave recedes, Bill starts a nice FG groove, but it doesn’t exactly head that way and heads back toward Dark Star like the first part of this evening’s version, fast and energetic. Building to an almost chord progression and then superimposition of things, Phil kinda does a descending bassline but they obviously all look up and sync back to Dark Star-ish groove at 16 min. Odd hints at the theme out of time with everybody else, the rhythm falling apart and it dies off for a while before some attempt at pulse is established. It gets back to the them area a couple minutes later but Jerry is still spacing out and gets distracted by a swept chord for a while before hitting that long gliss up to the A for the theme and verse 2 at 19. Strong verse, intent rhythm and bass notes on line two but not so much upward movement on line three.
Really ornate vocal outro with good Phil vocals, and into the counterpoint parts, some mic bystander is slack jawed and goes, “alright…” like, that was interesting! And to the chords into St Stephen.

Nice upbeat presentation, too bad about the tape quality. I thought it was definitely listenable, though, and you can hear all the parts.

109 10/17/70 Cleveland, OH: 19#:17 (two cuts in the middle) AUD

Lotta tuning and listening to tapers talk before it starts, a couple indications of the intro riff and then they go for it. A mellow intro area, wandering leads slowly over the top, but it coalesces and starts to groove with the shakers and such and picks up steam after a couple minutes, in a nice intro jam. Then suddenly a cut to the end of verse 1! No fair.
After this it almost directly falls apart into space, cymbals washing away the music. Some string scrapes and small noises building with a bass drone at 6 min, then dropping again, leaving a very quiet sputnik-y arpeggio happening, though it is consumed by slide-on-string play, and after a while longer some notes emerge and a quiet area of melodicism happens with glockenspiel, though Bob is insinuating his G7 that usually leads to the Tight Up jam later, it’s a very slow intro to that maybe though the build still sounds more like Dark Star in the melodies. Phil pulses on some notes and eventually there’s a slow Bright Star rendition at about 13:30.
Jerry starts to take off on some fast long runs as Phil starts jamming a bit. Jerry is taking it up and it goes into a very rhythmic jam from which a Sputnik erupts and the volume drops immediately, but they stay with that pulsating rhythm. It goes on into a quiet but intense and fast jam, lots of forward momentum. Up and down a bit then an abrupt Dark Star theme statement from Jerry, then band falls in around it and they slow down as he does the gliss to the melody, then another tape cut to the middle of the verse at a slower tempo.
Sounds like a nice reading of the verse, very relaxed and contrasting the fast jam that led to it. They continue from the outro chords to St Stephen.

Odd version, good jams but very up and down and the tape cuts are jarring. And the quality isn’t very good, only the cassette taper versions are available for a lot of this year’s shows, apparently.

110 11/5/70 Port Chester, NY: 21:06 AUD

Audience recording from the balcony, bass slightly overloading the cassette.
Clapping audience out of the The Other One and they start the riff into a little jam (which in some ways has a little Main Ten idea to it, the rhythm of the E to G to A picking that JG is doing) and it moves into a nice groove, some audience “woo!” and they’re off. Bob and Phil holding it down, Jerry slowly develops what he wants to explore, some specific notes accented, he’s playing with some riff idea for awhile. It’s a nice mellow groove that they build on for minutes, then at 3:30, the gliss up to the A and to the theme. This holds for a while as a typical Dark Star world and the verse enters a minute later.
Nice verse, interesting stuff from Bob on line two, hammering it on on the last offbeat accent and then with melodic lines on line 3.
The intro riff starts them into the middle section and the band slowly blows away reality and as it fades out there’s a single “bell toll” hit that heads into light feedback, then some bass tapping. (You can hear some heads starting to freak out nearby.) Cymbals, isolated hits, feedbacks, enharmonic sounds, a cavern of metallic noises and odd string noises. Tapping the strings with a slide, playing behind the bridge. Phil starts to take some forward steps at 10 minutes in, the volume goes up with some bass bombs and guitar feedback wailing, bass feedback coming up underneath, long drones. Really intense!
It ebbs at 11 minutes and a Sputnik starts coming in for a second, but is abandoned and then a slow quiet melodic section comes instead. Bob starts the notes for his two-chord thing, A7 and G7, but not in rhythm. There’s still feedback happening, and when guitar notes start happening, it’s still arhythmic, until some runs happen a little before 14 minutes in and Phil starts a slow walk and it heads toward some idea of a slow pulse, in the Dark Star chordal world. Really beautiful transition into and out of space in this version. The tempo picks up a bit, but it has occasional rhythmic dropouts, and remains mellow, though audience start clapping along. By 16 minutes there’s some Dark Star theme elements, and then the Soulful Strut begins for real a little later, when Bobby starts the chord progression, though he veers off a few times. Claves are signifying, sidestick drumset grooving it. The Strut isn’t super ‘hot jazz’ this evening, but it moves into a chunka-chunk rhythm for a bit, and JG uses some feedback to transition to a Bright Star theme and they head back to Dark Star proper.
They reel it in pretty quickly and verse two comes in at 19:30, at a higher energy than verse one, though not much movement on the lines 2 and 3. The outro sounds sort of ragged with all the parts and vocals spun around the hall, they head off to the outro chords and into St Stephen, people yell and clap.

Nice transitions in this version, very fluid. The intro improv is mellow, and not tons of jamming in the latter half, but a beautiful space section. A relatively medium-to-low-energy version, and not a great recording.

111 11/8/70 Port Chester, NY: 25:18 (DS 16:36 > Main Ten 8:42) AUD

Sort of hard to hear the beginning over the crowd noise, people are amped after Casey Jones and Truckin’ in the middle of the last set.
They are still influenced by the country licks from the beginning of the set, using a lot of hammer on stuff off the bat. Some high people having a convo near the mics, the band starts exploring the groove in a nice way, getting outside the chords settling in odd eddies of notes (with sly tuning happening on repeated notes.)
Guiro is keeping it rhythmic, sort of. By 4 minutes in it’s still coalescing, never quite settling. Bob has some interesting chords. JG goes on some Sputnik-y arpeggios, and the rhythmic pulse fades in and out, almost gone before 5 minutes, like it’s the middle section! More exploration and odd chordal stabs, then alluding to the Dark Star theme at 6 minutes, slowly, it enters and builds, volume backs off, there’s some glockenspiel and the verse begins, Jerry sounds intense and direct. Bob with his new hammer-on rhythm for the off beats on line two and scalar lines on line three.
The last line of the refrain lands heavily and Mickey picks up a metal bits-shaker and the bands blows everything away into bass feedback (a head nearby says, “whoa, goddam.”) Cymbals and odd sounds, some people make funny bird noises in the audience, yell at the band “rock!”, other people shush them! I hear coughing.
Loud yells of some sort are happening amidst the cymbal wash. Loud feedbacking screaming thing is plugged in and wails a few times too loudly before getting it under control, some volume swell chords happen, and tom tom rolls, cymbals and crashing with lots of feedback guitars and scrubbing bass weirdness. This goes on for a while! Feedback notes and glockenspiel appearing after 14 minutes in, in the mix of weirdness. More arhythmic splashes and a drum starts a pulse for a bit, Main Ten theme starting quietly underneath, at 16:30 or so, it starts that up as a slow groove, plodding along.

Main Ten as a groove continues for a couple minutes before some breakaways happen, Jerry sticks with the theme element for a long time, keeping it in the Main Ten world, it’s almost like renaissance music in a way, with the theme material on roots and then fifths. Nice development as a jam within Dark Star, but I guess we never get back to Dark Star really.
The drummers start to pick it up a bit, it dives right into the actual theme from JG and Phil a few minutes into this section (3:30 in the new track.) From here they start deviating, though the pulse is kept, and Bob is sort of droning. It falls apart a bit again at 4:20, but picks up from there with JG starting to actually solo, the band is moving away from the Main Ten riff and into improv. The solos settle into chordal bits, it’s fairly static. They start to build intensity on the root chord, and at 7:40 into this section, there’s sort of an idea of a Bright Star, -ish… but we’re heading somewhere else, and they stick on the Main Ten riff idea as an intro to Dancin’ in the Street, which continues at a medium tempo.

onto the Rick Turner Peanut:

112 2/18/71 Port Chester, NY: 14:21 (DS 7:02 > Wharf Rat > DS 7:19) (with Ned Lagin) – excerpt on So Many Roads

Alrighty! It’s 1971 and we’re back at the Capitol Theater (something about cancelled or not-adequately-booked dates in December being rebooked?) Dark Star comes after a pretty rocking 8-minute Hard to Handle and a few minutes of tuning noodles, including keyboards of a few sorts and some Dark Star intro teases from the bass.
Dark Star starts with the riff, people cheer, JG making the intro melody a descending line and after a very short gap, starts lead playing, bass and rhythm guitar start to play together in ways to take it out of the stricter groove, the guiro enters after a bit and isn’t quite pulse-oriented. (And apparently the last time it will ever be here, as Mickey leaves the band after this show.) Nice and relaxed groove, building to a wave crest in the second minute that lasts for a while coming back into the theme area. Drums are already in, playing tom rolls as the verse starts at 3:30, Nice appoggiatura from Jerry’s vocal on the first line (And “flashes”), and tinkly keyboard lines, the vocal lines sort of crash into the refrain which offers a pause, and the bass takes it back with the riff, (and off-key guitar attempt to play along! Um, new guitar, man…) to a strong Dark Star intro that quickly fades but keeps a pulse, not blowing away entirely. Some quick riffing from Jerry, bringing it down, it takes a while to get to the idea that space may happen, JG is still playing lead lines, and the tinkly keyboard is still in.
It gets sparser, into a space area at about 6 minutes, but still with normally-played guitars, into a little feedback, and then a melodic intro to a new song, it’s Wharf Rat. First time performance (I believe). Quite an intense song to transition to, it’s such a dark ballad. Dark Star has the ability to open holes in the universe to show these stories emerge, then they separate and become themselves in the set on their own. Jerry sounds really strong on this version (I read some other accounts where people said this wasn’t their favorite version of Wharf Rat, but it’s pretty darn good, especially for a first play.)
After the last verse of the song, the riff repeats and then sticks on the A7 and drops down to a sort of Sputnik, from where it takes off with ornate lines and suddenly switches to a sort of China Cat riff on the A from which they start up the Dark Star theme area again, and Bob and Phil speed it trying to get to a Strut, but it breaks down to more counterpoint, sound like Bob is playing b minor and A, which a year previous would have moved to Gmaj7 and A, but this time is seems to be sticking as Phil is playing the B also, sort of a new Dark Star 2-chord jam (Is this what they call the “Beautiful Jam”?). Eventually they stick on the A. Jerry is using a lot of the country lick ideas emphasizing the major 3rd in the A chord, slowly bringing it back to a Dark Star jam, and a theme statement, right before verse 2 comes in (6 minutes into this second half the song.) It sounds sort of somber. JG plays some of the notes in the melody he sings, Bob loops around.
Out of the refrain, they go to the counterpoint melodies, JG heading upward in trios of notes as usual, stopping on the high B as Phil strums the dissonant chords that usually lead into St Stephen, but here, they go static and fade a bit as Bob comes in with the rhythm guitar playing another dark ballad, Me and My Uncle.
Whew! Not super much Dark Star jamming, but it led us to some interesting stories.

more Rick Turner “Peanut”

113 4/8/71 Boston, MA: 14:38 (with Ned Lagin)

Top of the second set. Numerous riff teases from Phil, so we know where we’re going.
It starts with a strong riff and into the groove, nice noodles on keys from Ned. Bob drops out a bit to tune more, then it settles into the groove, which immediately builds with full drums in to a 2 minute peak, then back down a bit, lots of tom rolling, bass grooving. New direction! By 3 minutes in they’re really moving! Jerry is striking high, the whole band is playing to his lead, when he dips a bit, they dip, he switches to the tone-rolled-off sound, and the bring it to a plateau a bit afterwards, then the theme comes in. (Bobby is still out of tune.) Verse 1 at 5:25. Weakly recorded vocals, but you can really hear the guitar line playing the melody.
Bell tolls as the “Transitive Nightfall” starts, though Phil and Bobby keep a groove for a little longer. Jerry starts an arpeggio thing, it’s remaining melodic and not immediately moving into space, some echoey bits, a sparser jam area. Nice little key touches. At 8:30, it dies out and a quiet Sputnik is in there, though it doesn’t move much and develops toward single note playing. Drums are still in, some snare hits seem to be pushing toward establishing a pulse again.
Phil wants to get into the groove, Bobby is playing with pulling the Dark Star chords around. (He’s loud in this mix.) After a couple minutes of rolling downwards, some new modalities are coming out, Bob has some screaming dissonant chords, Jerry builds it up to a sustained peak from 11:30-12 minutes.
When they reel it in, you can hear audience clapping. They drop back into a descending line area, Bob has some chord ideas with the descending bass line, but it comes to a plateau again, arpeggios, then from the breakdown, Jerry glisses up to the A for the Dark Star theme at 13:40. Some beautiful runs surrounding it in this area before verse 2 at 14:30 (with a minor third clam from JG backing himself).
Mellow verse, interrupted by a tape problem, back into the outro riff and climbing notes, to the chords which head once again into St Stephen, amidst a lot of cymbal swishing. Sort of a short-but-sweet Dark Star, no real spacy space, and the jams are mild except for right at the beginning.

114 4/26/71 Fillmore East: 12:52

Middle of the first set, nice mix with three guitars and Bill on drums ticking away at the hihat and cymbals, no guiro anymore. Some gentle stretching of the key ideas right off the bat as they enter the exploratory groove. Really nice together-playing. Restrained soaring lines from Jerry, nice mellow backup chords from Bob, some tremolos for an eddy in the flow after a couple minutes. Hints at the Dark Star theme, but nobody starting it on the ‘one’, it dwindles, then the gliss to the melody, slowly, and more exploration of it. Really great improvisation, Jerry stretching the mode.
Getting into a pulsed rhythmic jam at 4 minutes, it finally breaks it out to the Dark Star chords and speeds up a bit after a minute, heading to verse 1 before the 6 minute mark.
A real break in the lines for line two, nice mellow wandering on line 3, Bobby continues it into the refrain, which is a little loose. The jam begins after the counterpoint intro with Phil hitting bass bell-tolls, cymbals washing, but Bobby continues with chords for a bit which give way to scrubbing and cymbals. At 8 minutes space is achieved and people yell and clap, Jerry almost immediately brings in a high Sputnik, which speeds up and sparkles its way along for a while.
It stops and there’s a gliss as if to the melody, but it goes into atonal arhythmic weirdness leads. Horror movie soundtrack atonalism! Phil is knocking the bass around, some drum hits happen but it’s all more soundscape. Jerry emerges with some bright tone in the atonal world and into feedback by 11 minutes.
Tonal lead lines bring it out of this area with a quiet back beat. A little up and down, drums roll around, and instead of heading back to Dark Star, we enter Wharf Rat once again.
Some nice exploratory jamming here! Wish it went on (and that they made it to verse 2.) The atonal soundscape is replacing ‘space’ sound-jam world lately. I’m not sure exactly how to describe this sort of thing yet, the earlier space area that were made up of not-necessarily musical sounds owed a lot to the era’s exploration of tape music and the post-WWII avant-garde’s development toward sound-as-sound equals music. There were several groups of musicians that veered out of the “classical” world into performing music that stretched the ideas of musicality, and this heavily affected rock music (of course Cage/Tudor/Mumma with Merce Cunningham, but also Musica Elettronica Viva [Rzewski/Curran/Teitelbaum] in Rome and AMM in London with Cornelius Cardew [etc], trying to eschew any signifiers of “genre” in what they played—note that Pink Floyd’s first album’s track “Flaming” was trying to recreate AMM’s “Flaming Riviera Sunset”, this all to say nothing of the tape-music collages on every 1968 album…) Anyway, here, by 1971, the Dead are moving away from soundscape made with sound into “outside” atonal or polytonal melodic and harmonic areas. It’s sort of a “free atonalism” that ends up sounding like 1950s sci-fi soundtrack or monster movie… and I know that the doc “Long Strange Trip” really stressed some fascination Jerry Garcia had with horror movies, but I don’t really know if there’s a connection between that and this sort of jamming. Regardless, it’s not jazz and it’s not classical/post-classical, it’s very free and very outside. And only getting more and more intense.

115 4/28/71 Fillmore East: 14:00 (with Tom Constanten) – Ladies & Gentlemen

Latter part of the second set, after a Cryptical-Drums (solo Bill doing an excellent job)-TOO suite and a cut Wharf Rat, Sugar Magnolia, and a lot of tuning and we presume setting up keyboards and then we get to Dark Star, with Tom Constanten back for the song on a reedy sounding organ.
“Where are we?” Then they start, and Jerry goes into a nice swinging jam, it’s at a relatively brisk tempo and the waves build and lull. It’s very 1969, especially with TC. Bill is mostly crashing cymbals and attempting a pulse with hi-hat, so that’s different. It’s a nice intro jam on the theme, TC goes for some organ riffing after a couple minutes, then it breaks into some static area for a bit, coming out into some chords and then a new delicate area leads to the gliss up to the A for the theme. Verse 1 already at 3:43, TC fully riffs on line one, they play line two with strong rhythm offbeat accents and then he riffs again on line three as they all wander, coming to strong A chords on the refrain.
Transitive Nightfall enters with some percussion Bill seems to have inherited, or maybe somebody else is there? It’s immediately static, with strong bass roots and chords but not much forward seeking. It dies away, TC holding long tones. (Sort of nice to have him in there.) with cymbal washes and occasional slow melodic bits leading to feedback tones and atonal notes. A big major chord, low bass drones, long tones, more feedback. A sputnik is emerging at 8 minutes. Bob is playing arpeggios alongside, Phil goes for high harmonic plucks.
Descending into a new jam, fast lead playing, a chord progression comes from Bob, then it goes full on country sounding. Are we going to enter a new ballad tableau? Nope, though it builds to a fast jam with Bob stretching some outside lead notes. It dies off and sounds like it might go into Wharf Rat instead for a minute, then at 12, the gliss to the A happens again, but no melody at first, until the Dark Star chords and groove come back. Verse 2 happens immediately at 12:40, drums make line two really pause, but pick up again on line three with the side stick groove. Outro is classic, though everybody appears to be out of tune by now, vocals and guitars. Phil extends his ending of the vocal lines, they go on to the counterpoint and the chords for a short time and enter St Stephen relatively suddenly. Everybody claps.
Decent and relatively fast version. Not very long, not very spacey, but some interesting jam ideas, I guess trying to figure out how to play this song in the world of their 1971 material, this is the third one in the month of April 1971, then they drop it for a while.

using a Les Paul Special at this next show.

116 7/31/71 New Haven, CT: 22:36 (SBD with AUD patch) – Road Trips Vol.1 No.3

Nice intro, Jerry starts out on a descending line and then picks it up with some lead lines with a slightly distorted and bright tone (Les Paul Special for this show! P-90s!) They sound pretty much into it after not playing the song for several months. Jerry forces an eddy in the moving flow with some repeated notes before 2 minutes in. It all falls apart at 3 minutes and then from the ashes, the theme starts again, drums coming in. It doesn’t seem to stick, though, and they go into some spaciness and off into atonal/arhythmic space world! Wow. This is serious. It moves forward with odd sounds and string scratching, bubbling up drums and bass, and Phil intimates the Dark Star theme again at 7 minutes, but it doesn’t move into a groove yet, it takes its time to get there, through more weirdness at varying levels, some stretched strings crying out and it all falls back together again in a jumble with some strong chordal leads heading toward Dark Star again, still playing around with the idea of maybe playing the song, but it does happen! Took ten minutes to get to the first verse, wow. Sort of a mellow verse tempo, lots of playing around with the rhythm, nothing is very spot-on, even line 2’s normal offbeats. Even after the refrain, the counterpoint is slightly offbeat, and it heads to strong bell-like tolling, but breaks down into a new ocean, Jerry comes in with single note line again, but not in any specific key. Phil is playing odd things with his strings, bouncing something around shoved in between them. Come volume swelled notes. Drum rolls. Distortion building up as the drums continue rolling around, when it breaks down we have odd behind-the-bridge picking rhythms with drums building a rhythm back up, trilling notes. Bob is interested in a dissonant chord he seems to like. Jerry starts some new lines, drums still rolling around, as Jerry starts up a riff sort of thing, Bob starts some chords and they break into the ‘Groovy’ jam with some stops on the IV chord. It breaks down for a while, builds back up. Breaks down, sounds like it might move back to Dark Star at 18:30, and gets to the theme again at 19, as if we head to verse 2. It never gets there. Maybe he forgot the lyrics? JG keeps trying out some solo ideas, Bob and Phil riff on the Dark Star chords, drums roll on. Then it suddenly dies off and they start Bird Song with a crash. What?

Now comes the “Nash” Strat.

117 10/21/71 Chicago, IL: 17:09 (DS 14:57 > Sittin’ > DS 2:12) – Dave’s Picks 3

This is a new era for Dark Stars, here. With Keith Godchaux on piano and Jerry using the 1955 Stratocaster given to him by Graham Nash, later to become “Alligator.”
Starts with intensity, exact rhythmic statement of the intro, into a nice jam, with piano. Jerry has some nice licks going on, back to a Strat now, really good tone to this instrument, he starts playing with the pinch harmonics even near the top. Takes a long way around the Dark Star melody, lots of multi-note pull-offs and eddies with the whole band, it’s like the “equipment” is warming up, lots of spacing out, and Keith goes into a whole tone planing chords thing at 3 minutes that takes them tonally outside for a while, out of that wave into a theme statement but then more extra-modal wandering. Trilling from the piano. It’s a very different sound than the most recent Dark Stars, especially earlier in the year.
They even take it full on into intense monster movie atonalism, but it breaks apart and Jerry forces a Dark Star theme at 5:30, the band comes in and it gets going again. A short jam and then verse 1 at 6:40, nice strong guitar and vocal melody leading it in unison. Strong offbeat accents on line two from rhythm section, then the groove continues in line three with slight ornaments from bass. Nice outro and into the middle, it trills away on bass, chords from piano. It quiets way down, but the space is still tonal and fairly pretty. Then on to introspective noodling from everybody, Jerry goes back to trying the pinch harmonics for a while, then back to melodic lines. By 11 it’s very quiet and odd noises are starting, but the piano is still arpeggiating mostly in key. They pick up on a quick pulse that goes into a major key jam, which eventually goes to Feelin’ Groovy chords, descending major key bass. It oddly goes sideways halfway through 14 minutes and goes atonal again! The piano doing this makes it sound sort of classical. The way out from this is apparently to start playing Sittin’ On Top of the World, quick and bluesy. Outro licks of this song go almost directly back into Dark Star, at a comfortable pace, and to verse 2 almost immediately. This part doesn’t seem real, somehow, like a 7” single 2 minutes of Dark Star edited on to the end. The outro to Dark Star is very exactly played, the outro chords go to Me and Bobby McGee. Weird.

118 10/24/71 Detroit, MI: 20:47

Here we find Dark Star sandwiched between Mexicali Blues and Me & Bobby McGee, like an uncomfortable side trip to space between very normal country-blues in a down-to-earthy set overall.
They start at a staid tempo, and get in the mood pretty quickly, sparse lead notes and line, (people clapped at the start). It sort of dies down after the start, to get to a “from nothing” build up. Jerry is way into his pull-off lines. Man, this Strat sounds good, I can see why he used it for a long time. Swirls, a lot of eddying (even sputnik-y arpeggios) and not a lot of forward movement in the first few minutes. It’s nice, very spacey, everybody sort of of exploring in their own directions.
The multi-headed hydra is looking in multiple directions. But relaxedly. It dies down to pinch harmonics again at 4 minutes and Phil takes it with some pulsing bass line, but then it goes atonally off the rails into space. Phil comes back in with some riff ideas, they are still not settling into a mode area. Then a theme statement at 5:45, but running away from it as soon as it’s stated, the band falls into a groove, and some nice lead stuff follows, getting back to a slow version of the theme material. Verse 1 at 7:15. Slow and stately, with a chugging drum beat. The line two offbeats are sort of skewed by the riffy bass line and drums, not much wandering on line three with the drums like that. The refrain brings it around and back to the jam intro, which starts as if in a normal Dark Star jam, Jerry is moving a lot with his lead lines, the drums are grooving still… for a bit, it turns into full-band waterfalls a couple times, then back to a slow groove. Jerry is still working on some fast riff ideas, Phil also has some fast bits he’s working with, and the tempo builds for a while, by 10 minutes we’re into a rocking groove that rockets onwards. Jerry is rocking out. Then slightly before 12 minutes, JG slows himself down and reflects, the band steps back for a sec, then they head back to the fast forward momentum, Keith plowing on some chord over and over.
An almost Bright Star and Jerry reels it in again with some weird bends, then Phil brings up the descending bass line for the Strut but it doesn’t quite take. They go into a holding pattern for a while, high bass notes, Jerry getting back into the major key groove. It sounds a bit like it might head to another song, and at 15 min there’s some sixths/chordal lead parts that could be heading elsewhere, but come to mark the Dark Star chords a bit more, a new sort of finger pick pattern that’s not Sputnik. Still moving forward quickly, it builds to a wave crest again with more Bright Star insinuation, then breaks down back to the slow tempo at about 17 minutes. A slow Sputnik is underneath this area. At 18 minutes, the theme emerges again, and they band settles back into Dark Star. Verse 2 happens at 19 minutes. With the slow groove drums, they break it up a bit more on line two this time. Also more filigree from Bob on line three.
All vocal parts for the outro, not exactly in tune, yikes. The land in a heap at the end, the lines head upward to the static chords, but not to St Stephen this time, instead they sort of cede to Bobby strumming the intro to Bobby McGee. (and then Cumberland Blues, and then they do eventually get to St Stephen.)

Interesting version, very wandering. These early Keith versions don’t have much direction, but there is some speed to this one in the latter half. Keith seems to take “space” to mean heading out of the key or mode, and the band hears that and goes with it, so we’re getting more atonal or polytonal areas erupting out of the jam. No “sea of holes” type space lately. Some nice playing from Jerry in bits and pieces, the Nash-gift Strat sounds really good though.

119 10/31/71 Columbus, OH: 23:14 – Dicks Picks 2

Set two starts off with Dark Star for this Halloween show!
After the intro riff, Jerry starts wandering with the opening theme right away, and they head into a mellow jam. Bill is in on the drum set right off the bat lately, for the pulse (no guiros anymore, ya know.) It’s a different beast in that way as well. Really beautiful expressions from the lead guitar, nice tones used, little eddies of notes, and runs. Phil’s got a different tone, (what bass is he using these days?) Nice continuing jam that lands on the A at 4:25 and they start the theme, breaking off for more improvisation on it. This seems much more moving in the world that Dark Star will enter in the following year, it sounds like. Jerry takes the Strat out for some highs and lows, exploring tonal/pickup variation as much as register variation. He gets into a tremolo area for a while.
A strong landing back to the theme at 6:50, and verse 1 at 7:15. Really strong offbeat statements for line two, mild wandering and odd chords coming in on line three. Jerry sticking the guitar doubling for the vocals.
The classic intro to the middle section, which starts with more groove like at the start but Jerry takes it sideways with some fast picking and then arpeggio, Phil and Bobby follow suit. Then Phil goes for that fast pulse bass line thing, and they head into a major key-sounding jam for a bit, but it doesn’t last. The key idea is out the window and they go outside for a while, a groove brings it back in for a bit, they’re exploring up and down, not really sticking with any particular idea, again more like the multiple heads looking in varied directions rather than the multi-headed machine.
Oddly at 13 minutes Jerry starts the Tighten Up/Strut/proto-Eyes Maj7 chords and they go into the Latin flavored jam area. (Apparently the first one in a Dark Star this year and the last version of this in Dark Star at all, say commenters on Archive.) Keith is not with the band on these chords really, he’s got some other idea going on (but he’s low in the mix).
This jam goes on over some hills and dales, starts hinting back at Dark Star melodically at 18 minutes or so, but keeps at tempo until a minute later as Jerry is Sputniking, and the band defers. Theme-like statements, non-temporally as it breaks apart, then non-tonal space with diminished scales and chromaticism. Scary movie stuff, tremolos and trills. Out of this, instead of going to verse 2 or the theme, they start Sugar Magnolia. Ok, then!

I liked the first part of this version, but I felt like it never really got it together after that and the second half just spins out.

120 11/7/71 Harding Theater, SF: 13:58

Back in San Francisco, at the Harding Theater, 616 Divisidero. It was a nice deco theatre in the 1930s, not sure how it was holding up in 1971, I don’t think this was a usual venue—it’s the Emporium now, trying to revive the deco theater that was there, and oddly it’s next door to the Independent Club (which has been the Kennel Club, The Justice League, The Vis Club, etc) which has been a music venue for the past 4 decades.
Nice tempo start, lots of bass in the mix, sounds like Bill got himself a hand shaker of some sort. Jerry plays a bit then goes into feedback before a wide melodic pattern, really creative lead playing of the theme-adjacent areas that dive down into quiet tones and build back up. Everybody is playing at the edges of the Dark Star theme groove world, it’s back in there somewhere, but the players tonight are skirting the edges in different ways. Really interesting repetitive-pulse groove area a few minutes in, and it leads the drums into the groove. Phil is leading this, it seems like, though possibly he’s just loudest in the mix. He comes out of this area into some low chord arpeggios that lead the band into spaciness, with some scraped cymbals and non-rhythmic playing until Jerry states the theme at 7:45 and the drums bring a groove back in, though Phil is still in exploration mode so it doesn’t stick and heads back to spaciousness, Jerry comes back again to the theme at 9:20 and they finally are playing the song. Verse 1 a few seconds later, nice reading, the drums providing a groove for line one, then punctuating larger stops for the off rhythm on line two. A very together route into the refrain, and the outro. Phil has a nice melodic statement leading to the intro riff, then as they settle into the Transitive Nightfall, it’s all fast quiet tremolo and oddness, low notes from the bass, blowing reality away again, some string scrapes and things, but a drum hit starts Jerry off on a lead run at a new pace in a minor key area (sound like b minor, the same notes as the A mixolydian, but accented differently. It’s almost that ‘beautiful jam’ area, but Bob never quite gets on the actual chords. Some weird nursery rhyme things from Phil, he’s really in his own world this evening. Phil even plays the Feelin’ Groovy descending chords for a try, but then Jerry starts the Other One rhythm and it goes off for a bit, and devolves into a drum solo! Ok, weird one, guys. Nice playing, they’re still sounding a bit like a multi-headed thing that can’t focus it’s minds together, each head is sort of looking in its own direction.
The drum solo is maybe not a part of this version, I’d say (though it’s just labeled “Drums” of course), so much as the extended intro to The Other One. The Other One is much more intense, though weird in its own way, encompassing Me and My Uncle in the way that the band is doing these sort-of acid rock things lately that enclose country/blues ballads. Where the blowing away of reality in Dark Star used to lead to space, it’s now leading us to other more “human” realities with the ballads. The second half of The Other One after M&MU is much more like continuing Dark Star, there’s even a Sputnik at 3:30 into it, and it’s very filled with space, I would not have been surprised if they had completed Dark Star with its second verse here or after verse 2 of TOO (in fact I would have appreciated it…!) but as somebody on stage says “We probably wouldn’t have stopped there, but we got a broken string.”

121 11/15/71 Austin: 20:44 (DS 12:55 > El Paso > DS Jam 7:49) – Road Trips Vol.3 No.2

Lotta Phil, he’s switched his tone to a much more lead-bass tone lately on the giant bass, so he’s strong in these mixes lately. He’s going for a lot of little fast riffs in between statements of the Dark Star theme area, as is Jerry. They are all working as a unit on this intro jam this evening, much more than it has been in the earlier part of the year. It’s like multiple lines braiding the rope of the music.
Jerry drops into a Sputnik after a couple minutes in, with Keith arpeggiating along, then they take it up again, JG is really reaching for some beautiful lead playing. It falls off the mode at 3:30 for a bit and then falls back in and JG goes for some of those pinch harmonics, and Keith leads it out in arpeggios. Drums mostly drop out for a bit and it enters a space area, but the players are maintaining some pulse so it pulses back to life. Phil is mostly playing higher notes so when he plays a descending bass line, it sounds like it will come back to Dark Star, but he goes back to the higher notes again, Bob on some odd chords, they continue playing propulsively but outside, then it breaks up and JG starts the theme and verse 1 at 7 minutes. Really stated rhythms on line 2 with Phil climbing on the beats, back to a groove for line 3, only wandering at the ends of the phrase. A funny drop to the “Diamonds” and a strong bass note. Into bell tolling on the bass, with volume knob playing, and noises taking over. JG skirting all over with fast quiet lines as Phil and Bobby play with feedback and noise. Drums start kicking it in and they build it up with a strong rhythm and fast lead playing going on and on, the endless melody. Jerry takes it down at 11 to a lower register, the rhythm section is still chugging away, but it’s dying off slowly, heading somewhere else, JG is playing with double stop lines, and some sputnik-y arpeggios. At 12 minutes he takes off in a fast lead that goes all over the place harmonically, and keeps switching key centers even as he’s playing some country licks in there. Sounds like Phil gets frustrated trying to keep it and hits some low notes, and then they start a waltz time and what happens, they start El Paso! What a weird window into the past, emerging from Dark Star into a Marty Robbins cowboy song.
(I’ve got a lot to say about El Paso, all off topic perhaps, but I’ve been listening to it and the sister song “Feleena from El Paso” for a long time and trying to reconstruct the reality that this ballad takes place in, and I’ve come to a conclusion that the entire song hinges on cognitive dissonance: The Cowboy’s tale is based on misconception of the reality of the situation, ie, maybe Feleena doesn’t care about him at all, probably it’s only a day or less when he “hasn’t seen a young maiden” for so long, probably the people he sees returning to town don’t know who he is at all and when he, in his paranoia, starts shouting and shooting his way back into town, they are taken aback and start to shoot back, duh. He’s probably dead way before the song ends, that rifle shot is a cap to that, and it’s doubtful that Feleena comes to his dying side let alone even knows who he is. He’s basically schizophrenic.)
Anyway, it goes off into atonal lines as soon as the song portion ends and the band starts a new space section with atonal notes in melodic lines, and noises and sounds from Phil and Bob. JG starts chromatic descending lines over this, building up the monster movie soundtrack, breaking it down into tremolos. (What is this sort of space called by the ‘heads?”) Continuing lines and statements with no tonal center, volume swells and tremolos, string scrubbing, then suddenly a chugging rhythm emerges at 3:40 into this part, A minor to D. (“The Carlos Santana Secret Mystical Chord Progression!”)
It goes on with this jam for a while, Jerry playing with some licks that mimic the intro riff occasionally. It eventually peters out to a quieter place, Phil still playing some odd little sounds. It never comes back to Dark Star proper, instead, Jerry starts the intro riff to Casey Jones.

Nice playing, especially in the first part, braiding lines together as they move forward in time.

122 12/5/71 Felt Forum, NYC: 20:17 (DS 8:01 > Uncle > DS 12:16) (instrumental)

A rolling jam that just continues on for a few minutes before taking a breather, then Phil comes in with a different riff idea, and they move into a new area, Bill is really rocking out. When it comes back to a potential Dark Star theme area at 5 minutes it’s still got forward momentum. Great playing from all the musicians. Sort of moves toward a descending bass chord progression bit for a sec, then away again. Bill starts a side stick groove, but they don’t stick with it, and it devolves into bass chords and rolling drums. As it moves into atonalism, they crest a wave and then come back down to start Me and My Uncle, another ballad in the middle, it takes a bit to settle into it with Jerry still playing lead until Bob starts singing. It’s a fast and strong version of the song.
From the last hit of the song it starts wandering off toward Dark Star territory and quiets down into a spacey section. At a minute into this section there are hints of the Star theme, but it maintains no tonal center and all lines wander out of the mode, and again at 2 minutes in, it’s like atonal variations of bits of the theme. This is the new style of space section, it’s got more “notes” and less “sounds” and the notes are not tied to any center. Keith is doing some very outside piano bits, they build it into a tense trilling area, Jerry spikes some non-tonal lead playing and string stretching as the band builds up tension. Some string scrubbing with picks or other implements, bass feedback, it maintains a tense level for quite a while. Jerry sticks on some high notes, with noisy accompaniment. Nice jam! Some shouts from the audience. A little dip in volume and back up with everybody making noise. They are really holding a level of tension here. Jerry starts some lead lines at 7:30 into this part, Keith is playing triplets against any pulse established by that, Phil and Bill pick up the pulse, the band drops in and starts a fast jam for a minute, then it dies off with some more non-tonal melodies accompanying it. At 9:30, Phil comes in with the Dark Star theme and Jerry does some slow Sputnik, neither coalesces, but it does place the jam in the Dark Star world and it slows down the tempo. At 11 minutes into this section, it feints a jam, but it falls apart as Bob continues scrubbing strings, then Phil comes back to the Dark Star riff and they move forward. Toward… not Dark Star, but where they might have actually gone to a verse (that never happens) Jerry is playing the intro to Sittin’ on Top of the World as a collage right over the Dark Star theme area, and sure enough, they play that instead. Wow, man. Trippy! It never got to a Dark Star verse, but definitely had elements of the song in the jam themes and the riff poking its head through. A couple side trips to space while landing back on earth and hopping off again a couple times. The set continues with regular old songs, ya know.
Space, as such, is now a multi-headed free-for-all combining polytonal or atonal melodic and harmonic components with noise/sound-qua-sound components. Free jazz-y. It’s a very rootless area (well, space) with hints at normalcy (short runs of tonal figures) presented in collage, like superimposed realities.

123 12/15/71 Ann Arbor, MI: 20:23

Nice strong steady and relaxed groove right off the bat, drums joining in during the intro riff, rolling into a groove. Bobby has a little turnaround riff back to the A that’s cool, winding around—sort of like the later Terrapin Station riff… Jerry’s going for some chromatic bits in between the melodic runs. It runs strong for only a couple minutes then hits a lull like where it hits the second line of the verse, in the following space they explore, Jerry even references the climbing triplets of the outro. It slowly moves into a new rhythm, rolling on the A and coming to rest on the E, then goes outside tonally. It enters a quieter space with individual little sounds and riffs, some tremolo, it moves into a descending chromatic area that builds into free atonalism, a little chaos. Free jazz. Moving into ascending chromaticism chaos, sustaining the tension at a high plateau for quite a while, at 7 minutes Jerry breaks out into lead playing again, fast this time. They suggest the 6/8 of TOO but holding mostly on the A root. An A drone starts and the rhythm moves out of the 6/8 proper and into a more pulse-oriented area, which crests and then suddenly out of the ashes the Dark Star theme comes out and verse 1 at 10 minutes. Wow!
Sort of a groovy jumpy rhythm for line 2’s offbeats, with rolling tom toms. Back to the groove for line 3, Bill is really into his drum rolls these days. The outro is offset between the guitars, they are sort of echoing each other, and it moves into a fading Dark Star groove for the Transitive Nightfall.
It fades to Phil strumming big bass chords, the guitars making small noises. Then volume swells and plinky noises, when it fades into quieter space it sounds like Jerry has a slide scrubbing on the strings. A very sparse area, small occasional sounds, sliding notes, trilling piano keys. Bobby on some weird stretches. At 14:30, JG starts melodies again, rising from the ashes slowly and quietly, bit by bit, still very quiet and sparse. Bob plays the G7 to am thing and it goes into a jam on this progression. Jerry plays more with his pinch harmonics. As it builds in intensity, it seems to be moving toward a new song, sounds like Keith is trying all sorts of chord progressions. They even get something like the descending feelin’ groovy chords one time at 18 minutes. It devolves into little riffs from Phil, no real chord progression sticking for very long. Sort of hovering, sounds like they’re trying to figure out where to go. Nice build at the end in this modal area, but it heads off to somewhere else, and on the tape Jerry starts “Deal” and they go there. There could be something missing on the tape…

Again, nice start, it sort of dissolves at the end. Deal might have been the window in the middle, but it never gets back to Dark Star. So ends the Dark Stars of 1971.

124 3/23/72 Academy of Music, NYC: 22:43

Upbeat start and they roll into it, Jerry takes an odd upward lick to begin his soloing. Bill is in on drums right off the top, they’re sort of in a rolling groove form the outset. Jerry plays more with his G# stretch that he hit earlier, but eventually comes back to the G of the mixolydian and plays some thematic bits. He goes into a Sputnik after a couple minutes, though, an eddy in the flow. It lasts for a while, but breaks out into more theme material with improvising on it. I guess it’s the first time in a while they’ve played the song and they’re exploring bits and pieces of it, breaking down the elements, building them back up, it tremolos out and dies off for a bit into a quiet landscape, JG comes back in with the theme at 4:30 and the band backs him up into the verse.
Lots of drum rolling into line two and through it, Phil on an octave lick on line three so no real wandering. Breaking it down for the refrain, and to the outro licks,
JG starts the middle with that same G# to A stretch. They continue in a dissipating groove that falls apart to mostly Phil notes, some trilling bits from the guitars and piano. A nice quiet area is reached, piano tinkling around, the guitars go in for soundscape ideas.
At 8:00 they go into chromatic riffs, but quietly, not in horror movies fashion. It proceeds in little waves of sounds, trills, a few notes at a time, building slowly in intensity and a more atonal nature to the chromatic licks, Jerry uses a backed off nasal tone sound, wah wah pedal maybe. It comes to a rest at about 10:30, and then builds with more diatonic minor key riffing from Phil and Jerry. It’s just a wave of this, then back to chromaticism, drums building up now. Phil goes for a repetitive low note (he’s loud in the mix). They build in volume staying outside key-wise, some wide augmented arpeggios from Jerry, scrubbing from Bob, they are getting loud and noisy, atonal, Phil is wiping his strings, it’s all gestural sounds, Jerry with the wah wah. Bill comes in with some weird beat on the ride cymbal, but they don’t really get into a groove and it fades off, Jerry comes in with some prettier notes, while Phil is still making uglier ones. Again, Bill comes in with a groove idea at about 15 minutes and Bobby picks up on it, eventually Phil does. Bobby is sort of playing the Feeling Groovy rhythm but not the same chords. They are slowly heading back into playing in a key, using that syncopated underlying rhythm. At 16:30 it breaks into a major key thing and the band starts swinging, into Feeling Groovy, they finally hit the descending bassline and chords at 17:20. They continue with the major key groove. It may go somewhere else? At 19 it starts to sound like Sugar Magnolia licks. And Bob is playing China Cat riff! What…? It breaks apart and out of the rubble, Jerry starts the Dark Star riff again, yay!
Verse 2 suddenly at 21:20, Phil still riffing on an octave thing, he goes for an ascending walk on line two and then holds high E notes across line 3. Well, then. The refrain comes along and all vocals on the madrigal outro, a nice reading except then Phil breaks it and the normal outro riffs fall apart.
Looks like the set moves on to Big Boss Man and Not Fade Away after this. This was a nice reading of Dark Star, lots of weirdness and a bit of groove, not super much forward momentum in the jams except for the major key stuff toward the end, but the atonal space was interesting, though heavily punctuated by Phil making a lot of noise on his bass.

125 4/8/72 London: 31:30 – Steppin’ Out, Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

Well, this is a great show. Playing in the Band is incredible, for starters, the band-as-unit jamming is coming together.
Dark Star takes up a big chunk of the second set, after Hurts Me Too, before Sugar Magnolia and Caution.
Nice bass melodics after the intro, Bobby takes off into a mood setting pretty quickly also, Bill comes in with some toms to keep the pulse, it’s very light and airy overall. Little quick riffs from Jerry and Phil in between waves. Into a build with everyone focusing on forward moving 8th notes for a wave, then Jerry on some folky melody.
My impression is like it’s descending into the sea, bringing us into the underwater life.
Into a pulse-based section winding it up into the 6 minute area with the minor key fast riffing. Long builds, telling some epic stories. Wow, this is a whole different animal than it was previously. Jerry brings it down in the 8th minute, Bob has some riffs going on. Phil and Bill rocking it. Interesting when Jerry feints down by chromatics, Keith is right there with him ready to go out of key. At 10 minutes, Jerry starts the Dark Star theme, and we’re back in the song. He’s still winding around the theme, so many variations to explore.
Verse 1 at 11 minutes in. The rhythm section moves right on through line 2 instead of pausing on the downbeat, relaxed halftime backbeat, cruising through the lines, some wandering in the bass on line three. The refrain is nicely stated and then they head off into the Transitive Nightfall, Phil and Bob leading the way down, down, down. With cymbals splashing.
Getting toward some feedback from the bass… small noises from the guitars. Soundscaping again, nice. Keith is maybe stuck a little bit on piano, something which only plays notes? So he’s on chords and moving around. Phil making some specific notes, and feedbacks, Jerry coming in on expressive slow stately melodic statements. Some artificial harmonics against rumbling bass bits. Bobby coming back, maybe he had to pee.
Phil starts some rhythm attempts. Building it back up while Bobby tries some feedback. Bill is back in and they’re grooving, pretty quickly, moving forward. Jerry’s playing with some modal changes, again Keith right there. Up into a chromatic crest, hammering it out, there at 19 minutes, into tremolo. Hey, organ is coming in! Pigpen is playing, wow. Or? The wave crests, they come back down. It’s in a floaty area and then Phil makes a root to put it in key. Jerry is doing a weird tremolo, organ is doing arpeggios, piano is playing rhythms. At 21 minutes it’s coming down again, we’ve got some minor notes still, though Keith seems to be suggesting otherwise.
Jerry takes off on little melodic flights in a rhythmic lull. Then some volume swells of a bit of the vocal melody on his guitar. It enters an abstracted Dark Star thematic area, arhythmic. Again, dropping into the sea…Jerry starts some atonal playing in minute 24, it’s entering the horror movie soundtrack, wah wah pedal coming in, Bill rolling around. Continuing atonal free jazz, into some hits together accenting things. Bobby building chords upwards, with Keith. A sustained peak at 26:30 for a minute, then it crests and Jerry starts some very pretty, major key folky licks, they all fall in. An instant song.
Then they hang it on the A for a bit and the backbeat comes back in. It’s almost Sugar Magnolia already, but with a new interesting descending melody and bass line. Aha, this is a theme jam isn’t it?
Then suddenly it is Sugar Magnolia!
What an amazing version. Really nice playing, interesting sections, nothing like the versions previous. Very unique.

126 4/14/72 Copenhagen: 29:14 (also AUD) – Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

Dark Star Song Map: theme [4:00] > Jam [2:00] > Space [1:30] > Jam on DS theme [3:00] > Space [4:00] > Jam on DS theme [2:00] > First Verse [2:00] > Space [0:30] > Jam [3:00] > Jam on Feeling Groovy theme [3:00] > Space with sputnik hints [4:00] > Sugar Magnolia.

I’m leaving Copenhagen on the train as a listen to this, oddly. After Øresund Space Collective shows. The main train station is right next to Tivoli where this show was. Just a little over 50 years later…

Again a stunning Playing in the Band jam in the first set, it’s gonna be interesting to see the development of this tune into the space monster. Here Dark Star comes toward the middle in the second set after Looks Like Rain (Jerry on Pedal Steel!), and again into Sugar Magnolia.
Some futzing around beforehand, and the bass starts it, drums rolling in, Bob comes in and then Jerry and Keith. Nice relaxed feel, for some reason this feel they started this one and the last one with reminds me of tropical beach relaxedness. Not sure why. Like, I almost hear a mellow surf crashing in the background there.
Anyway, Jerry is stretching out on the theme, some nice runs. He finds an eddy on a stretched high note, the band starts swirling around it, it comes back down, this wave brings us down at about 4 min into a new area. Phil’s got a little riff on roots and fifths, Jerry starts swirling runs, they start a build, it goes up and down. Oddly it comes down again into a more sound scape-y area, static notes and held rhythmic piano ostinato, Phil takes it outside a bit with odd chords, Jerry still running up and down, and back to chords for the Dark Star theme area -type… This one has Jerry holding a higher note in the repeating rhythm ostinato, then the drums come in with a new beat, and Phil comes up with a descending bass bit, like the Feelin’ Groovy thing a little, and then back into space a bit. These spacey sections are different. Some string scrubbing sounds, drum soloing to silence, modal changes, little trills. Very calm space. Small statements. Some volume swells. Phil sort of leads it back at 15 min or so to Dark Star land. It slowly coalesces, the lead guitar calling to the theme from major scale riffs, and slowly coming to the thematic stuff, they start landing on that A that signals the Dark Star theme and it happens at 16:40. And into a verse at 17. Beautiful.
Jerry’s vocals sound a bit dramatic. Nice rolling reading of the verse, strong guitar doubling the vocal melody. Phil’s wanders on line 3 are sets of riffs. And to the intro stuff, but as soon as it lands, it lands, they’re ready to be in a new land already, no fooling around with blowing away the old, it’s already there. Bill even rolls it into drum wildness. It builds into a quick tempo thing, lots of strumming from Bob, and then he develops it into a descending riff-based thing also, Jerry is rocking out and he gets to a (different) descending repeating riff also. And then at 22 minutes, Phil and Bob go right into the Feelin’ Groovy major key world. That was a lot of different descending riffs that telegraphed that!
It devolves in a space section again, no fixed address. Little mournful stretched notes with the tone rolled off, odd chords. Scrubbing the bass. As it builds it gets more atonal and monster movie. Some free jazz drumming. Big bass chords. Jerry has a little melodic phrase that spurs Keith into a repeating arpeggio thing and this leads right into Sugar Magnolia, while Jerry is still in rolled off wah wah land, he fixes that pretty quickly and they sing the song.

I loved the first 2/3 of this one, the last third was ok—for some reason I didn’t really dig the Feeling Groovy stuff in there. Not sure why, some notion of what I’m liking in the Dark Star world lately, like this jam is too upbeat somehow and seems foreign in there. Well, actually, I’ve never really been down with this particular jam in the space of this song (I know, I’m weird.) Anyway, really nice playing, but a lot of ups and downs, jams into space, into jams into space. Really nice recording and mix on these ones, which is great. I like the mixes where the guitars are L and R and the piano is more centered rather than over Bob on the right.

127 4/17/72 Copenhagen: 30:54 – Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

This one was on TV. I’m listening before watching it.
After the intro they’re already in stretch-it-up mode with reaches and harmonics from Jerry. Super vibe in the mode with everybody relaxedly floating along. That tropical beach feeling again. Lilting lines, little triple-metered phrases in the lead and then the bass. Then the plaintive swells, allusions to the theme, some waves to catch, up and down.
In the trough it brings it around into a new area of unspecified rhythm and more minor sonority. Gotta say that Stratocaster sounds good. (It’s an odd bird, this gift from Graham Nash, a parts-caster with a ’57 body and ’63 neck that has a maple fretboard which is rare for that year. A fretboard cap on the maple neck, not a solid maple neck like the 50s Strats.)
Seamlessly moving into chromatic space, taking the audience outside the realms of “song” world. And then back in with the main theme at 7 1/2 minutes, with some pedal steel-style stretched notes. And strong bass and rhythm pulse backing it up into a new Wharf-Ratty feel, back to the theme and the verse.
Verse 1 at 9:45, with drums chugging away through line one and giving the pauses on line 2 with some rolls back into the rhythm for line 3, with Phil playing a descending “searchlight” wandering (I don’t think I’ve heard that before!)
And the Transitive Nightfall starts as if we’re continuing to play the song. Jerry starts on an arpeggio Sputnik style, fading in and out. Phil with some lead note and Bob with some chordal stabs. Arpeggiated piano. It sort of dispels itself into drum rolls and tremolo guitar, isolated piano notes before Jerry starts with some lines, taking it down, down, down. Back into chromatic space, the whirlpool.
Now we’re underwater. It’s non-tonal, sparse, not scary but disparate. Some soundscaping. Piano waterfalls. Jerry imitating that as well, and then they start chasing each other around a bit. Back into a modal scale, Phil plays with a Dark Star-type riff very quickly. Settling to a major key area for a short moment then running with fast line. The wah wah pedal goes on. More chromaticism, building intensity, some organ swells in here! (Yay, Pigpen!) It’s more action movie than monster movie in this section. Really building and chasing each other around. Strong piano statements in the 21st minute, very Rachmaninoff. Bass is rumbling and playing chords. Crying guitar leads, into melodic statements, still atonal, but playing with scale statements.
They hit the bottom of that long wave and sift around in the sand for a bit, first some major 7th chords coming in to establish a new jam area, then onto more minor chord areas. This develops into a jazzy jam and then into the Let it Grow chords (as you mentioned). This is a nice late-in-the-Dark-Star jam, feels better to me than the Feelin’ Groovy idea. Jerry goes through some chromatic pulloffs, through a Main Ten-type riff to a sputnik arpeggio to a lead again as the band falls into chaos, he stays on a repeated stretched E, and holds it into feedback, Phil plays through a little Dark Star riff and it dies out into a chordal thing and Bob starts Sugar Magnolia, like a cross-fade.

Well, that was amazing.

Aw, I tried watching the video of the show, but the Dark Star segment doesn’t have much actual synced footage. Most of it’s not actually playing Dark Star, just random other footage of them playing done all psychedelicized with occasional pieces of actual sync. The intro looks real, Pigpen doing some percussion as they start out. I was hoping to get a good look at them playing this thing!

128 4/24/72 Dusseldorf: 40:38 (DS 25:45 > Uncle > DS 14:54) – Rockin’ the Rhein, Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

Rockin’ the Rhein, with a bunch of cowboy songs—some of which had been very popular there for years, you know: there was a huge American country music presence in Germany due to servicemen there since WWII, lots of German fans. In this set we get the El Paso and Me and My Uncle, surrounding and within Dark Star, its other worlds.
The intro, riff repeated a few times and then relaxed rolling around, lithe waterfalls of notes and drum fills, from guitar and piano alongside each other, little chordal bits. Some eddies of low notes, little Dark-Starry-riff bits. It’s very relaxed in a latent way: anything could happen and the music accepts that.
Nice little following bits, a stretch from Jerry and then one from Bob. They go into a minor key area, some phrygian seconds, for a bit in the third minute, and back out again. In the fourth minute Jerry is trying some repeated phrases and there’s an echo, it sounds like he’s testing what the echo units from the front of house are doing (of course German technicians would already have echo units in the front of house racks in 1972. Typisch.) The house-sound gives a big space sound to the mix overall. This exploration moves the band into a more atonal and arhythmic, and then more minor modal space, and when it dies out at 6:30 or so, Jerry starts a pretty little nursery rhyme melody, but this builds into chaos also! More exploration follows, they are really stretching it out, waves of chaos and harmony. Some very avant-garde stuff. Sounds like the front of house got the piano in the echo for a bit there at 8:30. They build it into a fast groove by 9 minutes and continue it upwards until it comes down into a pretty area again and into Dark Star themes a minute later, in a harmony setting between the guitars. This music is very diegetic in its dramatic ups and downs, like story-telling.
Volume swell playing, pedal steel-like stretches, and then back to the theme.
Verse one at 11 minutes. Piano waterfall into line two, some pausing from the drums on the downbeats and builds into the next line. The echo is in on the vocals on line three (“Casting…..casting…”) but no real casting about from the bass this evening, he’s pretty static, though he tries to build it up in the refrain. Some interesting piano chord interjections in here.
Outro, and into the Transitive Nightfall. The entry is often as if they’re going to keep grooving along with the Dark Star chords, and it breaks apart. Here, as soon as they reach the downbeat of the end of the outro it devolves into repeated riff bits immediately, we’re in a deep ocean already. Then Jerry plays with arpeggiated tones with a rolled off wah pedal and everybody is hovering, some small bits of feedback and held notes from guitars and bass seem to shift like a chord progression, but then Phil starts booming and it goes spacey and atonal. The drums come in raggedly. Piano trills and bits of chords, sounds like the piano signal is moving around. They take their time getting into a new quick groove, all jamming along by 16 minutes in. Jerry builds it up to heights and then into a riffy area and back down again. As it comes down the rhythm dissipates into sparse licks, lots of fast little atonal turns from Jerry and Phil. Wah wah pedal back on, it’s pretty scary in here, they have a 6/8 TOO style rhythmic theme for a second, that too is left by the roadside, Jerry is building it up in wah-tones and tremolos, everybody is trilling and tremolo-ing. Jerry is scrubbing the heck out of his strings with chromatic close-note phrases and building it up to a climax with the wah wah in the 20th minute. Wow, this is incredibly dramatic! At the top, it breaks into isolated notes and suddenly a harmony appears between the bass and the guitars. Still playing with isolated note, the pinch harmonics come in, and Phil is rubbing something on his strings up and down.
A sparser playground is reached. Bill plays on tom toms, the band remains extra-modal though Jerry is still playing fast phrases, now at a quieter level. He starts a little jaunty repeated descending phrase at a few pitch levels.
Out of the chromatic chaos, Bob starts Me & My Uncle. Odd window into “reality” here that we’ve arrived at. I hear organ in here a bit, so I guess Pigpen came back to the stage for a second?
Three and a half minutes of relative song-based normalcy and the last chord falls back into the sea of improvisation with some arpeggiated movement from Jerry into legato phrases from all players. The echo is back on Jerry’s guitar. Jerry is really feeling some melancholy melodic sense this evening as much as he was the monster movie frightening stuff, some of the melodic phrases he lands on are extremely evocative and he obviously feels it and repeats it.
A sputnik-y area a couple minutes in for a minute, bits of his toolbox. This section is a slow build in the e minor area, though a phrygian F appears also, and it leads back into chromaticism.
Jerry repeats an E for a while at 5 minutes, before going back to more atonal/polytonal lead playing, Keith right along with him. Phil tries some short phrases, pulling his strings. Chromatic again for a bit, then Keith has a minor key phrase at 7 minutes into this section and it moves into a more tonal/minor (E dorian) area a brisk clip. It sort of lands on A again at 9 minutes in and then Jerry emphasizes that with a G# leading tone in his folky little descending melodies he brings in here. The rhythm section is pulsing, everybody heads toward a rhythmic unison. Latent growth here again, they sound like they’re heading somewhere specific, a theme jam, Jerry is playing A-D-E, and then the country-style licks that usually head to Sugar Magnolia, they play a riffy little country jam. Bob has some chord progression ideas besides the A-D-E-D-A, he throws in a b minor now and again. but what happens? A feint sideways, the rhythm slows and it’s back to the Dark Star theme as if a second verse might bring us home from this journey, but instead! Wharf Rat appears, and we head to skid row, back to reality indeed.
(Though they do get to Sugar Magnolia after this down and dirty visit to skid row.)

Well, wow is all I can say. This is great piece of music. They are really developing the musical storytelling, the improvised sections tell incredibly dramatic stories here. A tone poem.
They must have been enjoying this tour to let their music develop like this.

129 4/29/72 Hamburg: 29:54 – Europe ’72 Complete Recordings (also AUD)

This show opened with (a fantastic and extended) Playing in the Band, and closed with the Dark Star/Sugar Mag/Caution triad, with encores. Dark Star starts and begins wandering and tuning, then gets into the relaxed groove. Lots of swells and ebbs from the drums while Bobby and Phil plug along, the lead guitar seems to be playing with the space, and he gets some controlled feedback at mid tones even. Bill settles into a groove, lots of toms recently, and they’re recorded well so the full set is nice and round sounding.
It’s an endless sea of this groove till some tuning has to happen before 4 minutes and then it breaks down a bit, Bill starts up with a sidestick groove, Jerry starts playing with leading tone stretches and eventually an eddy of single notes, coming out of this into a quieter place with faster little spurts of runs from lead guitar and piano, bass catching up and they bring it up and down. Sort of jazzy now with the sidestick groove and Al DiMeolo-type fast guitar runs, and then hey, Phil starts the Feelin Groovy riff halfway through the 6th minute, and they switch into major key stuff. Well, until they take it tonally sideways a couple minutes later, heh, you thought music was normal for a minute there, didn’t you?
Jerry brings it down with an arpeggio and then it goes into a minor mode, Phil on some minor seconds. Into a sea of holes.
It is very soundtrack-y, storytelling, the scene changes and we’re in a new space, new things are happening. It’s getting a little scary in this scene. Jerry is playing some very high false harmonics and stretching them (you stop the string right where you pick it to make a harmonic of the fretted note). It goes arhythmic and atonal. Into some volume swell space, Bobby playing clusters of notes, runs from the piano.
The bass is picking up some strong feedback tones, non-tonally related notes, it comes to a crest and they start more melodic lines, drums still in bursts and no groove, but it’s coalescing now to become Dark Star again at 14 minutes, the theme is on its way.
Verse 1 at 15:07. Grooving drums through the first line, laying back on line two, and back on line 3 with Phil riffing on the last line. The refrain has some tinkly piano and they go to the outro and into the Transitive Nightfall, a bit of groove happening, it’s not falling apart immediately, takes a few bars. It’s maintaining a semblance of song for a minute, drums start making small rolls, then it’s gone again into volume swelled atonal notes and low piano notes with some weird quick muted guitar strikes, rolling piano bits, rolling drums building into a wild drum area, big bass strikes, Jerry jamming along with his wah wah pedal all backed off for a nasal tone, while the band goes wild, lots of atonal noisy statements from everybody, culminating in a feedback note from Jerry and it brings it into a sparser space at 21 min, some chicken clucks from Bobby, longer notes from Phil. Jerry brings in a wide arpeggio, still with wah wah up and down. Bill is still rocking out and it’s settled into a groove with Keith finding something in there. JG begins the fast licks again for a bit, some of the riffing has that Main Ten idea for a second. JG is very jazzy, Bill is maintaining a jazzy jungle groove on the floor tom, Phil starts some walking bass stuff. JG still in the quick jazzy licks world for a long time, almost heading toward that later jazzy Blues for Allah type stuff. It starts to break down at about 26 minutes. There’s still an underlying latency like it might come back up, but it stays quiet for a bit. Most of the band backs off and leaves Jerry to lead them somewhere else, but he’s moving around different key centers still. Bob and Phil back him up for a while, then Phil starts just playing big chords, sounds like they’re getting tired of it, it goes into extended tremolos, fast little chromatic repeated bits with wah wah, frightening build up with the bursting drums. The break down is fast muted notes, big bass distorted chords, arhythmic statements and then Bobby starts Sugar Magnolia.

Fascinating version, not as beautiful as the Düsseldorf version, but interesting. Lots of jazzy riffing contrasted with atonal monster movie sound tracks.

130 5/4/72 Paris: 39:25 (DS 19:22 > drums 2:31 > DS 17:32) – Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

{Dark Star theme/jam [2:19] > spacey Jam [8:58] > transitional Jam [0:23] > Dark Star, first verse [1:50] } * (5) Space with drummers * (6) {spacey Dark Star Jam [3:25] > ‘happy’ Jam [1:13] > spacey Dark Star Jam [3:21] > transitional Jam [0:14] > Dark Star, second verse [2:#04] } *
Jack Straw before it, Dark Star remains somehow embedded as an alternate reality to cowboy songs, and out into Sugar Magnolia.
Intro to the chords with isolated drum beats before settling more into a groove, Jerry has some very melodic phrases and is exploring the sound of the guitar with single notes and a few pinch harmonics, it winds away from the theme center after a couple minutes into a swirl, careening slowly into space as the lead goes up and a new thing develops. They all play on little trilled sets of notes, into a small and quiet whirlpool.
More of a minor key space follows. Rolling on toms, small bursts of lead guitar in fast & jazzy runs. Drums start to kick in with that idea, they’re chasing each other around, bass come up with a riff to match. It’s a quick-paced vignette with rolling skins, very Krupa there, Mr Kreutzman. Landing on a little repetitive lick at 8:35 that Jerry’s used before, dit-dah, dit-dah. By 9 minutes, it settles into more of a D major area after some diminished chords. Bobby playing with chord pulls up and down. Jerry has some riff he’s figuring out, rocking out on. He keeps at this rhythm, but the band develops it into a more dissonant thing. So it falls apart and maybe back to Dark Star world, but it enters a delicate space first. Little octave piano tinklings lead the band back to the theme and the verse at 12:10, Jerry sound sort of ragged on the first line. The second line breaks the pulse with fermatas, third line has weird bass fiddling around in high register more than wandering, outro follows, and off they go with some big bass strums and everything else floating away.
Feedback leads the way in. A very sparse sea of sounds. Some volume swelled notes, a few isolated drum bursts. Quiet controlled feedback. All kept in a delicate space. Bass trills as sparely spoken words, string scrubs. Jerry plays a few notes at 16 minutes, but they devolve into feedback also. Non-tonal notes in melodic statements, going in and out of any key and into trills and string noises. Wah wah embellishment, some sputnik-like arpeggiating. The scary movie stuff is there but subdued. Drums come in to roll over it all, and it takes off into a drum solo section for a couple minutes. (Did anybody leave the stage to pee? Or they just stood around listening?)
(Section 2, track-wise) The drum solo is mostly rolling quickly over the toms for a while, with occasional kick or snare punctuation. It develops into more of a rhythm after a minute and a half and then dies back into isolated cymbals and tom statements. A roll starts up again and ends in cymbals, the bass comes in.
(Section 3-track-wise) Still sparse tom-tom rhythms, now with bass sounds, not really bass lines so much as isolated notes. Guitar is back in making some quiet little runs, tone rolled off. Bass chords are heading toward something. Jerry starts playing medium tempo chromatic phrases, the bass chords back off into little notes again. Drums still rolling around. Bobby is back in too, now. They’re still in soundscape world, building it toward something, though. Wahwah backed-off leads building up in chromatic phrases, back down again. They’re with Bill’s rhythm, and then he starts the side stick rhythm, Jerry still on a fast chromatic bit, piano following him. It’s very restrained still, but has an obvious latent undertow of menace, then it all sort of dissipates and moves into a quieter world.
Jerry starts modal lines, Phil following, they hint at a groove. At 7 minutes into this section it’s got a Dark Star-ish sense, but coming into it with a new and faster pulse, and even sounds like a Bright Star at 8’ in. Nice jam going on a building up to a repeating falling star pull-off area a minute later, then to more groove-based jamming and another repeating riff, over the crest and back down. At 10 minutes Jerry is doing the slide that usually goes up to the A for the theme, but Phil takes it sideways and drops the Feelin’ Groovy riff in instead. Sort of a mixed up version, it goes outside and comes back in for a bit.
The sideways again, more pull off riffs and a sudden Bright Star, but the jam following is country tinged and still has elements of the Feelin’ Groovy riff world, but it goes on to a new jazzy jam, lots of funky chord stuff from Bobby, Jerry takes a little wah wah into the mix with some odd arpeggios, and it quiets down before building back up. Jerry still has some lingering pull offs and feedbacks to express. It loosens up and they all step back, and the piano makes a very outside chordal choice for a downward arpeggio and then Jerry comes in with the theme, people clap. Verse 2 at 16 minutes!
Yay, verse two! It’s a suspended span and not just a single cantilever. Still a little ragged on the vocals. Phil really grooves it up on the Lady in Velvet line, almost a Pink Floyd-type funky groove. Nonetheless it’s only that one line and the refrain comes, to the outro with Phil’s vocals (ok, he hasn’t sung it for a while) and then the descending phrases, starting with a repeat of the refrain part, sounding very ponderous, not sure where they will lead. They start low and go a few times through, upward and to the tritone chord… once, not several lulling chords to lead to St Stephen, instead a new little melodic tidbit, to a held chord and Bobby starts Sugar Magnolia.

This was a cool version, very developmental but not stellar. Sort of latent, like it held keys to things that could become amazing but they never really sprouted. The introductory jamming is still lovely and relaxed, and they took it to a great space after the first verse, very sparse soundscapes. The latter half’s funky jamming was cool. I appreciate that they brought the whole thing back with the second verse, (and that odd outro.) The ‘first-verse-only’ versions that are common nowadays take the listeners into the alternate reality and abandon us there! The earlier versions encapsulated the space of other worlds and brought us home again. No more bringing us home, we’re out in space! I guess there’s one more version (July 26 ’72) that has the second verse and then that’s it till 1981. I’m sort of surprised that they never split it over several nights, like came back into the song and ended with the second verse the next day!

131 5-7-72 Wigan, Bickershaw Festival: 19:27 – Europe ’72 Vol.2, Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

(I also listened to the Aud/SBD matrix that was available, some people wrote that fireworks went off behind the band at some point and people Wooooed…)
Outdoor festival in the mud, tons of amazing bands. (I mean, Captain Beefheart, Family, Captain Beyond! Early Hawkwind… Etc…) There’s a bunch of writing on the web about the impact of this festival on the folks that went, including stories of it inspiring later musicians (such as Elvis Costello being inspired by the Dead, which is interesting and obviously wasn’t part of his public persona for years. Much later, though, he did have Jerry sit in at a Marin show!)

Dark Star comes after Jack Straw again, and heads off after a drum solo into an extended The Other One. That’s one way to take that ball and run with it!
After the intro, Bobby starts playing with the chords, centering it more on the e minor, though it’s casual. Lotsa tuning in between notes and strums for a bit. Nice little eddies in the flow forming after a couple minutes, getting caught up in small fractals of the available notes. Nice echoing from Keith following Jerry’s runs. Into an area of wailing stretched strings and some tremolo at 4 minutes in to a Sputnik area.
Sputnik continues fairly quietly over its run, moving into an area of spaciousness as JG starts small lead bits as the drums roll on. Coming out of it with more modal melodic phrasing as Bobby holds on some minor chords in the key. They build the jam up to a faster pace, they have a new little chord sequence by 8 minutes (sounds like b minor are for a while there?) Bobby trying some very dissonant chords and phrases against Jerry’s short building blocks of melody. They hold on an e minor area as it becomes more space oriented, remnants of Sputnik.
(At 10:55 there’s a little lick that Jerry has played several times in the past that I call “it’s all the same” for long-ago acid trip reasons, it is a repeated “dit-dah dit-dah” nursery rhyme rhythm against the beat of whatever is going on, with descending intervals. This evening it’s D-C#, D-B, a couple nights ago he used it on a major third, G#-F#, G#-E. Not structurally important, but I always hear it when it happens. Just so you know.)
They settle on a b-f#-G and then a higher G maj7.
Jerry comes in with nasal tone bits at 12 min. Nobody exactly following him to a groove, Bob plays little stretches. Blips and bloops from Phil. This is some spaced out rock music, man.
Some volume swells follow with delicate feedback and slow forward movement to the theme entrance at 14:28, and they’re back in the groove. Nice one!
Verse 1 at 15 min. Sort of a slow groove first line, decent vocal entrance. Phil leading the breaks on line two, Bobby has the wandering bits on line 3 with the previously explored dissonances as melodics. Refrain and out to the Transitive Nightfall with trills from Bob and chords from Phil, feedback from Jerry, and volume swells, it’s very much a transition here. (Jerry takes a bit to tune his strings, probably changing a lot in the humidity. Isolated sounds and swells follow, a rocky undersea surface, light feedback backgrounds, cymbals. Drums start moving around in the mix. The instruments sound like tape music, music concrete, very much sound-as-sound and not as notes really. Phil starts some trills. Eventually it’s just drums.
A 2.5 minute solo drum section follows, rolling on toms, continuous rolling over the kit. Eventually some kick and cymbal punctuation for the longer sentences. At about 2:10, he starts the 6/8 and it leads to Phil diving in and they start The Other One.
This is a long version of The Other One, 30 minutes! So we’ve got some intense jamming happening now to take people home from the Dark Star. The Dark Star was a little disjointed, or rather maybe a bit mellow overall. The space was nice but the jams never got super developmental and the soundscapes were relatively short—unlike the version of The Other One that follows, which is endlessly moving forward and growing off in branches. Even weirder spacy sections. …um, after Bill’s drum solo, again, a whole new band. (What was backstage during the drum solo?)
Note, at 25 minutes into TOO, they start a groove and Jerry almost goes for the Bright Star melody. It’s a jam that would not have been out of place in the latter half of Dark Star at all. After a couple more minutes though, they start the journey back to TOO.

132 5/11/72 Rotterdam: 47:11 (DS 13:45 > drums 3:40 > DS 29:46) – Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

(now, why is this track-separated with drum solo separate? I mean, jazz tunes break down to drum solos all the time.)
Anyway. This show opens with a great Playin’ In the Band, Dark Star toward the end with the Caution suite and more. Pretty high energy show, altogether!

Dark Star starts with the intro, into a fluid jam with Jerry playing with upward moving modal leads. It’s very hopeful sounding, lot of melodic bass with his very midrange lead bass tone. The music has little eddies and pauses and develops out into new rhythms, Jerry starts very insistent 8th notes for a while. Really nice togetherness from the band. In the lulls it’s really beautiful, (though some odd chords from piano), in the swells, they’re really together pursuing that note. At about 4:30, Jerry starts a low riff and does not let it go, Phil playing around it rhythmically, Bob and Keith on chords, it’s a cool high-energy section. (Little tuning pause a minute later.) It finally settles a few minutes later into a very sparse area, some chordalists suggesting a d-minor section (like the initial jam in Playin, also like they did in Dark Star in London on Apr 8)
but as it builds up to a jam it’s more e minor/phrygian, and then Phil brings it back to the A with some fast riffing, and repeated riff-licks from Jerry. An A-minor fast jam for a while.
Jerry busts it apart in the 12 minute with a tremolo and it falls into strong lead bits over a space rhythm. The drums start rolling and the guitars drop out, bass has a few more notes, and then it’s all rolling drums.
Drums solos are cool, and especially in 1972. He is playing around rolling on the toms, and building up tempo, eventually some punctuation from kick and cymbals, then he even unclips the snares from the snare drum and uses it like a high tom or timbale in the middle before clipping them back on and going for the kick and snare marching band and jazz rolls. It builds with this to a crazy around-the-kit explosion, adds in more toms for the last build as the bass starts playing some notes along with. People clap, they dig a drum solo.
Bass and drums, with Phil sort of riffing alongside. It doesn’t take more than a minute or so for him to start playing with some dissonant notes. Jerry comes in (again clapping, after bass riff solo), tone rolled off into the jazz tone, he plays very melodically, it’s fairly fast and has Dark Star hints occasionally. Wah pedal on and it shifts into a new space, weird filtered guitar notes, more minor bits until he hits an A and goes back to the A mixo and a “Star” melody of some sort at 5 minutes into part 2 and they start the theme groove and head to verse 1 at 5.5min.
Really nice vocal delivery, not super ragged, but he sounds pretty old on line 2, but then holds line 3 strongly. Phil does some interesting rhythmic wandering on line 3. Refrain stated in a stately manner.
They go through the outro and into the next jam with feedback from Jerry and strummed bass chords, rolling drums. When it settles it’s in that b-min, or the B-F#-G thing. Jerry takes off in steady notes, while Bobby goes for some B riffing. Lotta of playing in this mode (same notes as the A mixo, very different contextually.) It starts to go into chromatic off-the-rails at 11 minutes or so, and I hear organ back there…! It goes spacey and arhythmic, with planing dissonant chords, strings struck with objects. Atonal dramatic leads, wah pedal goes back on for the rolled off tone at 13min, chromatic dramatic melodies, monster movie soundtrack. Chromatic build, speeding it up, bringing up the volume and tension for an entire minute to a noise break at 15 minutes, sharp rubbing from the wah pedal, guitar huge bass chords and feedback, total freakout for a long time, backing off a bit still into chromatic quick riffs. It slows and maintains tension, still with the volume and feedback from the guitars, but no drums. The guitars are screaming in the 17th minute, after a bit more, Phil starts jamming out in a pulse, Jerry is quick and dirty sounding chromatic runs, Keith and Bob with chordal strikes. It moves into waves of chromatic notes, drums establish a groove now at 19:30, and it starts bopping along in D major like it was a song the whole time, what freakout? Organ is jamming along. This becomes another d-minor section, again like 4/8 London. Jerry comes in with a strong weird melodic statement and jams on it a bit, gets to it again and drops it (21:40-) and drops out for a bit leaving a lead bass with organ and Bob accompaniment for a couple minutes. Jerry comes in at 23:40 again with the phrase, and keeps going where he left off, he gets to it again. (C A-G-F D dropping) He’s jamming out on the d minor pentatonic, ending up getting modal with the b and c and then back to the melody
They start this buildup and break down, repeated riff and then the melody, and it builds, very much a collage of parts and very exciting forward moving jam, with strong tones.
It backs off, into a room with a lot of doors out into different songs, everybody is suggesting things. At 27 min Phil suggests Truckin’ fairly intently, but it still doesn’t go there. It stays in a more arhythmic space area with major key embellishments (still the A-mixo, really) Phil starts playing little chromatic bass bits, the organ dances around in the back as Jerry starts a sputnik picking pattern on a b-minor, they let it fade off and Bobby takes the ball and runs with it, starting Sugar Magnolia.

Quite an epic, lots of energy for the jams in the whole thing. I love the whole first section vibe, and the drum solo before the verse. That jazzy part toward the end of part two is incredible, it sounds very Steve Howe in some ways with the jagged pentatonic lead in a bright tone, and the super fast riffing. (He gets caught up on one of these same riffs more later in Caution, up a step.) All that latent melodic energy that never quite got out in some of the last couple Dark Stars all got through in this one. It’s always a treat when Jerry is working on some idea, like he’s repeating the riff or melodic shred until finally he gets what he was after, and then it’s like, oh, that’s what it was, and then once he gets it, he abandons it and goes on to the next thing.

I like that it’s so long. . . It’s even an answer in some trivia games. One thing that led me to this ‘listening to all the Dark Stars’ was listening to that 45-min Playin’ in the Band from the ’74 Seattle (NW box set) and thinking how great it was that they could just do that sort of thing on stage. Incredible.
This is also sort of a mid-point pinnacle, we’re a little over half-way through all the Dark Stars and this is a big and long high point in the world of Dark Star. It’s a long tail after this.

133 5/18/72 Munich: 28:21 – Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

Lotsa futzing about and tuning beforehand, the track length I have includes a couple minutes of it (it’s not the 26’ listed). Dark Star is coming toward the end of the concert and going into Morning Dew (which is a great idea, though they hadn’t played Morning Dew for a while and it’s a bit rusty.) Slightly restrained start riffs, into a floaty initial jam. Bill is rolling around on tom toms already. The jam is colored by some skipping descending riffs and a restatement of the them after a minute, with pretty intense cadences from the drums in a mild jam. At 4 min, Jerry steps it up and turns it up a bit (with a slight bit of feedback). He’s stretching some interesting notes, coming from outside the normal mode. He even hits his amp and sends a reverb shock through it!
It comes down to a sparser section, but it’s a pretty one, lots of major key runs from everybody. It goes arhythmic, static, by 8:30 and Jerry holds a sputnik-y arpeggio for a while. Bob plays with some chord riffs, building a rhythm, Bill and Phil come in. Nice melodic building in the tenth minute, mostly over a pedal A. It builds to Bright territory but no theme per se, then it breaks into a quieter area by 12 min and comes back to the theme groove at 12:46, which holds some nice melodic lead playing that stretches up to the B above the high A for a while and into chord-jams on the Dark Star groove, heading to the theme proper at 14:30 and the verse. Really good vocal delivery with slight nuances appogiatura. The really hold the fermatas on line 2, and groove out on line 3 like it’s a Pink Floyd song. Refrain is well played from all with a big ending chord from Phil. Into the next jam it’s immediately suspended sustained chords and then dissonant arhythmic bass chords and wah-wah backed off tone on guitar, rolling. It starts a new section of atonality with a downbeat kick at 17:30, it gets super scary with feedback bass and rhythm guitar, a wailing down stretches and feedback from Jerry. Then sparse strong hits from bass and drums, atonal riffs. Intense strong space, lotsa bass feedback with small repetitive high picking from Jerry, who continues when the bass backs off later. It’s quiet and non-tonal runs and odd chords for a bit and the bass comes back in. This sort of atonalism is like music-simulacra, it holds a rhythmic cadence as if it were obeying normal tonal music cadence but the notes are unrelated, like bizarro world song. Then it devolves, with a load of tremolo coming in (keys? Or Bobby tapping his guitar with a slide?) In any case, they build it up to a monster movie tension, even Bobby is stretching notes. Hammering away, lots of wah wah tone on fast little chromatic bits, drums loudly rolling over it all. Keith starts on chord repetition for a bit and it breaks to a new rhythm, Jerry riffing heavily with chromatic descending elements.
They bring it down finally at 27:30 or so, and hold a D chord, which allows them to start Morning Dew.

Intense. The first time I listened to it, I thought it was unfocused and chaotic, the second time I heard more of what holds it together. It’s a good space out atonal abstract section.

134 5/23/72 London: 29:54 – Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

(6) {tuning [0:42] > spacey tuning [0:48] > Dark Star theme [1:42] > speedy Jam [4:15] > Slow Spacy Jam [4:40] > Bass and Drums [2:50] > Dark Star Jam [3:50] > Dark Star theme [0:33] > First Verse [1:27] > Spacey Jam [4:50] > Dissonant tigerish Jam [2:30] > Jam [1:40] > transition [1:40] > Morning Dew}

Long shows, a full set of them with NRPS in London, this is the first night. There’s already some spacy wandering after Ramble on Rose, before Jerry starts Dark Star, Phil joins in and they start the mellow groove, it winds on with lovely tones from the instruments. Jerry plays around the 2nds and 9ths of the scale, theme restated a minute or so in, then they get caught up in some climbing eddies and back to a groove that gets some speed going.
They rock out on this for a while, climbing and falling and finding little riff areas, a great one at 4 minutes in. After some relentless pinch harmonics, they take it more jazzy. It sputters out at 5:40 and sounds like a background Sputnik is happening, coming up. It spaces out, Jerry has some nursery rhyme melodies in the space, he ends up favoring a B for a while into near emptiness, the band quietly making sounds as he finds small feedbacks with it. Phil starts some big chords but plays it back to Jerry moving to an E and finding feedback, Phil starts a more dissonant slow line with rolling drums behind him. Eventually Jerry drops out and the drums and bass continue, Phil soloing in a sort of e minor thing which goes through a bit with the opening notes (B-Bb-B D).
Band back in at 13:40 they continue in mode, using more b minor and e minor before heading back to an A mixo root a minute later. Pretty quick groove again, an almost Bright Star at 15:20, back up there a minute later. Organ is in.
At 17 minutes, a sudden shift in tempo and to the theme heading to the verse 45 seconds later. Groovy first line, big fermatas on line two and a long roll back to line three with lots of motion from the bass and Bob. Refrain is perfect until a chromatic slide right before the next section intro.
The band starts the section with long held notes, arhythmic. It dies down to small sounds, a very sparse and quiet modal melodic section, Jerry with tone rolled off, focusing some on the D major aspect of the mode for a while before it goes to a song-like section in A major that goes off chromatically after a bit and gets scarier. There’s a long quiet atonal section that plays like a tense underscore, building in volume very slowly. The wah gets wahing a bit more as it piles up on itself, speeding up and getting louder in the 24th minute, it gets very noisy and chaotic for a minute, then insistent chromatic melody takes it down again, though Jerry continues pounding out an endless stream of chromatic eight notes.
So they go ahead and build it up again, sounds like Phil and Bill trying to get it into a groove, which seems to succeed somewhere in the 27th minute for a while, though it threatens chromatic weirdness for a long time still. In the last minute of the track they’ve gotten it reined in to a chordal groove, back in A and seems to end as Jerry brings it in with a slightly Dark Star-y bit to land on the A chord and then goes to the D and then insinuates Morning Dew again, and they eventually all figure that out and start the song.

Neat fast jams in the first part and a long and fast chromatic weirdness in the second half. Lots of energy and inventiveness.

135 5/25/72 London: 34:30 – Europe ’72 Complete Recordings

Dark Star timing: Opening theme/Jam {8:25} > Spacy and dissonant Jam {6:00#} > Jazzy Jam {#2:06} > tiger Jam {7:32} > Sugar Magnolia transition {0:40} > Sugar Magnolia.

Here we’re coming from a strong version of Wharf Rat, night three of the run. A slow lead on the powerful chords ending Wharf Rat, Bob starts wandering a bit before the end even and it quiets down and Jerry starts the Dark Star groove riff instead of going through the little intro bit, they fall into a quiet Dark Star groove and then Jerry devolves into a trill, so it quiets down even more. It rolls through relaxed melodic sections, waves of music up and then down again.
Bill starts a side stick rhythm a couple minutes in, Jerry is arpeggiating on suspended chords, Sputnik-like, before heading off into a lead and they move into a slightly Latin feel jam. This moves on and maintains the spritely feel for a very melodic long jam. This is great improvisation. Jerry stretches it at 6:30 and it moves into a quieter area after the wave crests. Lotta fast Phil stuff in here. At 8 they start scraping strings and going into noise space. Bob is being very chromatic, it’s very weird. It gets super weird with feedback and odd sounds at 10:30, Phil starts with the scary chords. Bob has a weird tremolo on his amp. Jerry starts some odd tonality melodies with the wah-backed-off tone a minute later. It sparses out a lot but maintains its dissonance. Lotsa feedback and big bass chords in the 14th minute.
Jerry takes it out with major key melodic runs and then at 15 minutes suddenly back to the Dark Star theme. Nice.
A slow Bright Star at 16 minutes and the verse at 16:45, not great vocal entrance, they get it together for the stops on the second line, a suspended space from the piano bits on line three also. Sounds like some odd chords on the refrain from Bob, there… he sorta fucks up the outro, but the intro to the jam is fine. Bill is rolling around as the instruments fade out, he settles into a groove with Phil and Keith. Bobby comes in with tremolo bits. Phil starts the Feelin’ Groovey descending bass line at 17:30 and Jerry comes in for a spritely major key jam. The ride it for a while and bring it down by min 25 to look for something new. It gets a little more bluesy but stays in the major key area for along time. Eventually by min 27 they go more outside and it starts to melt down. It moves into a sparse atonal space with a lot of fiddling about from Phil. This goes on and builds up with stretches from Bobby and wah weirdness from Jerry and string scraping from Phil.
To super meltdown stuff… Jerry comes out with fast little climbing bits and it builds again to a giant crescendo with lots of noise, including organ swells, then as it crashes, Bobby signals Sugar Magnolia but it doesn’t take the first time, they continue some quieter weirdness for a bit and then he starts it for real.
Nice upbeat Dark Star! Lot of melodic and mostly major key jams. A real contrast to the recent versions, as well.

136 7/18/72 Jersey City: 27:13 (also AUD)

Out of Truckin’s end jam, they go into a space for the last minute and a half, they drag out a cadence and then start the intro to Dark Star and a medium pace, nice and tropical, groovy but sparse, drums rolling from cymbals to toms. They settle into a rolling little backbeat major key happy jam for a bit, but it threatens some sideways stuff at times, with Bob doing some bends into the chords. Slight lull and then Jerry arpeggiates and then takes off up higher and faster for a bit and then brings it to a high and bendy “bright star”-ish thematic statement after 4 min, then he backs off and lets it slide over to Phil soloing with rolling drums, piano arpeggios bring Jerry back in with matching arpeggios, which comes down and goes to the theme before 6 min, but they let it escape into more bass soloing and then space, with Bill still kicking it.
Bob comes in with chords in a more e min area, the drums are still rolling more than grooving with it, Jerry comes in with fast licks as the chords dissipate and Phil gets stuck on a riff.
Weird headspaces tonight! Jerry heads into some faster soloing at 9 minutes and Phil follows it to more of a Dark Star groove, though it’s also very bluesy. Bill, still not laying off the continuous rolls. (It’s all the same at 10:20) Another multiverse bright star before 11 min and then Bill finally lays into a backbeat with the side stick, fast and jazzy. Jerry comes up with a cool riff section on F#-G, then raises it, when he’s figured it out it backs off, the next wave is similar on a repeated riff on E pentatonic and then up to a fast yet-another-variant of bright star at 14 min. It builds again and then dives into the Dark Star groove at 15 1/2. Verse 1 30 seconds later. A very sage Jerry delivers the vocals, crooning on line 2. Line 3 is again a more groove line, into the fermatas of the refrain. People are loving it. Really nice vocal delivery.
Into the outro/intro, Bill starts up a weird immediately-damped cymbal and kick rhythm, then builds a roll under everybody fading until it enters atonal arhythmic space with strong odd notes from Jerry and Phil. Jerry is going for the pinch harmonics before 19 min and then the growling bass chords come in and the wah wah goes on, some feedback, Bob coming in with feedbacky chords. A very scary and loud space goes on for a while (my dog left the room.) Jerry starts the little fast chromatic wah-backed-off building tension at a lower volume, Phil still making giant chords, then starting higher and Phil makes odd noises, they build to the “Tiger” meltdown (right?) in the 23rd minute, with wah screaming roars and super weird notes at the breakdown. Into volumes swells. Then some odd diminished chord stabs, it builds a wave and comes down to string scraping.
By 26 min, Jerry starts an lilting melody which heads into arpeggios, a Sputnik with the rising high note like so long ago, and then it drops and fades down to the A chord, which eventually goes into “Comes a Time”, which is amazing and has some searing blues bending at the end. Wow, must have been an amazing show.

137 7/26/72 Portland: 30:49

Dark Star Map: Dark Star theme/Jam [9:22] > theme/Verse one [1:49] > Spacy Jam [1:08] > Bass and Drums [1:05] > Bass, Drums and Piano [1:10] > All but Jerry Jam [0:30] > Jam [3:45] > Spacier [1:15] > Space [4:05] > tiger [1:00] > Uptempo Spacy Jam [2:50] > theme/Verse 2 [2:53] > Comes a time.
Lazy opening with Jerry lagging behind Phil a bit in the intro, and he takes a while to really get to it once the groove starts up. It’s a long piece, winding around as the groove moves forward. Cresting a bit at 4 min, it comes down and has a little build on the swung triplets. When that comes down, the whole band brings it down, Bill backing it up quietly with some side stick. They are still doing the triplet accent for a while, but Jerry brings it back to a swing for a sec and then into arpeggios and back to the Dark Star groove. He heads to pinch-harmonics and thematic soloing, theme proper at 9:20, slow and in the high register. Verse at 9:50, nice vocals with little frills. Rolls from the drums on the second line, into the groove for line 3 with no casting about. Rolls again on the refrain, and to the outro.
The jam starts spacey, with sparse notes and bass strums, into drums with small guitar volume swells and then a drum solo with bass grooving along. Piano in a minute later, the guitarists went for a piss. Bob is back at 14:30, Jerry a bit later, comes in soloing over the fast jazzy groove in a 12/8 feel.
It’s a long build, goes over the hump and Phil threatens to bring it back from the e minor to A. It crests and sounds like it may go back to Dark Star but Bill rolls over his toms and Jerry starts some little country style licks before switching on the wah pedal and going sideways. At 20:15, it heads into chromatic weirdness with string noises and gets scarier, the drums start up again in waves. Big Phil chords a minute later, into a monster movie section with atonal harmonics and odd noises all around. Fast chromatic build up starts at 24 minutes with the wah wah building to the Tiger meltdown. I think Bob was in there with some big high notes. Bill starts a pulse and Phil hits some low strong tones, like it’s gonna go all death metal. It melts down again. Augmented chord arpeggios start up at 26 min, it’s all scary movie stuff, building to some stretched note screams. It builds again but the machine winds down and then the Dark Star theme rises from its ashes in the 28th min, with lovely descending piano parts, it winds down to Verse 2 at 29:19!
Jerry can’t remember the first line, but the first word changes to ‘mirror’ in the middle of enunciating it, and he gets the rest right, drum rolls continuing the groove on line two instead of the fermatas (hey it’s the second verse, man), and a long (phasey? multiple open drum mics…) roll to line three with a nice rising lick from Bob wandering in the back.
Outro, and all vocals, Phil even sounds pretty good. They head to what would be the outro lick but Jerry starts “Comes a Time” which is both expected after the last Dark Star, but unexpected after a verse 2 and outro.
Last time for Verse 2 for a long time! We’re gonna be stuck in the Transitive Nightfall every time now for a while!

Alligator is getting some upgrades, so next he's using a '56 Strat

138 8/21/72 Berkeley: 27:25

The Alligator Strat is in the shop for a month now that they’re back in California, so Jerry is using a 1956 Stratocaster that seems mostly unaltered. After Ramble on Rose, a little telegraphing, an allusion to the beginning of El Paso and then to Dark Star, they begin Dark Star with the intro and into the groove with soaring bass lines and everybody moving along, building a solid groove with some interesting bendy statements from Jerry, lots of motion from everybody, some odd chromatics thrown in from Bob occasionally. It goes through some longer waves, comes down to reassess after a few minutes. The roll into a dip at 5 min in, a long slow build out of it that never reaches super high (6 min the ‘all the same’ a g a e). (Sounds like some filter effect in the piano? Wah pedal?) before abandoning the groove almost entirely at 8 min and going more chromatic around it. They start doing a build again and Jerry finds a melodic area in the high register before stating the theme at 9:20, in a bendy way. Verse 1 come in at 9:40, Jerry sounds haggard on line 1 but delicate on line 2, with full fermatas, line 3 is somewhere in between groove and stops, the drums roll through Shall We Go and stop on the refrain, they play the outro and intro to the next jam, mostly Phil, and then he starts up big chords, trills from piano and into space with crying guitars and dissonant chords and chromatic runs from the piano.
Several builds in an atonal arhythmic monster movie soundtrack, to trills and close chromatic runs.
Bill starts a rolling rhythm at 14:30, Phil chugs in, Jerry starts more concise runs, still fairly non-tonal, with big piano chords coming in. Jerry still running around in chromatic stuff, building to the Tiger style meltdown stuff, though it passes a crest and continues into a lower area, till they hit on a pulse at 17 minutes in and it starts to hit a key for a while, riffs from Keith and Phil. Over that hill and still in the short chromatics to a lull, people cheer.
Jerry starts a slow wah-toned non-tonal melody as it winds around. Jerry starts Morning Dew licks at 20:40, but it doesn’t get there so he wanders away and catches some pinch harmonics, building it to a static high lick. Keith is going for some jazzy progression and Bill joins in with the groove. They go on with a fast bass, drums and piano jam and the guitars drop out for a minute. Bob back in on rhythm moving along. Drops down to a lower level with mostly kick and bass, some Bobby and lower keys. Jerry comes back in and they continue the jazzy groove, he goes for some quick licks. Jam continues and builds and falls back a bit, then suddenly as it dies off Bob sticks on the intro to El Paso and they segue to it.
I’d consider this to be an enclosed window song, and especially since they come out of it into “Space” before Deal and then Sugar Magnolia. Bob sounds a little tired singing El Paso. People clap as they end it and the band starts chromatically dropping, tuning, some little licks and more space playing with a slow bass line with a more tonal feel, just Phil and Jerry for a couple minutes. Nice.

Not my favorite, though some nice parts. Lotsa Keith in the mix, including that mostly piano jam toward the last part.

139 8/24/72 Berkeley: 27:10

Out of Truckin’ again, though they end it and then start Dark Star with the normal intro. A ride cymbal keeps a pulse but it takes a while before it really becomes the groove, Jerry is slowly moving through thematic notes, getting into little eddies. Some really beautiful guitar playing, band backing it up, this guitar suggests some other notes and phrases. He brings it down and fades out with a trill at 3:30, drums keeps going, others moving around into a piano whirlpool, Jerry quietly comes back in. At 5 min he starts up some bluesy licks, though the band isn’t playing along and heads off to a different rhythm a minute later. Jerry playing heavily in the pinch harmonic high notes.
They move into a quick section with isolated bursts of energy, building it into a fast but not-extremely focused jam. Bob starts up a stabby rhythm, which narrows the focus a bit, Phil is cooking along with it. Jerry finds some common notes and tests a riff, moves up and out. He starts a slower riff after nine minutes and the band quiets down and enters a slow space that could head to Dark Star, and Jerry starts strumming it and then into a bluesy theme area with a lot of outside stretches, theme proper after 10 minutes and to a Dark Star groove. Verse 1 at 11 minutes.
Strong vocals, backing off dramatically, big fermatas on line 2. More playing between downbeats than groove for line 3, into the refrain and the outro.
Intro to the middle are and then Phil starts with some wide arpeggios, Bob on some slightly dissonant chords, the drums roll and roll. It dies off to go to space. It’s a noisescape with scraped things and screaming weird high notes and isolated low notes, developing into more note based multi-tonal and chromatic sparse falling statements. Bass bottom ends thuds against arhythmic harmonics, some feedback emerges against a rolling tom tom. Waves of sound, multi-voiced in multiple atonal areas, Bob even starts playing some single note licks as it starts to roll forward, staying non-tonally centered, Jerry is into his small chromatic groups of fast notes with wah-wah. An outside-reaching wider lick as it builds to a head and dies off to quieter rumbling quick notes, fading over time to tremolo and into a new lake of weirdness, Jerry still on his small chromatic fast things with the pedal, scrubbing it out underneath and erupting to the Tiger meltdown.
Dies off to reveal a quieter Sputnik area with moving chords, eventually moving chromatically as well. It builds up into a latin groove by 22 min, then heads for more 12/8 ish and keeps grooving along.
It winds up at about 27 min with some quiet guitar volume swells following with Bobby on some arpeggios. Sort of like the Space after El Paso on the previous Dark Star… (which would lead me to think of the previous one as part of Dark Star, with El Paso inside it) this one tonight does manage to go into Morning Dew, this time it’s Phil who makes it explicit.
And it’s a rippin’ Morning Dew!

My expectations were high for these sorta-hometown Berkeley shows, but for me neither Dark Star surpasses either of the London versions, for example. There are good ideas but nothing really develops, and the scary parts aren’t even as scary.

140 8/27/72 Veneta, OR: 31:27 – Sunshine Daydream

Well, this one is classic and on film, it’s very intense, lots of footage of the band playing, it’s cool to see Jerry staring into his own head as his fingers move. And a lot of close ups of his fingers, doing the pinch harmonics, plucking, picking, moving, adjusting knobs on guitars and amps, close up of the Colorsound wah pedal. Quite intense footage. Also some great Phil moments and some funny scenes where Bob stops and looks at what everybody else is doing. The camera by Keith’s side is mostly over his head, but there’s some keyboard action shots. A lot but not all of the song footage is in the movie, of course it’s cut with a bunch of animation and “trippy shit” some of the time, but a lot of good synced footage is there. And the naked guy who looks like he’s on Jerry’s shoulder (he seems to have put on shorts later, or maybe they’re animated in the latest cut of the film?) And a child that runs across the stage twice, only Bob seems to even notice the first time, Jerry laughs the second stage-run.

Anyhow, in the course of this hot hot daytime concert, hey take a break to allow a sunset and cooling for the hot afternoon, coming back, they start with Dark Star coming out of announcements about water.

Listening without watching it’s a bit easier to analyze rather than get lost in it. The intro happens and heads to a ride cymbal groove. It’s another outdoor Star. The riffing has a relaxed quality to it, the band allowing the music to happen. Jerry plays with some of the Bird Song licks a bit, moving out to the 9ths and 11ths of the key. Some covert tuning a couple minutes in, he comes in underneath everything afterwards, quiet and a darker tone. Some whale sounds in there to get him into a higher register. A funny little polyrhythm thing at 4:40, playing the swung threes as the beat, eventually playing around the theme area, but not every playing the actual theme. By the 7th minute it’s really threatening to land on the Dark Star theme on some upcoming downbeat but never does, and heads off to intensify the jam. Jerry starts doing double-stop bends and finding some interesting melodic points in the stretches. Over this crest, it comes back the theme groove with Phil on a rising riff version, Jerry starts taking off, Bob and Keith wander outside a bit into more minor chords in the mode. Drums back off at the next lull, 9:30 or so, Jerry and Keith on more arpeggio stasis. Gathering it up as Bill continues the groove, they continue onwards and enter a zone where everybody is on the triplets at 11 min, and it lands when that comes down right into the theme, though there appears to be some tempo adjustments between Jerry and Bill before he starts verse 1.
It grooves into line 1, really delicate and beautiful vocal delivery, the first real fermata of the piece on line 2, and back to the rolling groove for line 3. The refrain is a punctuation and they head out to the outro and into the next jam, Bill rolls but keeps a back beat, Phil is still in groove land, so they continue, Bob has some chord ideas. Jerry eventually comes in with Swelled high notes, sounding very pedal steel. Bill switches up the beat a bit leaning on the snare, Phil on a riffy type bass system. They head to more minor key area, and into stronger groove, but with jazzy overtones, Jerry starts the quick runs.
Eventually this leads them a little sideways, mode or key wise, though the groove still goes on.
An odd rhythm jam, stabby bits from Jerry in response to Bob, and more chromatic licks emerge. They all catch a little heap of sound at 17 and then build it, Bill still rocking out, they move into a quicker jam. It continues for several minutes, Phil eventually decides to do some root motion to test out some new mode areas a couple minutes later, but mostly he’s still riffing, and they dip down and keep plugging ahead until 20 minutes, when it takes a lull and emerges with a drum and bass solo, Bill still rocking out, so Phil is jamming alongside. At 21:30 he takes it up a whole step, Keith likes this so he starts playing along, Jerry follows with some rhythmic bits. He comes back with a lead a minute later, some fast playing, but with a rather mellow tone. Sounds like Bob has dropped out for a bit, back in with a very brittle tone. Jerry on some repeated licks that I think I’ve heard in TOO, then they go into chromatic sideways world with some odd chordal movement and they build with chromatic statements from everybody. Jerry comes in with the wah (Colorsound!) at 25 min. Still very jazzy and lots of forward momentum, still very chromatic, Jerry finds some odd melodic licks and plays around with them.
Minute 26 has some stasis, though with momentum still, some repeated notes and hints at arpeggiation, but it doesn’t rest, keeps going on.
In the 27th minute, Jerry’s melodic rooster licks come to full fruition. Keith has a wah wah on the keyboard! (How is that possible on an acoustic piano? Is it just some filtering to prevent feedback or something?) Everybody is rolling, Jerry starts the chromatic fast wah licks that lead to the Tiger, the meltdown is happening for him but it gives way to arpeggios in min 29 as nobody really followed Jerry into the Meltdown, they continued grooving on whatever they were on. Finally at 29:40, Bill cedes the rhythm to an arhythmic noise area with some big bass notes and odd riffy chords from Bob. Jerry starts a majestic statement of some sort that seems to be leading down and out of this area, though it lingers, they land eventually and Bob and Bill start El Paso.

It’s weird to get to this version in this thread and realize how odd it is, comparatively. I’ve seen the movie a couple times and never really considered that this version of Dark Star is not at all like the versions preceding it: it’s made of endless (fast) groove jamming, there are hardly any striking sectional or modal changes besides the verse, and it’s still a half hour long. There’s no space per se, and in that way it’s more like the versions of Playing In the Band that they had been developing in this period (the version of PitB at this show is 20 minutes, and great also, though a bit slow sounding.) The noise area of the Tiger is very brief, the chromatic stuff leading into that is more jazzy than scary, no monster movie soundtrack. All in all it’s a very tame Dark Star, more like an extended jam on the main theme with some slight exploration toward the latter half.

141 9/10/72 Hollywood, CA: 35:20 (DS 32:17 > drums 1:33 > jam 1:30) (with David Crosby)

Second night in Hollywood, at the Palladium. David Crosby sits in on Dark Star, coming after Black Peter.
Is Crosby playing guitar? I can’t quite tell either, the main one is Bob-style pretty much. Though he’s not wandering so much tonight, I thought it might be Crosby, but… Anyway, so Jerry just plays in mode, nice meandering lead. Phil is sorta walking in the theme progression. They do get into Crosby-initiated eddies, like the old Dark Stars. It develops nicely, a lot due to rhythm guitar. They go into a cool very spiky rhythmic jam for a wave in the 3rd minute and come down to a riff into a b minor section, which Jerry takes on a Sputnik ride at 5 minutes.
Into arpeggio sets of 3s, very delicate. Jerry lands on the actual Sputnik notes (the emin7, with a C# move) after a minute and a half. They bring it down to the A. Bob is grooving, they slowly bring it to a new jam, Phil goes off for a bit, Jerry thinks about it and then comes in with more high but delicate lead. Keith has a wah on his piano signal, he plays with that a bit in the background. Ride cymbal groove. It dies down by 10 min, and they start to build it up with a new groove, with toms and a stretchy chordal stab from rhythm guitar. Jerry pedals for a while, then riffs a bit in chords. More arpeggio to keep in the rhythm, eventually more single note lead, major mode.
Rhythm on a strong chord thing, resolving oddly and then back, they start to groove on a Bo Diddly vibe for a second, then back it off, Bill with a strong and paced backbeat, till they bring it down, he rolls still a little in the vibe. Jam with bass and drums.
Guitars come back in at 15 min. Grooving along, rhythm guitar on harmonics and chordal chops. Jerry rolls on. They come to a riff, then abandon it, wandering off. Building it up into a faster Dark Star-type groove. Over that wave, it mellows out, and Jerry sees the spot to start the theme proper and verse 1, people are thrilled.
Verse at 19, first line has an accidental at the end on the guitar, nice fermatas on line 2, almost vocal melodic phrasing from the bass on line 3, to the refrain, and Crosby climbs instead of dropping the last melodic bit. They hold the chords after the outro, Bill starts rolling. It’s a sustained moment diving into the depths, Jerry comes in with some atonal melodic tidbits, bright tone but not loud. Keith is using his pedal. Sounds like Crosby has come in in the middle of the mix, a phasey bright guitar sound? They stay atonal and diving, there’s odd beasts wandering around at the bottom of this sea. Nice guitar interplay with three guitars and a bass, sparse little odd statements from each. Chromatic runs from Jerry bring it down and then into low end of the Tiger. They start some fast chromatic frenzy bits, mostly falling patterns. Jerry climbs with the Tiger figure, some weird noises from the new guitar and keys with wah. Jerry starts rocking out in the high end, semi-chromatic figures, very jazzy. Keith obliges with jazzy rhythms. Rhythm guitar starts rocking it. They crest the wave and bring it down into a jazzy fast groove. Chordal riffing from rhythm over a popping bass.
Jerry starts a wah-on high riff then brings it back to lower the intensity a bit, some fast little runs with the rolled off tone for a bit. And into a new jam, keeping the energy going until the 31st minute when the guitars back off and leave a drum solo and then a quiet bass and guitar area, Jerry and the middle then left channel guitar. Then Bobby starts Jack Straw, and we’re out of space and into the ‘real’ world

Lots of energetic jamming in this one, really nice changes from rhythm guitar instigation, so lots of Jerry just jamming over it. I can’t tell which is Crosby, but whatevs, great version. back to Alligator Strat

142 9/16/72 Boston: 26:56 (end patched with AUD)  

With Ned Lagin, it says. Note that Jerry is back with his Alligator Stratocaster again now!
Starts with a pleasant feel, some sparse piano notes from Ned on electric piano, Keith on acoustic. Jerry plays in little fragments for a while. When he starts playing more wildly, he’s stretching notes like mad, getting back in with the Alligator strat. They rein it in a bit, and ride. Series of falling statements and gathering in trills at the bottom, not much separation in the mix, hard to distinguish some things in the seaweed of small sounds, Jerry and Ned are blurring a bit sometimes.
Dark Star theme fragments at 6:45, but hidden in there. They build it back to the Dark Star groove, Jerry runs around. He’s still playing a lot with stretching strings way out. They settle into a marching little groove with riffing from Phil. Jerry goes on exploring his guitar, a section with pinch-harmonics. And settling into the theme proper before 11 minutes. Verse one comes in, very sensitive vocal delivery. Bill continues a bit into line 2, then holds and builds back into the groove for line 3, beautiful refrain from Jerry, people yell and clap, the outro and Jerry already with some notes, then the go more static on suspended chords. It dies into small swells and notes. Bobby and Phil have a minor modal area that they explore a bit. Bill is keeping a subtle pulse. A Sputnik emerges late in minute 14, moving ominously. It gets really quiet in the 15th, slightly chromatic, but subtly, and stays that way for a while. More latent scary chromatic statements start at about 17:30, with bits of feedback and wah pedal. It grows but not quickly, some arpeggios with wah and then Tiger-like bits at 19 min, stabs from piano, drums build up a fast and odd groove, it stays chromatic and strong building to and through meltdowns. The groove goes on from Bill, Jerry seems like he’s tired of it, then stages a comeback to some high stretches and then back to the bottom to build a real Tiger, he starts to take over with the fast wah wah chromatics to break it apart. Pianos droning on low octaves, Bill won’t quit the groove. Finally at 22 minutes it breaks and a piano (Keith I would think) is playing a saloon western thing, Jerry falls in immediately, then the drums start the train beat, into a fast new jam with a lower volume. Sounds like Cumberland a little bit. Endless riffing from everybody, Jerry gets caught up in several repetitive little bits, at 26 minutes it breaks back to take stock, the drums roll off.
Jerry leads a coda and then brings it into Brokedown Palace. (With a small splice of audience tape in the SB.)
Not the best version, interesting but not spectacular. Some fun experimenting with stretches and sounds from the guitar from Jerry, different from the previous concerts.

143 9/21/72 Philadelphia: 37:22 – Dick’s Picks 36

{Dark Star theme [2:22] > Variations on theme [5:06] 7:30> pretty theme [4:11] 11:40 > Dark Star theme/First Verse [1:45] 13:30> Light Speedy Jam [5:10] 18:40 > Dissonant/Tiger Jam [8:35] 27:15 > Unknown theme [3:10] 30:10 > GDTRFB-like Jam [3:25] 33:35> MLB-like Jam [3:14] > Morning Dew}

Lovely plaintive stretches from Garcia as he starts after the intro goes. Relaxed feel, a lot of interplay between the players, everybody sort of bopping along. Everybody’s instruments has a good sound, even Bob’s got a decent tone here, and he’s playing with some licks in between chordal bits. Jerry sneaks in some little jazz licks in a bassier tone, then he starts playing with volume swells, leading to a plateau, though still with the underlying pulse. The plaintive stretches come back a little bit, leading to some small repeated melodic nursery-rhyme melodics, and it starts to build from there, still referencing the Dark Star thematic world. At about 5 min, Jerry starts plugging away at something that is a new build up to a Brighter Star at 6 min, that contains a little circle around the theme. Nice. That wave comes back down and Jerry goes back to some volume swells on his plaintive stretches, and into a new area.
This section has a latent Sputnik, or at least a 6/8 feel, but Jerry brings it into some light feedback, with whammy bar! (Whammy bar? How often does that happen?) Wow, that was unexpected, and then he rolls away on tremolo single notes. Still in the circle-around-the-theme world, Keith and Phil play with that idea in half time against Jerry, really nice counterpoint. The some pull-offs, Keith mirroring.
A lot of tremolo and trills from Jerry and Keith, then piano with wah on this also. They back off, leaving small gestures of the theme and then Jerry starts it for real at 11:45, the band falls in and they head to verse 1.
Nice delivery, very emotional sounding, highs and lows, long held first syllables of each line. The refrain, strong answers from the instruments, and in the outro and Bob has some little appoggiaturas as the band mutters around starting the next section. Jerry on light and fast low volume stuff that starts to insist itself more and more. The drums seem to roll along haphazardly until about a minute later and then by the 15th minute they are in a fast jazzy jam. Some little eddies of close notes, and out into a lighter area, Bill on side-stick rhythm. Piano and bass accompany, a little bit of Bobby, but Jerry is stepping back to take stock. Or light a cigarette, perhaps.
Phil starts a more driving riff, still mostly piano for high melody stuff. Jerry slips back in at about 19 minutes, wah pedal on but rolled back. Bill starts rolling more on toms, he and Phil start a Bo Diddley beat underneath, Jerry starts to take the mode outside, Keith happily follows, as does Bob with some dissonant chords. It’s getting tense, he has some little riffs that lead up and some Tiger pull offs already inserting by 21 min. Wah on the piano stays with Jerry, it starts to sound very Miles Davis of the similar era (or maybe some combo of John McLaughlin and Keith Jarrett era?) Both Jerry and Keith on a chicken riff at about 22:45 and Phil doing the walking bass type stuff.
Chromatic fast riffing is building up the volume and tension, up and down, and then from the bottom a Tiger meltdown starts for real by 25 min. Strong low chords from piano and bass, super dissonant, ending with stretched bass notes and pinch harmonics playing out atonal melodies. Big bass chords. Volume swell chords from Bob. Odd notes from everybody as it dies down.
At 27:30 or so, Jerry seems to want to take it back to a sweet melodic area, Keith plays around it modally for a bit and they land with some side stick attempts at pulse, Jerry takes a new melodic whirl as they seem to play in D major/e minor while he stretches to a Bb, it never really gets its stride until after 30 min, Jerry has some bluesy/country licks, and it stays in the D major area and he plays some banjo-type stuff. Who knows how they’ve come to this point! (To me it almost seems like Dark Star is pretty much left behind at this point and they are moving on to somewhere else.) Jerry is still playing with that Bb in the D major world, moving up and down in contrary motion simultaneously. They go full into this for a Mind-Left-Body jam, (which sort of sounds like that part in Music Never Stopped, now that I hear it) with the dropping line, C-B-Bb-A on a D major chord.
Over the hump of this jam, it starts resting a bit and quieting down, and they head to Morning Dew, with only a brief moment in between.
Really beautiful playing, some new explorations. The plaintive aspect that Jerry set up seems to stick with it for a long time, and then the whole thing has a trajectory toward the Tiger area, and it comes back to the world with folksy music references. Great piece.

144 9/24/72 Waterbury, CT: 33:56 (DS 27:43 > drums 1:59 > DS 4:14) – 30 Trips

Phil messes about with the intro riff, then a verbal count off. Soon after the start, Jerry gives the plaintive stretch of the other night again, but they settle into a moving groove, everybody winding out the notes like a multi-headed hydra. Jerry playing with some wide arpeggios, then upward runs, eventually getting caught up in some fast little riffs that take it out of the mode a bit and up to a little plateau of harmonics, everybody else keeps grooving along so he starts again at the bottom strings and builds it up again. Jerry is into some fast chromatic/jazzy riffing tonight.
In the 6th minute Keith uses his wah tone a little, but then abandons it. Jerry still skipping a long, they are pounding it out. It finally breaks down a bit at 7:40, entering a quieter mellower area. Jerry is playing with reaching leading tone chromatics, bringing a theme statement before 9 min, and then some more quick running around and back up to the harmonics, and back to the low strings, bringing it back up by thirds, the whole band winding around little riffs. Keith is following Jerry quite admirably here. It gets very jazzy and then min some shorter runs, though it continues back to endlessness, with some great outside-the-mode bits, they are all still just cooking, endless groove. Bob sure likes his stretched doubles stops, he spends minutes playing with them. Theme feints from Phil at or so, they end up playing a skewed Dark Star groove, still moving in and out of it and running up and down, grooving. Keith back with his wah tone. A lot of feints to the theme, but then running away off into more riffing. It breaks apart and reassembles to build as Phil goes up and places the theme notes, Keith and Phil cascade slowly around it and finally an actual thematic entrance.
Sort of a grooving verse at 11 minutes, nobody really abandoning the pulse for the fermatas much. Jerry sounds a bit strained, and ragged at the very ends.

Phil starts the Transitive Nightfall with big bass chords, sort of the bell tolling, but it takes only a minute or so before he goes into more minor key and bigger scarier chords. Band is backing this up and then it comes down in texture as Jerry has some sweet little arpeggios happening in the background, with trills from Keith. The side stick rhythm comes in, they seem like they’re heading into a jazzy groove, but it takes a long time to gel. It gets cooking with walking bass, and some scrapey sounds from Bob for rhythm, and isolated keyboard stabs, Jerry with odd wah-backed-off tone.
They stick with this odd music for a while, very jazzy and not quite tonal. Jerry seems to want to build this into Tiger meltdown, in the 21st minute it’s getting up there, but still maintaining a jazzy root. After a rise, Jerry starts the Tiger for real, piano following on the chromatic fast bits, the band builds it up to a serious high, Phil starts heading for big bass chords, then dissonant distorted notes and string scrapes. Bob playing offset stretches and screams, piano holds a droning repeated note as it freaks out in a serious noise fest.
Jerry leads out with some notes up to high stretches. Keith brings chords into the background, the waves crests, they start to pick up the pieces in a more melodic quiet way. A little side stick rhythm as they settle into a chord progression of sorts with a minor, G and e minor. But at 27 minutes, Jerry starts moving modally sideways into chromatics, Phil and Keith are on it, the music turns rubbery and stretches out while Bill continues grooving his kit, eventually leading the string players to leave him to it for a couple minutes! He picks it up, DRUM SOLO! whooo.

Phil and Jerry back in with more jazzy groove, Phil is riffing, Jerry in the bluesy-jazzy mode area. More serious grooving. Phil settles into a punchy groove riff, they take it for a ride. Less than a minute from the “end” Phil settles on a high note and they start looking around for where to go, I think I hear some voices in there talking to each other, and then Jerry starts the China Cat riff, and then fall right into it. Nice one! He starts singing within the minute. Sort of a slow groovy start (and version) to it, but hey, it’s China Cat.

I got lost in this one, my audio file I had copied to my laptop was messed and kept skipping back and repeating parts, it was very confusing!
Anyway, with that sorted, I finally got the actual sequence of events. A nice and generally high energy version of the song with a lot of jazzy grooving, some serious multi-headed animal improv.

145 9/27/72 Jersey City: 30:49 – Dick’s Picks 11

A very slow intro this evening after Ramble on Rose. Into a relaxed groove, Bill punctuating with tom hits, the band sort of lays it down into a low energy melodic area, Jerry goes on a tangent of ‘it’s all the same’ dit-dah, dit-dah, before building up little melodic towers, Phil starts to get into some syncopated rhythmic stuff to make it more exciting, and it works in that they speed up and build into a more solid rhythmic area after a few minutes.
These modal thematic waves bubble up and down over the course of this jam. A lull is forming after 6 minutes or so, but the band rolls on, Jerry takes the opportunity to get some more chromatic rising riffs in there, but it’s still Dark Star themed material, to what would be a normal theme statement, nobody makes it at 7:40 or so, Jerry goes into pinch harmonics. The band lies low, slightly quiet sputnik feints, to some potential drum solo… Jerry has dropped out, everybody else seems a bit lost now.
At 9 min or so, Keith starts little chromatic bits, Bob copies. They’re still not sure where to bring it off to, but they try for a quick groove bit, sounds like it could hang together by 10 minutes. Still no Jerry. Bill swingin’ it on the ride cymbal.
Finally about 11 minutes, Jerry enters and starts the fast jazzy licks. Bits of blues and country thrown in, of course. He’s sort of melding western swing with jazz rock.
At 12:40 there’s a fun bit where Jerry is riffing on the intro riff notes within the jazzy swing. He uses the figure again a few times, has a few riff-eddies, but this jam just keeps on chugging away. At 15:45, sort of a jazzy arpeggiated Bright Star maneuver, then to the 7th chord arpeggios he’s playing with.
Switch in texture at 16:30, they bring it down, Phil steps on some low chords, Bill still keeping a beat. He lands in a new minor area that Bob picks up on. Jerry frosts it with some volume swells and eventually feedback (with whammy bar again!) This dies off into noises and chromatic falling, Bob on some odd chords.
Sounds like Keith is playing the insides of the piano after 19 minutes. Interesting. The band starts to make harmonious sounds at a low and slow volume, though all still playing with quiet odd sounds. More Phil lead, but slow and scary. Jerry again with volume swelled notes. It dies off several times, with small sounds keeping the concert going. People cheer, though. They move outside of the pretty melodic area, and it’s a bit more atonal, still quiet.
Suddenly at 24:15, they have died entirely and they start the Dark Star jam up again, into the verse. Wow! We got here, although Jerry sounds a little haggard again, but does a nice dramatic reading. Nice rests on line two and back into the groove for line three. A convincing refrain, held end notes. And pretty little articulated intro to the next section, with Bill maintaining a ride cymbal slower groove, they head off to a new jam, similarly jazzy licks from Jerry, but a different feel, different chords from Bob. Jerry is still using his 7th chord arpeggios here. At 28 minutes he starts a chop rhythm on 3s against the 4 beat, then back into fast riffing and little repeated licks.
On the other side of the wave, Jerry keeps getting caught it little things until they start Cumberland Blues.

Cool version, some great fast jazz-rock stuff, and cool to get to the verse after 24 minutes—I thought it might never happen.

146 10/18/72 St. Louis: 28:21

Well well, enclosing Dark Star (and Morning Dew) within Playin’ in the Band. That’s meta! Second set opens with PitB, nicely upbeat. Even Donna sounds relatively in tune even on her ‘yeah-yeaaahs’. Bob really starts the improvs here, moving around with chord playing, Jerry takes his time and tone starts in the wah-rolled-off area before he starts to explore, using more jazzy bits already, arpeggiated runs, little riffs. They are really rocking it out together, all cylinders firing, Bill is really pumping away (it’s sort of no wonder this 12+ minute jam leads to a drum solo.) Nice sections of Keith and Jerry mirroring each other too, great stuff from Phil and Bob. Really strong music already…
Interestingly, Jerry starts to signal the “back in” to PitB at 15:30 into this, but the string players instead beg off and leave Bill to a 3 minute drum solo. He starts small, with hi-hat and a few toms, smaller sounds, leading into the rolling waves of percussion. Out into the hi-hat again, Phil starts Dark Star.
He starts it relatively slowly, but it moves into a stately swing, not quite the tropical-breeze feel of earlier this year but more a walking pace. Along the boardwalk. Everybody is “on” but not overstating anything.
Jerry has some plaintive cries again at 2:30, after finding those notes by stretching to Keith’s top notes. Tripping little rhythmic bits from Bill and Phil. Stretched pinch-harmonics creating an ethereal top end to this.
Cool interplay from the guitars and bass, still in the Dark Star groove. It moves into a minor area after 5 minutes, a little quieter, lending opportunities for drop outs, and then a minute later hardly anyone is there, little sounds and trills in this deeper hole. Isolated chords or notes, mostly rubato. Bill leads some rolls so it dives even deeper into nothingness at 7:30, it becomes more chromatic and distant. Another false ending a minute later, sort of a coda, then Phil lands on a note at 8:45, to settle it for a second before it continues sinking.
Jerry starts a Sputnik-y arpeggio, everybody else tremolos in waves with it. At 10, a drum roll, then Phil leads it back to the theme groove! Nice one, they sound strong, really stating some forward motion, though the theme is mostly staying on the low end at this point. Jerry is seeming to head upwards to a brighter star, but it’s mostly in allusions to it.
Verse 1 at 11:40, sort of ragged vocals to start, but he holds it together. Line 2 really has a nice landing on the fermata, with drums rolling onwards. Wide open chords form Bob on line 3. Jerry holds out the last vocal notes of the refrain lines.
Outro perfectly stated and into the Transitive Nightfall, a kick drum is insistent, though no actual rhythm is implied, Jerry starts a wah-wah arpeggio. It eventually lands in a Dark Star-ish melodic area, slow and delicate, though building in intensity on simple (“it’s all the same”) stretched-out licks from Jerry developing into feedback. Then they dive in and head to the jazzy stuff, a new phrygian mode almost immediately emerges. They continue driving forward getting more and more chromatic. Avant garde, even.
At 17, we have a short Jerry and Phil jazz set, wah stuff coming in after a bit, very Miles-sounding. Bill is super plugging away. (I think Keith has dropped out.) Jerry starts the Tiger licks, but they don’t develop yet, instead going to diminished chord bits. At 19:20 or so, the rhythm section has backed off leaving a spatial hole for odd melodic notes. Phil starts emphasizing some notes looking for feedback (I think), he heads to big bass chords in the 21st minute. Everybody else eventually leaves him to it. Bass solo!
His bass solo is mostly big evil sounding chords, though right before 23 minutes he starts a major-ish chord riff. Bill comes in to help it out with a beat. in the 24th minute the other guys are finding their way in with little additions to his new pop song. I almost hear a little allusion to bring it back to PitB at 25 minute, but instead it dies out by 25:30, Phil comes in with the Feeling Groovy bass line! Ok, then! Band hops on board that train. (Keith is back in too.) But it doesn’t seem like they really want to develop it much, they just jam on it for a bit, Jerry already going a little sideways after a bit, but back to the major-key grooviness, it rolls on until some cadential phrases from Jerry, and then he changes it to minor notes and it breaks, and Jerry starts Morning Dew, Phil in after one note, Bob after two. Bob, by the way, has been playing with some sort of chewy phase shifter or vibe pedal in this show.
Nice one. Beautiful playing. Not super developmental, a lot of deep diving and holes—a nebulous stellar nursery—especially compared to the PitB before it, but a great companion to that, and to the music that is still going as it moves into Morning Dew and then finally (seamlessly, on the very last note) back to PitB, which jams in the jazzy world for only really a couple more minutes before insinuating the song again and coming back to the outro riffs and Donna screaming and to the chorus. Overall, a fantastic concert sequence. Dark Star on its own has elements of the versions before it, the jazzy riffing and chromatic deep dives, but none were taken to any extreme depth nor length. Plus a bit of Feelin’ Groovy. Still, it clocked in at 28 minutes, pretty good for an enclosed version exemplifying the very essence of “Playing in the Band” within itself. It takes the band a full minute to start the next section of the concert.

147 10/23/72 Milwaukee: 28:23 AUD

Odd that this one is with a couple seconds of the same length as the last one…
We have an audience tape! It’s sort of wonderful that way, too, it blends the band a bit. It starts with the intro riff and settles into a mellow ride-cymbal vibe pace and cruises. Jerry soars off the bat and plays upwards and downwards arpeggiated runs with Keith following. Some plaintive bends happen after a few ups and downs, but he still is resorting back to those arpeggiated runs. An eddy forms at about 4:30, the sense of pulse backs off a bit into short gestures, little chordal stretches from Bob. Phil keeps it up for a while, but eventually cedes to the depth of the space they find themselves in by 6 minutes.
Building back out takes a few tries. It’s almost a groove again a few times, but backs off with short melodic things and chordal stabs. A very low eddy comes by 8 and there’s some Sputnik-y feints, but it’s mostly just holding the 6/8 to the swing rhythm, they build it up.
Thematic feints at 9 minutes in, heading back toward a Dark Star groove, with Bill subdividing into twos. Star-theme bits at 9:50, deconstruction still happening from all members. It falls apart into melodic groups of three and then heads back down to an droney pool. Back to a deconstructed falling melodic version of the Bright Star at 12 minutes, which makes it to the theme proper and the verse.
Verse 1 at 13 minutes, nice strong vocal delivery. Nice fermata on line 2, hard to hear a build back on line 3, Phil doesn’t explore much here. The refrain is a nice offset to the sound, and they hold the harmonies together well, people clap heartily as they start the outro to the Transitive Nightfall, with Jerry on high pinch harmonics, making a melody, and some latent happy groove bubbling up from Bob and Phil and Keith. The band moves into swirly eddies as Jerry continues, they start some ‘Playin in the Band’ rhythm stuff (dah-dit-dah, dah-dit-dah) but Jerry takes it to a minor/phrygian mode, and they keep a rhythm forming there.
It starts to go outside tonally, more chromatic notes. Wah-wah on the piano, he has a little lead area at about 17:30. Seems to be dropping to a fast jazzy feel, Jerry is doing his little fast atonal/diminished chord licks but fairly quietly. Possibly Bob drops out for a bit. (It’s the Miles Davis section.) By the end of the 19th minutes, Bob is back and Jerry is getting louder and higher, still they’re plugging along really quickly with walking bass style stuff.
By 21 minutes they are heading for a Tiger-style kung fu meltdown, but the keys and bass are still holding to the jazzy feel, so it takes a while, it gets extremely chromatic by 22 minutes, and gets very noisy and meltdown-y. Not in the Tiger chromatic pull-offs, though, but in chromatic notes strewn about up and down, everybody freaking out.
It dies down a bit at 24 min, but they are still wailing and Jerry finally starts up for the Tiger riffs, everybody scrubs their instrument strings loudly and it seriously goes outside. As it comes down, more enthusiastic clapping! A sustained lull for the 25th minute, holding feedback and some chords.
Jerry starts a pretty folky melodic ramble by himself, and then with some volume swells. They maintain a lower volume pool with feedback and string noises and volume swelled slow melodic notes for a while, in D as it sounds like it might go to Morning Dew… but stays in this space for another minute or two, with allusions to the Dark Star melody even. Phil plays isolated notes as accompaniment to Jerry’s swelled notes and then as they hold the last note, he starts the intro upswing into Mississippi Half Step Uptown Toodle-oo.

Well, wow. This is a great version, too bad that it’s only an audience tape (or we are lucky that it exists at all, I suppose). I love the pools they fall into in between areas in the first half, I sort of missed those old eddies int he jam. And the post-verse jazz jam leading to the meltdown(s) is epic.

148 10/26/72 Cincinnati: 21:32

(No bass in the soundboard mix which is difficult, but he can be heard in other mics.)
This Dark Star is deep in the second set, which again had started with Playin in the Band (a long one). Drums roll over the intro as they attempt to settle into a paced groove, accented with little riffing from Jerry and Phil. Lots of little runs from all players, small eddies in the current keeping it from settling down. Phil is playing fast little runs intermittently also, and getting into riffing things that the other pick up on. Jerry makes some theme statements before the 4 minute mark. At 6 minutes it lulls, into a pool, Bob playing with some minor hammer-on chords. Starts a section of trilling and arpeggios that leads to a strong set of emphasizing the three-beat feel, this builds and breaks to a thematic groove area at about 8:30.
It doesn’t hold together, Jerry goes into insect weirdness somehow (on the Strat!) and plays some repeated single notes and then to a pull off that heads atonal. They start speeding it up a minute later, getting more intense, but again it doesn’t stay and the band falls away. Jerry stretches out with some more repeating notes breaking away into riffs and then to a chord back and forth (A sus4 to A).
Even though the rhythm is mostly died away, Jerry is still working on little fast riffs, so Bill picks up a side stick thing. The chordal suspension comes back, almost a song hidden in there. Phil sounds like he’s just playing riffs endlessly.
Some tuning happens at 13:20 or so, then volume swelled notes. A nebula is forming, some Sputnik-y playing way down low. And they break back into the Dark Star groove at 14:20, a strong thematic statement from Jerry a little later, but the licks are all starting high and falling. The groove happens and heads to verse 1 a minute later.
Strong and dramatic vocals. A big fermata on line 2 from everybody. Hard to tell exactly but I think Phil is exploring a bit on line 3. To the refrain, Bill rolls out of it. The outro happens with rolling toms from Bill, and into a suspended chord set, but Bill is holding a rhythmic beat together, so Jerry starts his falling chordal arpeggios and into light fast runs initiating the jazzy fast bits with Keith rolling notes out. After 18 minutes, it sounds like the guitars drop out and it’s piano and drums (maybe bass too.) He uses his wah pedal on the piano. He eventually drops out and it leaves drums and bass (which sounds like a drum solo.)
At about 20 minutes, Phil is starting the Stomp, but Jerry is riffing again. Neither is gelling, really, so Bobby starts Sugar Magnolia.
Not a great version, sort of a wandering set of whirlpools that never develop. It’s not helped by the lack of strong bass in the mix. Ok, worst of ’72, maybe, but still.

149 10/28/72 Cleveland: 27:43

(From Bear’s tape, drums a tad loud…)
Starts with the intro, settles and then Jerry moves into the plaintive bends. Some triplet rolling underneath from Keith and Bobby. Nice mellow jamming with little takeoffs in the rhythm from Bill and Keith. Keith is really rolling along on this one. Jerry backs off and then goes for some fast little jazzy riffs, while again Keith has some upwardly rolling triplets. More plaintive stretches in there, they get caught in little eddies of the triplet rolls. A lull in this long slow build before the five minute mark, and they start to build again in a minor area. Jerry takes them on a striking upward set of chords and it breaks into more Dark Star mode again. Jerry gets into some fast repetitive riffing at 6 minutes, Keith comes along.
The whole tempo moves up, the band gets excited. Bill is into some dit-dah, dit-dah kick pattern, mirroring the “it’s all the same” thing that Jerry plays with around it.
They move into more fast playing, building it up in pitch and then down again before sort of settling into a pedal tone suspension on a strong rhythm, really jamming hard. A set of fast bits crest the wave, with big country licks from Jerry coming in at 9 minutes, still playing on the suspended chord. It finally breaks at 9:30 and the Dark Star theme emerges and the tempo slows. Really nice transition, great playing and great musicality.
They enter a quieter area, with some thematic entrances again at 10:45, heading toward a verse. Verse 1 at 11:24, strong vocals, very feeling. Audience claps and yells! A big fermata on line two, building it back on line 3, with the grounded bass, Keith wandering in clouds on line 3. Refrain with monster movie vocals back again! And an outro leading to a weird watery tremolo sound in reverb from a melodic instrument (? Bobby?) bringing us into the Transitive Nightfall. Rhythm attempts to pick up but the guitars go into soundscape, so Bill goes into rolls. The band dives deep into the sea and there are monsters, big bass dissonances strike at 14:40, drum hits play around them, guitars stretch odd double stops. Some feedback in the background as Bill rolls on for a bit, drum solo accompanied by feedback and occasional bass notes.
By 16 minutes we are entering an area with volume swelled notes and feedbacks, big deep minor isolated bass chords. At 16:50, Phil starts his rhythmic strumming on major chords, Bill joins in. Instant song, though only bass and drums really. It’s a very poppy song, actually. The guitars start to figure it out. Keith is fully in by 18:20. Jerry starts lead playing a little later. He settles into some high rock riffing with the wah wah on.
At 20:20 or so, Jerry starts playing with some extra-modal riff, heading somewhere else, but it doesn’t really get there and winds itself up into high stretched cries. This moves into the jazzy fast jamming, which breaks down with weird stretched chords. By 22 minutes it’s falling into atonal chromatic little licks, Bill rolls in and out. Jerry is insinuating getting to the Tiger meltdown, but it’s never coalescing, he stays outside tonally, with wah wah tone. He’s nearer to it at 24:40, actually playing the chromatic Tiger riff finally, moving harder and higher. Meltdown! They hold the high point for a while until it breaks at 25:40, and it’s back to smaller sounds and isolated double stops moving away from the center accompanied by string scratches and small drum hits and rolls. They settle on a dissonant bit, Bill is playing a drum while changing its pitch like a talking drum. It dies out and Bobby starts Sugar Magnolia.
A nice version, in the end. Goes through some interesting changes.

150 11/13/72 Kansas City: 22:03 + 10:13 AUD

(Bear’s AUD patched )

Ok, this is interesting (to me): these next few shows, the rest of the Dark Stars of the year, Jerry is playing an instrument built for him by Dan Erlewine, a walnut Stratocaster with a Gibson stop-tail bridge. (I wonder when this was commissioned? His shop was in Michigan at the time, now he’s in Ohio.) This guitar is an odd beast, built out of the same slab of walnut that Erlewine built Albert King’s Flying-V that same year. Erlewine is super famous in the guitar world, he’s a god of repair methods and inventing tools for simplifying things (see Stewart-Macdonald, stewmac.com, he’s designed a ton of the tools they sell.) He fixed an ancient Strat neck of mine once, even, so of course I love him. Look up his story, pretty intense. He sold his Les Paul to Bloomfield, changing the sound of 60s blues from that Telecaster… etc, etc… https://woub.org/2016/08/25/a-lifetime-of-music-dan-erlewine/
Anyway. Dark Star. Number 150!
Sort of a loose intro riff, into a nice and uplifting side-stick groove, with Jerry reaching up and doing some of those stretches, audience approval all around. Some nice little pinch harmonic eddies after a minute or so, cascading bits from Keith. Into quiet fast little runs. Some people near the audience mics are enjoying it, “wo-o-ow…” Nice alternating melodic lines with fast runs, heading up to that chord with suspension thing from the last time, but more in the groove this time.
Waves crest and they begin anew after 4 minutes, a little sparser to start with. Eddies on a stretched 9th, with rolling rhythm underneath, into a more 6/8 TOO-type groove for a sec, but it breaks out into new chords, striking a strong repeated area before 6 minutes, and holding that plateau for a while, up high. A mesa.
This wave breaks into little arpeggios at 6:40, the audience loves it. Tinkling high piano, sort of Sputnik from Jerry. Back into chordal stabs, rolling it out of mode a little. At 7:50 or so, it breaks apart into an odd area of volume-swelled notes, sparse rhythm and odd piano bits, Jerry comes up with some melodic bits like the vocal refrain notes, then to more stretched plaintive notes, Bill seems to be winding up a new rhythm.
After 9, Jerry scurries around quietly like a little squirrel, while it’s still pretty quiet. Wah on the piano makes some odd background sounds. The suspension chord makes a slight return, (Asus4 to A). The fast runs start to infect Phil, who starts funkifying the bass line and they all build it up till it hits the theme area in the late 11th minute and they start verse 1.
People clap. Line 1 is strong, Jerry really milks the slide on the first part of line 2, strong vocals, Phil holds a high pedal tone on line 3. Keith still playing wah on his piano.
Weird chord in the middle of the refrain, there, Bob. Regardless, they make it to the outro and Jerry breaks apart a chord, while the wah piano warbles around. It dies off into soundscape by 13:40. Odd little notes and swells, the stretched plaintive note. Bill rolls around. A minute later it’s diving into feedback and deep oceanic bass tones. Keith strumming the piano strings (I think.) Almost complete silence a couple time, really small sounds emerging, little feedback and stretched tom tom rolls. Weird piano sounds, string noises… this is cool, very atonal avant garde like ’69 space, the deep sea of chaos.
Atonal chords and small sounds go on for a long time, diving deeper and deeper. Jerry steps on the wah pedal for some stronger isolated notes. At about 18:30 they start building the intensity again, warbles from piano, Tiger-like bits from Jerry, Bill and Phil getting louder and stronger. Tiger meltdown approaching, in the 19th minute it really starts happening, big clusters from piano, wah-inflected chromatics from Jerry. The bring it down a bit and hover in this world for a while, Phil picking odd notes in a sort of drunk-walking style. It finally is spent by 20:45, the bass is still plucking out odd notes, lead guitar on some little chromatic runs, Keith really goes for some long chromatic piano runs up to the high end and rolls around up and down. They stay in the atonal area, maybe going for another buildup… (in Dick L copy of the Owsley tape the track separates here, for some reason.) A Tiger Meltdown for real starts with the snarling chromatic wah wah riffs, everybody noisily building it up, Phil coming underneath with big bass chords, people clap and he starts the Philo stomp chords, a seamless transition from the meltdown.
Bass and drums jam on his pop song chords with small accompaniment, Keith figures out some nice falling melodies, the guitars seem to find some of the chords, at 25:00 in they all land on the root, and then back to the fifth, they’re figuring out his song. Jerry eventually takes up some major key jamming with it. Quiets down… audience is clapping along.
The wave crests and Bobby goes back to the suspended chord thing, Jerry still playing out long bluesy major key riffs.
Bill has a moment on a high tom ringing it out. Keith starts mimicking the bluesy aspect Jerry brought up.
At 7:30 they enter a riff area and it a half minute later it heads to a very fast Feelin’ Groovy from Keith and Phil, the band falls in, jamming it out. At 9 minutes they hold it out on the root, then hit the progression again a couple more times to round it out. Then they start letting go, to head off somewhere else. Where will it go?
Well, when it finally allows the entrance, Jerry hits the big D chord for the start of Morning Dew. Band falls in immediately, the audience claps appreciatively.

Well, I loved this one, or at least most of it. I love that space that precedes the meltdown, especially stretching out the weird quiet deep sea stuff and then building it up out of that to the prolonged loud meltdown. I’m not as keen on the Philo stomp poppiness nor the Feelin’ Groovy riffing (within Dark Star, that is). But still, overall an amazing version. Very inspired and exploratory.

the Dan Erlewine Strat

151 11/19/72 Houston: 31:#40 (DS 25:40 > WRS Prelude 6:00)

A funny tuning section with Dixie and circus music beforehand, they regroup and begin Dark Star.
A strong start and into a moving groove with a few little holds, but mostly all the players continuously moving forward in their lines, like a multi-voices chorale. Jerry gets into a few little repetitive eddies, Keith follows him, it’s nice. Sounds like band communication is going well. Phil gets on some contrasting high parts, then low parts: lead bass.
Jerry starts a low string riff at 3:20 or so, keeps at it to get into its rhythm before taking off again, and extending the mode a little, though they stay in Dark Star groove. It moves through a potential lull a minute later, but keeps going, moving through the dip in pulse replete with extended runs from bass, piano and guitar back to a more rhythmic groove with some new modal choice, a little chaotic.
At 6 min, Phil starts a harder riff, but give in to the Dark Star groove again a little later. It’s getting a little ominous sounding, but Jerry takes it higher with some stretchy runs. Right before 8 min there’s some cool up and down arpeggios in the melodic spots. Bobby is really moving around the possible chords. In the 9th minute there’s a cool syncopated melodic thing going on, it eventually dives to small string sounds from Jerry, against the continuing groove, he settles on some choice notes and then starts up some strong statements with stretched string intros. This guitar has a more splanky sound, but he’s getting some nice tones out of it.
At 11:20 or so, the “it’s all the same” rhythm leads to the Dark Star theme and into verse 1 at 11:45.
Classic verse playing, Phil doing the climbing 3+3+2 rhythm on line two and the octaves on line 3. The refrain mostly keeps tempo, they don’t really hold out the fermatas until the last line. A big bass chord ends it, and they go into the outro melody and into space. Jerry finding some odd little sounds, Phil going into rubato bass solo area with little trills. It dies out to some stretched drumhead diddles, and little string touching sounds with some latent feedback threatening. A low drone enters.
At 15, some big evil bass chords with guitar feedback drones, a minute later that screaming wah-pedal sounding feedback shriek happens, scary! Bass continues with some rolling drums as the others drop out. Sounds like he may be heading to his bass solo area, he’s building some riffs, sounds like with multiple channels from his bass. The bass is loud in this recording, by the way, the drums are no match for it, though Bill sounds like he’s jamming along.
Bass solo with drums continues, riffs and chords. The Philo Stomp suspended chord thing starts at about 21 minutes, going to the major chord root, and then he holds the root for a while and the guitars come back in for a feint to Feelin’ Groovy, but it doesn’t go there, stays in the root area in a major mode (though Bobby tries some outside chords occasionally). By 23 minutes, Jerry has a melodic idea, sounds like a hit, boys. They jam out on this. Keith is noodling along this whole time.
It all backs off a bit in the 25th minute bit by bit and then they start the Weather Report Suite prelude idea, a composed chord progression at this point on its way to being a song. Nice place to go to! Yet another emergent song-embryo coming from Dark Star. It’s a pretty spacey version with warbly wah-infused melodic playing.
A couple minutes in it starts to intimate that a Tiger meltdown is going to happen, by 3 minutes into this section it’s pretty chaotic, just moments after the relative Order of a composed chord progression. They go atonal and awry, it heads over that hill and back down, up another atonal hill and over the crest to some volume swelled note pairs and from the legato chaos, Jerry starts up Mississippi Half Step.
Most of this makes a very nice version, the Dark Star areas leading to the verse were prime multi-voiced improvising, and the space after the verse was deep, but then it leads to an ok bass solo area and then a few programmatic tries at theme-jams. It ends up being pretty good but not as stellar as it started.

152 11/26/72 San Antonio: 25:11

A rip-roaring PitB starts set two, a few songs, then Dark Star. It starts with the riff, lotta Phil in this recording. It’s a beautiful rolling tempo, Jerry takes his time for some rolling peaks in the thematic jam, riding the waves. He goes to that low string riffing again after a couple minutes, I guess this guitar feels cool down there. After this they start to space the mode out a little, and Jerry goes for some feedback bending, Bobby is doing some melodic stuff, Keith keeps some thematic elements. Jerry goes off on endless 16th notes, building it, into a rhythm that Keith joins in on, Keith goes full Jarrett for a bit with chord melodies in the 16ths, they crest and continue. Quieter and more delicate, Jerry and Keith are still moving in patterns of endless short notes off and on, but at about 6 minutes Bill switches the rhythm up into straighter pattern and Keith goes into funkiness. After a minute they are finding a new song, a new melody for this feel.
Moving between two chords (or a suspension on one, really), Phil goes into a high riff, while Jerry rolls like a Sputnik but very fast and they hold it for a while. This pattern inform the whole next while, Jerry makes more Dark Star theme insinuations and then starts the actual theme much slower at 9:30, it takes the band half a minute to wind down to it, and they fall in. Cool, like overlapping realities, coalescing.
Verse 1 at 10:25, nice vocal delivery, very honest and not very dramatic but well sung. Phil maintains a rooting line, Keith does the wandering on line 3. Refrain is very ornate with the guitars and bass, and full in between all the fiddly bits.
The Nightfall section starts and they start falling, receding patterns, Phil plants a bass chord but then starts high again, Jerry adds quiet harmonics as the dust settles and they all roll around to a lull. Jerry begins the feedback and volume swells, Phil in with notes in a duet for a bit. After a couple minutes it’s just Phil and Bill, very delicate and quiet. Phil builds it to bigger chords, solo and then the suspensions heading for the Philo Stomp maybe, but taking it more slowly and exploring a bit with the sound of the chords in his multi-channel bass thing. At 16:20 he does start the strumming, Bill brings it up.
Guitars come back in, grooving out. I hear a wah on low strings low in there, and he comes out at 17:45 into higher territory. They’re heading for major key riffs, and at 18:35 it breaks the Feelin’ Groovy ground, takes a couple rounds to really settle into it and hits it more. Major key jam, Jerry on wah-mostly-backed-off tone. The jam falls apart late in the 20th minute and in the ashes, Jerry begins chromatic wah stuff, Phil comes in with high notes, it builds to the Tiger, everybody freaking out, right after that happy major key jam, man. Super loud Tiger meltdown by 22:30, then it backs off in volume but maintains intensity and atonality. Lulls for a while and then goes for it again, with wider notes patterns, then falling cries, which dies out and then Bobby fucking starts Me and Bobby McGee, damn it.

Beautiful intro and theme jam, very fluid and melodic, in both the rhythmic areas before the verse. The verse is stated sort of matter-of-factly, no drama to the voice, but very beautifully plain. Sounds like the truth. The refrain and outro inter-line filigree from the guitars and the bass is great. Second part seemed very programmatic, like they knew the ideas for each section and switched between them pretty quickly. Really well played bass solo and the major key “Groovy” bit, which was nice in there, till the meltdowns come and chaos reigns again for quite a while, until structure comes again in the form of Me and Bobby McGee. ( Though I’m not really into that song much. I think I heard it too much when I was little. And especially not their cover of it, so it kinda bummed me out as a sequence, but I’d bet in context—in Dec 1972—this was the height of intensity and coolness for a bunch of high kids in San Antonio. So long as they survived the meltdown.)

153 12/11/72 Winterland: 34:26 (also AUD)

There’s a nice matrix of this one where you can really hear the whoops as they start it up, but it’s evident on the SB as well. Harder to hear all the parts on the matrix, so I’m gonna stick with the SB.
Settling into a mellow groove with some tripping over one another for a while, Bill keeps it in check with a side stick rhythm. Jerry is puttering around and floating over the mess, they get mired in little pools of triplets, a lead guitar leads it out and it gets a little funkier by 4 minutes, but it breaks down a minute later into suspended chords and then harmonics and high bass notes, ending the pulse.
Phil tries to take it back in with his syncopated rhythm and it tries to congeal but remains sort of chaotic for another minute, coming back to a jazzy groove. Jerry goes for his plaintive cries again.
At 7 it goes into a sputnik-y arpeggio section and fades off for a bit before establishing the old Sputnik moving notes in the arpeggio. Phil is pretty much keeping his syncopated thing going on this whole time. He’s got ahold of something he doesn’t want to let go. Bob sounds meandering. They all do, actually. It’s not really “together” so much as side-by-side. Keith is in some world of his own even, not following Jerry like he usually does. Regardless, they keep at this group-of-threes thing for a while.
In the tenth minute it starts to coalesce a bit and they dig in more. Jerry goes for some fast riffs and repeating bits, eventually taking it higher. It crests and breaks down again into a low point where Jerry goes into low octaves and Keith goes into high tinkling. Into this new rhythmic area, it stays low for a bit, then they start to explore more, with small extra-modal excursions. Jerry takes off into the fast jazzy riffing against Bob’s staccato chord hits and hammer on riffs. Jerry finds some little melodic bits to play with, still in Dark Star mode, and still runs fast little bits in between. An eddy in the 15th minute maintains the energy over the crest of this wave, which is breaking at 16 minutes back into a slower Dark Star theme area by hints and then hits at 16:25. When the band enters the groove, Jerry finds a bit of feedback before getting to the melody and slowing it down more, heading to the verse (some onstage chatter happens at 17:20, can’t quite get what’s being said?) Verse at 17:38.
Nice vocal delivery, held long notes at the starts of the lines, especially line 2 with the band fermata. Wandering on line 3 from Keith and then Phil takes it up at the end of the line. The refrain is very dramatic, rubato. People clap. Outro and into the next section, with hammer on bits and some feedback, bass slowing, toms rolling around. Where to, gents?
At 19:40 it’s almost gone, a low bass note droning, more whoops from the audience and the feedback starts to build into long held notes, wiggling around punctuated by drum and bass bits. Soundscape-string bits from Bob, and more feedback from all of them with dissonant chords from the bass. Rolling toms. (Somebody unplugs and plugs back in it sounds like.)
Feedback continues as the bass goes into sporadic notes, very sparse. Sea of holes, very spacey.
In the 24th minute there is some rhythmic tidbits entering, drums start rolling around, and it develops into a riff occasionally, (a little Good Lovin’ intro for a sec), otherwise dissonant cluster bits. Sounds like the Tiger pull off chromatics are being alluded to, but it’s from the keyboard (? muting the strings by hand while playing?). Jerry starts with a wah-pedal clicky-strummy thing, and more feedback, drums pounding still. Weird section! Eventually the bass and drums sort of sync into an odd rhythm.
By minute 29 it’s mostly just drums with sparse sounds form other people, little wails or weird noises from wah-keys. It backs off a minute later and there’s a little chromatic riff in the background from Jerry, lightly accented. Keith comes along after a bit. It’s still very light and not really heading for the meltdown so much as being atonal. Some stretched chord bits from Bob, Bill heads into a 5/4 area, wow, it’s very Miles Davis in here. Jerry still keeping a low profile with the wah backed off, he goes for the actual Tiger bits at 32:30 and it builds into the screaming meltdown, which dies off as quickly as it came into held notes and little phrases and then as it rolls around on the floor for a half a minute, Jerry slows his roll and (plays a little Jesu Joy of Man’s Desiring?) his lead notes, he starts Stella Blue.

I didn’t like this one as much as bzfgt. Oddly this one had a cooler second half than first! I thought the first half was chaotic but I didn’t think it was in a good way, they sounded like nobody was listening to each other (to me. I see you’ve top-5’d it!) And such a severe slowdown into the verse. But then it went into space, and that was a very interesting space, that I did like!

154 12/15/72 Long Beach: 25:00

A jam at the end of Truckin’ leads to a jam that leads to Dark Star, the track separation is still in E but on a huge Phil bass note, followed by some feedback and stretched notes over the occasional low E. It takes a bit to settles down to nearly nothing, to start to build it back up again with some thematic runs suggesting the Dark Star world before any idea of rhythm comes back. It takes its time, almost 3 minutes before Bill starts up a sidestick mellow groove with Keith on rhythmic chords with jazzy extensions.
At 3:50 Phil goes for some cool fast licks that contain the Dark Star intro riff! It sounds like a whole new riff thing played like this so they jam out of that into a two chord thing. Nice groove, it speeds up and moves, a long slow climb up the hill of intensity, a few little glens to cross, it goes smooth after about 8:30, the guitars backing off, then it’s bass and drums. Bill is still moving, Phil is zeroing in on a riff or set of notes.
At 9:30, he starts a new thing, a little help from rhythm guitar. Jerry comes back in quietly and they maintain a quiet but fast area. Drums eventually start just rolling on the toms. The guys stick with a percussive but continuously rhythmic but quiet area for a while, only getting a little louder in the 12th minute. Before 13, they start a syncopated rhythmic phrase, it takes it down and there’s a hint of the Dark Star theme before it goes soupy and then suddenly they break into the actual Dark Star theme and groove, to the verse.
Not very good vocal entry, but he recovers. Nice long fermatas on line two, breaking it up. Only a tiny amount of Bobby wandering on line 3, into the refrain, which is slightly rubato. The transitive nightfall line slowing still, to the outro and onto part deux with isolated repeated notes and feedback, Phil slowing it to drop into the ocean, Keith still with some chordal playing. Jerry starts some volume swells, it’s very spacious, hardly anything else. More feedback wails, and lighter controlled drones. Bobby makes some string noise, feedback calls still in the distance. Some pedal tones from piano. Very interesting feedback section from guitars and bass at 5:00 (19:00) with long slowly moving pitches.
That poor thing, the piano, only has discreet pitches, so then he plays some of them, and some dissonant clusters.
Jerry starts to come in with wah-rolled-off pre-tiger fast chromatics. Drums are building it back up, some cool dialog bits between drums, bass and guitar. Jerry is continuing in the fast scary bits, Keith on cluster chord stabs, but he’s got a rhythmic design to it.
At 8 (22) they start from the bottom, low and chromatic, hover around a bit threatening to break out, but it never gets super scary wild. Then a minute and a half later, they cede to slight melodic germs, it backs off into a more potentially pretty space, latent with modal themes threatening, some guitar statements right at the end of this lead to Morning Dew.

Nice version in general. Very cool feedback and odd space in the second half, the threat of a full Tiger meltdown slightly averted toward the end and steered slowly into Morning Dew.

So ends 1972, generally a very good vintage! Looks like it’ll be a couple months before a new star happens.

Alligator Stratocaster

155 2/15/73 Madison, WI: 19:17 (also AUD)

Jerry is back to playing the Alligator Stratocaster again, all modified now, and there are new additions to the setlists, such as this version moving into Eyes of the World (I guess this is the second time they played Eyes?) It starts on an upbeat feel, staying with the groove, but at a nice pace. They seem refreshed, I guess, after a break where they obviously worked up the new material.
It moves along, Bill ride-cymbaling a strong pulse. Phil and Jerry really going for it, they get into some interesting little eddies of notes, like at the 2:40 area. Keith seems to be taking a slower take, hitting the occasional chord or riff, sort of with Bob instead of Jerry.
At 4:30, we have the plaintive volume-rolled cries, and small swells following take it down, eventually Bill follows into a deeper area, abandoning the pulse. They enter a space area, some pinch harmonics and isolated bass notes, mostly arhythmically stated. Cluster chords from Bob, more swells and stretches leading to some feedback and atmospheric sounds. Phil takes a lead area, into bass solo territory. A sputnik-y background from Jerry is happening in the 8th minute.
Jerry picks it up with some wah-rolled-off fast bits, quietly, but building it, so the drums start to come back in with a side-stick rhythm. Into a new jam area, Jerry starts with a new modal feel and a straighter guitar sound at 9:30 or so, Keith hugging his back, they jam along, building it and moving forward until about 11 minutes, it breaks into a full swing and a descending melodic bit brightly suggesting the Dark Star area again, some allusions to the theme at about 11:45, playing with the intro octave into new melodic bits, they bring it way down a minute later and it hits the Dark Star theme proper and the verse starts.
First line is cruising, Phil plays out some riffy stuff on the fermatas of the second line then goes off on trills for line 3. Refrain is back off, Phil still playing through, and into the outro riffs, Bob has been sounding very sedate, sort of. Jerry hits an odd wah chord for the start as the drums fill around, Bobby stretched a chord.
Phil continues, he’s moving into a bass solo, (some audience yell about this!) but it’s a slow experiment, heading from single notes to chords, maybe his sound placement is changing, sounds like at 16min, the bass has multiple channels sending different tonal variations to different places, I hear a brighter more-distorted signal off to one side, with the main bass signal in the center, and some stereo-ization maybe spreading it to the other side… Some of the strings are now sounding far away (17:30+) like the G string is off somewhere special and the D and A strings are right here. People seem to like this.
Jerry comes back in at 18:20 with a pretty melodic take on Phil’s chords. This goes on for a short time before he hits some harmonics and then Phil starts the intro to Eyes of the World and Jerry and band fall in. Nice.

They sound good, here. This is a nice version, generally, they sound upbeat and happy, but in the end it’s not super developmental, just good jamming. I like the move into Eyes of the World, (also another 20 minutes of music) and then into China Doll.

156 2/22/73 Champaign, IL: 13:30

Again, they seem pretty upbeat here, as they settle into the groove after the intro it’s got a definite lilt to it. Jerry builds the melodic areas well within the Dark Star theme world, playing it up and down, stretching the mode a little bit with leading tones. It develops into a relatively quick-paced jam, interjected with several stretches. It eddies into a lower area after 3 minutes to build a new wave. Some more mixing board play on Bob here as there had been for a second on Jerry earlier, jumping around in the stereo spectrum. This wave of the jam comes to a high mesa at 4:30 or so and finally comes down the hill at 5 minutes, into a lightly played Bright Star, with Keith rolling around under it.
About 45 seconds later they have moved into a faster groove, Bill on ride cymbal, but it doesn’t last long and comes back to the theme at 6:30, (people clap). Rather than slowing it down, Jerry pretty much sticks with the tempo and starts the verse at 7:10, to the glee of the crowd. Line one continues in rhythm, line two’s fermatas really bring it to some stops, from which line three slowly builds it back up a little bit. A very (plaintive?) emotional refrain from the vocals. People clap and yell, the band sinks into some depths following an arhythmic bass, wah-backed-off guitar notes and some chromatics from Keith. Jerry starts a chromatic trill low and breaks little waves of it, other follow suit, into atonal slow music immediately. Cluster chords from Keith. It’s moving along, not lulling in the deep sea exactly, Bobby on arpeggiated dissonances.
Whoa! A flexitone at 10:40, that’s weird, and somebody in the audience is obviously way into it. Atonal sparse music continues, sort of a sideways/bizarro world type of counterpoint between the bass and lead guitar. Jerry gets into classic atonalism with some tritones. By 12:20, he’s heading to a Tiger, starting low with the wah rolled off and building it up quickly, the wah gets its treble by 13 and it climbs over the hill with pounding drums and everything and bass jumping all over the spectrum, and suddenly we’re in Eyes of the World!

Wow, short and concise. Lots of energy, all the spots hit in sequence. Good version, if a relatively tiny version! I guess a lot of jam is shunted into Eyes here.

157 2/26/73 Lincoln: 25:05 – Dick’s Picks 28

Upbeat intro again, they strut into the Dark Star groove, the whole vibe of this jam is driven by Bill K… especially that ride cymbal. Jerry goes on some little excursions and gets into some little melodic eddies, getting into a low-string riff for a bit, then going up again into plaintive territory before settling down and letting himself and everybody move forward in the more noodley space with the fast jazzy licks. By 4 minutes they’re all straining at the edges of the mode, with Keith and Bob doing responsive chordal riffs to Jerry and Phil’s melodic riffs.
Onwards with more full band forward-momentum improv ups and downs, an eddy forming late in the 5th minute that goes slightly chromatic and falls out back into more riff-driven lead playing back to the thematic area. After that, though, it dives down to little notes, a delicate section that holds latent Dark Star material waiting to grow out of it. Some plaintive stretches bring it out and hocket-playing between Jerry and Phil get it back up and over a crest into a new lowland area, everybody getting small again in the 9th minute.
More delicacy, Phil is making some statements (somebody is yelling in the audience but they don’t sound super happy? Not sure what’s going on there.) It comes to a very quiet place and Phil starts a riff, very gradually others come in. Jerry tremoloing notes and then going for the volume swells on a melodic riff and by 11:30 the Phil riff has developed to something that sort of sounds like that bit (the em riff that moves into dm sections, is this the elastic ping pong?) that they all do together late in Eyes of the World, same rhythmic stuff, but here it’s more stretched out harmonically and establishing a new jam rhythm, which ensues.
Lots of little takes on this rhythmic idea with various melodic riffs, similar but different. Finally before minute 15 they break off and start heading somewhere else, though Phil is pretty into this riff. It holds on until the Dark Star theme slowly emerges at 16: 20, Jerry starts the second half of the melody, then breaks it up as he starts the melody and everybody preemptively slows down knowing that that is the thing to do. A minute later they’re all on the groove and melody and the verse starts.
First line is consistent, it really drops for the second, Phil stays with the groove for half of it and then even he drops. Line three is mellow, but back in rhythm with some trilling toward the end. The refrain has some punctuation and is beautifully played (an audient thinks so too apparently.)
It goes into some chaos that cedes to rolling toms and bass notes, volume swells into feedback. This goes on for some time, feedback continues, rolling continues. Bill starts up on the snare, continuing a forward moving beat for a bit, but the guitars are on isolated notes and sounds. Feedback and atonal notes still happening,
At 22 minutes Phil makes some big bass chords, but he’s not going into a solo. Some small melodic bits happening from Bob while Jerry seems to be playing with clicking the strings while wah-wah pedaling up and down. These turn into scratches, Bill is still rolling forward on the drums throughout. Phil gets going on more chords and riffs a little later moving with the drums, and they have a brief minute of bass and drums before Jerry comes in with some licks and Bob starts the chord and it heads off into Eyes of the World.

Another really nice version. Upbeat playing, lots of great jamming and a space section that is propelled by constant forward motion from the drums. Also I love how the verse is being treated, it’s gone through so many changes over 5 years, lately the band sort of plows right into the first line from the melodic groove before it and then makes a huge break in the rhythm for line two. Where previously Phil had been accenting the off-the-beat rhythm pattern in line two and then they built it into a wandering upwards on line three, over the past year or so they’ve been heading to a fermata on the beginning of line two, occasionally punctuated by the 3+3+2 of the original rhythm—here, nobody is even there except Phil on one of those offbeats—and then moving into a Pink Floyd-like groove for line three. Sometimes players will do some wandering around on line three as the searchlights casting about, this time only Bob entered toward the end with some trilling. The refrain area is always an interesting set of counterpoint, some in triplets some in straight time. Really nicely played in this version.

158 3/16/73 Nassau, NY: 27:13 (also AUD)

Some weird attempts at harmonizing the intro riff, nonetheless it heads into a relaxed groove and Jerry heads off into a world of natural and then artificial harmonics. It doesn’t settle so much, some moving into outside modal notes before heading more toward Dark Star thematically. After a couple minutes, they lull on a chord while Phil strums, it’s a very spacey jam, odd notes flying around, occasional alluding to the Dark Star theme stuff as a reminder, but it’s continuously spiraling off into little eddies of individual instruments, a fairly slow pace (Nonetheless, here, for me, it sounds pretty good, unlike the more highly individual 12/15 that sounded more untogether at this point in the track). Everybody is exploring odd little personal musics, Phil has some very deep bass chords at 5:40, Keith has high chords, Jerry trying out some odd stretches between fast riffs. A lot of call and response between the players in the 7th minute leads to Bill stepping up the tempo so that they get into more of a cohesive jam boogie.
This goes on, Bobby on some little riffs off to the side, Jerry is sort of backed off… then he comes in playing with a slide at 8:45! Wow, that’s neat. They start to take it a bit sideways and it lulls before picking it up again without the slide, Bill provides an interesting pattern offsetting the snares in threes against the larger fours. They all do some quick wandering riffing (except Bob who has a stretchy chordal thing happening as a response.)
At 11:30, bass and drums bring it over the crest and then they move into a new area of quick little riffs, Jerry happy to be part of this. Bob trills over and over to match the rhythm. This wave comes down at 13 minutes, Bill rolling the toms, and they start in with the Dark Star groove at a leisurely tempo heading to a verse.
Verse 1 at 13:55, slightly wavering vocals, expending energy over the line. Big fermatas for line two, only downbeats, line three has wandering from Bobby and limited bass from Phil. The refrain vocals sound strained and emotional. The outro riff is left hanging, eventually Bobby comes in with his higher harmony part, and then Phil reacts and comes in and then hits giant loud chords to compensate as it enters the next section, with distortion on bass and big minor chords, eventually leaving only a ride cymbal, and some feedback comes in over the rolling toms. A very sparse area happens, floating feedback and drums. Bass back in with some low tones, Bill starts a pounding rhythm. Audience cheers. Some wah-clicky rhythms come in. Drums continue grooving without much accompaniment. In a low area, you can hear the tiger low chromatics in the wah wah, very low to start, then it starts to build the chaos, noises from guitars and the drums go into gear again. A meltdown is in progress, but it cedes into a Sputnik-y arpeggio area at 20 minutes, but maintains more of an atonal progression for almost two minutes, settling on chords occasionally, heading downwards. Entering an atonal set of single notes with wah-wah warble, not much accompaniment, little chordal arpeggios from Bob. Bass in again after 22 minutes. Jerry starts scratching the guitar strings, they all do, the drums come back in, they build it up heading for the Tiger meltdown from the bottom up this time. They bring it up and hold it high for a while, it comes over the hill and lands again at 25 minutes to start a new slow rhythm and tonal area, Phil insinuating the Truckin’ intro lick a bit, but then relaxes into the new minor groove in this area. Phil starts from the low end and starts to insinuate the rhythm again, Jerry plays it through a sort of chord progression, then Bill hits the swing at 27 minutes and Phil goes for the Truckin’ intro again and they head into it.

Interesting. Weird first jam area, multi-headed hydra all looking in various directions, but kinda nice. Generally good jam from there to the verse, the spacey part after was nice, with scary parts! Not super great but overall a good one.

159 3/21/73 Utica, NY: 21:41

Weather Report instrumental intro for a minute and then directly into Dark Star on a cymbal swell, intro and and into a flowing theme area, some playful notes at the intros for each person’s single-note lines. Jerry starts in on some fast riffing in a minute, but they sound fairly playful bouncing around the Dark Star thematic world. Phil has some interesting statements at 3:30 or so, Bobby responding with harmonics, Jerry then goes into an eddy with an augmented leading tone bringing it over the crest, landing on some trills which then bring the rhythm into a different area. (Some “yeahs” from the audience.
They bring it down even farther to get set for the next wave. Keith on a descending melody, then Jerry idles out on the “it’s all the same” rhythm moving it into a bluesy riff before 6 minutes, then they start it up again. They chug away and get into some new odd rhythmic stuff in the 7th minute, Phil accenting things into a new world. It ebbs at 8 minutes and they regroup, in the Dark Star theme world, with an interesting thematic version that climbs in dyads to a kind of Bright Star at 9 min. Theme directly afterwards, and into the verse at 9:38.
Nice vocals, strong at the start and then sensitive, Bill keeps a ride at half time for line 2, Bob doing some very interesting wandering on line 3. Refrain goes smoothly, they play through the outro into the next section allowing it to flit away in the breeze, Jerry starting on a wide arpeggio (that is like the outro to )
He lets it go and brings it back while people come in and out of the rhythm. It all floats away into isolated swelled long notes (plaintive!) that develop into feedback. Some odd noises from Bobby (? or is it Keith with wah piano? sounds a bit Sitar-like, I think he’s scraping the piano strings?), some sticks and cymbals from Bill.
It moves into more drums, but not really a drum solo, there are odd little sounds from everybody as accompaniment, string scratches and wah bits. The noises build, everybody making warbles and scrapes, Jerry on some clicks and pops with wah-pedal. Wow, very odd. Billy comes back with a stronger drumscape, but not fast, just short rolls and hits. At 17:30 it sounds like Jerry is heading for the Tiger meltdown. Some stronger bass notes come in, in between the scrapes. It lulls at 18:30 into longer scrapes and some atonal notes and riffs from the guitars. Jerry starts up the Tiger chromatics again, but doesn’t bring them up high, and some bass feedback signals the crest of this wave and they back off into soft sparse notes.
Some more atonal quiet venturing goes on, into a bizarro polka for a second, Jerry goes off on a whole tone scale. It’s a short little wave that peters out at 21:30 and slowly allows for Eyes of the World to begin (into Wharf Rat.)

Nice one! Sort of short and sweet (at 22 min), great multi-player improv on the thematic area up front, a nice verse and then some very weird noisescapes in the second half.

160 3/24/73 Philadelphia PA: 4:00 (jam/Spanish jam/space 22:30 > DS)  

This is an odd one to assess as a version of Dark Star, it’s sort of in reverse, or inside out. There’s a small bit of groove leading into the actual verse in there, but it immediately heads off into “Sing Me Back Home.” Before it, however, there are 20+ minutes of instrumental jamming. After an extended Truckin’ end-jam they drop after minute 10 into space, there are some feints to the Dark Star intro riff played at 10:40 or so but it never really coalesces, they just keep on spacing out and then some rhythm guitar starts in a fast groove.
Fast lead playing happens. He gives way to Keith playing some riffs for a while, with several “Dark Star” indicators (Keith plays some modal licks, then even play arounds with the intro lick a bit again, in the late min 14 are with some melodic bits toward and 15:15 for the intro lick as examples) It gives way to an bass-n-drum solo that later picks up again in a sort of Dark Star mode, with fast groove playing, little tight lead licks (Slipknotty, a lot of Blue-for-Allah licks are emerging these days!), before heading into the more recognizable Spanish Jam chords after some diminished arpeggios from Jerry.
Spanish Jam moves forward and gets quite intense, even approaching Tiger for a bit late in minute 27, before it all gives way. They pulled this one out of the hat, that must have been a surprise.
From here it does go into a spacey section for several minutes that eventually emerges into the actual Dark Star groove. This section is mostly just the guitars, it has wah-flavored atonal notes moving in and out of tonal melodic fragments, quiet area and heading back to falling diminished chords and chromaticism in arpeggios from Jerry while Bob tries out several short melodic bits. After some little licks and feedback, Jerry starts the Dark Star theme. What? Oh we were here the whole time, didn’t you know?

As far as being the Dark Star song, they come into it with the opening thematic lick and move into a pleasant groove, with some melodic lead playing that spins up into small whirlpools, and comes back down to emphasize the downbeat before the verse. Grooving straight into line one, they pause on line two, Bill plays a little to keep it going, and rolls into line three with a moderate groove and a little wandering toward the end of it. Refrain is punctuated by big drum hits, and into the outro it quiets up a bit, and spaces out for only a few seconds before Sing Me back Home starts. It almost sounded like it could go into Wharf Rat instead, but no.

So that was it! Nice jam, good parts, sort of like the Dark Star sections were out of order (and of course the Spanish Jam fell in there.)

161 3/28/73 Springfield: 32:08 – Dave’s Picks 16 (also AUD)

A small Dark Star feint from Phil that instead leads to a full 3 minutes of Weather Report Suite, it’s getting worked out. (Then 30 minutes of Dark Star, followed by Eyes of the World and Playin’ in the Band!) The intro starts in a very staid way, each note articulated instead of trilled, sort of odd. But the groove come in strong and they flow. Jerry even trills away after a minute. Nice and relaxing as it moves along. Jerry is trying several modal outsiders, he hits the “it’s all the same” rhythm before 2 minutes before heading off in longer runs. It’s many ripples of melodies instead of one long flowing one, from everybody, shorter ups-and-downs, little waves lapping. Some plaintive stretches. Bobby gets caught up in a trill on a minor second and goes for some chromatic runs in there, even. A few Dark Star melodic feints, some low string stretches, some lulls.
Everybody is into the shorter fragments this evening, and small interval trilling. In the sixth minute there’s a pedal tone on an open string happening with hammer ons against it, brings the tension up a bit to a suspended chordal area, Phil starts stepping it up. This seems to incite both Jerry and Bill to get going more, but it only lasts another minute or so before a lull into a quieter area. Punctuation with falling arpeggios, then up and down arpeggios, moving into a delicate upper register area, before fading.
At 9 minutes, they settle on a b minor/phrygian area, but it’s still very delicate, coming in and out. It fades, drums pause a couple times, Jerry keeps going, in shorter delicate bursts. Again they come to the minor modal area. It doesn’t seem like anything is permanent here, it keeps coming apart. Bill goes for tom rolling, then heads to ride cymbal stride and he’s nearly all alone by 12 minutes. The band is quietly in there, not playing much at all. Bobby starts a chord strumming pattern at 12:45 or so, punctuated by harmonics. They are still playing with the b minor/C major thing it seems like, and now Keith has an idea for it. Jerry has dropped out for a bit. It rolls around a bit, short back and forths from everybody. Jerry comes back in with runs before minute 15, this seems to hold it together more, he has a melody in his head, and they’re back in the A mixo world. It starts to take off a bit, the whole band moving forward.
The wave crests at around 18 minutes, and they come down and start the Dark Star groove again, people cheer. Verse comes in at 18:35, slowly moving into it. A large fermata for line two, only downbeats against Jerry’s melody. Line three has some bass movement upwards, but it’s wiggly. The refrain is delicate, with a drum punctuation in the middle. Again, the outro notes, like the intro, are very separately stated and not run together like the normal method. The space starts with volume swelled guitar and occasional bass notes.
The bass holds a note that develops into feedback and threatens to take over, starts pulsing loudly. Guitar takes over a delicately fed-back note, Bob comes in with some odd chords. Bass has some sub-bass feedback notes going on, and odd electronic sounds. The guitars are stretching notes, and playing some notes to find resonant ones.
In the 24th minute there are odd wah-plucky sounds and odd atonal chords and notes from guitar and bass. Very little drums are in this section, clicking in and out. String scrubbing noises. Phil is playing double stops, but delicately until his big chords after 26 minutes, in multi-channel separation. Jerry starts the Tiger licks at 27 minutes underneath this, but he cedes it to atonal single notes, they play a slow counterpoint of non-tonal notes, drums start pulsing in and out. Jerry starts a diminished chord arpeggio, falling by steps and then into a sort of “Eep Hour” progression for a bit. The wave crests into slower notes, Bobby makes noises that they are going to move on but it holds on for a while until Jerry eventually starts Eyes of the World.

Another nice one, weird mood they must have been in with all these shorter ideas rolling along.

162 6/10/73 Washington, D.C.: 26:34 (also AUD)

After a few months away from the Dark Star, they’re back orbiting it. At a stadium! A long show, 4 1/2 hours. This time, PitB ends a set and Eyes starts the next set where later Dark Star moves into a pair of slow ones, He’s Gone and Wharf Rat.
Dark Star starts with the intro riff, into a nicely paced groove, side stick and strong bass and rhythm guitar on this recording. Phil seems to be pushing it a bit, while Jerry is relaxing into it. It’s a nice area. Some beautiful full band counterpoint lines weaving around each other after a few minutes. To a little eddy at 4 min, Phil still taking it forward with some licks in between longer notes, they Ping Pong this elastically back and forth a bit and then start to build it again, Jerry goes into jazzy Blues-for-Allah style licks for a bit.
At 5:50 Phil builds the rhythm up a bit with the Ping Pong riff, Bobby coming along, while Jerry goes for some small feedback notes. The Phil goes sideways tonally for a bit, Jerry backs off into a receding thing, leaving it to Phil to go for it and he starts strumming. It’s just bass and drums for a while. Even to the rock licks in min 9. Guitars come back in at about 10 minutes in a new faster rhythm in a b minor area. It resolves to the A a minute later and comes back down to start a new wave on a major key country-ish riff. They jam out on this for a while.
Over the crest of this wave at 13 1/2 minutes, Jerry starts the Dark Star theme again and they are back in the relaxed groove. Verse at 14:23, nice relaxed vocals. Phil plays along an upwards-moving line on the fermatas of line 2, they are still fairly relaxed into line 3. To the refrain, and on to the counterpoint, some whistles from the audience.
They start the next section continuing in rhythm, Phil with chords, Jerry coming in with short fast riffs. The chords are almost the verse chords, it comes over a hill and then starts to fritter away to more space. Jerry starts more feedbacky notes, the band still plays modal chords and notes, Bill is still in rhythm, they aren’t really spacing out so much as keeping a jam together for a while. The bass chords get more intense in the 18th minute, they allow it to fall to bits finally at 19. Jerry underscores a Tiger bit, Phil starts some odd low-end noise feedback. Bobby rolls around on some short lead bits while Jerry goes back for feedback. Some choppy fast rhythmic stuff from Bobby and then Jerry goes for more fast short atonal bits and wah-enhanced scary statements, building it up as the drums are getting some speed going. More Tiger stuff at 21:50 but it tails off into scraping, though everybody tremolos holding the tension for a while.
After a brief lull, the scrapes continue with some stretched bass notes and odd bits from the other, then Phil goes ballistic again with low feedback and noisy notes. Into a lower volume area, still noisescape, the guitars fade out into drums with accompaniment from odd noises and swelled notes moving into feedback.
Drums fade out at 25:30, feedback continues from both guitars, it gets loud again, bass comes back with big low end notes, and as they fade, Jerry starts He’s Gone.

Pretty good one, some cool noisy weirdness and a nice intro jam area. There were bits of the nice multi-musician moving lines in the improv in the first half. Really well sung verse.

163 6/24/73 Portland: 27:13   

(I’ve had the Pacific NW box set for a while (in fact the 45-min PitB got me started on all this concentrated improvisation listening) so I’ve heard this one a few times—it’s the only Dark Star out of 6 concerts in the box set! )

A very relaxed intro into the song, and nearly leaving for space immediately for a minute, where they finally pull it together into a groove. Delicate, again. Nobody is pushing it, allowing easy shifts in the mode. It’s a beautiful quartet interplay, bass drums and two guitars. No Keith going on here… he went on a break, I guess? Or isn’t on the tape? Hard to say. 

Coming back to the theme occasionally before departing again at 4 minutes in, it goes into a new very spacey groove where Jerry tries some Sputnik-y ideas, but they fade into a low tremolo.

It comes back to a very quiet modal area, some hammer-on/pull-offs using lots of open strings, and back to a Sputnik in min 6. Bill picks it up as it fades a bit, hoping for someone to groove along, and then Phil steps in with a riff in 7, (the ping pong/proto-Solomon riff) against the 6/8 drums.

Jerry picks it up and goes with it. It evolves as a band theme in a few minutes, riffs from Jerry cohere it, and Bobby starts going for it after with sliding chord figures, by 10 minutes they are getting down on a funky groove. They keep plugging away at it over some crests, Phil starts suggesting new places to go melodically/tonically. In the 12th minute Bob is doing his erratic skrrawk on guitar in between riffs (as he isn’t singing at the time to skrawwk vocally). 

At the end of min 13 it falls apart, Phil takes it down and then a roll from the drums into a drum solo!
Which leads them all to a way back in at 15:24 with the Dark Star groove. 

Verse at 16, vocals far off at first, coming in closer. Very sparse line 2, rolling back to a descending and then ascending groove on line 3, to the refrain. 

Outro and into the sea of the Transitive Nightfall, Bobby has his lick moving down against pulsing bass coming in and volume swell guitar. Drums drop out, everybody leaves space, the sounds get small. Phil stretches a bit higher, Jerry is soft, but looking for some feedback. Phil goes for some big chords, answered by small wah resonances from tapping on the guitar. It goes low at 20 min, into wobbly bass subharmonics and the multi channel thing bouncing around. Swelled atonal notes come in. Bobbys stretching some odd chords against the fretboard. 

Creepy-crawlies start at 22, little short bits and odd sounds. Jerry sees the opportunity to start the Tiger meltdown in min 23, but it comes over its crest and backs off again into the depths, building again but this time in atonal wah-inflected pseudo-melodies, the riffing starts as the bass gets louder, drums get chaotic. At 25 min, Bill starts a heavy back beat and I finally hear some Keith in there, rocking on it. Phil is in on the groove, but his bass is still moving all over the place spatially. Jerry and Bob are making odd little noises respectively. It cedes to string scratches and noise, back to swelled notes and feedback from Bob’s reverb, and then suddenly Eyes of the World. 

Much phenomenal stuff here. The keyboardless interplay is amazing, it’s all very delicate; they have the proper sound stage to hear each other and work on the smallest details. I really appreciate the versions where they can obviously hear each other and have the ability to play very subtle things. The versions of a lot of songs in the PNW box (both 73 and 74) are really good, and the audience really comes along for the ride, even for those intensely long jams, like the long PitB. Impressive.

164 6/30/73 Universal City: 16:15 (also AUD)

There seems to be good monitoring on stage so they can play quieter.
Little hints at the intro riff while tuning, they start it together after a cymbal swell into it. Sort of slow intro, takes a while for Bill to come in with a beat as they roll into the groove. Lots of dynamics here, subtle changes. They sound very relaxed in the space, Jerry is being very delicate with the leads. Everybody is sort of rolling along, Keith has some wah on the piano occasionally. Phil gets caught up in a little octave riff after a couple minutes and it sort of coalesces the rhythm into something new, allowing Jerry to go modally outside occasionally, experimenting with chromatic leading tones. Bass is taking them somewhere, and they build it with a new progression for a bit. It lulls a bit at 4 min but then goes into a jazzy area at 5 minutes that barely contains the Dark Star groove, though Jerry refers to it, and at 6 min hits the A as if they are going to the theme, but it dissipates into isolated notes and trills, almost entirely dies off. A very bell-like electric piano continues, Jerry comes in with chords and they continue for a second though Phil tapers off.
At 7:30, it’s almost gone entirely again, and Jerry quietly starts the melody, they slowly come back to the groove. It’s very delicate still, mellow. Bobby stretching doubles stops downwards, creating a relaxing atmosphere.
Verse comes in at 9 min, a very intimate vocal from Jerry, delivered quietly and slowly through the verse. Slight build to the refrain, each line tapers off. The outro is perfect and lets us slide into the sea as they hit static notes and Keith has little noodles. It enters space. Cymbals are still rolling around. Bobby hits some warbling pedal, Jerry finds isolated notes in a chromatic area, very dark starry sky with the bell like piano. Phil starts some evil low notes, Jerry on chromatic wah-tones, Bill rolling around. It doesn’t really build much more than this, but continues with more. Jerry comes in low with Tiger-like riffing, some frenetic responses to this. The bass sound is moving around in space, little short fast riffs from everybody overlapping. It maintains and more Tiger riffing comes in by min 15 and everybody builds the meltdown, which cedes to jumpin’ Eyes of the World, a nice way over that hill.

Really weird and cool version, very delicate, more than before even, and not much Dark Star groove or jamming, but the second half has some very odd chromatic weirdness. Cool build at the end that gives way to Eyes of the World

165 8/1/73 Jersey City: 24:52 (also AUD)

Huge show. Here, the stadium show is shorter, yet they insert an El Paso between Dark Star and Eyes. Dark Star comes after Row Jimmy (for some reason a song I just don’t like much.) This is our last Dark Star with Alligator, I believe. Some cymbal rolling leads in to the intro riff and the song starts in a slow and mystically drifty way, the band are each playing sparsely, though Jerry has a lilting gait and descending phrases, that he comes back to occasionally in the waves. Bobby even starts playing some melodic bits after a minute! Keith sounds cool on the electric piano, sort of a sharper sound in there. Little eddies form, in a building way at 3 minutes in, they head upwards and Phil takes it and runs with it. Bill picks it up and they start moving quicker.
Jerry reiterates his lilting climb but the energy doesn’t stick this time, and only Bill is left plugging away after a couple minutes. Bobby picks it up with a groovy riff, Keith and Jerry with rhythmic stabs, developing it and settling into a jam, Jerry finally really takes off. It’s in the Dark Star world but pretty fast and moving. Over the hill by 8 minutes, it starts to settle a bit into a lower volume area. Bill is trying some odd patterns out, Keith is chordally accompanying the cycles, every body else finds their way into some sort of phase pattern cycle of sounds for a minute or so. It moves into a new groove after this but Bill is still trying some weird patterns out (13s?). At 11 minutes it lets go and drops into a mellower area, from which Jerry insinuates a new Dark Star melodicness, and Phil takes it into a downbeat so that at 12 min they go into a very slow and odd Dark Star melody-ish, and by 12:40 it starts for real heading to the verse.
Verse at 13:13, strong vocal entrance, slow band chugging away, Bill keeps the hi-hat on line 2, and Phil bubbles away at the end of that line and continues wandering around higher and higher on line 3. The electric piano makes nice octave bells on the refrain. They all play in sync in this section, and into the outro riff, from which Bobby does his “transitive nightfall intro lick” only twice, and Bill picks up some sleigh bells!
Bobby plays around with low notes, Phil taps his low strings, Jerry comes in and out with small sounds, string scratches. Phil and Bobby do percussion on their instruments, Jerry comes in with a wail-and-wah, slide playing again! Very bluesy little licks against a bass drone and percussive guitar. Eventually Bobby starts playing modal guitar in a very folksy-English way, and the bell tree ushers in cymbals. A peak with feedback slide and big bass notes comes at 18:30, over this, it’s still a slow two chord blues, (1 and flat7), some phrygian notes start sneaking in and the bass goes for some feedback as well.
At 19:40, Jerry drops the slide, plays wah-rolled-off notes, Keith arpeggiates a bit (I really like the sound of this piano!) and heads for major chords, Jerry picks it up and runs off with an arpeggio to a very major folky/classical melody, Bobby comes along. Bill has some new percussion or bells he’s rubbing together. By 22 the mode is expanding, entering non-tonal areas, ceding to chords, planing diminished chords and wah swells, Tiger chromatics make a soft entrance, and fade out. Odd little spurts of sound from guitars and piano, drums on hihat. A real Tiger happens at 24 min, building up higher and higher to a few wah-growls, but it lets off to notes again, and Bill rolls along, Bobby starts up El Paso.

These stadium-size ones have been interesting. In one way they are very introverted, the stage sound must be decent for the band to play like this, and then you have thousands of people watching and cheering. They can get very small, mic’ed up hand percussion and all, and then also huge. It sort of took a while for this one to develop into a jam, but that said, a bunch of these lately have been endless successions of short ideas in rolling waves. It’s beautiful how they move through these areas collectively.

now working with the Wolf Guitar

166 9/11/73 Williamsburg, : 22:16 (also AUD)

First Dark Star with Wolf guitar.
I have the audience tape of this, so my timing is off by 2 minutes I think? it starts with lots of noisy fans, Phil strumming his bass and some noodling around for a bit amidst tuning. They count it in and start it slowly and methodically, playing around with the theme exactly one time through the theme notes before venturing off into stretchy notes and then stately runs of notes. Keith is playing organ? Long tones, wow. Jerry continues in light runs of modal notes.
At 3:40 they start a rhythmic idea but it seems to fall away again after a short time, building back to a Dark Start groove. Jerry starts the runs again. The long chords from the organ are cool in there. Heading for a crest at 5 minutes, Jerry eddies on a high stretch area and Keith warbles in arpeggios. Over that hill, he’s holding long chords again, till he switched to the short stabs and starts in on a groove with Phil. Jerry backs it with double stop second before going off again in runs, Keith back on long chords. Phil playing very sparsely but intently, heading to some high notes like a bell ringing against the rhythm of everything else.
Minute 8, Keith has altered to a flutier sound, Jerry feints the Dark Star melody, but it lands in the accenting the minor 7 like the English folky thing of the other day, finally starting the melody right before 9 minutes, it takes a while for people to come back to it, and it takes a bit for the audience to realize what is happening and clap. It’s a very weird version, Jerry goes off into other modal areas, but then Bobby and Bill start up a marching rhythm on a major (3,4,5 melody) chord and the flat 7 again. Keith is back to his electric piano, and rocking out with Phil in the 11th minute, Phil finds the Ping Pong riff, goes a few times through and they get down on it. Sounds like the guitars are backed off to let the bass and keyboards play. It starts to go into chromatics after a minute, falls apart a bit, Jerry comes in with runs again, they’re in a minor key area with a climbing riff, everybody playing with that. The jam plateaus and keeps going, Phil eventually hits a big chord at 14:20, and it stalls the jam out for a bit, Jerry continues with a finger picking pattern on a suspended chord melody, then at 15:35 he does the sweep from the A to the high A which he used to do to start the Dark Star melody, here it takes them back into the Dark Star world a bit, though the melody isn’t explicit. Keith goes into undulating electric piano turns under the suspended mode lead playing, Phil gets going, even stretching the bass strings.
At 17:40, Jerry starts the Dark Star melody for real, setting them into a slower tempo. The settle in and the verse starts, people clap. Nice delivery, rolling into fermatas on line 2, bass noodling and organ on line 3.
The refrain has some awkwardness to it again, not everybody in the same rubatos. Outro and Bobby starts his TN intro lick, repeating it several times before it dissipates into bass feedback and guitar feedback under it. Big bass heaviness happens, big chords, and then some riffing in between. Bass solo goes on for a while, he moves into a riffy Philo stomp in the 22nd minute, a few guitar trills join in, he heads off to feedback and big chords, guitar feedback leads it out and into Morning Dew, a really cool segue.

167 10/19/73 Oklahoma City, OK: 26:20 – Dick’s Picks 19

A stately and rather slow bass intro going into a relaxed feel, moving along at a leisurely pace, Jerry running up and down, lilting around thematic areas. Keith is on the nice-sounding electric piano. It eddies a bit with Bobby on some chords with seconds, before Bill kicks in with a stronger beat. Phil plays some tripping lines down to the root, goes off and comes back. Jerry is feeling out the possibilities on the Wolf, continuous melody. Phil keeps going up and up and then punctuating with low roots. The piano sounds like little bells in there.
They eddy out again on repeated notes at about 4:30, let it ebb and Jerry starts a series of chordal fourths for a high and and then low. At the bottom it all goes sideways, little Tiger hints happen (sans wah). Keith goes wild on rolling clusters. They all go off in new directions after this, runs, little figures, etc. It dwindles and stays outside, though Jerry has a few Dark Star referents in his licks. Bill starts some odd figures outside of the rhythm, they are all outside, Jerry still with some Dark Star licks occasionally, a feint to come back to the groove, but it doesn’t make it and goes into a quiet area with stretched delicate notes, into a very classical area. Jerry again comes back at 9:45 with the Dark Star groove theme, but it takes over a minute to get to a definite groove. Jerry is still wandering around, the band is sort of in the Dark Star groove area, and they start to build the intensity. Parallel universe Dark Star groove #167.
At 12, Jerry does the slide up to the A and instigates the groove for real and the verse comes. It’s sung very mournfully, grooving into line 1 and as they go into line 2, there’s play between drums and bass for the fermata-versus offbeat, Bobby sliding chords around. Phil does a descending thing for line 3, Bobby wandering, then bass heading upwards. The refrain is full of odd rubatos from everybody, the outro is squarely stated. Bobby plays his Transitive Nightfall intro lick a few times over and over, moving into slow trills while Phil starts big bass notes and a few chords, into an arhythmic bass solo with some harmonics and odd sounds. The bass starts moving around to multi-channel, the big chords spread around.
Jerry enters with wah-backed-off tone and slide again, Phil feints a riff, but it moves into the slow bluesy slide mood instead. Bill is hi-hatting, heading for something. The band starts to coalesce around this and Jerry moves back into fast picked runs. They find some chords, a progression, and stick with it moving into the Mind-Left-Body sequence, Jerry picks up his slide again.
Some serious strumming on the V chord a couple times through and then it goes to the descending thing that signifies this MLB jam sequence. (I still think it sounds like that part in “Music Never Stopped. My mind does not actually leave my body in this progression… I know, I know, it’s a Kantner song, right?)
When this runs its course, Jerry dives down into low fast chromatics, the band dies off, they move into atonal bizarro-world melodies, Jerry running around with his wah pedal mostly holding it in check. Keith scoops around. Tiger is coming. The wah starts to accent the chromatic licks, it gets super scary and growly, though the accompaniment is mostly fairly tame. Jerry backs off for a bit, comes back with warbly wahs and some planing chords, Bobbys is making loud scary chords and stretches, bass is feeding back.
It dies off to volume swells and low bass notes, then to a prettier area, still very mellow. Bass harmonics, rolling drums. A nice little melodic outro leads them off to Morning Dew.

Pretty nice version, other than that it seemed sort of slow. It had the parts. I like the verse quite a bit, the interplay on line 2 was nice. Also I always think it’s a nice choice to come over the freakout into Morning Dew!

168 10/25/73 Madison, WI: 23:02

Bass is again prominent at the intro, but after the licks, the theme happens about a half a time before they start deviating. It doesn’t immediately get onto its feet, though Jerry plays with the theme off and on more than the others (though he manages to wind extra-modally around it quite a bit.) After a couple minutes he goes into low bits and they all mull this over. Keith has some jazz ideas for planing the chords up over the root. He is on a real piano, it sounds like.
Jerry moves into arpeggios, Keith follows and goes into the high tinkly range. It’s Sputnik-like for a while with these sounds. From this, Phil and Bill emerge with a latin feel for a second, but it doesn’t last. Phil goes into plucking little rhythmic sounds and Bobby moves into the MLB descending progression landing definitively on the V chord, and coming back to it. It takes a couple time before everybody is in on it, but it’s getting more developed now, more determined. By 7 minutes it sort of fritters away with Keith and Jerry moving in 1/8th notes side by side. At 8 min they move into a Dark Star theme of a sort, with some rhythmic motifs on the E that starts the melody. It finally floats off and at 10 min they come in with the actual Dark Star theme and groove, and it floats along again, though of course Mr Garcia has some extra-modal ideas and some wide string stretches. A couple minutes later he comes back to the theme for a second and embellishes it with fast upward runs. At 12:40 they head to the verse, it comes in very delicately, which continues through line two, no fermatas needed apparently. Though on line 3, Phil has some wildness and they wrap it all up into the refrain, Jerry singing like a choral member. The refrain and outro are spattered about, nobody is playing it together. Bobby strums out his TN intro lick. and then hovers. Bass hovers low and they head toward feedback land, but in a low volume way.
AT 15:20, Jerry picks up the slide in the quiet world and plays out some bluesy slow notes with the bass bombing some low tones in there. It’s a mournful and delicate area. (Keith has moved to electric piano?) It starts to build some intensity from underneath, and then at 17:40 or so, the Tiger starts to move from the undergrowth, everybody making frenetic little gestures. Bobby is rubbing a slide or something on his strings. The build takes its time, with intermittent feedback. Tiger doesn’t come jumping up to growl for a while. At 19:40, Phil starts coming in with frenetic lows and the Tiger comes out for real, but just for a second, and then it fades off with scrapey noises from the bass.
20:30 is ebbs for s second and then starts up again, atonal chaos, the bass cedes the scrapes for low feedback as the guitar stretches high. It backs off to wah inflected licks and some planing diminished chords and atonal bizarro melody.
The big bass notes end this sequence and they regroup and head off to Eyes of the World.

Nice freakout that never quite gets as out there as it promises, but the earlier section and MLB jam are nice.

169 10/30/73 St. Louis, MO: 27:07

There’s some bass chords in the tuning after Big River, maybe setting up the vibe… They start Dark Star with a slightly wonky version of the riff and drop into the groove and start moving (at a mellow pace, but they’re all moving forward together.) Phil’s bass is prominent and has a lot of nice low end to it, though he is contrasting the higher notes with this deep bass end. It gets very outside, though mostly within mode, by a couple minutes in. Bobby is finding some little corner of weirdness on his own, the combo of his constant playing and the off-beat notes from Phil make it kind of odd for a while, Keith has cascading patterns going on.
By 5 minutes it’s hard to tell if they are playing together or just playing, but the dynamics move over a crest and it mellows again. Phil is wandering around at the higher end, Jerry starts to play a thematic relative, though with many augmented chromatics to it. He ends by trilling and Phil goes into the Proto-Solomon Ping Pong strongly at 6:20, Bill is with him, finally emerging from a droney sidestick area into a beat.
This jam feels pretty cohesive at this point, by a minute into it, it’s got it’s feel and mode happening for everyone. Bobby maintains his fast picking bits that he’s been doing this evening, Jerry starts to go for the jazz-runs. They build the dynamics up over several minutes, it gets pretty scorching for a while, then Jerry drones out for a bit, it comes down in quick little runs.
In the 12th minute, it hovers about as they move in new directions, some jazz chords from Jerry even, and then it emerges into the Mind-Left-Body descending line for a new section. It slows a bit here as well, making this progression sort of stately. They try out new chordal ideas in there for a bit, and some new melodic ideas come forth, Jerry switches to the slide. He has been liking the slide in Dark Star, but where before it had been sort of bluesy, it’s more prosaic here over the descending progression. Again, this jam seems pretty cohesive now, as far as the band knowing what they are doing, but it only lasts a few minutes and then dies off and then Phil teases Dark Star again in the ebb, Jerry comes in with the melody, Bob with the chords. Verse is on the horizon, a mellow rendition, Jerry holding the notes out lightly, they don’t pause much on line 2, it sort of just runs on. Bill plays the beat through all three lines, no wandering on line 3. The refrain finally pauses the forward momentum, and the outro is very together. Bobby starts his lick but starts playing with it after a couple iterations. Phil steps on his multi-out thing and the bass makes glissandi up to a plateau and they all let the sky in. It gets very small and quiet. Small trills, little string noises. Snare rolling quietly. High little bass notes, Jerry is quietly finding a melody somewhere. The song nearly fades out entirely. Pinch harmonics, quiet melodies. Volume swelled notes. Odd chords from Bobby.
This goes on for a few minutes and then they begin a volume build as Bill starts a tripping rhythmic part. Jerry comes with some shaky notes, still playing melodically, moving into chromatics.
Jerry starts some little chromatic fast runs. The electric piano sounds very Miles, Bill comes in with some hot jazz licks. Keith has some chordal statements to base it all, Bobby still trilling on his chords. Jerry even comes in with some chordal jazz licks. Bill and Phil move it into a Latin groove after a bit, side stick and all. Keith moves to piano. This is sort of a mellow finger-snapping jazzy groove for a while, though the players are all a bit outside. Jerry alternates between fast little runs and chords, tries to go into Stella, nobody comes with until he settles on some suspended chords and then they move into Stella Blue.

Interesting in that the jams are fairly cohesive, the intro playing area is disjunct but has some cool stuff. The theme-jams are decent. Not the best of the year, but pretty cool.

170 11/11/73 Winterland: 35:38 – Winterland 1973

Another one I’ve heard a few times, the three night run at Winterland, this Dark Star is toward the end of the last evening, moving into Eyes of the World. (the night before had a folded up PitB, with UJB surrounding Morning Dew!)
Calm seas with ride cymbal and/or sidestick groove for 15 solid minutes, including several types of playing, Al DiMeola-style fast runs, jazzy bits, slower melodics, harmonics and even ending with a Sputnik area before dissipating the rhythm to announce the theme and then the verse. It starts in the familiar Dark Star groove world, the band doing their multi-headed hydra Dixieland space music, some eddies happening int he general forward motion, a few excursions to diminished chord mode play, but mostly sticking with the groove for long periods, which is sort of a throwback. Though Jerry’s playing is more jazz-inflected. Bobby is also playing more little licks and riffs in his chord playing, and going for more augmentations of the chords. Phil is pretty much holding it down for minutes at a time. Keith is on the Rhodes, which always gives it the jazzier edge.
At about 5 minutes the groove even locks into a newer and even mellower bachelor-pad swing, Jerry heads upwards into a quiet harmonics realm. They start to bring it up a little faster by 8 minutes and go into faster runs from the lead guitar and the bass gets a little busier, though he’s mostly been grooving along and not doing the full-on lead bass playing. Keith switches to piano and goes off on little trilling bits, in between Bobby’s chords. They build on it, winding up the band into a single unit improv which breaks out into new bass groove repeated notes at 10 minutes.
As this moves forward, Jerry starts playing arpeggios that fade in and out, a Sputnik overlay which leads forward for more groove jamming. At 14 minutes there’s a feint to a Bright Star, bizarro-world melody version 170, but it sort of makes the jam lose focus a bit and mellow out, and it cedes to low bass notes, they start the Dark Star groove and theme. It’s a beautiful rendition of the theme, slow stretched notes in the melody. Verse at 16:40, a wavery first sung note, (and on the second line.) Strong fermatas on the second line, with Jerry’s guitar faltering on the melody doubling. Back to the groove for line three, and tumbling into the refrain, with more vocal faltering. A nice outro with lilting bass and then to Bob’s transitional lick a couple times before it starts hovering and fades to soundscape guitar tapping and big bass notes in the multi-channel bass world.
Bass solo with background guitar sounds, but it’s a very sparse solo, isolated statements and withdrawn small notes and chords. Small feedback and string tapping continues. The bass comes to the forefront again, slow lead bass lines. It’s a nice space. Feedback gets louder in and out, becomes notes, wah-backed off cries.
23:20, Bill comes right in with a beat, with Keith in tow, they head into a jam. Jerry picks up the slide again. Bobby is riffing more than chord-playing. They move forward, with slow slide melodies over the top. At 26 min, Jerry drops the slide and comes in with short runs, the band follows this route into all playing short little bursts. It gets more chromatic, heading more sideways but maintaining a higher energy as it moves into a jam. Very jazzy playing from everybody for a while, it starts to get scarier and the wah pedal goes back on, though even int he chromatics it doesn’t head toward a Tiger-style thing. They back off late in the 29th minute, Jerry is playing clicky muted little notes with the wah pedal, everybody else making short little bursts. String scrapes, piano warbling, the scrapes with wah pedal are almost vocal sounding. At 31 minutes Bobby and Keith head into a new blues-riff groove which leads directly into the MLB chord progression. It sounds like they pretty much know where they are now, they jam out on it, rocking their way through the chord progression a few times, then bringing it down into the arpeggiated version, leading it away to a proper ending, dropping us off in a chord. People clap, they meander around a bit in a coda and then Eyes of the World begins.

Beautiful version. Nice to have the long jam in the first section instead of a bunch of short ideas thrown in sequence. Post verse space is nice, not super busy, with a nice instantaneous transition to jamming again. The improv areas are great, they obviously know the MLB jam by now. The odd sounds in the space section are also great, that vocal ghostly string scraping with the wah pedal is cool.

170.5 11/21/73 Denver, CO: 3:25 (instrumental)* – Road Trips Vol.4 No.3

This is a tease at Dark Star moving into Wharf Rat, within a longer PitB that enfolds El Paso and both the Dark Star and Wharf Rat and then moves on to Morning Dew. Some amazing playing and full-band improv happening in PitB especially. Bill Kreutzman is just killing it during this period. Keith is very active and Jerry is very on, fast and exact.
As for the Dark Star part of it, it’s coming off of a minute of some sort of PitB jamming, tailing directly from the last chord of El Paso, where there’s a tempo and mode/mood shift that happens very suddenly, and then they almost go into Wharf Rat, but Jerry starts bending around and Bob never plays the intro chord lick, so it sort of wanders into being Dark Star. Jerry goes for slow leads and some feedback, it almost ends up at a Dark Star groove, not quite. Faster than they would get to it lately, I’d say! It eddies out like a DS after a couple minutes, and comes out into a long trill from Jerry, then they sound like they’re in a holding pattern as they consider where to go, and it goes back to the A and starts Wharf Rat instead.
And this goes off to PiTB again, without any jamming at the end in the Wharf Rat or Dark Star A-mixolydian groove, it just moves directly into an A-minor-ish area, speeds up and goes in off-kilter jazziness immediately. But then this gets into slow sparse atonal space with big bass noises after a few minutes, into more scary soundscape stuff and then into a Tiger Meltdown, so that’s very “Transitive Nightfall”…could’ve gone back to Dark Star, man. But they get over that hill into a lovely Morning Dew.

171 11/30/73 Boston, MA: 9:37 (instrumental) – Dick’s Picks 14 (also AUD) (needs 20-second AUD patch)

Well this is another weird one. The mix is odd, for one thing, Keith is loud and Jerry sounds very thin and distant.
It drops straight from the end of the Weather Report Suite, hovering on the holding pattern of “it’s all the same” then moving into the Dark Star theme, no intro, though it is extremely dissipated even as Phil and Jerry send that theme out there a little bit—it never sticks, really. They just move right into oddness. The ensuing 9 minutes are like a mellow collage of the players going through little runs and noises that don’t really coalesce or meld, more like they are all happening simultaneously in their own little spaces. It reminds me more of the sort of space that they would get into 20 years later, and oddly (for me), even though it’s all separate worlds juxtaposed (and not sounding “together”), I liked it quite a bit. It doesn’t feel much like any other jam that they’ve done where they sort of tried to hold it together into the Dark Star groove, it’s very much allowed to be just a series of individual bits and pieces superimposed.
Jerry alternates fast runs and slower melodic bits, throwing in Jesu Joy of Man’s Desiring even. Phil slows down right after the intro and goes off on his own. Bill eventually decides to have some sort of rhythmic pulse, but it doesn’t sound much like anyone else is exactly with it in their little worlds, so he wanders off too. It sort of sounds like the Dead had gone to a music store and everyone was trying out different instruments. Everybody gets caught up in little figures that they repeat a few times and then abandon, sometimes these things have something to do with one another, more often not.
Eventually, realizing that Dark Star may never actually solidify, they start Eyes of the World.

172 12/6/73 Cleveland, OH: 44:07 – Road Trips Vol. 4 No.3 bonus disc

Wow. This is the shit. Light Into Ashes (Same guy who did the graph) has an entire blog post somewhere (?) about this one, and he’s got it right as I recall. (That Rhodes, for instance!)
Lotta tuning and noodling at the start, Dark Star is sort of suggested but takes a while to get past the tuning, but Keith plays a tuning chord on piano over and over and then continues melodically while Bob tunes. Then a minute and a half in it has a short little intro and then it gathers and restarts, a very slow cadenza creeping into Dark Star melodies, very spaced out, Bill rolls a little and at 3:10 it sounds like Jerry starts a tempo for real and the band comes in behind him in a groove. It takes a while before Jerry really takes off with the fast riffing, but he gets there and has some new ideas for taking the mode slightly outside. They move into serious jazz riffing, for a long time, everybody doing their part. Keith is jamming in tight little motions, Jerry is on fire, really extending out the solos, Bobby playing with odd notes to the chords, they move into some new phrygian modal areas, and chromatic notes.
At 8min Phil seems to want to step it up but he gives way to a sort of Spanish Jam-ish area, Jerry seems to have some specific melodies he is hearing, and he takes it up from there. They take it to a peak at 10 min, it stays for a bit then comes down the other side, but they continue moving forward. Jerry slows it down, Rhodes gets warbly.
Moving into a rubato area with sparser rhythmically spaced notes, bringing it to a new slow pulse but Phil comes into strong and builds the volume, heading for big bass feedback, Jerry speeds up his figure that he was bringing it down with. It comes out into a new groove right before 13 minutes.
Jerry keeps messing with the time, playing groups of slower or faster figures, winding up a clockwork of riffs, sticking on pedal tones occasionally then moving around in circles. They pick up the pace at 15, everybody starts moving fast, endless melody. Keith follows Jerry right underneath, and continues lines after Jerrys cadences. It’s the bebop section. Though you could say it’s why he chose midi-horns later… Piano is loud in the Road Trips mix.
However this cedes to a sputnik-y eddy that’s very e minor and engenders bass feedback low long tones. The arpeggio moves to A7 and almost hints at the Dark Star vocal melody, while the electric piano is warbling arpeggios with suspensions against long feedback bass tones, building to a very classical tonal moment, which Jerry follows by bending notes against that, Phil really getting into the feedback. It comes down to a resting pulse by about 20 minutes. So yeah, here it comes at 21 minutes, a very casual way back into the Dark Star theme, with a rising rhythmic riff from the piano juxtaposed. This continues immediately into jamming for a while in this Dark Star theme area with riffing bass and Rhodes.
At 25 minutes they’re finally in the head space to attempt the verse.

Beautiful emotional vocals from Jerry, held notes right on pitch, nice tails for the first couple lines, sort of plaintive. Nice groove on line 1, and it barely gives way for line 2—they forgot that they usually pause here—then some runs and rolls moving out of it into line three’s groove. The refrain is mostly piano in this mix. Some nice chorusey sounds on the guitars.
As the Transitive Nightfall starts, I hear Bobby try his lick a couple times as it fades to space. The bass plays some thrown notes to interrupt the space, Keith is just channelling, oddly continuing with a pulse ostinato. Philo Stompy big bass chords. At 28:40 Jerry comes back with odd chords, but it heads back into soundscape, scratches and various extended technique on guitars and bass, little feedbacks amidst quiet space.
Really weird spectral-sweep feedback happens, with some guitar feedback coming in the mix, with the guitar controls cutting it in and out. It gets wild, some big sound is going on, high and low. For a while, this is amazing. Eventually we get some volume controlled swells and it moves semi-tonally and heads back down to the world of notes. Moving into minute 35, the bass is going for a harmonic series feedback to cap it off with some flat 7 chords back to A.
Keith is super high, he’s going for it again, back to the endless 16ths a minute later and Jerry just says yes. So we go into jazz world again. Nice eddy at 38 minutes they get stuck on two suspended notes. When it gets back to lead playing it’s all fast riffing. Keith is still searching for the perfect riff. At 40 minutes, they’re just letting Keith go with it. Find it, man.
At 41:20 they come back in with new chord progression from the perfect riff and then Jerry goes back to lead playing, and extended chords, mostly on e minor 9-11ths.
And it’s broken up in downward thirds, led out with the stuttering it’s ‘all the same’ rhythm downwards to intro to Eyes of the World, which is also full of immense forward-momentum playing.

Jerry Garcia made serious strides in melodic playing in this version, quite amazing stuff, endless new melodies emerging for minutes at a time, different uses of chromatic notes moving the mode around. Some of it is definitely on its way to Blues For Allah-world (even with no Ping-Pong/Proto-Solomon riffing) and the bass feedback is great, he really peaked in his weird sound world. I don’t know if it was the room or the equipment, but the availability of all sorts of frequencies in the bass feedback made the use of it extra creative.
Keith is intense. It almost sound like he has some form of echolalia lately, like he’s compulsively making sounds as he hears sounds, often very “inside the music.”

173 12/18/73 Tampa, FL: 21:44 (also AUD)

Sort of a casual start, the guitar plays the first part of the intro lick and then bass comes in after sort of haphazardly, and they move into the Dark Star groove, a nice relaxed tempo allowing them to stretch it away and head upward and outward within a minute. It bogs a little there, and sort of regroups a bit, Bobby starts on some harmonics, Jerry is finding a melodic eddy, they sort of drone out a bit, it settles on a suspended chordal section for a bit before moving forward, but when it does, Bill reins it back a bit, Keith goes into low notes on the piano against Jerry’s high runs. Phil is bouncing back and forth between low areas and high areas. At about 4 minutes it gets going with some snare driving it, and everybody rolling around. Bobby finds some weird little runs and shakes against the eddies that form from bass and lead guitar. Little waves crest and recede.
Jerry settles into a roll on a specific note at 7 min and then it crests and comes back down, Bobby still on stretchy little chordal things, Jerry does quiet little fast runs and they go into a country-ish Mind-Left-Body descending progression. It doesn’t really coalesce though, moves onward to a riff from Phil where he tries out the roll into The Other One while sticking on a specific root. It doesn’t go there, of course, stays in DS world and Jerry brings in the theme at about 10:45.
Verse at 11:15, with intimate vocals, Phil moving on a descending line for the fermatas on line 2 and playing more with it on line 3, while Bobby runs around. The refrain is motley, rhythmically, but they pull it together for the outro and Bobby plays his TN intro lick once and then plays around with it while Phil goes for low notes and Jerry goes into small pinch harmonics. Bass pulls some high feedback wails, drums roll on cymbals.
As this moves into sparser territory, Jerry finds some resonant notes to feedback with his wah pedal, sounds like Phil is trying out some pinch harmonics before more bass feedback.
The harmonics continue over bass feedback for a while, moving to short melodic runs. Bobby starts tapping the strings, drumming on them. Jerry moves to ghostly background warbling notes. There’s some weird synth stuff going on at 17:30 as somebody is asking about finding something “in here somewhere.” Jerry starts string scratching, Bobby plays with a feedback-echo of some sort, building notes to regenerated echo feedback pulses. Feedbacks continue from bass, Jerry is making Tiger noises, they build it up into the scary section and Tiger starts in min 18, with synth buzzes. The Tiger cedes to bass feedback and the guitars start up some pretty arpeggios underneath, emerging against more feedback from the bass.
It al dies off to leave the drums, he enters a drum solo at 21:30 and continues solo for 2 minutes and then they enter Eyes of the World.

Sort of a letdown after the Dec. 6 version, not bad but not great. The first half has some nice grooving, no stellar playing, really, and then the space section has a lot of feedback and an abrupt Tiger freakout. However, one more date and then end of tour and they’re home again.

174 2/24/74 Winterland: 29:37 – Dave’s Picks 13 (also AUD) (needs 30-second AUD patch)

Back to Winterland, again Dark Star is late on the 3rd night of a 3-night run opening these shows, first of 1974, this weekend being the only shows in the first few months of the year (and one a month later at the Cow Palace.) The Wall of Sound will be appearing over this year.
Some teasing with the intro riff while tuning, a cymbal swell and into the riff and to the groove, they relax it back. Some teasing stretches from Jerry and into a sashaying pace. It threatens to fall apart after even a couple minutes building into echoes of one another in shorter riffs, into a new world. Little sideways modal suggestions from Keith and Jerry, it gets pretty spaced out into little worlds, musicians each on their own phrase lengths, they get into a tremolo arpeggio which breaks out again into a jazzy groove for a short time, till it fritters away. Keith is still pushing chromatically away they settle into F# and a weird ascending pattern (7min) some arpeggios from Bobby. And down into a morass of phrases circling a downbeat that holds off with Keith continuing some rhythm phrases and Bobby trilling. A drum and bass thing with odd arpeggios hovering around it develops (10min). A hint of theme at 11:10, but that’s all we get.
Bill is going endlessly in 12/8s while the other musicians are spacing out on some sort of Dark-Star-adjacent progression, they enter a fast modal area for a while. It dwindles out in the 12th min and no groove emerges, though Bill is playing up a storm still, they space it out again, into echoing falling patterns and off-kilter chromatic tonality. Another fast jazzy thing emerges after a minute or so. It gets hot by 15 and sounds like they might try to head to the MLB idea for a sec, but it doesn’t happen and the mode gets out of control for while. By 17min we’re back in a groove with little fast licks. Even gets a slightly surfy vibe for a sec at 17:45.
Over this groove and up the other side is an overlapping change of tempo with the Dark Star theme and then into the verse at 19 min.
Great, very strong vocals, intimate but also a little scary-warble on the starts of lines 2 and 3. Line two has nice piano outside notes at the starts, it has a nice feel to the fermata. Line three is back in the groove with descending and ascending little bits from Keith and Bobby.
Nicely into the refrain with echoes from Kieth. Bobby is developing on the transition riff a few times before repeating it into an arpeggio. Bill has bells or some hand percussion? They keep the tempo up on a suspended chord, light and under control volume wise, Keith rolling on some rhythmic suspension, it fades out finally at 22:30 into bass weirdness. Keith is playing along, sort of echoing—his playing lately has been really reminding me of echolalia, like he is compulsively playing whatever he hears as he hears it. Some scary volume swelled guitar notes, dark grottoes as we get deeper to a low bass note and something emerging at 24min, Bill is keen to go, Jerry is scratching strings and wah-pedal, Bobby has a chord progression for a second and then back into small eddies of notes and rhythm, little blooms of sounds in major key. Jerry brings out the slide for a bit.
Min 26, Phil is picking up a little into a groove. Jerry plays a bit of the rhythm and then takes off on a run, tries a few things and settles in an arpeggio D major thing heading for the C, but then a wind up for an ending at the end of min 28 and into a big start of a stately Morning Dew.

This is a very spacey version, nobody seems to be committing to much of a groove or even a common downbeat for a greater part of this evening’s presentation. “5 guys in search of a downbeat!” Bill is shredding, but very quietly a lot of the time! There’s almost no repeating phrases at all, everybody is continuously moving away from playing “the theme” or anything like a repetitive groove. Yet somehow they continue playing, endlessly spacing out. (This sort of reminds me of my own experiences of trying to play on acid, but in those cases, mostly people just spaced out until they weren’t playing at all anymore, and I’d look up and be the only one playing some feedback or something!)
I can’t tell if I loved this version or hated it, it’s weird because the spaciness sort of made me unsettled. I recently went back and listened to several versions from 1969, 1972 and even a year previous in ’73, and they are much more “coherent” in musical ways, with the modes used and the themes guiding the improv (like back in the 60s when they even played through the song progression as a high point in the improv jam.) I really liked that, and while the band are better players, the versions of Dark Star are becoming very dissipated. I guess they developed their musical ideas into some advanced state where the song itself is implied, (like bop jazz chord progressions) and they are all playing along with some inner platonic ideal of Dark Star that nobody can actually hear. It allows it go anywhere, of course, ultimate freedom. Though, I’m sort of missing the beauty of the plainly stated theme lately, and the builds to great heights contrasted with the space.

(Second time through 2/24:
They stick with the theme a few times through and settle into a moving groove with a few choice altered notes, it’s very nice and clean. They have the dynamics to be able to play at whatever level, Jerry really takes advantage of this to be very expressive. His playing is beautiful, leading the band out of the groove and mode and back into it very easily, eddying out after a couple minutes, followed by low licks that are echoes by bass and piano. The drums are more subtle than the previous version on NYE, at least they are able to roll out of the way instead of just continuing to chug along, though Bill is keeping a pulse through a lot of the jam here.
Another eddy forms before 5 minutes, rolling on threes, piano and guitars. It takes off half a minute later as Jerry takes it higher, Bob has some interesting background riffs going on, and Jerry cedes it to crying downward bends, and the band takes it lower, drums roll off leaving a low and slow arpeggio for a bit.
They go back to following a slow melody area, Phil is playing mostly low notes these days it seems, utilizing those thick strings. There’s a lot of back and forth with Jerry playing a lick and then piano or bass responding. At 9 minutes it warbles out with a plateau of arpeggios again, dies off, Bobby playing his weird little spastic trills, Jerry entering a sort of Sputnik that slows down over a minute, everything swirling around.
At 10:30 Jerry feints the theme, though in a skewed way, and the band does not really take it to heart, they still swirl around it. Keith actually plays with little chunks of the theme as well, and eddies out on a repeated bit at 12:30, whereafter the band dies out and then waits for Jerry to lead them back, though he ends up going fairly atonal in a slow quiet melodic area at this point. Eventually he goes into fast little runs, and it seems like it may move into a jazzy groove, but it takes its time to get into any sort of rhythm for real, though by 15 minutes, Phil has found a good funky (ping pong) riff and is holding it down. )

175 5/14/74 Missoula, MT: 26:41 – Dave’s Picks 9 

Three months later they’re on tour starting in Nevada and then two days later in Montana and they decide to go for the Dark Star again, coming out of the Weather Report Suite which was grooving along. (Note, the band is headed back west to the PacNW shows where they pull off the amazing 45-minute PitB in Seattle a week later.) They’re in a quick jazzy groove at the end of the Weather Report Suite, it goes into a lull, and Jerry comes up with with Dark Star theme, so the band changes tempo and moves into it for a few bars, and lets it hang. They come back and start a groove, though Jerry is moving in and out of key, Billy still keeping it inside so that it holds together. Keith goes for a wah-pedal for some chords, gets back into some lines, as Jerry and Phil go off onto long floating lines. Bobby starts wandering. Thematic allusions in the 3rd minute, it’s a very spacey vibe again. Jerry appears to be having some fun with his guitar, but it’s not extremely melodic, Billy and Phil sort of fade out. By the 4th minute the song is barely here, though Bill starts plugging away at a groove. It almost comes together but then Jerry takes it into some odd little double stops in a new rhythm. Bobby finds it and tries to go with it, but the rhythm section fades in and out.
Some sort of Sputnik comes in at 7 minutes, a slow fade in and out of arpeggiated chords, landing on one odd one for a while before doing the old sputnik notes, but then going into more double stops. They fall apart, Bobby resorts to harmonics, Keith sort of noodling. Bill is still going, so the guitars end up playing in his tempo, Jerry sounds like he’s in a holding pattern, sort of like the “it’s all the same” thing.
A more dissonant groove develops by the end of the 9th minute, but it doesn’t hold together for long before Phil resorts to long tones and Jerry goes back to a sort-of “PitB” rhythm of his double stops.
At 11:30, it sounds like Dark Star is going to start up out of the mists, but it doesn’t gel for a quite a while, when Jerry finally gets to a melodic variant, it’s pretty slow and takes its time to get to the groove and then the verse.
Decent verse, (last one until September!) almost everybody drops for the fermata after the downbeat of line two, then builds to a continuously moving line three, with movement and riffs from Bob and Phil. The refrain is together, building to the outro and Bobby’s lick twice introducing the new section, which has slow fuzz guitar notes coming in and low bass, rolling drums.
Drums drop out mostly, Bobby dies off to tremolo and it goes into buzzy insect-y guitar notes and string scratching bass. (Somebody yells, “yeah!” from the audience.) Volume swells on the guitar notes, though I hear doubling with the normal guitar note and the fuzz as separate channels (? Or maybe it’s Keith exactly doubling?) Punctuation from drums and bass, noisy. Into atonal scary melodics from Jerry with jazz chords punctuating from Bob, using his pickup switch toggle to tremolo the notes.
At 19 the drums and bass roll around, Jerry is playing wah-rolled-off fast trem notes, moving into the Tiger world, which starts for real with the chromatic runs building to a scream at 20 minutes, with high-frequency feedback from the bass! Atonal denouement with everybody rolling back off, then at 21 minutes, Bill comes in with a beat. It takes a bit before Phil joins in, but they move into a new funky sort of groove. Bob finds a riff. Jerry comes up and takes a relatively mellow tone while Keith plays with his wah pedal. The rhythm section is pretty fast, but the guitars are relatively slow in contrast. After a couple minutes, Jerry gets a little groovy jazziness in there and some cool bends, he keeps going back to that dit dah dit dah ‘it’s all the same’ sort of rhythm and eventually it goes modally sideways out of key for a bit, to some high struck chords building to the one (25:30), they scrape it out while Jerry finds an odd chordal area to focus on, it holds together for a little while, and Jerry starts slowly heading downwards and directly into the beginning of China Doll.

Sort of a spacey version again, lots of little things in a row instead of plugging away at the groove. Not my favorite—though I have listened to the previous one a bit more and it’s growing on me more. Still though, the super spaced-out versions seem like there were not so many ideas coming forth, with lots of referring back to tripping ‘dit dah’s “it’s all the same” rhythm which is sort of a holding pattern ’til an actual idea comes, waiting for that wisp to come through the ear to chase after, and it never really arrives. When Jerry is after some melodic idea and the band continuously work toward it, it’s unparalleled. These last couple Dark Stars are more like stirring a stew where the bits float to the top for just a second and then submerge again into a cloudy morass.

176 6/23/74 Miami, FL: 22:04 (instrumental, DS 17:54 > Spanish Jam 4:10) – excerpt on So Many Roads, complete Dave’s Picks 34 (also AUD)

An all-together intro, and into a relatively fast Dark Star groove that seems to hold together, incredible. Bopping bass lines and modal melodic lead playing, moving sort of toward fast runs and then back again. Bill’s got the sidestick going on, they’re actually jamming out on the groove and it’s sort of normal. It doesn’t really eddy out for a while, they just keep plugging away at it. It even picks up some speed, and then finally at 4 minutes, Bill and Phil drop out and Jerry plays a descending melody. Bob echoes it, Jerry heading to Sputnik-like playing, and into quiet little runs. It enters a very light area, with mostly guitars and piano. When Phil starts to come back in, he’s playing with short phrases that don’t seem to guide it anywhere, and it sort of plateaus, though Bill picks it up with faster sticking in a syncopated rhythm, which Phil starts to pick up on at about 7 min against some arpeggiated licks from Jerry, down then up again.
About 30 seconds later, it starts to go sideways tonally, into a scary atonal section with little swells and ebbs, heading into a tremolo held area, Bill picks up the intensity.
Moving away from here, they start playing with licks that move in and out of key, like an echo with slow modulation. Back to held tremolos at 10 minutes, and the scary wide arpeggio-licks interspersed with atonal melodics while Phil starts up a groove with Bill.
Oddly, in the middle of this, Jerry seizes the opportunity to play the A and then G chords, insinuating that Dark Star is still happening, but it goes back into tremolo and then string noises and weirdness against the drums, and Jerry heads back to a Sputnik-y arpeggio, with the moving top note like a “normal” Sputnik, even.
Twelfth minute is very free jazz, Keith is rolling around on a repeated thing on the Rhodes, Jerry plucking out odd little double stops. Jerry hits the wah pedal for some rolled-off-tone notes and licks.
Phil starts stepping into a bass riff in min 14, Keith is with him in the rhythm, Jerry moving around it for a while, Bobby trilling odd chords, jazzy and odd groove. Phil starts hitting big bass chords, it gets super hot in the 15th minute, Bill swinging it out with a big bass beat. It holds together for a while, Jerry starts some place holder licks, then into chordal accompaniment, with odd shakes from Bobby on warbling notes.
At 17 min, it’s sort of like the climb to a Bright Star but as it reaches the peak, Jerry plays the phrygian progression that brings them into a new tempo and mode, and starts the Spanish Jam.
It takes about a minute to fully transition, and then they’re here in the Spanish Jam, Jerry steps on the fuzz pedal and they go for it. It’s a nice, very strong version of the jam, goes up and down and builds again, big and tough and eventually drops us right smack into US Blues.

Well, that was interesting. Could have been a nice Dark Star if they actually played the song part! Funny that they ran the groove for so long without doing that, especially when most of this year’s versions have been so scattered with short ideas frittering away into space.

176.5 6/28/74 Boston, MA: 3:30 (instrumental after MLB jam)* – Dick’s Picks 12 (also AUD)

Uh, well sure it’s a Dark Star in there. There’s a lot of space action after the Weather Report suite which has some MLB jam in it and, like the June 23 version, this one dumps the band into US Blues at the end.
It starts with atonal slow melodies with sparkling little accompaniment, fading in and out, Jerry with a very delicate wah-back-off tone for several minutes. Some audience yells seem to like it as they move into a more solid chord progression that presages the MLB jam, they slowly move into it and begin to build it up.
Over that long hill, they move into a more jazzy wilderness, and at about 12 minutes in it does sound like the Dark Star mode, though it still is moving around wildly, Jerry playing very chromatically. At 13:50 it sounds a lot like a Dark Star intro area, though the rhythm is quickly brushed away, and Jerry is strumming some chords instead of moving into a theme, and it moves into an e-minor/b-minor area, in that same sort of A-mixo world (D major scale.) They bring this up over the next few minutes, Keith and Jerry playing some raging leads. At 20 min there are some proto-Blues for Allah licks moving in, though then Jerry starts playing with outside notes and eventually the mode splits apart and the band falls apart. Jerry continues, moving into weird sounding fast chromatic runs with either an auto-wah or the wah pedal (?) Bill rolls around the drums, Keith places sparse spikes of chords. Jerry and Bob tremolo out into string scratching and odd noises while Bill fumbles around.
Bill heads to a quick beat, and at 25 minutes we enter Tiger-world, big and strong freakout. People clap, it doesn’t last super long and out the other side, Bill and Phil are in a groove, Keith joins in. This lasts until the start of US Blues.

Dark Star is more like any other “theme jam” at this point, I guess, wherever it arises in that mode. Or else it’s any space jam, maybe. Many versions of the Weather Report or TOO (or whatever) go into a jam that has elements of Dark Star within some Spanish Jam or MLB, which is to say, the things that had been part of Dark Star, like the Tiger freakout or bass bombs or various types of “Space” are happening all over the place outside of being within the song Dark Star. Dark Star has turned itself inside out, egesting its pieces. All of those developments that happened within it have become their own songs (UJB, for example, and its parallel Feelin’ Groovy jam which moved over to the China-Rider transition, the MLB jam is slowing moving around before getting incorporated into Music Never Stopped, even the Sputnik that happens in PitB sometimes) or jams that are part of other songs’ jam sections. I will probably always think of the later “Drums” and “Space” as really being part of the Dark Star milieu.

177 7/25/74 Chicago, IL: 23:59 (instrumental)

No verses here. A slow intro riff into the Dark Star world, Phil almost immediately goes off-piste, though the band manages to hold it mostly together following a sidestick rhythm from Bill, but the runs move up and away pretty quickly, so the groove barely holds together—just barely, but it does, and continues forth. It seems to go outside and then back again a few times, Jerry switching up tempos of his runs, from slow melodicism to fast jazzy licks, though staying in the A-Mixolydian world for quite a while. An eddy forms at 3 minutes on a few notes, the band moves out of it into new depths of the groove, Bill still chugging along.
Jerry moves into low register in the 4th minute for a while, and sounds some blue notes in the scale, the band has some tremulous rhythmic bits, Bill rolls to and fro on the drums, taking the groove somewhere else, by 6 minutes Jerry also finds a new rhythm with some chordal leads.
It sort of dissipates as Jerry runs away and pulls some descending blues picking pattern out of his hat. The band all drops down by 7min and Jerry starts playing with new modal notes. He leads Keith and Bill into a new rhythmic area of endless lines, and then this cedes to a plateau of sputnik-y chordal picking on some F# to G thing. They seem to find a way out of this when Bob hits on a chord pattern, but it doesn’t hold together for long and by 10 minutes is heading back to the two note alternation, though then Jerry steps on the wah pedal and warbles out some notes. Drums go free jazz.
Some call and response after it dies down, from Keith and Bill, electric piano riffs answered by drums. They continue together for a while, a duet. Phil joins in, sort of a jazzy bluesy riff, guitars seem to be picking up on it, with a repeating descending line moving into diminished chord outlines. They’ve moved into an E Minor sort of world and from this emerges a new fast groove at 14:30, Jerry moving on quick lines as the band picks it up and hustles for a while. Sounds a little lick each of them sort of fritters away, and then Jerry is back with quick endless lines, but lower volume, he heads into tremolo’d notes and back to odder lines with a diminished scale, which leads them to a jazz-fusion interlude in min 18. Keith is sounding very Jan Hammer.
Jerry comes out of this with statements of a d minor scale, but back to diminished chord planing and diminished scale runs. They enter a sparse space with extra-tonal arpeggiating for a bit before entering what is labeled the Slipknot jam, when Jerry starts the riff (a-c-e-d, a-c-e-d, e-g-b-a, then the outburst into the diminished chord outlines). Obviously not everybody is exactly onboard with the full expression of this yet, but Jerry seems adamant about practicing it, after a minute, you can hear Keith learning it.
It peters out into soft jazzy chords and ends up heading into Stella Blue.

Not really a bad performance, some interesting stuff. They actually stayed on the Dark Star groove for a while, relative to other recent performances, though it is very disparate. The theme and chord progression are more “implied” (like abstract jazz, where the entire chord progression is implied by substitutions and never plainly stated) but it remains within the Dark Star world for a while. Some new little riffs to play with but nothing seemed to really stick and get hammered out; even the Slipknot was just stated a couple times and then dissipated. Cool to hear it being worked out, to some extent.

178 9/10/74 London, UK: 31:18 – Dick’s Picks 7

They stop to tune and then they begin Dark Star all together, at a stately and slow pace, though it heads into the groove and seems leisurely and sparse, not bogged down. Some nice playing around the mode, some ups and downs, the band sounds pretty together for this jam, little filigree from piano and rhythm guitar offsetting the lead guitar and lead bass (Phil is within his bass duties but off in his own rhythmic world often.) Before the three minute mark, Jerry plays out some fast runs and pokes at the edges of the mode, but they come back and he pauses in an eddy of specific notes that leads to a small wave crest. Out the other side, he starts low and builds it up, the band cranks it out, they’re getting more intense and into it for this wave. Down the other side, Jerry quietly plays some Dark Star theme for a second before running away again. It starts to dissipate.
By 6 min, it’s no longer in the Dark Star groove exactly, Bill is playing away and Phil lets him go, tries to catch him up in a riff like the ping pong riff for a bit, but it leads to single notes and Jerry into a Sputnik in the 7th minute and they pound away at this for a quite a while building it to a weird cadence at 8 minutes or so and out the other side into a more Starry groove, but Bill is still riffing away on the drums and Phil tries to find some riffs to match for a period of time.
At 9:20, Phil hits on a leading tone riff, but instead of leading them to a key area, they go outside for a bit and then Phil and Bill hit it off into a syncopated rhythmic area with Jerry running lines all over, it gets to the jazzy fusion stuff as he starts some chordal lead playing (fourths?) and Keith buzzes around.
Rhythm section continues their groove, it’s solidifying into something. Lead guitar is getting higher and higher, piano is doing quick little runs. They get to a call and response thing between bass and drums.
This continues in jazz rock area with Keith doing some leads, Jerry drops out for a bit in the 12-13th minute. String change? Bobby finds a nice melodic chord thing with some extended notes, heading to tremolo notes.
Jerry comes back in with fast runs again in minute 14, but it all winds down by the end of the minute into longer notes and slower rubato melodies, they start moving into a more chromatic world of abstract melody and whole tone bits, jazz chords planing, little runs in between. Drums mostly drop out, bass is quiet, it’s mostly Jerry and Keith for a bit, landing on major-7 type jazz modes before the 18th minute, though there’s a hint of Dark Star melody right around 17:50. It remains in rubato slow world, Bill starts up a slow beat, Keith switches over to organ! Sounds very slow/quiet blues for a bit here!
And then, just when it seems like Dark Star will never come back, at 19 minutes it slides in a bit and picks up, then off racing away again for a bit, and back to the theme at 20, with a little bounce to it, then on to a more four-square statement of the theme with strong downbeats, rising lines and frittering away into pinch harmonics for a time instead of taking us directly there. It takes its time to get back to a groove and the verse starts at 22:30, line 1, with rising lines from Keith, Bill playing his way right through line 2 instead of the fermata, warbly scary-movie “searchlight”. A nice refrain with some jitter.
Bob does his lick a few times introducing the next section as it fades off, he spaces it out more and more, sticking with it. (Note, recently heard the 11-08-69 version while on the subway, and he plays the lick after the refrain going into the “transitive nightfall” so it definitely has been around a long time, I should have noted that. Now I have to go back and do it all again.)
This next part is labeled Spam Jam on the Dick’s Picks album. Not sure exactly why… It starts with tremolos and wah pedals moving out of harmony into diminished chords and trills. Little creatures are stirring. The beginnings of a Tiger freakout are building. It develops into a frenzy and the tiger’s claws come out! They stay high for a while, and Keith settles back into some groove in it, Phil and Bill pick up on that. They go on with that while Jerry and Bob continue flipping out and it heads over the crest.
On the other side, Phil chooses a few notes and makes them speak with some distortion and feedback, Keith rolls all over the place, Jerry is back in the atonal low-wah-fast-chromatics. Seems like Keith wants to move back into a groove but nobody is coming with him.
It cedes into low warbles from Jerry with Bill coming up and down, Phil on isolated notes until it starts Morning Dew for real.

179 10/18/74 Winterland: 31:58 (jam 7:47 > DS 24:11 or jam 17:40 > Dark Star 17:37 depending on who you ask) —with Ned Lagin – Grateful Dead Movie Soundtrack 

Middle of the five night run (!) filmed for the Grateful Dead Movie. Here the entire second set is jamming, for the most part! It’s 24 minutes of Seastones (Ned and Phil, later Jerry starts toodling away in there), this evolves into a “jam” (called various things, Prelude, Jam, etc. I guess it’s a sectional change when the drums come in and then Phil starts riffing instead of noising, but it is just bass and drums for a while before guitars come back, and piano.) This is similar to various space sections of Dark Stars of the past, then into a jazzy full band jam that goes on for several minutes and then proceeds to Dark Star which heads into the intense Morning Dew.
Dark Star seems to be looming toward the end of the “jam” as Jerry makes some melodic feints to the Dark Star theme, though the tempo is much faster than Dark Star itself would be in this era. He goes into a quiet “it’s all the same” bit right at the (Soundtrack version) track division, then to some 9th chord holding pattern, as Bill rolls around and brings it down, and Jerry starts a line that winds its way toward the Dark Star theme, they seem to get the groove by a minute into the (24’) track.
It’s a very relaxed groove as it moves into this world with nice circling lead lines from Jerry and counter-melodies from both Bob and electric piano (Keith or Ned?). A little melodic up and down eddy at about 2’ in cedes to arpeggios and then the wah tone comes in and warbles it up a bit. Bob seems to be the one extending the mode today, for the most part it’s grooving along in the normal A Mixolydian. Jerry is alternating smooth melodic playing with fast runs, though at 4 minutes he starts doing the slide up to the A that used to go to the straight melody, here it’s a facet of the lead lines, which keep happening. A higher eddy around the bright star intro at 5:40, they crest the wave and bring it down to a light version of the Dark Star groove, interjections of fast little quiet runs take it slightly away again, and at 7 min Jerry does the fanfare lick that he alluded to toward the end of the preceding jam (~8 minutes into it), this time over and over very strongly, then quieter and back to the theme, the band falls in and they go to the verse at 8’.
People clap and yell. Nice vocal melody and guitar doubling, not much fermata on line 2, but very delicate vocals. Less band presence on line three with very small upwards wanderings. A beautiful refrain, and near perfect outro, coming into a still-solid groove for a few bars as it starts to melt only a little, Jerry continues with lead playing, Phil has been holding down a very low end this entire time, he’s in the pocket quite a lot this evening. The melodic nature starts to stretch a little as the intensity ratchets up a bit and they play on the threes of the swung groove. Some counter-lead playing from Bobby at 11’. (On the film, you can see that Jerry walks off stage for a bit, I think he broke a string.) They sound like they are winding up a spring, the eddies are tight and intense, Phil starts climbing to a big downbeat of the A at 12:14, most bright-star-like thing we’ve had in these sections recently, a strong bell tolling on each bar with leads in between, they ratchet the intensity up even further to a sudden change at 13 minutes to a minor modal area with a softer feel. The drums take it down and roll around as the band dissipates by 15 minutes.
We enter a new section with a quiet arpeggio (and secret tuning) and into a slow climbing melody from Jerry (with echoes! Is he using a delay pedal or is it the house sound?) They move into this new e minor modal groove with Phil on a cool little riff and chordal stabs from the piano, A D and em I think. More counter lead playing from Bobby with stretched strings and short melodic bits.
At 20 min Billy starts rolling around the drums again, Phil and Keith stick with him as the guitars fade out for a bit. Bob comes back with odd little licks, and to short tremolos answering Phil’s bass riffing. Jerry comes back in with a run and sounds like he’s bringing it somewhere else. The band allows a lull, low notes under short little runs, rolling drums, fairly quiet, the get sparser and sparser. String scratching starts replacing notes, odd little noises from all the guitars. Bill has a big tom tom sound at this show and he plays them as they fade out, and from underneath, Jerry starts a chord and a run that moves into Morning Dew.

Fantastic version, love the fact that they held it in the Dark Star theme groove so much and where they went with that was great. Nice playing from Bobby countering the leads from Jerry. Phil was really holding it down with the low end and not running all over the place. They mostly stuck with the idea of groove and downbeat, way unlike the version at Winterland from the previous February! A really great end to the era of Dark Star as a set piece highlighting the improvisation arena (though oddly not much ‘space’ in this version, it had all happened during the Seastones and preceding jam.) This is the most together version of the year, and a very strong performance all around, probably my favorite of 1974. (Sad that it drops from the sets now for several years, but good to go out with a strong one.)

In the Youtube clip from GD movie footage, you can see Ned Lagin there between Bill and Jerry, but I can’t hear his playing. It’s cool to see them play it, with actual footage of their hands playing this music. It’s pretty intense to watch up close. Jerry is very adept (duh) at picking with his ring finger and pinky, for example, when doing arpeggiated things, to say nothing of the incredibly fast runs and things.

xxx 1976-10-18 Dark Star tease in Let it Grow.

Well, maybe they dip a toe into Dark Star for 20 seconds, but then out again. That’s it, it moves off to Wharf Rat. Let It Grow cedes to a few minutes of drums, then comes back with a chorus and then moves off. In this part it tries out the em and A chords, sort of quickly. After a few minutes of eddying around and some lead playing, it quiets down a bit, a long descending line brings it to Wharf Rat/Dark Star world, but it’s not exactly a real Star, though Jerry plays some slower Star-like melodies for a second. It pretty quickly becomes Wharf Rat.

180 12/31/78 Winterland: 12:21 (11:21 + 1:00) – Closing of Winterland (also AUD)

FOUR YEARS LATER, we’re back in Winterland. 1535 days since last Dark Star! (Says the banner.) The song is about eleven years old now.
Ok, so big differences in sound: much more compression, for one thing. The drums (back to both dudes) are bigger in the mix, the bass has much more low end.
After the intro, Jerry starts running scales and Phil holds down a low end, dropping to that A all the time, it’s strong on the downbeats. The drummers sort of shuffle along. Keith is on a real piano (compressed.) Jerry’s tone is clean (and compressed.) They move into a nice jam on the groove, following the lead guitar in intensity, it goes up and down.
Jerry does some funny licks outside the mode ~3:30, just to play with it. They keep building, he plays super fast runs in minute 4, Phil still holding it down and very much in the 4/4 thing until he starts with some high stuff in between low notes by 5. Keith is also really holding it inside the Dark Star theme world most of the time, occasional little tinkles, but often a very straight reading!
It just keeps plugging forward. Nice playing, not extremely exploratory. At 6 minutes it starts to let go a bit and drops in intensity, heading to a verse maybe. Jerry gets toward the theme more and more, Bobby has little chip chords. Verse right before 7 minutes, the drummers just play right through line one and into two, a snare roll into line three, just plugs along. Almost no fermata even on the refrain, they just keep playing through it. Donna on harmonies on the refrain! Yikes.
And it rolls right on into the ‘nightfall’. Continuing the low A on the bass, groove from the drums, chips from rhythm guitar. Jerry takes it a bit quietly off, but they keep chugging away. He goes back to fast runs.
At 9:20, the mode starts to falter, Phil starts moving away a bit, but they come back. It backs off into a Sputnik arpeggio from Jerry at 10 minutes, emphasizing the threes, drummers start rolling around more. The melody appears and rolls on, then Phil goes to the E and they start really going for the threes which takes them to The Other One groove for 5 minutes
This builds for a while, gets very intense in the middle of it before landing heavily on the rhythm E chord and the verse. Comin’ around, y’all.
After that one verse of TOO, they drop down and chug away at the 6/8 stuff for a couple minutes, where it peaks into a quiet repeated note that brings them back to a more “Dark Star” mode and they enter it again, Jerry plays the vocal melody in a lilting way, song-form jam! They do line one and two and where they once had taken off on line three, they instead casually enter Wharf Rat.

Yeah, Mickey Hart really ruins everything, doesn’t he? (Sorry.) There’s no subtlety in the drum parts, just continuing along sort-of in time with each other. There’s a lot of decent guitar playing, but for the most part it’s just up and down fast scales, when the band comes along with the intensity of the lead playing it gets good, but it doesn’t really explore much. Phil is really just playing bass these days I guess. Lotta root notes. That does ground it a bunch, but again, not super developmental. I guess the developmental stages of the band are over at this point and the just-keep-playing stages are happening.

181 1/10/79 Uniondale, Nassau Coliseum: 18:28

(though really it goes into “Drums” and “Space” which are part of the whole thing, so it’s really more like 33 minutes. And after this, to Wharf Rat and then St Stephen [-note St Stephen is dropped from the setlist until 3 more times in Oct of 83, then gone].)

A sprightly intro lick into a relatively fast groove. (Lotta clapping here from this audience tape.) They stick with the theme for a few times through and then Jerry starts moving along, the rest of the band stays in the groove, I guess picking it up where they left it off a week and a half ago, just chugging along in the groove, with notable downbeats per four bar sections. Jerry is really jamming around, he keeps building up and down and playing really fast bits over the four-square rhythm section, boom-boom-chack. This goes on for several minutes, it’s nice. Very different that the versions from 5 years previous. Jerry is really playing his heart out going faster and faster in the mode, then stretching it out, getting caught in odd eddies of leading tones and outside arpeggios that resolve to modal notes.
They bring it down a bit at 5 minutes but then a slow build again over the next couple minutes, really nice full band jamming, Bobby gets his weird chords on as Jerry stretches it upwards. Over that hill, people clap and yell, and they continue onwards at a little mellower intensity, though Jerry is still playing really fast often, to a sort-of-Bright Star area at 7:30, leading to a falling riff, which cedes to some low soloing, landing at the theme statement at 8:30 and into the verse at 9:10.
Harsh vocal entrance, ahem. Drums still chugging right through the lines, no pause on line two though a little build at the end into line 3. Remember when they played only hand percussion? Even chugging through the refrain with kick and low toms. Finally a pause into the outro, and then they head off into the Transitive Nightfall, with the groove right back and Jerry moving through intensely fast lead playing.
Electric piano chords hover above the sparse but intense grooving background. Lead guitar is just continuing an endless line, various chordal bursts behind him, Phil and drums just plugging along. Jerry is getting faster if that is even possible, caught in a little whirlpool and taking it up to a high tremolo at 13, they mostly come along for the ride towards a downbeat resolution to the theme, strong band statements, they are coming down on the root hard.
The band lowers its intensity and Phil starts a descending line, Jerry going chromatic. Keith moves back to piano, they are holding some latent freakout down, Jerry quietly moving along very quickly still, though the volume is lower. Bobby starts some more jazzy chords, drums still pounding out the kick on every beat.
A Sputnik area is developing with both guitars toward the 16th minute, arpeggios plateauing the groove, it goes on for a while and dies down a little but they hold the plateau, drums start laying back a little. The plateau of arpeggiated notes continues all the way up to the end of the track, though Jerry goes back to fast quiet runs against it. The drums build up again and they move into duel drum solos. Or drum duet I guess.
Mickey seems to have some sort of hand drum while Bill is playing the trap set. People sound pretty into it.
They move through a build on traps and it goes into hand drums from both of them (I think). Possibly it’s just Mickey? His rhythm sorta sucks. At 6 min into this track, they move back to the trap sets and roll around with a combo of toms and cowbell. People try to clap along. At 7:20 they start a low roll that builds to rolling over the toms, suddenly everybody erupts with cheering, I’m guessing the band is walking back on stage. Rolls and stops, cheering, rolls, now Mickey has moved to a tuned percussion thing like a log drum or something.
Jerry tries to find some notes to work with, and starts playing along. (Track separation here also.)
A few sparse electric piano notes, volume swells from Bobby or possibly an electronic drum? Jerry turns on the auto-wah pedal and wobbles around against tuned percussion rolling and sparse bass notes and such. Jerry still in high gear. Bobby makes some car-horn sounding swells and echoes. Bass is playing string noises and scrapes. A fuzz pedal is engaged, but it’s fairly quiet back there, wah-backed-off with fuzz sort of tone on chromatic riffing, odd high squeals from Bobby. Scraping continues against the running guitar which heads to wah-freakout screams, they build it all up to a head late int he 4th minutes of this track.
It comes down the other side with odd bass notes and screaming sparse atonal guitar bits to another build to tremolos, then suddenly drop off and start Wharf Rat. Nice one!

Really a tour-de-force of lead guitar playing. Quite incredible and amazingly quick playing. I am sort of glad (at the moment) to hear the band back to playing the theme groove fairly cohesively, though I have to say that it’s relatively straight, which is odd for the Dead. Phil still doesn’t seem to want to explore much, he’s mostly just keeping the low end down. Bobby’s playing is good on the chordal melodics, Keith seems to be mostly stuck in just chords, but man Jerry Garcia is ripping it up! Phenomenal. I sort of expected this to be crappy bringing it back in the late 70s, but this was a really good version.

182 1/20/79 Buffalo: 9:16

Last Dark Star with Keith, last one with Wolf guitar.
Ten days later (it’s an every-10-days thing!) they are in Buffalo and from Estimated Prophet jamming comes The Other One. Jerry is still in the mind-boggling speed world, with his now-well used custom-made guitar, which he will be replacing with Tiger later in the year. The shots of him playing in the films show that he really knows Wolf well. The Other One moves into a drum jam which heads from trap sets to hand drums for a good ten minutes, to “Space” for a few minutes, the band joining in with the tuned percussion (Jerry again hits his auto-wah for a second, then he plays up and down tonal melodies in 6/8), bringing it back to the Other One’s second verse, a little low jam for a couple minutes and then off to Dark Star, already hinting at it before the end of The Other One track, though they pause and start with the intro riff.
Immediate clapping in time and they head into the groove. Jerry skips around in the mode, he’s got some sort of octave pedal or something widening his lines. Again, Phil is holding it down, the drums are solid. They keep it mellow for a while, in the groove, while Jerry plays falling arpeggios.
At about 2 minutes into this track, the vibe goes sort of soft jazz. Jerry is jazz-rocking around, quickly, Bobby holding arpeggiated chords, Keith also playing chords and holding them into arpeggios. It takes a while to build this vibe to a theme statement at 3:30, and they fall in and move to the verse at 4’, funny stretch from Jerry on guitar and vocal melody in crash-uh-es. They chug through the line two again without fermata, slight build into line three. Jerry playing funny stuff in the melody double on guitar again. Drums play right through the refrain which seems to add a few beats to it. They finally almost allow a pause in the outro, but don’t really, and it just heads right back into groove with Jerry speeding all over the melodic lead lines as the band chugs onward.
In minute 6, Keith starts heading upwards as Jerry gets caught up in a little whirlpool before continuing in the quick lead lines. Bass and drums are still in foursquare world, though a few chromatic excursions are happening. In the 7th minute, Jerry takes the mode sideways with some whole tone action, then back to quick little atonal runs, the band starts making odd notes happen more. The drums start rolling around more. Keith sounds like he’s just playing chords, they build it up to 8:30 and plateau a bit though the four-beat drums are still there and it sounds like they are just playing through. Keith starts a 6/8 riff which Jerry joins in and they build it up to start Not Fade Away at 9:20 into this Dark Star.

Sort of short but sweet, not the most incredible but fairly good. Drums are getting sort of boring just playing a square beat the whole time—it does really ground the song, but they do it the entire time (even the verse and refrain.) So it’s sort of a heavy Dark Star from the band, while Jerry skitters quickly over the top with fast running lines.

on to the Tiger guitar

183 1981-12-31 Oakland, CA: 14:50

OK, so I was at this show. I remember the surge of excitement when they started playing Dark Star, banner and all stating how many days since the last one. By that point in the show, however, I was pretty tired (and sadly, unenhanced). The first hour of the show was horrible with Joan Baez and all that—she was going out with Mickey Hart during this period. I saw another show they had done with her earlier in the month, it was definitely not my cuppa at the time. Well, even now, I’d say. Plus, this Dark Star happened in set 3 (set 4 if you count Joan’s set) after a great set 2 with PitB and Terrapin Station that I was very caught up in.
The Tiger guitar is used here and throughout the 1980s, though only 2 Dark Stars with it, here and July 1984.
Dark Star is actually teased earlier, right at the end of the PitB jam, sounds like Bobby who plays the intro lick a couple times, then Jerry starts Terrapin Station instead. This heads back to PitB after 14 minutes before “Drums” and “Space”, though there’s still several songs in store before they actually play Dark Star (space goes into TOO, Not Fade Away, GDtRFB and Morning Dew, before some tuning and then some more intro riff teases. I guess they had planned to do it… or somewhat planned? But yeah, the drums/space thing is its own phenomenon at this point, I have to admit.)
They hit the intro riff all together, very tight and with all the parts, and move into the groove. Since Mickey is here, it’s just going to chug forward forever like a hippie drum circle. (I apologize for my Hart-bashing, but seriously. I lived in Santa Cruz at the time, and the hippie drum circle thing was no joke.) Brent on electric piano, grooving out, Jerry keeps with the theme for a bit before slow cascades of notes, then some interplay between piano and lead guitar as it moves forward. At 2 minutes Jerry finds a wide arpeggio and eddies out on it, then finds a lower one. He’s taking his time to go for it. Some bass soloing for a tad interspersed with lead lines, and back to the theme for a touchstone at 3:30, off again as Brent takes the theme groove for a bit. Verse happens almost immediately at 4:30, the drums again just plow through it, slightly pausing in the middle of line 2. Jerry plays a bit with the melody on guitar while singing, Brent plays out the searchlights casting around (and seems to play a wrong modal note in the outro “transitive nightfall” line!).
On to the middle, Jerry starts building a line upwards, over several times and to lead playing, though at a leisurely pace. He backs off at 6:30 (string break or tuning maybe) and it’s just the piano and Bobby for a bit, but he comes back in with more leisurely playing, though he catches the band up in it and they build it in intensity and volume, into a high eddy before 8 minutes. A slow hill, they wander on up and over the other side to a lower eddy, before 9 minutes it’s back in quiet mode, drums go side stick, electric piano goes for the lead playing while the guitars mostly arpeggiate. Sputnik-like, but then into a trill for a bit before more relatively quiet Jerry soloing, getting faster and jazzier.
They start to pick up the pace a bit in minute 10, more swing to it. More eddying out, before Jerry steps on his fuzz pedal at 12 minutes and goes for fast playing, Brent following him. Some Blues-for-Allah type licks in there, turning around and landing on odd notes. By a minute later he’s back to normal tone and bringing it down again, and back to the theme. Band comes along …and they go into the second verse! Mighty.
Verse at 13:50, he’s remembering the words. Drums again move straight through all lines, bass is on roots. They move to the refrain with a strong pace and big drums and the suspensions on the chords. To the outro, they move into a groove again for a few seconds before starting Bertha.
Well! That was something.
Notes: A couple years ago, back about when we started this thread I listened to this, thinking, here’s one I witnessed! —and I hated this version. Now it seems not that bad, I quite like it! It’s not super great, but it holds together (and they actually do both verses!) When I listened back then, I hated the ultra-mellow hippie vibe groove, I don’t mind it as much today. Same with the clean compressed tone that everybody has in the era of big-time shows, I didn’t dig it.. Listening to it now I can’t believe I was there, the band is really good and this Dark Star has some great playing in it.

184 7/13/84 Berkeley: 15:54 (standalone encore)

My best friend in high school played bass in our band, I used to borrow his bass to play in a cover band with older guys who played a lot of Dead. I showed my band’s bassist the songs, he subsequently became a full-on, often-traveling Deadhead for years. He moved to Humboldt, I moved to Santa Cruz. We’d meet sometimes, usually in Berkeley (his sister was managing the UC Theater), unsurprisingly on dates such as July 13, 1984, his 21st birthday.
That said, I have nearly no memory of this concert except the environment of the Greek Theater and the sky.
So it’s the encore here, with a shooting star going overhead at the time. They start with the intro lick, fumbling into it a bit, into a relatively quick-paced groove. Phil is actually playing lead bass again instead of just holding down the roots, the jam has a lot of off-beat interplay but lands on the one often.
Verse almost immediately, at 1:20. Sort of haggard vocals, drums chugging the four-square beat right through it all. Nice descending piano lick on line three. A slight pause punctuated by tom toms for the refrain, and the outro moving directly back into more groove jamming as if it never stopped. Jerry hits the fuzz for a bit, though the lines are making arches over the continuous accompaniment. Good playing in general, Jerry ends up finding some feedback tones for a minute, the band keeps going, he goes back to lead playing, heading toward very plaintive stretches at 4:30, when they come down from this area, it starts to move toward a lower intensity, lots of electric piano runs, they band takes it down a bit.
It’s sort of a new area, Phil is more on syncopated lower tones, the band in general gets a bit sparser before beginning a new climb over a small hill and back to the theme at 7:30, they stretch it apart and play with the song, Phil maneuvers some heavy downbeats for a couple lines as if it were a song-form section, but it wanders away.
They bring it to a plateau at the end of minute 8 and up into a higher intensity jam area for a while, Jerry playing high Bright Star-like licks. Coming down the other side, back to the theme proper, they might have headed to the verse there at 10 minutes but Jerry steps into a low Sputnik and they continue forward.
They continue in the jam chugging away endlessly. Jerry heads back to a higher octave version of the theme at 12’, then they hold it there for a bit, Brent playing some planing chords against it, like a new chord progression. The theme holds but the band comes down a bit and the second verse happens at 13:20.
Phil is on a riff throughout the lines, Brent is mirroring the melody. Drums pound through the refrain, endlessly. The outro riff is started by Phil, the others join in and it ends with a coda of holding little licks and notes warbling around. Jerry turns his fuzz back on to stretch it out at the end with some fast little runs and tremolos, the drums finally turn to cymbals and the guitars extend a feedback note.

To me this is still an odd version, very straight in a lot of ways, endless (but quite good!) jamming on the groove and that’s about it. Ah, for my complaining about the spaciness of the early 1974 versions, this is what I get I guess. It was a great way to end the concert, of course, and nice to hear the song for the only time in the mid-1980s. I guess they weren’t really gonna take it out into space for the encore, despite the space background projections.

185 10/9/89 Hampton: 19:23 – Formerly the Warlocks

(Wolf guitar again. I saw a show in CA a week prior to this one, no more Dark Stars for me. I mostly liked the drums and space parts at the show, hated most of the rest of it. )

Sort of a messy intro, so many people cheering on the audience tape, for quite a while. They move into a leisurely groove, Jerry starts a lilting lead and Brent comes in on a key cascade into it. Thy hit the verse almost immediately at a minute in.
Of course, the band is pretty square over the verse, no fermatas, only slight upward wandering from the bass. Jerry sounds pretty raspy. He’s old these days.
Into the middle, more up and down leisure leads form Jerry, swingin’ it. He finds a couple little eddies, the piano-synth thing is tinkling around. Bill starts chasing them a bit after a few minutes. Jerry switches his tone up by 4 minutes, they get into a more jazzy area. At 4:40 or so, he has his midi-follower on and goes through some tones, first one with a long reverby sparkle and then a pseudo-marimba. Wow that sounds very odd. Guitar is starting to sound like a lot of weird midi instruments, bassoon, etc. Bob has some effects like an octave up thing fuzz or something. He stays on bassoon for a while, and starts to go outside the mode. Drums attempt to follow in waves. The lead strays to a new tonal area and organ comes in, the drums and bass start rolling on a groove for a minute. The guitar sound starts changing tone again, more synthy. Also sounds like Mickey has some awful clap and electronic tom samples from an e-drum. They bring it up to a crest right after 8 minutes. Dow the other side, we rest in a valley with scary synth chords falling against tuned percussion swells. The guitar at least sounds more guitar-like for a while, he’s still playing lead and brings it back to the Dark Star groove by 10 minutes. Second verse? They stay at it for a bit and second verse at 10:40. All right!
Band is chugging their way through the verse again, with some upward wandering again on line 3. Drums play into the refrain, finally allowing a space if only for a second.
The refrain outro plays out into a descending bassline and back to scary synth sounds, now with stabs from Bobby, it goes full on monster movie for a bit, then he switches to a brass sound while the drums start with their weird stuff, and keys go wild. Fuzzy doubled tone on the low lead guitar sounds like he may go to Tiger world, but he takes it high in to a solo stretchy wailing section with feedback and big pull offs. The piano goes wile behind, Bobby clips away. At 14 minutes more feedback is coming in from bass maybe, the fuzzy lead is tigering out. Guitars, piano strings and garage door springs being slid around on with lots of feeding back guitars. Odd triggered echo sounds come over. The bass starts a scary descent. The lead guitar has changed to a reverby trumpet now and seems to be playing jazz form the back of a hall against the sliding tones and feedback, piano madness.
The lead changes to a flute organ sound, drums start up an attempt at something for a second at 17 min, settling into a bongo rhythm. Strikes on piano strings and bass, stretchy guitars. It fades off, bongos back in again, other hand percussion being swatted at, bell trees and goat toenails on a string. Piano strike effected through some massive spectral sweep, guitars still background noise, they fade and allow the drummers to move into their own rolling groove.
New track, Drums, they roll against a drone, grooving on big toms. Suddenly a minute in, a hugh electronic noise sound with echoes, it happens a few times before they bring it down to smaller sounds.
They build it back to a groove, rolling along, both drummers, then it sounds more like only Bill after a few minutes, working out his rhythmic frustrations before Mickey comes back in with talking drums and some electronic drum hits or board echo playing in the large space (I’m listening to a matrix, I believe.) They hold a steady groove here for a while. The track is 9 minutes. Bill fades in and out a few times, the talking drum gets fed into the echo unit and then some spectral sweeps start messing with it in the 7th minutes, very weird. Fading in and out, the drummers play with the echoes. It gets even more weird as more musicians start to come in with feedbacky weird sounds.
New track, Space, guitars come back, Jerry with midi-triggered sounds again. Bobby making chordal noises. Talking drum with echo continues. The audience is again yelling about it all. The guitar sound is a weird hollow tube percussion thing for a bit, then he switches it up to a more jazzy snap bass sound with echoes taking off from it. (Board maybe?) Also (electronic) tuned percussion happening, and dumb e-drum claps and whips. Hard to tell if the actual bass is coming it, Bobby has a modulating echo on his guitar stabs. Guitar goes more like fuzz guitar in the background, huge synthy sweeps take over in minute 4 into this, and then to flutey sounds. Lead guitar in and out in little riffs. When the waves crests, there are more spooky synth sounds underneath lurking. From this emerges a more guitar-sounding guitar occasionally, and back to the low fuzz.
This last noise segues to Death Don’t Have No Mercy. Nice!
Good version, all told, (Here I’m considering the whole sequence through Space!) though I have to say, both then and now, I don’t like the dumb midi-triggered sounds much. The idea is good, the implementation of classic orchestral synth sounds sounds cheesy to me. Did then, still does. But it did allow Jerry to continue exploring. And Mickey, as well.

186 10/16/89 East Rutherford: 16:59 (11:36 + 5:23) – Nightfall of Diamonds

This is good sequence, Dark Star starts off the second set and moves into PitB (which encloses UJB) before heading to Drums and Space, though comes out of them to I Will Take You Home and I Need a Miracle before coming back to Dark Star, moving into Attics of my Life and then back to a PitB reprise. Wow! Nesting dolls. In some ways I still think of both the drums and space sections as egested sections of Dark Star, you know.
They futz around for a while before actually starting the riff and moving into the groove. Audience cheers massively. Jerry hits the start note of the vocal melody and takes it away, the band follows in bits with a blooping around rhythm section, lead guitar plays shorter phrases with echoes from both echo units and from the keys. Sounds like a diffusion on the echo signal. Drums sort of plug away, Phil bobs up and down. They’re mostly keeping in time with the echoes. Sparkly digital FM keyboard sounds doubling the guitar midi now. Bobby’s got some weird filter/wah thing.
Melody at 4:50, guitar with its midi follower sounds. Some dumb licks from Bob and Brent at 5 min, Jerry gets down with some more echo weirdness in fits and spurts and back to more guitar-like melody, verse comes in at 6 min.
Wow, Jerry sounds pretty aged at this point, raspy on the higher notes, sort of deep on the low notes.
They sort of give way for a fermata at the end of the verse into the refrain. Crowd yells and they make it through the outro into yet more medium tempo drums and bass while Jerry and Brent doodle the higher registers. The guitar is more guitar like, though there’s still a lot of echo on it. He starts to add some more midi sounds by 8 or so minutes, oboe and then some percussion, it all goes a bit sideways about 10 minutes in. Atonal chords, weirding out echo midi stuff. Odd keyboard chords. They move into fast chromatics at 11 min, it holds in the fast freneticism for a while, then gives out at 12 and they move into Playing in the Band.

Later in the set, after I Need a Miracle peters out, Jerry picks up the Dark Star thread again, with a sparkly midi-follower, though he heads off to a more distorted tone for a few seconds, then back to the guitar with midi-follower, Dark Star melodics by a minute into this section. Bobby goes for some distorted tones, while Jerry plays with the sparkle-follower. Are we getting another verse? They play around for a while while we wait, chasing their tails. Verse 2 at 3:40 into this section, almost a fermata on line 2, but not everybody goes with it. They finally allow a rest at the end of the verse into the refrain. They go through the outro and back for a second into a groove that peters out almost immediately into applause, and they begin Attics of My Life.

The midi-sparkle is tough to listen to.

187 10/26/89 Miami: 27:59 – 30 Trips

They start with the riff and settle into a relaxed Dark Star groove. The drums are panned in the system as usual and it really brings out the flams. Jerry heads off with mid-tempo noodles against cascades from the keys. Phil is sort of digging into the down beats, keeping a pretty root-centric bass going on. Verse almost immediately at 2 minutes in. Lines are punctuated by key cascades, Jerry sounds pinched and ragged. They head to the refrain and allow a fermata. Keys cover the melody lines and they build the outro riff into the next section start, with rhythm section back chugging along.
Jerry adds a midi-follower sound that adds sparkly reverb to his guitar. Keys are still doing falling arpeggios and cascades between things, Jerry eddies out for a bit and gets into some melodic tidbits that he needs to explore. At 5min, he’s in fast modal runs world, punctuated by pull offs. The band sounds like they are moving into a new groove as Jerry plays a sputnik at 5:44, just for a bit.
FM bells strike at 6 min. Oh, early digital keyboards. Jerry winds around things. At 6:50, they bring it to a standstill, Jerry adds a midi voice of an oboe or something, and begins his journey stepping through presets for a doubling voice. Bobby starts some stabs, the drums and bass are doing wilder things, exploring a bit.
At 8min, we get bass alone on some strong notes, Jerry with a flute sound, the drums start to come back in, they build it a bit, keys still doing falling figures, Bobby still with stabbed odd (and very compressed) chords.
A minute later they almost have normal sounds again, guitar and (very bright) electric piano. Jerry starts weaving a series of figures, the band leave some more space for the eddies. Brent starts playing with his pitch bend on the keyboard, Bobby find some little riffs. At 10:45, Jerry steps through to an odd echoey percussive preset for a bit and then wanes to more tonal sparkly sounds, they start to go off the rails, mode-wise.
Now Mickey has a tuned percussion thing but instead of ceding to a drums/space thing yet, they almost bring it back to a Dark Star -style groove, though with some odd sounds still on the guitar.
Back to a mellow groove in the 12th minute, relaxed soloing, though the mbira or whatever is still going and Brent is still playing with his pitch bender. Mickey starts playing something with a lot of reverb, maybe a garage door spring. The band heads back to the pre-verse groove for a while.
Verse 2 at 14 minutes. Jerry still sounding raspy and ragged and almost silent by “Shall we go”. A long tail to the first line of the refrain with ritard on drums. Second line elicits the outro lines in a shambles, and the band heads to spaciness! Outside modalities, odd sounds, atonal wandering, arhythmic. Some small feedbacks, distorted tones, atonal choral things from Bob. The piano starts crashing around, Jerry plays a fake bass patch for a bit, weird digital trumpet tones playing odd licks. Crashing wild piano bits in between. Back to a flutey sound. Keys go into a synthy pulse and then sweeps. An eddy occurs in minute 18, I think Bill has stepped offstage to pee, Mickey is playing a tuned percussion thing. Bobby finds an arpeggio to stick to for a bit in between chords, Jerry goes for FM-string sounds, stepping through presets still off to something else.
Brent starts his pulse chords again, maybe that’s a built-in patch also. They bring up a slow set of half-tones against a lot of digital noises from keys and now drums. Arhythmic stabs from people. Stupid syndrum sounds and more digital noise from drum pads. Keys and guitars respond with atonal sounds and stabs. Bigger piles of noise start to happen, more freneticism.
23:30 a midi trombone starts making notes loudly against a sea of syndrums and scraped keys, chromatic bass. Big sweeps follow, and giant orchestral stabs. Noise bursts. It tails off in the next minute, keyboard filigree with quieter bursts from percussion and guitars. Mickey back at his percussion thing. The guitars all are quiet and relatively atonal. Cascades from keys and percussion and more noise burst lead this track into “Drums” as if that were a separate thing (?)
I sort of feel like the drums/space coming out of this jam are essentially part of it. The drums have wide stereo weirdness tremoloing and echoing with odd noises speeding up and down. Very weird. Drumming emerges, but cedes to the odd pulse from a mic’ed and treated percussion instrument of some sort. Drumming finds a pulse and starts the kick and then comes in for drum solo from Bill with Mickey playing bells and shakers. It’s a pretty mellow drum area, but nice. Mickey picks up a talking drum, it’s mic signal is still panning about in the stereo field. Sounds like they both go for hand percussion after a while, it’s a little tripped out by the effects, but fairly solid while being slightly mellow. They roll around and roll it on, on the big toms or kettle drums or whatever they have these days. Distortion comes in on one of the rolling toms at about 8:30 into this track, as if that were normal. They give way to clicking edges of drums, and a low drone comes in and this track give way to “Space”.
Key pad sounds come in, and Jerry is back with his midi-guitar business. The lick he plays at :40 in sounds like a Dark Star lick! The guitars have odd tone, but they are playing like guitars mostly. Low drone comes back in. They play around with some modal chord shapes and slow melodic lines. At 3min in Jerry is back to fluting it up. It’s mostly just the guitars with the flute sound and then and oboe sound, Bobby on pinched chords looking for some high feedback, and that drone in this space.
At 5 min, they start playing with two chords, but it doesn’t last long, and then the thing all sort of fritters away as the bass comes in with walking lines. This gives way to a Jerry wind-up lick and then he heads into a mellow tonal lead area that eventually The Wheel.

Well, I guess it’s a lot of weirdness for a big arena in the latter 80s, and that’s cool. Long! But man, those midi-tracked synth sounds are awful. Even the DX7 or whatever Brent is playing is awful. Yuck, the 80s really sucked ass tone-wise, for everybody: guitars with over-abundant rack gear, FM-synthesis keyboards, syndrums. I don’t blame Garcia for having fun doing a pitch-follower and having it play bad synth tones, but the just-stepping-through-preset-sounds thing is irritating. If he actually spent the time to develop some sounds that were decent and used them in different places rather than just clicking through bad orchestral models, it might have been better. Though the quality of the timbres is still pretty bad during this period.
Jerry’s singing is really ragged. He barely makes notes above the rasp.
In this sequence, I do feel like the drums and space sections were a literal outcome of the Dark Star improv, they really stretched out the odd jam here to over a half an hour! (Plus, to add an argument to this end, on 3/29/90, the same sequence happens, with a few minutes of actual Dark Star between the end of “Space” and the beginning of “The Wheel”.)
As one of my friends said, “So cool that they do Space and Drums so you can make to the bathroom and back at a big show!”.

moving to the Rosebud guitar

188 12/31/89 Oakland: 15:05

Jerry is on the “Rosebud” guitar now. The ending of Victim or the Crime has some arhythmic noodles with a midi-trumpet sound and big crashing cymbals and toms, held pitch-bended keys. Bob starts a little Dark Star intro and then they actually do it, and drop into the groove, though it’s sort of dissipated, the drums are slow. Guitar back to almost being a guitar sound, and Phil actually bubbling around more, the groove funks up a bit after a minute. Brent is still on the cascading riffs. Jerry is mellow on his leads, Bobby has a very distant sounds compressed guitar tone.
At a couple minutes in, Jerry steps on the suck pedal and the guitar starts sounding like a trombone, but just for a second, and back to more guitar-sounding guitar. They wander around in the Dark Star mode world, and into the pre-verse theme area. But then Jerry steps on the pedal again and becomes a jazz flute and then there’s more digital keyboard sounds in there and Jerry is playing guitar. Maybe Bob has the midi-pitch-follower today? Or is there someone else playing.
Halfway into the track, Jerry starts some fast runs, the band just mellowly chugs along. They continue. A lull and then they dig back into the pre-verse
Verse at (unknown, no time readouts on the new player. Maybe 7 minutes?) Jerry is small sounding, but has most of the notes. Bass holds it together through the verse, the drums are light. To the refrain, they jumble it all up, but get it together for the ending into the outro. After the riff, back to a groove, though it starts to ebb a little. Keys arpeggiate downwards, some digital noises start in the background, big swirly reverby things. The track switches to “Spacey Jam” at 9:13 as things get atonal.
The pulse falls apart, the pitch follower has a ghost voice sound. Bass keeps low mostly, they start to get a bit more frenetic and atonal and build up to a peak. Everybody is making weird noises. The piano goes to free jazz all-over-the-place bits, Bobby has a very pinched distorto sound, and then Jerry goes for distortion also and gets wild. They build to a high wild place int he middle of this track and then let is cede to little picking and odd riffs at a lower level, though Brent still has some bits all over the keys. Distorted guitars play with feedback. Dumb-ass FM bells comes in. Jerry switches to an oboe tone, the drums start building up a rhythmic pulse. The instruments make noisy phrases while the drums continue and then 5:30 into this track, they give it over to the drummers, who continue a groove with bass and some odd percussion. Piano is warbling around for a second, then it’s all drums and percussion.
Somebody is singing or yelling into a mic that is pitch-shifted in the drum world. They roll onwards through some hand percussion and then back to tom toms, rolling on. Bells still in the mix. Mickey strikes up the triggered digital drum sounds occasionally, they roll it onwards taking this track past 10 minutes long.
Some odd distorted sounds come in from a vocal mic with some ring-mod treatment again. Rolling on big drums, hand percussion. Audience says, “whooo!”
Toward the end some pitch-bends on some echoed instrument come in, leading to the “Space” track.
A note from guitar with the percussion underneath leads the percussion to a sparser area while some pitched instruments make isolated little runs with echoes. And then the preset switch goes to a sax-sound for the guitar. Reverby noises take over the back, synthetic keyboard-ish sounds plinkle around. I think it’s both guitars with pitch-followers playing awful FM synths. Some syndrum hits.
Halfway through, a low drone starts. A guitar emerges under it, with distortion but at a low volume, playing runs and arpeggios in a major key area. Another instrument is sounding like an electric piano playing sparse notes. I can’t tell who’s playing what, but there are occasional sounds that appear to guitars, though most of the time it’s synthetic voices. Then some low distorted rock riffing by itself followed by odd synth bell-bloops and low notes, some loud “bells” and then Jerry starts the riff into Dr Mr Fantasy. Yikes.

Well, ok Dark Star is 9 minutes of this, and it leads to the drums/space biz. The drums segment is decent, but space is filled with those awful synthetic timbres. These last few have been pretty tough to get through because of that, it’s not the sort of timbral world I want to devote my listening time to! I like electric guitars, you know. That 1980s FM-synth biz was all started by John Chowning at Stanford, it really invaded the whole sonic palette of the 80s—even Miles Davis’ band had a DX7.

189 3/29/90 Nassau: 21:05 (18.18 + 2:47) (with Branford Marsalis) – Wake Up To Find Out

Bobby starts the lick, people join in on the second round and they drop into the song. Yup, saxophone is in there as they play the theme, he’s riffing. It makes the lounge vibe, keys go with soft electric piano sound. Jerry finally comes in with the post-Prophet auto-wah for a minute, then back to regular guitar sound and rising scales. A nice little eddy with keys and guitar by 2 minutes, then keys start going outside a bit. Bobby’s got a super compressed tone so he really sticks in the mix. I think Jerry is switching to midi-controlled sounds off and on between long guitar runs? There’s a lot in this mix. Phil is staying pretty low, and plays with low note resonances. Keys and drums go on a workout in the 4th minute, and then Brent goes with sax for a bit. They’re all pretty rife with energy and ideas here, it’s kinda cool. They bring it up and land at 5:30 on the theme again. Verse at 5:50, Jerry sounds relatively good, though still raspy. The drums play through the lines, no fermata on line 2. Nobody really moving much on filigree except sax. Finally a long fermata and flubby entrance on the refrain. Bobby is hopped up moving into the outro, then he cools off.
It drops a bit and Jerry and Branford go all jazz mode, so Bobby plays with weird chords and whammy bar. It descends into atonality and short bursts and phrases. Rhythm falls apart, but the drummers start going wild on rolls and everybody makes sound, rolling into sustained atonal chords and fills, for a while! It even gets more frenetic in the 9th minutes, whirlybird keys and tremoloed guitars. Drums pushing it forwards into complete chaos, they hold it in the chaotic loud swirl for a long time, Jerry goes distorto. It finally ebbs at 11 minutes, though drums are holding an odd beat going on down low. They maintain the atonality and sound-making. Phil comes in with a walking bass for a sec, Bobby comes along, it almost takes and the drums start a swing. Oh no, Jerry is in on midi flute at 12 minutes. It’s hectic jazz flute and sax with digital piano, yay. A minute later the swing goes ragtime for a bit, then starts to go off the rails and the drums fade it a bit.
At 14 minutes they get very low, Jerry is sorta cool swing jazz, they keep working on descending patterns.
Some piano flourishes and then somebody is triggering random percussion sounds. In the 15th minute somebody has a horrid bright trumpet synth sound, maybe Bobby? Now Jerry goes back to midi-marimba and bassoon, it’s pretty frightening as a soundscape, super bright digital barroom piano and all. They settle into a horn piece with midi bassoon and sax, eventually finding some rhythms and then bringing it down before it cedes to “Drums” at 18:20
Drums is 10 minutes itself, with big drums for a while, a pulse eventually finding its way in while the filtered echoes and weirdness on the sound start. They build the bass up a lot on the tympani, resonating. The echoes come in and out, the crowd gets moved by the low end, they cheer. They drop the level, keeping the roll going on til 4 minutes in, then breaks on a hand drum of some sort, punctuated by low tympani, which distorts the system.
Garage door spring at 5 minutes, with echo. (This was my favorite part of the one show I saw in latter ’89.) Odd little sounds in pulsed phrases. Severe flanging on the signal at 6:30. More weirdness with scrapes and echoes. The sound system seems like it’s just filled with flanged echoes and distant signal panning around, at a low volume. The bass resonance is looming, the flanged thing is still coming around off and on. Super trippy stuff, man! It fades in and out for a couple minutes before the Space track starts. People cheer at 10 minutes and the sound starts to come back with a synth tuned-percussion sound coming in.
Space has guitars, making low feedback and midi-controlled short riffs of synthy sounds. There’s an echoed thing in the background, the flanged drum thing still flies in and out off and on. A marimba starts plunking away. The flanged drum gets bigger. A distorto-sax-guitar and then a real sax come in, Bobby starts wringing his chords into submission, it’s all non-tonal still, short bits from different sounds. Sounds like a bell ringing from somewhere, guitar maybe? Everybody else fades down after a while and the bell keeps tolling, then it goes slightly awry. Keys tinkle. Sax sings around, things fade in and out, then extreme volume swells of the flanged echo thing again,. Bobby comes back in with evil little chords and then holds while the other things fly around. Phil is back plucking his bass for a sec, more midi-controlled guitar sounds and then finally a real guitar sound for a second and it fades out into band and Jerry picks up a little Dark Star lead which eventually leads them back though the flanged drums still threatens to blow reality away.
And 8 minutes later we’re back, another 3 minutes of Dark Star groove. Verse 2 at 1:50 into this track, adequately performed, Jerry sounds even better on this verse. They play it through and hit the refrain strongly, up and down each line, sung very nicely by Jerry alone, to the outro. They land on the A as if going to continue the groove but it falls apart nearly instantly and then they slowly pick the threads up to start The Wheel.

Well. That’s a lot of sounds. That drum flanged echo thing really blows away the reality of the arena and eventually brings it back, that was cool.

190 7/12/90 Washington, D.C.: 24:55 – View From The Vault II

Sort of a peppy intro, takes a bit to settle back into the groove, rolling keys tinkling lead Jerry in and he mostly keeps it to guitar type tone, though Bobby has a distortion sound he’s playing with, highly compressed. Jerry plays a nice lead and they head over the first crest by 2 minutes, into an area where the midi is preparing, sort of spacey reverbs, he comes back in with pan flutey sounds for a bit and they move into some chromatic chords and jazzy syncopations. Nice playing. Jamming gets more intense in short waves. Nice modal exploration as it rolls along. More jazz chording from Brent at 4:30, they move slightly sideways modally, though Phil is sort of grooving it on a root with the drums.
Moving into a continuous forward moving groove, bringing it slowly higher and louder over several minutes, they are in good form here, Jerry brings it back down to the A at 7 minutes, and the theme in variation, verse at 7:23, he sounds less top-end raspy, but the low end has a tear. They roll through the lines, but with a big downbeat on line three and no e minor, but with cool rising bell tones through it.
The make it through the refrain and in to the outro, to the next jam.
It starts as a normal groove, continuing from before. It starts to dissipate a bit in the 9th minute, but makes it back. Some weird mellotron like voice sounds come in during some little runs from Jerry. They back it off a bit then bring it back up and over a little hill, where Jerry goes for Midi Trumpet. Bob has some heavy distortion, aping it. Trumpet solo continues, changing timbres a couple times to other brass, then back to guitar and into heavily chromatic odd runs, moving atonally. Bob is squawking away. Phil starts a faster walking style bass thing while the drums fade out to use odd samples occasionally. Then it builds frenetically in minute 13 to arhythmic jumbles, when this fades, it’s a muted brass sound then to distortion, it remains frenetic, wild keyboard sweeps and hits, pounding drums, atonal guitars. Sustained until 16:40, with ups and downs, ceding to wild distorted guitar lead lines and then stretches from Bob, they finally bring it down and slower, and Jerry picks up the Dark Star theme, but moves to alternate harmonies a couple times before they settle into the groove again.
Verse 2 at 18 minutes, sort of surprisingly, voice is as before, but the verse is played lighter so it sounds more fitting. A little climbing funky thing from the bass on the lines. They, play the refrain all together, with tinkly keys. Outro and as with verse 1, back into the Dark Star groove. I was gonna say that if they had already played verse, I might agree that the following Drums and Space could stand on their own and not be part of it, but they are clearly moving forward with Dark Star into the groove.
It’s got interesting bendy lead stuff from Jerry, sometimes with country blue notes. He goes into a fairly mellow set of sixths melodically before playing more lead snippets, though it starts to fall apart rhythmically by minutes 22, and fades to just held notes. Phil tries to spur a 6/8 sort of rhythm, drums come rolling up underneath. It never gets far, though Jerry does some sputnik-y picking. They keep with it, the drums come back and fade out, bringing the intensity up and down, it fades to drums and occasional wah-guitar, then only drums.
Drums: They play a rolling rhythm together for a while, moving into the echoes and then resonance buildup, it’s pretty exciting. When it comes down in volumes it gets very cinematic with low tuned springs being bowed, a fifth apart. At the end it builds with rolling on the reverbed springs and adds goat toenails rattling and moves into the track Space.
This starts with a low drone and then some atonal guitar wanderings. Everybody starts contributing odd sounds, including buzzy sliding synths and distorted guitars and phase woops. There’s wild fast panning of sounds in the mix. Bass comes in with some pithy comments. This starts a little warbly conversation. It all sounds like an alien dinner party. The pan modulating thing gets so fast it starts sounding like a ray gun. Atonal lines in different abstract timbres, blurring the line of agency: is that the guitar? Eventually Jerry seems to settle on an oboe like sound and goes for odd arpeggios. I guess in higher registers it’s more like soprano sax timbre. This goes on for a while. Then they start to play with the echoes by 10 minutes and it gets lighter for a bit. It’s a slow build to the end, staying abstract, but they move into All Along the Watchtower to get out of it.

The band sounds good here, I think, they are all playing relatively interesting things and doing it well. (Though is was the last one with Brent…)

191 9/20/90 MSG, NYC: 27:12 (12:01 + 15:11) – Road Trips Vol.2 No.1

Continuing the series of hot band jams, they are coming from China/Rider/WomenAreSmarter/Drums/Space to the start of Dark Star. Which goes into PitB and back to Dark Star!
Here, the Drums track is really moving up top as a continuation of the Women Are Smarter beat for a while, then they go for drum soloing. Second half gets electronic and echoey. And melodic. And echoey. It’s long, 15 minutes of pee break for the guitars. Actually, bass comes back in when it starts to get weird on the garage door springs. The track switches to Space when whale voices come in. But fairly quickly it goes midi orchestra Sea of Holes. Then to jazziness and back and forth. I hear strains calling for Dark Star about a third of the way in already, but it spaces out with generally arhythmic swells, that all lead toward Dark Star. Phil tries to pull some rhythms into a 12/8 and they end up big waves. They sort of play with the Dark Star intro riff and then finally begin it together, big cheers.
Dropping into the groove, this recording is hi-def, lotsa range on bass and guitar. It seems, well, groovy. Sort of comforting and benign. Bob has a background low-vol high-compression “Cali” distortion tone, Jerry has the straighter tone, but keys are doing both. They drive on it. For minutes. Oh, there are two keyboardists… I get it. It’s Bruce Hornsby and Vince Welnik. This is moving into a phenomenal jam that finally lets go to the Dark Star world again at around halfway and Verse 1 happens.
Jerry chokes out on the first sung note, but holds it together as the band is keeping it steady to hold him up and then they switch it up to the e minor on the third line now. The refrain comes in shambolically, every which way.
The outro melody goes into Phil riffing, Jerry comes in with leads, he and Bob trade a bit, cool. Keys are overbearing and very 90s.
They move into a rolling groove, though, until a sudden switch to midi bassoons and crap. Everything goes sideways. Into a holding pattern groove with odd chords, when guitar emerges it’s still moving between sounds, and moving atonally. He goes into fast little runs. Everything breaks down, short phrases, cries. A flute sound. Then they begin Playing in the Band, sounds like a Mellotron holding chords behind? It halfheartedly limps toward the song after a little jam and finally gets there, amazing.
But no verse here, it goes through changes and to the chorus! It’s the end of PitB, from some unknown beginning of the song? The previous night? Anyway they come down from that trip and space out and then find their way back to Dark Star. Though it goes into weird jam first. Bass riffing with long key chords and then spacing out before dropping right back into the groove y’all.
They even go through a song-form improv! Dropping to the e minor on line 2 as used to be normal. The line three exploring goes on and on. Bob insists on the chords after a while and verse 2 happens.
Jerry sounds, well, better, in that he holds the notes on both guitar and voice. And he remembers the words. They groove til the last moment and let the refrain happen, which goes into more Dark Star riffing, though keys go south a bit.
Bass goes wild, drums follow. Keys are trying, and the bassoon-thing, but they sort of suck in this tonally. It goes into the movie theatre. My dog is leaving the room, I mean really. She’s left. Atonal skronk goes on, building to who knows what climax which erupts all over the keys and finally takes the tempo down.
Drums catch a beat for a sec, but everyone walks all over, guitar-as-synth is going all over the place. It’s all very cinematic. They build it up, lots of abstract tone getting intense. Drums build it up into a pulsed duh-dat duh-dat and it goes completely atonal. When it moves down the bassoon is back mocking the guitar.
Dog came back in, I guess it’s ok. Lower intensity but still atonal. This has got to be a trip for the MSG crowd, seriously. They bring it down and it’s back to guitar sounds as if the band were right there this whole time, no way!
They cruise around in a sort of minor mode until finally going with Throwing Stones (into Touch of Grey and short Lovelight.)

It’s a pretty cool Dark Star, all told. I like the straying into PitB, that was weird.
Sort of similar to the last one, this time Dark Star encompasses the Drums and Space tracks and then again moves into Throwing Stones (and Not Fade Away to end the show).

192 10/20/90 Berlin: 17:44 (13:06 + 4:38)

(I don’t seem to see times on the player…so no accurate time points.)
A month later in Germany, this one encompasses the Drums and Space tracks and comes back to Dark Star. A slow feint and then they begin the intro riff and drop into the groove. People cheer. Jerry start out relatively slowly on a lead while the keys play the riff over and over with a very digital bell-flute-sort of sound. Trying to be an organ I think. A couple minutes in he adds some stops that double the riff in fourths, but it comes in and out, Phil develops it into a punchy jam.
Verse comes in, Jerry sounds pretty good, even his playing along with the voice line is spirited. The drums keep chugging along through until the second half of the refrain, Phil drops to the em for a rising line on line 3, and holds for the refrain. They move at slightly the same pace through it. To the outro, and into the groove again, though mellower by a tad.
Jerry is backgrounding the little runs, organ thing is soloing a bit and Bob tries his harmonics with whammy bar stuff. The guitar is in midi world but it’s low in the mix, which is sort of cool as he rejoins the mix when he plays with normal guitar tone. It’s a spacey and mellow jam, nice, Bobby tries out some dissonnant chordal tones, Phil eventually lands on an f# for a bit changing up the mode, then drops to the E and they dissipate a bit. They play more less atonally around E or B roots and it goes into spaciness. Synths come in
Jerry is back in midi land so he’s blended in more, so Bob has more lead guitar bits, stretching the tonality. The start to go more chromatic with no set rhythm. I hear the midi bassoon jamming along now. In conversation, the levels are good on everybody so you can hear them reacting to each others moves. They build it up in intensity and hold a tension, a full freakout.
When it finally breaks, they leave the drums to start up their section.
The drumming is exciting and upbeat for several minutes, rolling along on big tom toms. Eventually it’s Bill on a sick kick and snare beat, while Mickey wails on bells. This gives way to a trippy area with some unintelligible shamanic chant or slow drum syllables with flanged echoes and other odd sounds filtering in. There’s an echo of the beat fading in and out which eventually stays in and they start to build over it, drumlining it on. This goes on with bits of tweaking, even a full stop at one point, then back at a low level flanging out. They end up leaving a flange cycle and playing within that as the bar, but it falls apart into low echo feedback and warbles and begins Space.
Here are the amplified garage door springs, rubbed slowly educing a major overtone. (Does he have a name for this instrument?) Bobby comes in on slide with wah and echo but then hits various clusters. I hear Jerry back there with an echoed melodic line, I think Mickey has the live drum mic with echo picking up stage sound and tweaking it.
Keys try for a harmonic progression of some sort and they insinuate a 6/8 that doesn’t really gel. Everybody plays short phrases for each other that echo off. It sounds like a collage of songs. Bass and drums come back after several minutes and threaten to do something but sort of stay in a holding pattern. Jerry still tries for a 12/8 sort of thing, but it remains static until Brent starts a rising progression, Bob tags along and then when Jerry joins in it heads to the Dark Star riff. Some awful bendy stabbing sounds as Bobby insists on his dissonant chromatic find. He even sticks it in when they’ve moved into a mellow Dark Star groove.
Verse comes in but I can’t hear Jerry at all on the first line, and he flubs the guitar a bit on formless reflections. Be’s closer on line 2, they switch to the em rise for line 3. He does a nice chromatic lick down to the refrain. The whole thing is better played than the first time, and then go to the outro and then a tentative slow move into a Dark Star vibe groove. Lead organ, bendy harmonics, little runs on guitar, descending. They fade it and stop. Start Throwing Stones.

193 11/1/90 London: 21:10 (10:10 + 11:00) 

At Wembley, they do a PitB sandwich with Dark Star inclusive of Drums and Space, then on to Wharf Rat.

They jam out on the PitB thing for a number of minutes till it fades out and they start the Dark Star intro. Dropping into a mellow groove, Jerry takes his time to make a statement, he starts low and mellow. Bobby goes off on his harmonic bendy thing and stabby chords. This is Bruce Hornsby playing a normal piano and then Vince Welnik on other keys sounds… sometimes.

Verse comes in and is light and mellow, a brief bit of intensity on the line three drop to em, keys go vibraphone sound, into the refrain, they get to the last riff and it’s a bit bubbly, to the outro seamlessly into more groove, no fermatas. They sound like they are plugging away at something, Phil is breaking out a bouncing bass line, sort of jazzy but solid, keys are nice piano warbling. He moves into more synth sounds as Jerry gets it higher and more chromatic, to an eddy up top circling around a few notes. 

It gets more and more sideways and cedes to arhythmic space with short phrases of atonal melody. Drums eventually come up under it with a tom rhythm. They bring it over a little crest into the next valley and Jerry plays the Dark Star theme, what? but quickly spaces it out as he doesn’t feel like getting there yet. Cuz he has to take a piss or something and the guitars all leave the stage and drums continue on with a heartbeat-tempo rhythm. They play on it and build it up and down for a while, contrasting sections. The scrapy echoey sounds don’t come in until maybe 7 minutes, interrupted by echoed fills. It goes into a relatively quiet flangy section that threatens to take reality away occasionally into timelessness, the drumming/percussioning coming in and out. Toward the end it winds it up into a feedback flanged echo. 

The Space track comes from this. Really weird sounds are echoed and flanged around the stereo spectrum, tweaking fast modulation and slow, it comes and goes. Piano comes in with Schoenbergian chords, moving into a modal melodic thing that builds into a mirror of the Dark Star [shall we go] “you and I while we can” melody. This stays in the modal world and builds to a more rhythmic thing with the guitars playing along. (Not exactly Space…) It only lasts a couple minutes and they bring it down and swirl around Dark Star notes, piano on the riff, they finally drop back into it. Crowd cheers!

Verse 2 at once, Jerry sounds like he’s barely there. Bobby on harmonics on the line 3 em. They sort of cede at the refrain, but the drums don’t fully drop until the second part of it, the Transitive Nightfall. The outro and back into sound, Jerry goes midi-marimba, keys go organ. Wait a sec I hear the guitar also, is it Phil on midi marimba? They don’t stick with it as Bill goes to tha-thump thathump, and the drums go all syndrum and everybody steps on their midi pedals. The bassoon is back. Yay it’s syndrums, midi bassoon, marimba and sparkly sound thing, very technological. It gets chaotic and the rhythm that was being kept by Bill leaves. Bob goes back to more distorto guitar like sounds. Keys tinkle.

There’s a lull and the guitars take it, Jerry switching to flute sound. I guess it must be Phil on the low voice that is some synthetic sound. Bobby stretching notes. They remain atonal. It dwindles and the flute plays arpeggios, bass goes with drone pedal notes. Bob is in with the pitch follower, Jerry goes for the distorted guitar tone. It lulls at times, but somebody keeps it going. It moves into a sparse midi trumpet section. Toward the end of the track, Jerry makes ambiguous lead statements as if leading to something, moving into a light ascending line eventually getting the PitB lead in licks and they move there. 

Some nice parts. I like the piano based jam in the Space track, though it was a bit new agey. Hornsby.

194 12/12/90 Denver: 13:46

Multi-night run in Denver. This Dark Star is after Aiko Aiko, and goes into Terrapin Station, with the Drums and Space following. A few hints and they start the intro riff, and go trippingly into the Dark Star groove. It’s a nice exploratory jam, Jerry stretches out with rising phrases, keeping it a guitar. Some great soloing, just keeping it going for several minutes. He settles into an arpeggio eddy (Sputnik-y), everybody swirls along.
Coming over this crest they move to the groove again and set up for the verse at about 7 minutes. Jerry sort of yells it out, trailing off on each line after a strong first note, Phil on a riff for line 3. The refrain is nice, and to the outro riff.
Jerry sticks some notes right off so they rally to a low groove, keys on the riff for a bit. Jerry goes for the distortion box. He pulls some nice licks out of the hat, up and down, fast picking. Then he switches pickups to a tone-rolled off thing, but then that marimba sound comes in, must be Phil. To a warbly synth thing, so Jerry moves to the song form riff, the vocal melody, three lines and then he goes off again. They groove along and it eventually goes back to sounding like their regular instruments. Phil is moving around on a complicated riff, Jerry is soloing and keys are mirroring him, Bob also to a certain extent.
When it dies down, he switches to midi flute thing, drums fade. Phil goes into an octave riff, Jerry finds a melody. I guess the flute is leading us to medieval land, though the band is still taking it a bit sideways. A keyboard fades in and out on a pad.
Jerry comes from underneath with the Terrapin intro chords.
Nice playing, a pretty good version.

195 12/14/90 Denver: 9:10

Denver gets a second Dark Star in a couple days, this one comes out of a long He’s Gone into the Drums and then Space and then as “Dark Star”, which last 8 1/2 minutes.
As usual the Drums track has the shape of being both drummers rolling on a rhythm for the first half and then moving into hand percussion and then electronic weirdness, though it appears to be a Bill solo at the top.
This track is only (“only”) 7 minutes and the following Space is ~9 min, as is Dark Star. Space follows as the flanged echoes get ultra weird, (some audience hoots) and then little guitar snippets come in and then noisy scraping high pitched sounds… I think the midi follower trying to interpret bridge or string scraping. Anyway, tonal sounds, a synthy flute and almost-a-guitar-as-a-bass bounce around for a while. It’s atonal and rhythmically idiosyncratic to each player. The midi voice presets get stepped through, saxes and bassoons, etc. As it moves on it gets more spatial and prettier, more florid and eventually cadential lines leading to the Dark Star world, by way of variations on the theme, though then there’s a little play with the intro riff from Jerry as well, just in case someone wasn’t picking up on it. At this point, it’s Dark Star, though it’s mostly just guitar and bass and one spacey keyboard. Sort of nice and mellow, rolling around the theme, until he decides to play the vocal melody on midi trumpet. That’s sort of weird. It goes on with this for a bit, Bobby comes in.
A couple minutes in, they sort of start over with the theme, though with actual guitar sounds. They hold it until some drums come to join them, and a verse approaches.
And it’s verse 2! A wavering “Mirror shatters” but it starts to hold together by line two, with an insistent pulse from the kick drum and bass, drop to the em on line three and into the refrain, it takes until the outro before upper drum sounds are heard, he keeps on with the tha-thump, tha-thump on the kick and no real snare until the jam develops. Keys start to go clustery, Jerry takes the jazzy notes.
It’s a sort of latent jam, like it’s building to something but instead eddies out on little circular bits. It sounds like the rhythm section has one idea of the beat and Jerry has another. They try another build, ostinato bass and Jerry steps on the distortion pedal and they jam out bringing up the intensity, but it’s a quick little thing and then some chord hits signal that they move into “Need a Miracle”.

As far as Dark Stars go, it’s a weird one. Nice mellow guitar and bass version of the theme jam and a decent short jam ending it, but the rhythmic element is odd: propulsive but understated, most of the time only kick drum. Plus, while they do a verse, it’s verse 2! Where did this one start, was it two nights ago? Everything in between, including the entire show on Dec 13, has been encompassed by this Dark Star.

196 12/31/90 Oakland: 20:39 (with Branford Marsalis)

Interesting show. I probably shoulda gone! Oh well. Lotsa guests, there’s a Ken Nordine track right before the NY countdown, after which they go off in a series of jams, NFA, Eyes, then Dark Star, followed by Drums, Space, The Other One and Wharf Rat back into NFA. Eyes is fully jazzy with Marsalis playing, and goes on for 16 minutes. As Eyes of the World fades in it’s last jam into repeated phrases, Jerry winds up a lick and heads to the Dark Star intro riff, people join in and they drop into a mellow version of the groove. Sparse lead bits from guitar or sax or keys, it sort of rolls along gaining momentum, building righto to verse 1.
Jerry comes in with such an incredible rasp that his voice sounds distorted, but he holds the note, and it gets nicer over the first line. They groove along for line 2, and start the em riff climb on line 3, to the refrain and a little sax filigree on the in betweens. To the outro, which is pretty ragged, they drop back into a groove and Jerry holds down some guitar sounds for a while on his runs. Keyboard cataracts.
After a little downturn, the begin a slogging groove with nice ups and downs from guitar and saxophone, over a mostly steady quarter-note bass, building to an eddy with the keys arpeggiating as the rhythm moves from swung into a stronger 12/8 with a climbing TOO style riff.
When this dissipates it does in chromatic waterfalls, then moves into a lighter version of this groove. Sax takes some leads. They move into different rhythmic bits and it all falls apart into more chaotic phrases and bits, landing in a weird area that then starts the Dark Star theme again and attempts to hold itself together, with verse 2 coming in.
It’s about halfway through the recorded track, Jerry still comes in very ragged and sounds better and better as he goes on, Bobby is trying his compressed harmonic bend things in the verse. The sax lingers over the changes, the refrain is mild chaos, but the sax makes it on the melody for the outro.
When they move into the next section, Jerry starts off with a whole tone scale and then some sax licks follow, it’s going to get weird. The drums mostly drop out, the midi pedals get stepped on, fake bassoons go to town. Sax jams out (he’s got a decent tone, thank the gods) so the midi stuff sounds like orchestral backing for the sax. Keys have some cool fade ins and then some kittens-on-the-keys movement. Bobby is making some weird little sounds, Jerry moves back to guitarishness, though it’s all very swirly and ill-defined. This is akin to the Space track, very similar to several versions of it.
Jerry goes for the midi-slap-bass sound again, sax continues, Bob plays with odd chords and volume pedal. They all build to a more frenetic peak, but Branford finds a swing in it, and it dissipates. Jerry back to guitar sound. Keys like a marimba sound. Sax plays octaves in a slow sequence, moving up as the band climb a bit and then relinquish the intensity, but it starts a cascade of trills, and that starts a new wave. Now I think Bob has his midi-pitch-follower on with chunky chords, drums come in and start pounding out a rhythm, they build to a good freak out, Tiger-like. Ceding to an eddy of notes, then a downward riff which has elements of TOO also, but eventually leaves the drums alone, for a 16 minute Drum track with electronic drums right off the bat.
Drums plays on a cadence with e-drums and toms, but it only lasts a few minutes before moving into a long sequence of weirdness. Tuned percussion and big toms with echoes and flanged echoes for minutes. Then it gets quieter for the rest of the track. The some mellow tribal hand drums (with chant singing after a while). Not sure who this is, actually, different language. Mellow hippie drum circle stuff. Toward the end of this, there are some instruments playing along. Is this Hamza El-Din? Anyway, it cedes to “Space” after a while, which starts small, with melodic playing from the guitars and sax. It turns full space after several minutes and the midi instruments are back and they go all polytonal and chaotic. It has its ups and downs and ends up with the 12/8 in chromatic atonality, but makes it to The Other One and strikes it well.

197 4/1/91 Greensboro: 26:19 (23:34 + 2:45)

Aprils Fools Day concert, three months after the last Dark Star, this is the full space-out, 23 minutes up top, into 17 minutes of Drums and Space and then another few of Dark Star closing it out—moving into a reprise of PitB that never had a before-part, similar to doing the second verse of Dark Star as if the song were started days prior, as they did in Denver Dec 1990.
A spritely intro again and they’re off into a pretty quick groove, (for a Dark Star!), people repeating the falling riff in various ways, then the piano starts with cascades upwards and Jerry goes a bit, keeping an actual electric guitar tone, Piano moves back to the riff to let the lead guitar go, and they move back to upwards waterfalls. Phil is mostly keeping the downbeats on the root, so it’s pretty structured, takes a while till Bobby gets his little trills going, Jerry is just noodling around for the most part. He plays with a Bright Star area about 3 minutes in, and after that they seem to start to move into a new area, everybody plugging away at their various continuities. Jerry is very bouncy today, hopping around on his lead riffs. Some nice eddies in the 5th minute before the MIDI flute starts up. It’s jazz flute time. They do some little workouts with this combo, changing the mode a bit when Jerry introduces new notes to it. He’s back to guitar sound by minute 8, and it sounds like they want to make a new section, bringing it down and back to the riff.
Verse 1 at 8:50, vocals start out scrappy, but line 2 is nice. They do the chord change on line 3, with Phil on a rising riff. Into the refrain, they all sort of peter out on the lines and land on the vocal lines, to the outro, which leads to more of the riff but it slows down quite a bit. Sounds like Phil has a pitch follower and is doing and off-beat outside melodic thing, with chromatic notes bringing it to a different mode. Jerry hits some distortion and plays against the new minor-ish mode, though he starts to stretch the tonality after a bit also, and everybody starts moving chromatically. This is an odd jam, nice notes but rhythmically chaotic. Oddly I only seem to hear Bill, and not much of Mickey but the occasional tom tom.
At 13, the bassoon appears, and more percussive sounds from Phil’s pitch follower. Bob is sticking with guitar distortion but they are all atonal and chaotic. The drums roll around and the keys head from piano to synth sounds and echoes. It’s getting crazy in here! Now the midi is a voice sound for a sec, then to more trumpety stuff. Bob is stretching notes, Phil is tremoloing. It’s almost monster movie.
They’re all back to guitar sounds, though with distortion, keys are still on the echo synth. They’re all riding some choppy waves here. At 16:20 a big midi marimba sound takes over. They bring it down a bit. Ah, bassoon came back. They’re still in atonal noise land, but each sort of in his own world. Now the guitar is a midi sax, then it cedes to weird bass riffs and keys, and something floating through a modulating echo. The echo has some feedback bits, everybody is making shorter statements, little stabs of notes.
At 19:30 there are drum hits and electronic drum hits, not sure who’s playing what, but the keys and guitars are still in making slower sounds against it, and a low synth tone drones off and on. It moves into a more rhythmic bit with the drum sounds, hand drum and synthetic drum, and the players keep at it, especially Phil who finds a riff to move with. Eventually they cede to the drums alone as people clap and seem to understand that the song is changing.
Drums starts with rolling toms from Bill after the instruments leave, and a high percussive thing riffing from Mickey. Bill backs off for the percussion thing to come out, and comes back on toms again, and plays more drum solo-type stuff for a bit. Then the electronic bits start to come in, syndrums and echoes/reverb. It fades to bits of loops of the percussive thing (springs?) and gets into the spacey part of this track, eventually it’s just low drones of echoey feedback, moving around the stereo spectrum.
Some isolated hits and scrapes on the big springs with feedbacking echoes, nice and weird. This section goes on for several minutes, though some high tones come in underneath in minute 9, not sure exactly what it is, sounds like synthetic voices. These lead to the Space track. I guess it’s guitar?
Bobby is playing with a slow envelope filter of some sort as well, and there are low bubbles, which become a bass after a bit and then heads back to synthy drone. It’s a slow lugubrious sea of big creatures barely stirring.
Guitar notes from Jerry, mostly atonal but clean, at a little after 2 minutes in, he seems to be heading to some sort of romantic melodic world. Now Bobby is making hits on his guitar that become very synthy and move back to distortion sounds. I believe the drummers are both offstage at this point.
At 4:40 into this track, Jerry moves into a descending arpeggiated thing, Phil is sort of jazz-bassing it. With a long echo picking up the guitar bits. Keys come in to play with it, it’s starting to move into pretty music land. Somebody is midi-fluting, but it can’t be Jerry because he’s on guitar sound still…? By 8 minutes they’re back in the key/mode of Dark Star and playing around. And it comes back, with some variation on the Dark Star melody area at first, and no drums yet…
At 50 sec into this track, Jerry has a definite Dark Star melodic bit and slowly the drums start coming back and they mold the theme groove from all of this, though Phil is very funky on it, and they hit verse 2!
It sort of slides into it directly, voice sounds ok, they don’t exactly change the chord for line 3 but sort of. Phil is still sort of strumming through the refrain, lotta pick noise, and he leads the outro and they all move directly into the PitB riff!
This is actually just a few more minutes of jamming, though in the different key—after a minute and a half, it does the riffing chord changes and back into the PitB chorus! “What the heck. Did we miss the entire song earlier in the set? Was I here?” Ask confused audience members. (Similar to the Madison Square Garden show the previous July, and probably others.) So they play out the end of the song as if they’d been playing this song the whole time. And then Jerry starts Black Peter, which gets rocking.

Well, pretty ok version, less midi stuff except where it’s like 20th century atonal music. The lead guitar isn’t spectacular where it’s guitar, but it’s pretty good. Bobby has some interesting bits in there, and I liked the keys with echo parts.

198 6/14/91 Washington, D.C: 10:58 – View From The Vault II

Nice sequence with Help on the Way, Slipknot, Franklin’s and Estimated Prophet (with intro hints at the end) leading to Dark Star. A lot of jazzy jamming happening throughout that. They were playing with Dwight Yoakam! After a real intro they drop into a pleasant groove in the mode, big compressed guitars twinkling. Jerry lilts through it, beautiful bouncing licks. Bob comes in with some odd little lead bits as well, with his whammy bar. Verse at 2 minutes, Jerry sounds pretty good, relatively. They go for a scary line 3, Bob with big swells on the drop to em. To the refrain, a nice one, led by Phil through the changes, and to the outro.
They drop back into the groove, organ has the riff with Jerry, and then he starts up new lead parts, slowly building it while the organ jams out a bit. They eddy out in the fourth minute and it starts to stir up a hazy psychedelic stew which spins faster and faster over then next minute into a 6/8 sort of thing, then at 5:50 a major key descending chord progression and lick! But it doesn’t stick and they keep on at the quick paced picking till it peters out a bit, they stick with it and bring it lower, Jerry goes for the anthemic lead line again at 6:45 while Phil is scrubbing away and again a bit later. Everybody is quickly spinning this major key thing still and they start to bring it up to a frenzy, organ moving over the chromatics, to a head at 8 min, where the drums keep pounding and the band goes tonally sideways.
Coming out of this frenetic space, they sound sort of like going into TOO, but it sorta keeps rolling on in a mellower space and gets back to the Dark Star mode a bit. Jerry and drums pick up on a triplet fall and melodicize it, taking it out and to the Drums track.

Nice playing on everybody’s part! A lot of good decent tones and upbeat guitar licks.

Drums starts with duo tribal beat stuff, actual rock drum solo type stuff!
Halfway through it changes as usual to the weirder quieter stuff with e-drums and echoed springs, Bill’s drums still underlying it all.
Space begins when distorted guitars swell in. It’s not really part of Dark Star perhaps this evening, just another atonal space jam. Full on with ring modulators and the midi stuff by midway.
It moves on to Stella Blue.

199 6/17/91 East Rutherford: 1:31…1:16…3:35 (several instrumental teases)

First tease is Bobby starting the chords to the groove section. He abandons it after a short time and they fizzle out and bring it up to a short eddy and then move off to When I Paint My Masterpiece. Second tease is after Might as Well and is just messing about. Hard to say it’s Dark Star, or if it is it’s coming in from far away and weakly. They hold an extended segment up for a minute or two and cede to Saint of Circumstance. The last tease is almost a melodic bit of the verse after Ship of Fools, but again it never goes full on but gives way to the outro in slow motion, which leads to Truckin’.
I don’t know if this all counts as a real Dark Star.

200 6/22/91 Chicago: 7:30 (instrumental)

Here, we have a Dark Star instrumental jam for 7 minutes after the Drums and Space tracks, which are inside PitB after a long Terrapin Station. I guess he gets the midi bassoon out of his system, as he’s quietly jamming in mode with guitar tone by the end of Space. A brief riff and allusions to the melody comes out of this, and settles into a Dark Star groove which goes to a song-form jam on the melody, em on line 3, and into the riff groove again. Minimal guitar lead.
Seems like halfway through they are setting it up for a verse, but it doesn’t come and instead they keep going again and building the intensity a little in waves with sparse leads in between areas where a verse could potentially pop up. Maybe he couldn’t remember the words. Anyway, they end up moving into a PitB reprise.

201 6/28/91 Denver: 1:28 (instrumental tease)

Here’s a tease in the middle of Wharf Rat. Is it actually Dark Star?
Well, the melody does come in in the jam in the middle. Nobody goes to the em in the song lines. It exits back to Wharf Rat.

202 8/16/91 Mountain View: 10:17

A bunch of futzing about before they make it into any semblance of Dark Star. Finally somebody plays an intro lick and they move into a groove. Keys are doing jazz chords on the riff, in fourths. It eventually comes into a sort of bouncy vibe. They sort of hammer out the theme riff, and get to a fairly buff verse. Jerry sounds in control, singing with some vibrato. The refrain is ragged, though the vocals are nice. The outro gets out of sync with itself but they lock into a groove again afterwards, and the midi-follower plays through song form theme. Almost an eminor on line 3. After these lines, the midi trumpet goes on as they groove. Piano is playing some nice things, and follows Jerry’s cascades when he switches back to guitar tone. After a bit the piano takes the lead. Jerry flies up out of mode and Bruce follows, then they make it back and it moves on with more lead guitar. They bring it down as if it will move elsewhere, and where it goes is oddly to Promised Land. Ok, that was sprightly but short.

203 8/17/91 Mountain View: 1:18 (instrumental tease)

Well, it’s a tease after Drums and Space, which came out of a jam following He’s Gone. Dark Star hits pretty fast into the riff and theme, sounds like they are halfway through a song-form, it devolves right after the melody lines and lasts a whole minute before going on to Morning Dew.

204 9/6/91 Richfield: 3:25 (instrumental)

Here, there’s 3:25 of Dark Star between Space and All Along the Watchtower. I suppose you could argue that the presence of Dark Star after the Space section indicates that Space was part of it the whole time… Like several previous times, perhaps, acknowledging where the evolution of the Space section came from. Or something. The whole sequence starts with Crazy Fingers into PitB into Terrapin Station and moves into the Drums and Space thing, which leads to the Dark Star melody from Jerry out of an arhythmic space end with droney synths. Piano picks up on the melody and plays it in chords, the drums eventually come in and they go through the vocal melody, a song form instrumentally. Line three sort of just signals a continuing jam, everybody plugs away on the groove for a bit, over a little hill, where Jerry then takes an odd chromatic lick that takes it to a b-minor to A chord progression. They stay with this, it’s not exactly Dark Star anymore, and Bobby starts All Along the Watchtower.

205 9/8/91 MSG, NYC: 9:05 (instrumental)

Here, they have been playing Saint of Circumstance and as it ends they hold out the last coda bits into a new jam, which is labeled as Dark Star jam, it starts very lightly and delicately with slightly lilting lines intimating perhaps a Dark Star… the audience reacts as if it really is going to be. The guitar has some nice licks against the mellow background. Drums slowly and quietly edge in, they move through some small eddies in the current, Jerry still moving forward, keys and bass following as they build it up. At about 3 minutes in they all have found an odd little rhythmic riff to pull apart (though Mickey seems to just be pounding on some rhythm in his own head.)
They build the intensity to a wave that crests at about 4:20 in and it starts to swirl around more. Drums seem to lose the pulse and just hit, so the keys go back to the dit-dah rhythmic riff they had. At about 5:30, the drums start heading into a 6/8 thing and the band backs off a bit into a more TOO type jam, Phil is pumping away. Jerry seems to have disappeared so Bobby goes atonal and pseudo-jazzy. Bruce takes a solo. Bass, drums, piano and squawky guitar, it moves forward for a few minutes and then they drop out to the Drums track, followed by Space and then they do make it to The Other One finally, and onward.
To be honest I don’t feel like this is really much to do with Dark Star, though there was some nice lead guitar at the front end.

206 9/10/91 MSG, NYC: 24:40 (12:24 + 12:16) (with Branford Marsalis) – 30 Trips

The intro lick comes out of a jam following Estimated Prophet, Branford is already in, and he picks up on it, soprano sax. They play with the riff, passing it around the band for a bit before it makes it to a groove and it takes a good minute before anybody even ventures from the riff. Jerry starts pulling short licks out and they all eventually settle into a more groove-like area, though Bobby’s “rhythm” guitar playing isn’t exactly rhythmic. Jerry goes for flute for a sec, opts back to guitar. It’s sort of swirly on all parts, a swirl of timbres. Sounds sort of like only Bill K is playing drums. A verse comes in from the theme riff at 3:35, raspy-voiced Jerry softly gasping it out. Some holes are left on the third line and then into the refrain, though it’s sort of sloppy. To the outro, then Jerry picks it up with some lead guitar, but he brings it down quickly and it moves back into the soup. Even with the soprano sax moving around on top, it doesn’t sound like anybody is really playing melodically.
At about 6 minutes the mode starts to move sideways and Jerry softly picks out some lead lines, the band mellows back, though Phil is still sort of plugging away. By 7 minutes it’s mostly guitar noodles and organ and bass slowly walking. Some odd little whammy-swells from Bob. Sax come back as Phil tries to rally it to a pulse. Drums sort of fade in and out.
At 8:45 it sounds like they are going to try to build it to some wave, and then Jerry moves to midi-bassoon for a bit, and they start to build intensity a bit, though Phil goes rhythmically awry. It’s becoming more collage-like, short bits of overlapping things. Bill and Mickey start to pick up the intensity, and Bobby almost starts playing rhythmically on his chords. It makes it over the crest and oddly at 11 minutes moves to a song-form area, with a planing harmonized melody on the piano, though it seems to only go through two lines and then falls apart. This leads to the drummers stepping up and the band giving way to them.

Drums track is only 5 minutes, starting with medium tempo rolling around, building up over the first couple minutes with an almost-Bo Diddley back beat idea. Echoes start before 2 minutes in., but they still keep pounding. They bring it to mostly snare rolls and down before the real e-drum and echoes thing starts, with panning, starting low and bringing it up to a sci-fi space battle in the 4th minute. From this, we move to the “Space” track, as a midi flute with echoes comes in and more synth sounds. Various synth sounds, slap bass, flute, saxophone, all with echoes freaking out and panning around. The drums, however, are continuing under this. Bells now, even. They all cede to a ticky drum rhythm after a couple minutes and it gets low.
Weird sounds start to come in, the garage door springs I think. This part of the track is much more like the second half of previous “Drums” tracks.
Odd bird-like flute sounds come in with echoes as the noises fade out, but they get caught up in the echo unit as well. More springs or bowed cymbals come in, this stuff all flies around the echo unit. A buzzy guitar comes in as it fades, swelling into notes. Some pitch-bending keys back it up and other keyboard-like sounds tinkle away slowly in the swirl.
At 6:30 into this track, more instruments come in, sounds like Jerry is playing a guitar sound at first, but perhaps Phil with midi-follower crushes it and the atonal soup gets deep. Guitar lines start to emerge, with echoes, it remains arhythmic and atonal as it becomes Dark Star again with an allusion to the theme riff, Jerry starting it and keys picking it up, drums and bass fall in and we’re back!
Nice, right back and right to verse 2 immediately, Jerry still raspy but sounding a bit stronger. A big hit on Lady in Velvet, with held chords from the keys where they had been riffing. To the refrain with bending keys, and the sax is in there again. The outro riff is sort of together as it starts and falls apart as it continues and the band cascades to chromaticism.
Not sure where this is going, in the lull Jerry steps on the midi bassoon, sax follows and then keys, into a new arhythmic atonal area, everybody trading phrases. It’s modern music time, fairly chaotic but not super intense. By 5 minutes into this track, the lead guitar has just an octave patch, so it’s more guitar-like, and Bob starts playing random chords. Sax still warbles up and down. Bobby tries to build it with a rhythm, but nobody really picks up on it and they stay outside. Finally people start getting faster and more intense, building it up. Bob goes for some loud midi-follower sound for a bit. At 7:20 Hornsby is playing really odd atonal versions of the Dark Star riff and harmony, surrounded by stabs from the guitars. Jerry has some massive echoey sound, sax is blowing over it all, it comes to a lull at 8:30 and jazz chords emerge, Brandon is still blowing over it all, keys following him.
Over this wave, at 9:50 the guitar starts some jazzy lead playing and the keys get more chordal. It sounds like it’s winding down but it’s gonna take a few ups and downs to get there, and goes into a more bluesy section toward the end. Eventually Bob is fed up and starts “I Need a Miracle” out of this.

Really soupy swirly version, must have been very odd to experience in the large Madison Square Garden. That’s a long time to spend in the soup with a ton of people and sound bouncing around. I generally like the soprano sax sound, sort of more hollow than an alto, and his playing is fine as a color ingredient in there. Hornsby’s grasp of atonal chromaticism sounds very 20th century art music and less free-jazz, which is quite amazing and helps Jerry channel the atonality in a different way, Hornsby’s odd harmonizations of the theme riff have been really cool. Bobby’s sound these days is that weird compressed distortion which isn’t great for his position in the band. Jerry is still futzing around with the bassoon and flute stuff, but I don’t think his playing is very spectacular at all in this version. Overall, not my favorite, though I really like bits and pieces of it.

207 9/24/91 Boston: 14:40

Jerry is already in the headspace at the end of Ship of Fools and plays a bit of the intro then starts a melodic line. He’s ready for it, and is off after they go to a real intro riff into the groove. It’s mellow but nice, Phil starts bouncing along after a little bit. Jerry’s off on a nice melodic lead getting higher and continuously moving along. After his climb over the crest, Phil does some lead bass and then Jerry comes back in with higher stuff with echoes. The organ is providing a nice bed for the piano to do little swirls in. He ceded to the keys and they set up verse one.
Slight fumbles between guitar and voice on the first line but the second is clean, they drop for line 3, and Jerry leads to the refrain, and Phil to part 2. Sort of a mess falling into it but they move into a new slower groove. Jerry comes in on midi flute. Alto flute, more like, he sounds like he’s getting better control over the tones. Back to guitar for the next section, as they level out. Holding pattern.
It becomes more swirly, everybody moving at different speeds, Jerry goes back to flute. It dies off into a brief atonality, back to mode, then introducing chromatics as it becomes more atonal and disparate. Sea of Holes.
Phil roots it at the lull and they go back more modally.
They quietly speed up and go more jazzy, rolling toms and fast bass and guitars. Pianos arpeggiating and Bobby squawking. Jerry riffs it down and moves it back to the melody, once, like pick up on where we are cats, then he starts the old endless melody. It settles out into the theme groove in a very delicate way, Lighter tones from the guitars. Keys still a bit wobbly. Things slowly fade to a background melody on guitar and then bass. Jerry drops out. The other guys flail around for a bit till they leave and the drummers to start the Drums track.

Drums are drumming away for a while, pounding. Heavy duty, heaviest I’ve heard, I think. E-drums come in after several minutes, as they usually do. But the beat goes on. Finally it moves to small hand drums in shorter bursts. And the springs.. lead to Space, which starts very quietly with sustained tones from keys and guitar. And then the bassoon, or English horn is in there. Echoed by 20th century art music piano. It does get a bit Terrapin in there at times. Back to guitar for a phrase and back to oboe-y thing. I think it’s also the digital reverb on it that bugs me about a lot of the synth tones. Eventually it backs off to a more acoustic renaissance sounding bit with evil low synths, nice. Very 70s. Soft holding patterns in major feeling. Then Phil has to go and do Jesu, and Jerry does it. They get to a slightly sideways take on it and then hover, with a coda of synthy guitar halos. Into Foolish Heart.

Nice version, I love the endless melody playing and when Jerry is on a roll like that, it’s the best. I love it when he’s like, play it once and then expect the band to pick up on it while he goes off immediately. Challenging but results in good music. A lot of good playing here, including the heavy drums section!

208 9/26/91 Boston: 21:40 (15:27 + 6:13)

Big preamble at the top of the second set makes it pretty certain that Dark Star is happening, pianos all getting there in the tuning area. Laziest opening yet, of several downright tropical. It really gets going into a swirl of anticipation, when the opening riff comes 2 minutes in it’s great. Jerry continues his melody into the groove, pianos cascading after. He starts again low and builds another wave. Vince sounds like he’s just playing chords on synth organ while Hornsby cascades around on piano. I don’t hear much Bob in this mix, he’s got this sustained distortion sound that sets a bed for the sound. Nice puzzle at 5 minutes, deciphered and back to the task at hand, which is Dark Star, and Mr Garcia takes us for a ride all the way back to the theme at 7 minutes, but he’s still in his “say this once and then I’m gone” mode, and he skitters off into new solos. Hornsby is really on his accents. They bring it over the crest and to the verse at 8:40 and he’s pumped (relatively) to sing it. Sounds hoarse but intent. But they make it through the verse to refrain, which is mostly together.
The outro is very smooth, but clockwork, so they move into a groove that moves like gears intertwining. Jerry gets faster and they move out of mode and toward a jazz world but it sidesteps into cinematic atonal tension and tonal release. But everybody is piling on the modal runs. It moves into a jam but seems like there’s a difference of opinion on the beat, so the band splits allegiances and then waits for a drummer’s resolution, which sounds like it’s Mickey wanting to go into the drumming track. Last minute effort from the band brings it back to groove for a second. Bobby directs it to Saint of Circumstance and it dies off.

The next track on my recording sounds entirely different.. Anyway, from there into Eyes, to Drums and Space and into TOO before getting back to Dark Star. The end of Eyes gets super mellow, bongos and low guitars, then the rhythm goes into a different accent and the guitars fade to sparse drumming on big drums which goes to rolling tribal drumming on big drums. After a few minutes a bass instrument comes in, possibly a tuned electronic percussion thing. this goes off into much midi-synth sounds with echoes. Back to big rolling drums with echoed electronic sounds, this builds for a long time, lots of clapping and yelling and stomping in the audience. They bring it to a head and then a slow pulse which leads to garage door springs. Things get scary, mostly low volume but occasional bursts. It gets super weird and then guitars come in for the Space track. Lots of space echoing. It’s very cosmic opera setting, and the tenor (bassoon) comes in of course. Though he goes back to guitar sounds and at 4 minutes even a descending chromatic bluesy thing, but that goes into more descending chromatics and pitch following high octave sparkles. It eventually levels out into a pad, a early morning misty meadow. Um, with ghosts.
At some point Jerry decides to move on and they hop into a 6/8 which is apparently TOO. They do get to verse 1! Cool harmony vocals on the third line. Into a jam, and to verse 2, where they end it and move back to Dark Star.
Jerry takes the melody out of the ashes of the last crash in TOO, does the first part and goes off, comes back to it and heads to Dark Star verse 2, a mellow reading, slow groove. Voice is similar to verse 1, nice version despite the ancient voice. To the refrain, with a delicate and slow reading, the outro has some odd notes, and then they move into another theme groove, very slow and low.
At 3 minutes they move into a downward spiral, which leads to a well of sparkles, slow ups and downs, down to a very low and slow area with a delicate guitar figure emulated by piano. Hornsby settles into planing chords and Jerry does short lead bits, Phil is holding a couple notes. Trying to figure out where to go, Jerry spaces out quietly and then moves into a stop that goes to Attics of My Life.

Again a really nice version for Boston, nice playing and intense weirdness in Space.

209 10/31/91 Oakland: 13:46 (10:32 + 3:14) (with Ken Kesey, Gary Duncan on guitar)

This is the full halloween adventure, Spoonful into Dark Star with Kesey, etc, into the Drums and Space and then back out to Dark Star.
It comes from the last fading notes of Spoonful, rolls out and the intro melody emerges and they drop into a groove. Bob’s/Gary Duncan? been soloing blues in Spoonful so he’s still working it out a bit, then Jerry comes bopping along. They move off to the melody riff, and off for more. It gets a little boppier and swirlier, into eddies of intensity and Gary takes it off with more bluesy soloing while Jerry winds it down and heads to the verse.
Decent entry, guitar and piano doubling the melody, em on line 3 and off to the refrain, with a pulling keyboard between lines. A nice lull for the end of the refrain and a together outro riff (for once) and into the mellow groove again with sparser soloing. It gets a bit chaotic as it goes along, then fades back to small skittery movements, sounds like Phil is trying to start a new groove. Bobby does with whammy bar things, and Ken Kesey starts up telling a story about his son dying and the greater ramifications of this sort of thing. Phil keeps plugging away and they build it to a rocking little jazzy underscore. Kesey reaches a peak and the band takes it to a jazzy high, and then back down ceding to Drums, which is 13 minutes, and Space which is another 14!
Drums start rocking and rolling away. It gets sparser pretty soon, and e-drums start interjecting, but it moves off to wind chimes as well by 3 minutes in. Spacey synthy chimes. It moves into waves of moving echoes synthy marimba things. For several minutes. Eventually a swirl of reverby echoes and low toms come back in. Low rolling toms go on, building to a head and bringing the crowd to cheer a bunch, to a pounding accelerando, to a lull, leading to garage door springs at 11 1/2 minutes in. Spacey springs for a while, eventually people come join them for the Space track.
It starts with a warbling spring and then scary long synth tones come in. It’s quiet and weird for a while, some crashes start happening breaking it up. Some really distorted guitar or something is in the soup, and a guitar starts making stabby notes, then moves back into the texture. More guitars come in low, atonal noodling. Bells add to the crashes, still soupy, then more electronic percussion things. Some guitar noodles from various parties, monster movie-ish, with a clomping low pitch-followed synth sound and tinkling keys. The soup disperses at 6:40 or so, leaving small guitars with short phrases and odd echoes. Eventually someone moves to jazzy chords, but the bassoon comes in and spices it up with some atonal chamber music. He leaves that behind for guitar tone with echoes, and more Gary Duncan bluesy soloing.
They bring it down again in the 9th minute and it seems like it might do a slow descending blues thing for a sec, but goes sideways a bit into chromaticism and drone synths. Again someone is trying to riff in there and they finally force it into a bluesy riff by 12 minutes, and they sort of move it along for a bit, though Phil starts steady, he goes staccato sometimes to screw it up. Bluesy guitars swinging over it all. Toward the last minute Jerry does little noodley solos, and they seem to be able to steer this back to Dark Star with a little hint of the melody. This almost immediately brings everybody back to the Dark Star groove.
A short mellow bit of sparse soloing and grooving along, back to the theme with falling cascades of piano lead to verse 2, delivered softly and in the continuing groove. E minor on line 3, they slow rise on the line, to the refrain, it goes scatteringly, again the pitch-gliding organ between lines, a Bobby harmonic on the end, and the outro riff delivers them right back to the groove, dying out now, small solos and tinkling pianos, comes to a last chord at 3:20 and Jerry starts “The Last Time.”

Interesting version, not as musically upbeat as the Boston shows, but had a nice long interlude of drums and space. Blues-modes probably courtesy of Gary Duncan, the Quicksilver Messenger Service guitarist who wasn’t John Cipolinna.

210 3/9/92 Landover: 11:03 

Sort of a rolling jam sans Jerry after Corrina, the keys insinuate the Dark Star opening theme already, but it spins out, Jerry joins in and they actually make the thematic statement and start Dark Star for real. Mr Garcia joins for a light lead, sounds like his mind is elsewhere. The band is sorta bopping along, it’s a mellow groove with light lead lines and lots of organ, lots of relying on the riff. Verse 1 comes in fairly easily, a little falter between guitar and voice on line 2, classic ascending bass line on line 3, sort of crashing into the refrain and through it. To the outro, it drives right into riff theme jam. Organ is pretty stagnant riffing, and it slowly dissipates a bit and Jerry comes in with a delicate lead, following closely by piano. Piano and bass build up a set of circles, keys start to get swirly and chromatic.
Keyboard solo, both of them going mildly feral for a while. It dives off into a cyclic rhythmic thing, and the drums lower intensity to a quieter shuffle, pseudo-walking bass. We enter the jazz club, there’s a midi trumpet jamming back there. Jazz organ. When it’s back to guitar sounds it’s like low blues licks picked out underneath and then Bobby on quiet distortion wailing. This Dark Star is not cohering together, and is spacing out into the Drums track.
It takes a while to let go, swirling away instrument by instrument. Weirdly it goes into a quick keyboard shuffle for a second and then it all fades away and leave the drums. Pounding a low rhythm latent with power on big toms. They play this into drum solo land, but only for a couple minutes, then they bring it down. Oops e-drum thing was too loud for those first couple hits, that was a shock! Now we’re in in echoland with a quiet slow beat. Synth melody in there now, the power of a major pentatonic. It eventually slows down as if to stop and moves into a darker spring-laden space. More synth sounds too. This goes into a crashing mess with flanging. And dramatically down again to milk it and they crash it back up to a swirling flange droning synth.
This lasts for a while and move to Space track (featuring Shenandoah!) Hard to tell, possibly guitars are coming in under the droney flange thing, at least a bass sound is moving around a bit.
A scary caught echo loop and guitars are making themselves known, lotsa echoes there in space, the droney synth is still there like a forcefield that they slowly pass. Now we can hear the pitchfollowing system that Jerry has is with some octave freaked out sound, and Phil’s is multiple octaves up and down. This is some intense sound as they navigate notes in the aural environment. Sounds like some high amount of feedback on somebody’s short delay is jumping in occasionally.
Jerry switches to midi orchestra sounds while Phil snaps out notes to a shadow echo. Sounds like a keyboard doing a slow slightly tonal melody, Jerry feels like it’s safe to play actual guitar sounds again, lightly along with the melodies. Lots of swirly sounds joining in as they go to major key and Shenandoah emerges… ok guys. That must have scared some people.
Though I do hear some of the Dark Star intro lick on keys as it moves away… though they never really go back to Dark Star this evening, but they do make it back to Shenandoah for the finale. But it’s sort of a spin out for several minutes (separate track on the recording I listened to.) Even midi trumpet came back.

So anyway, Dark Star happened, Jerry did not seem all there, he was fading off a lot. The keys did a lot of sound, and the Shenandoah bit really took over the whole thing there. Eventually they move into I Need a Miracle.

211 3/20/92 Hamilton, Ontario: 14:13 – 30 Trips

Here Dark Star comes after Women Are Smarter and goes on a whole trip through Drums and Space to The Other One.
The intro is funny cuz Bobby does his high harmony with a distortion sound, then they move into the groove, organ still covering the theme riff, it takes a bit before Jerry starts playing melodically. They move in and out of the riff and he starts verse one almost immediately. Forcing out the lines, it’s sort of a dark and desperate reading. Long tones from the organ in the verse, into the refrain, they heighten the volume as the refrain lines are sung, and Vince does the pitchbend organ between them. Outro is ok, and dropping into a sparser version of the groove, piano spacing out the chords. Jerry doing short runs, it’s sort of static, hovering, swirling. Phil is grooving on octaves for a long time. Waves of long tones come in and out, and there are echoes on the lead guitar’s phrases, it undulates in shorter phrases, some eddies of little melodic repeated fragments. Some chromatics enter, traded around as the primary instrument shifts around between guitar and organ and piano. Bob has weird little distorted squawks in there.
They bring it down in the middle, it’s more of a mellow guitar area now, though nothing spectacular, then it starts to warp out chromatically into odd riffs, into a slightly more ambiguous area rhythmically. Big planing chords from piano lead Jerry back to the riff, and they go through a song form section. Lines one and two deliberately articulated by the lead guitar, then line three a little held, and they play the refrain instrumentally, with all the parts, and the outro is stuttery, as they slip into a new pumping rhythm from Phil and Bill. Still mostly descending lines in the melody instruments. They hold onto this rhythm for a couple minutes and then it starts to roll away a bit. Jerry sounds like he’s still playing the sixths of the refrain a bit, playing with it. The drums start pounding toms, while the guitar and piano play with the refrain melody line.
Eventually the piano sets into a rhythm with one of the drummers (the one that plays in time.) Bobby squawks with them. They pound this for a couple minutes and then it cedes to Drums.
Drums is 12:45, follows the usual few minutes of pounding up top, to a lower area, into electronics, pan flute sounds with echoes, shakers, e-drums. Moving to more synth sounds with the echoes, then back to shakers and big drums, with the e-percussion stuff, into echo/flange world which leads to about 7 minutes of the Space track with several crashes into a long droney synth sound. Punctuated by crashing drum sounds with modulating echoes. Space is really more drums for a while, it gets pretty frenetic and whooshy with pounding percussion and flailing synth tones warbling around, panning at almost audio rate. It’s a Space track with drums and keys for most of it, some guitars make their way in toward the latter fourth of the track. It gets crashy and noisy again at the end and somehow amidst the midi trumpets and crap, Jerry starts a little melody line on guitar in 6/8 and this develops into The Other One. It takes time, sounds more like Space for a while there, but he keeps at the rhythm and they all come in eventually smoothly over the first few minutes.

Dark Star itself is pretty nice and tropical sounding, short waves of little melodic bits up front. Nice verse and then instrumental verse 2 in its entirety with refrain and all! It’s a nice sequence through the noisy space to TOO as well.

212 6/8/92 Richfield: 8:46

This is following a long, long Drums and Space. 16 1/2 minutes of drums, and another 9 of Space. Drums is pretty formulaic, with the pounding drum solo followed by electronica, though the bulk of it is in a rhythmic groove. And maybe real vibraphone? (Though echoed.) Or just better samples. Latter half is echo feedback play. Sudden entrances of other instruments signal the Space track, bass and guitar. Mostly sound like themselves, atonal wandering. Jerry with a distorted tone. It takes a few minutes before keys come in and it gets louder and weirder, but then Phil goes for a walking bass thing and it skews jazzy, with piano melodies. It gets a bit weird again, but then drifts to Dark Star, which starts when Jerry does the intro riff and they sink into a drumless version of the theme groove. Organ plays the riff over and over, drums sort of fade in, the band takes time to get there, but only a minute in verse one comes. Decent singing, Keys playing the riff continuously through lines 1 and 2, they sort of gap for line 3, but continue through the refrain. It’s sort of fast. To the outro, and back to the groove, keys continue, Jerry noodles about, gets caught up in little eddies and finally the organ breaks to held chords changing the feel. Out of this with pitch-bending organ to several waves of intensity, Jerry slowly building it up and down.
At 4 minutes, he switches to a distorted tone, keys play more sporadically and they build it up more, which is nice, heading to a bigger crest. It goes slightly sideways at the top and then on the way back, goes to a repeated line, sort of a song-form area. Leaves off to more organ playing the theme. To a sparser area, quieter.
More organ bending against guitar noodling. Drums drop down and then out. Weirder midi synth sounds appear in the back. Jerry starts a new build, drums in again, organ on long odd chords, piano too.
Then at 7 minutes, Jerry plays the theme again and they move to a mellow jam on it, maybe setting up for verse two. But no, instead they move into “The Last Time.”
Sort of quick and not particularly good, there are some nice parts in the middle there, but nothing develops really.

213 6/18/92 Charlotte: 6:00 (instrumental)

Again after Drums and Space (which follow He’s Gone) this time just remaining instrumental. This time, Drums is 13 minutes, starting with only 3 minutes of drumming before 10 of electronic weirdness, lots of quiet droney springy sounds. When Space starts, more weird synthy sounds come in, bells and strings, odd e-percussion. Slow start. Guitars are in quietly, slow atonal licks moving to pseudo-tonal bits. It’s pretty mellow and quiet. Then the bassoon and all that, but it’s mostly almost solo, very 20th century atonalist. Back to distorted guitar with echo for the last couple minutes, sparse accompaniment. It winds down and Jerry quietly starts the intro riff, with echoes, first high then low, bass accompanying. Keys filter in, other guitar, etc, it’s quiet and echoey and minimal. He plays the theme a bunch before going to delicate noodles. Then by 1:45, the rest of the band seems to figure out that it’s Dark Star and they also play the riff. So Jerry solos more, with a weird filtered pitch follower sound. Phil goes into a pedal tone on the A.
At 2:30, he does the song form, playing the melody on guitar with a pitch -follower singing along, odd accompaniment. No refrain, just continuing the “groove” as such, though Vince does the pitch-bend organ between lines as if it was the refrain.
More noodling soloing, back to the theme riff all the time. Some ascending modal lines. Guitar gets a bit more swinging, the last couple minutes are kinda cool. Then it moves back to repeating the theme riff and falls out and into All Along the Watchtower.
Sort of a tepid attempt at Dark Star, it never gets there. Phil just keeps an odd pulse throughout. Weird one, sort of nice though.

214 6/22/92 Pittsburgh: 4:05

They start it from the intro riff, into the theme jam, organ takes the riff, and Jerry plays around. It’s very mellow. It builds into a nice jam by a minute and a half or so, sounds like it could be a good one. Over that little crest, back to mellow area, organ still plugging away at the riff. I wish he would have learned Pigpen’s old line if he was gonna be repetitive about riffing on the organ.
Jerry picks up the riff again, they really love it lately. He used to do the ‘play it once and move on’ but not lately.
Verse at 2:50, and it’s verse 2! Whoa. Where did this one start? A very quiet mellow verse that finally pegs the landing on line 3 with a big sound. To the refrain, they pound it, Vince pitch bends the organ, to the latter half of the refrain, and the outro, which lands on a big drum hit and everybody drops out, cool! Drums start the drum solo immediately.
16:20 of Drums, in the formula of starting with drum solo and moving in the third minute to e-drums and percussion and then it stays there forever. It gets low and rhythmic and weirdejr as it goes on, ending in the full slow panned echo feedback. Space starts with more synths, buzzy guitars, it stays quiet and low for 4 of 7 minutes, then suddenly it’s loud bassoons. Etc. Oddly this moves into a version of the Spanish Jam (with a TOO rhythm, and midi trumpet) for a couple minutes before heading to The Other One.

Quick and dirty, nice little version. Of verse 2!

215 12/12/92 Oakland: 17:32 (12:57 + 4:35)

Encompassing Drums and Space this evening, after Women are Smarter. A little solo noodling up top, Phil joins and it leads to the intro riff, to the theme riff a couple times, Jerry sounds clear but a bit stumbly. The guitar has a nice clean tone, he’s playing some interesting melodic runs, keeping with a descending play on the them in between little space eddies, a nice quiet high one before the 2 minute mark. It has a quiet and sort of melancholic feeling to it. Bob is following the lead patterns nicely, it lilts and keeps coming back to the theme riff.
Verse (1) at 3 minutes, decent delivery, Jerry is actually holding the notes out. Vince is playing the theme riff through the lines. Line three almost doesn’t change to the e minor, they run to the refrain and pause, more than usual. Drums pound out the spaces between lines, Vince does the pitch bend thing, though after the second line of the refrain instead of between (due to drums, probably), they go to the outro and into the theme groove again.
Jerry is delicately running up and down, nice stuff, but a few flubbed notes in the quick bits. Odd, you don’t usually hear him flub notes. Nice playing from Phil as well, especially when the guitars back off a bit. It sort of lopes along in the theme world. They start to pick it up a bit in the 6th minute, some outside notes creeping in, piano making itself known, Phil going somewhere else, Jerry starts the jazzy chromatics. They move into a weirder section for a couple minutes, Bob plays with his weird swells. Jerry drops and the keys back off for some Phil and drums action, with Bob’s swells. It’s getting scarier.
Piano riffing comes in, atonal weirdness. This goes on for a while with Phil leading the jam, Mickey switches to hand drums and goes to a groove, piano goes jazzy. Bob tries some jazz riffing. Jerry has dropped out apparently. Weirdly in the 10th minute it’s more of a rhythm jam that sounds like early/mid-70s Miles, pretty cool! They bring it down and there’s an interesting keyboard melody happening that brings the drummers into an aggressive roll. The instruments drop out bit by bit as the drums take over and the track switches to the “Drums” track after a bit.
This track moves on with aggressive big drums for a bit before leaving Bill on his own for a real drum solo. Of course Mickey has to go and pull up the synthy things after a minute, and they go into more electronic stuff for real with small hand drum punctuations, then it’s many minutes of the e-drum synth stuff, eventually giving way to actual keyboard sounds for the Space part. Some spring swishes in there and guitars come in quietly underneath. Very spacey and weird, small sounds in the swirl. Eventually some distorted guitars come up with atonal bits then some Dark Star suggestions, switching to cleaner tone, it seems to come back to Dark Star space. The other sounds let go and it’s mostly slow guitar leads and drones from keys and bass. A slow bass line with the lead guitar and a swirly echo, Bob providing odd low wails and things. Jerry actually plays the Dark Star theme quietly once and riffs around moving to the vocal melody, with swirly space accompaniment. Very cool, a sort of collage of drums/space and Dark Star. It gets very quiet with little lead eddies and the swirl coming in waves. They move into another 4 or 5 minutes of a jam that is perhaps considered Dark Star before starting I Need a Miracle. It starts slow and sparse, then Phil starts into a rhythm, with Jerry going to a more distorted tone. It’s a fairly mellow jam, da-dum, da-dum, with Mickey on hand drums. They stretch it outside a bit, with big ringing clangs from the piano. Dunno if this is still really Dark Star, but it’s a jam, and it lasts a few minutes and then they move on and Bob’s insistence. Jerry has some fast high playing in there till it becomes bluesy as needed for INaM.

Nice playing from Jerry up top, and cool that the Dark Star theme came back at the end of the Space section. If you consider the drums and space part of Dark Star, it’s a big one.

216 12/16/92 Oakland: 7:09 – Dick’s Picks 27

Later in this multi-day run at the Oakland Colosseum, they do it again. Or finish what they started, maybe. This one follows the (27 minutes of) Drums and Space that come out of (12 minutes of) Playin’ in the Band and heads off to All Along the Watchtower. So it’s just 7 minutes of Dark Star, really. Enough Drums/Space time to get to the bathroom and back at the Colosseum.
PitB is nice, it leaves the drummers to start the Drums track, which is of the usual formula of rolling drums up top giving way to e-drums and springs, but then they go on to the flanged echo thing at a very quiet level for a long time, into the Space track a ways before other instruments join, which are midi-synth things. Flutey, sort of classical sounding, against Bob’s distorted little bits. Other sounds enter as well, it remains pretty quiet a lot of the time. About halfway through Jerry strikes up the trumpet, and then moves through other horn sounds, in sort of jazzy/classical riffing. Somebody’s got a harmonizer on their echoes, creating upward waves. Then everybody’s a horn. Last couple minutes get back to almost-guitar tone, it builds a little with wandering tonality lines. After some modal play, it gets prettier, and winds down to Dark Star, but with no intro riff, just that on an A chord, Jerry plays the riff once, the keys pick up on it and they move into the groove. Audience loves this, super mellow groove with no drums for a while, allusions to the theme riff and Jerry noodling above it mellowly.
Drums slowly enter after a minute or so, Jerry tries some distortion, organ warbles around. After two minutes in, they riff toward a potential verse, but it sort of takes its time.
And it’s verse 2, four days later! At 2:40 into the track, a nice quiet version of the verse lines, Jerry doesn’t sound raspy, but very soft. To the refrain raggedly, Vince’s pitch bend after and before the outro riff. They move into a relatively stronger version of the groove with some nice lead guitar. Bob does some wailing swells, and they eddy out at one point, drums keep chugging away quietly. Jerry catches another eddy of ascending notes at 5:15, then over into the stream again, slight alterations to the mode. Weird chromatic keys move in in minute 6 and it starts to get more frenetic, distorted guitars, Jerry goes to a tremolo and then they start All Along the Watchtower.
Sort of a nice mellow, very low version of the Dark Star part of all this, but short and sweet.

217 3/17/93 Landover, MD: 10:15

In spring, they’re out again and here in Maryland they move through a long endless second set with Dark Star emerging from PitB and heading off to Drums and Space, to TOO.
There’s 5 minutes of improv after the song part of PitB, mostly in the groove with some fast runs from Jerry on lead with his various effects, autowah sometimes and distortion sometimes. As it settles, it’s more classic band sound. It gets slightly atonal and aggressive, with Phil chugging a note right at the end there as Jerry suddenly plays the Dark Star intro and everybody switches gears. Unexpected. They drop into the groove, Jerry plays the theme a couple times, Bob’s got his compressed distortion sound, to some puzzling lead guitar action up and down. At a couple minutes in, Jerry arpeggiates his way upwards and then comes back to the riff and they go for verse 1 at 2:30. Oddly he ends the first line flatting the C# to a minor C, oops, but they hold it together and all change to the e minor for line 3 with repetitive accompaniment. More pausing on the refrain than usual, they hold the last pause and to the outro, they move right into the groove again with Jerry picking up the lead lines, outside/inside mode stuff, alternating between fast runs and slow melodic bits.
At 4:30 he switches to midi-flute biz. Piano becomes a bit more prominent, though they all continue the groove.
They go for an upward climbing chromatic thing that every joins in on. Then at 5:40, back to guitar sound, we’re pretty chromatic by this point, piano is on all sorts of chords and trills. Phil is back to pushing the beat, but it sort of dissipates to pseudo-walking bass and tinkly piano, it sounds like it’s falling apart at 7 minutes. Drums start dropping out a bit. Little waves of things against Phil’s continuing. Phil seems to be leading it forward, he’s low and strong. By 8 minutes he’s starting a new section, Mickey has go to congas. Piano is jazzing around, Bob is strumming distorted dissonant chords. Jerry has dropped out. They hold onto it til the 10 minute mark and it segues to the drummers.
Drums follows the normal pattern of drummers rolling around for four minutes and then giving way to sound play of electronic stuff, here for only another 4 minutes, with hand drums in for a bit before the big flying flange comes along. With a melodic koto or guzheng-sounding phrase caught in it. Eventually Jerry starts jamming along with this and it becomes the Space track, with a sort of major-key folky feel, even with the pitch-follower sounds. In fact this folkiness of Space leads to a “Handsome Cabin Boy” jam. OK, Dark Star is far away now, so I’ll just sum up the Dark Star portion by saying that it sounded a little forced to go into it and didn’t really seem to hold together as a version very well, but there you go. It contained interesting odd lead bits up top and degenerated into Phil pushing it all over the place.

218 6/23/93 Deer Creek: 7:13

The summer version for 1993, this is a giant rolling second set segment with 25 minutes of Terrapin Station going into a half hour of Drums and Space before 7 minutes of Dark Star, heading off to The Wheel and Good Lovin’ to end the set (before a Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds encore.)

Space contains big soaring leads from Jerry up front, with a distorted tone, moving into the midi-orchestra tones afterwards. It’s pretty wild but mostly semi-tonal melodically. By the end of Space/beginning of the Dark Star track, everybody is swirling around and somehow Phil suggests the Dark Star riff, accompanying Jerry on a riff he’s on and they slowly move toward it with the band. Bob has his distorto tone, and the drums are sparsely entering the groove, keys seem to arpeggiate a bit before settling to the riff. Jerry noodles a bit between iterations of the riff, bringing it together more each time. After a couple minutes he starts the verse, very low raspy, sounds right with the distortion from Bob, Phil is still very staccato on the riff, through all three lines, nobody moves to a second chord for the third line, even Phil stays pulsing his A, but they agree to sort of hold it for the refrain. Vince does a new higher pitch bend after both refrain lines, then back to the riff groove with a very staccato bass.
Phil seems to be constructing something out of his staccato riff notes, Jerry starts building a scaffold for something around it, then moves off to faster runs again. He eddies out a couple times on groups of notes, Bob finally gets a bit sparser, and Jerry moves to a melodic eddy moving downward before some choice licks and runs, but it’s heading sideways by 6 minutes in and they start to fall apart, Jerry is leading it with a bizarro world version of the riff for a sec and then moves off to The Wheel.
Sort of a cool jumpy little version, with Phil’s odd staccato bass playing in there. Jerry had some interesting ideas, and nice little runs. Short but sweet.

219 9/13/93 Philadelphia: 5:36

This is with the Lightning Bolt guitar now, I believe. This autumn version is stuck in between PitB and Terrapin, for a big 5 minutes. So far my impression of this guitar change is that this one is a bit more twangy, like a Telecaster.
Playin’ in the Band is a little chaotic to start, but gets into a cool jam that starts in the usual key and then gets pretty outside before winding up after 8 1/2 minutes, and Jerry does the Dark Star intro riff. The band falls in, and he pretty much drops out and lets them settle the groove, it’s an interesting groove with Bobby’s odd rhythm (and distorto tone), keys doing slow cascades more then just paying the riff. Jerry comes in again after a minute and soars up and down, very nice playing. Vince settles back to the riff with little filigrees, they move over a big wave and into a mellow area by 3 minutes in and back to the theme riff, verse at 3:15.
Decent verse, sort of raspy but nice. A little flip on line three in the melody. To the refrain, Vince does the high pitch bend down between line. To the outro, they sort of pulse through it and continue to the groove. It only lasts a minute, though, before dissipating and heading to Terrapin Station.
Nice playing from Jerry, way too short! What a tease.

220 9/22/93 MSG, NYC: 7:44 (with David Murray on Saxophone.)

David Murray joins on sax for the set, which brings a Dark Star that leads to Drums and Space. Mr Murray was so pleased that he even made an album of Grateful Dead music 3 years later and titled it “Dark Star.”
Coming after a long (16 min) Estimated Prophet jam with a lot of crazy keyboards and squealing saxophone devolving into wild atonal skronk, they move into Dark Star in the jazz-comping breakdown, Phil starts a riff that is similar to the intro riff, and Jerry and Phil sort of bring it into the Dark Star theme, though it takes a minute or so to settle. It eventually becomes the Dark Star theme groove and Jerry starts the verse. Everybody plays the riff through the lines, to the e minor on line 3, they crash into the refrain and pause, not everyone together on the downbeats. To the outro, it seems like Phil is in his own tempo and the rest of the band isn’t quite with him as they enter the next groove section. Sax comes in low and starts a solo at 4 minutes, Jerry is sort of backed-off for most of this. Sax builds to a crest, Jerry has a few little fats jazzy runs, it’s all a bit chaotic sounding. Some back-and-forths in the 6th minute and atonal weirdness, it starts to die down, Jerry takes a short mellow solo as it dissipates and they all drop out and leave the drummers to the Drums track.
Drums is 13 minutes, followed by 10 of Space before they enter Wharf Rat. Mickey plays hand drums and Bill plays an odd rhythm on his kit for a good 6 minutes before the electronic weirdness comes in. The hand drums stay in or come back after a bit, with echoes, and at the end it cedes to the springs and manipulated echoes that lead to the Space track. Guitars come back in, quiet at first with the midi stuff, building with artificial horn sounds in weird melodic fragments. After a couple minutes there’s a lot of stuff in there swirling around, sax and guitars and keyboards and it gets very weird. It gets quiet int he middle and Jerry is back sounding like a guitar, in duet with sax for a bit, and odd e-percussion sounds. Very free jazz. Jerry goes for midi-flutes and horns again and they build it up for a big wave of sounds that comes back down and moves into Wharf Rat.

Sort of a minor Dark Star section, a little chaotic and skronky. Not the best. None of the following Space really relates to it. Even though I do like the free jazz, I wasn’t really into David Murray’s contribution here.

221 3/16/94 Rosemont: 11:14

They start with the riff after Long Way to Go Home, it’s pretty spry and they bop around, Phil is bubbling away, Vince is covering the theme riff. Jerry is skipping over the top of the rhythm, they sort of go into a new type of rhythmic groove. It almost sounds like a different song, it’s so upbeat!
Up and over the leads and back to the theme, they stick with it and jam out on the rhythm for a while, Jerry using some blue notes, cowboy licks and chords, it’s a boogie.
Verse 1 at 4:30, raspy sounding Jerry, starting at an off beat, they move through the first two line and settle to the e minor on line three, and rush to the refrain where it pauses, Vince doing his pitch bend thing between lines. Out to the outro and into a new hoppy little groove, a little mellower, and Jerry starts off again, climbing around with his twangy Lightning Bolt. They move into a more spacious area with higher little licks from Jerry and more swells from the keys. They go on, bopping it, it’s got a lot of forward momentum, and Jerry keeps playing the endless melodics with Bobby on his distorted little interjections. Some nice playing in there.
At 9:20, Jerry moves back to the theme and they bring it down to start a new section, it spins out a bit and the drums build up a bit but the other instruments start dropping out leaving them to it.
Drums track is normal for the era, starting with Bill on traps and Mickey on hand drums led into by a feedback swell from Bob. They stay with a very upbeat and hectic drum wailing for several minutes before the electronica comes in with the solo talking drum at about 4 minutes in. Then it gets weirder with the electronic stuff, but it quiets down to a bouncing low synth sound at about 7 minutes, and the flanged echo things swirl around. They go for these synth sounds and echoes then until “Space” starts at 12:30 into Drums.
Space begins when some guitars join in quietly, and keys, it’s droney up top with plucky odd synthy sounds and a low drone. Quiet flute sounds are floating around (from Jerry I think) becoming quiet background bassoons. Drums have dropped out. Bass comes in after a couple minutes, it’s sort of tonal though Bob is playing dissonant chords. The bassoon becomes a guitar at 3 minutes in and the drones are still there with odd squirrely synth sounds popping up around the drones. Some more odd pitch-followers add to the mix as it intensifies, harmonizing, so Jerry does pedal steel licks! It turns into more fast chromatic atonal riffing at 5 minutes into this track. Odd ring modulated sounds at 6:40, then silent movie tension from piano while the guitars start slow chordal bits, almost leading it to Dark Star again, it gets mellow and quiet, and then at 8:45 moves into almost a groove, bass and Bob coming in to hold it into a song almost. I could see this moving back to the Dark Star, but after a couple minutes, the bluesy notes start and they go to I Need a Miracle.
When I listened to an audience tape I thought this last bit of Space was very Dark Star like, but the soundboard makes it seem not quite as much that way… Who knows. Anyway, Dark Start itself was very upbeat and bouncy, almost boogie. Cool and decent playing from the band.

222 3/30/94 Atlanta: 10:29   

The last Grateful Dead version of Dark Star. Coming from PitB, it moves into 5 minutes of Drums and then 22 minutes of Space! PitB is pretty mellow, relative to other versions. Jerry isn’t really playing much for a bunch of the jam, he comes in slowly, it’s nice playing but sparse and low. It’s pretty latin-jazzy and with some odd phrygian chord progressions going on. It breaks down entirely by the end of the track and the band noodles around for a minute as if it will go to Space, but then amidst the chaos they start the riff and move into a relaxed Dark Star groove.
Vince starts the riff on organ after a bit and then Jerry starts playing more mellow guitar lead, it’s nice, almost the old 70s tropical beach feel. Jerry isn’t really soaring, just low noodles so Bob starts playing with his whammy bar and making weird noises. Jerry backs off and eventually has some sliding pedal-steely bends with some synth sound. A harmonizer or whammy pedal maybe? Some of the harmonized notes bend out of the mode.
It drops back into the groove with an organ solo for a sec before more guitar stabs and verse 1 at about 4:50, Jerry sounds relatively strong, though dying off at the ends of the lines, they move to the em on line three and a lick to the refrain, pitch bending between lines. To the outro, then they drop back to the Dark Star groove. Bob is still playing with the phrygian chords, and this only goes on for a minute or so and they drop the level down, drums go for side stick, it gets very delicate in the 7th minute.
It seems to almost end at 7:30, everybody is slow and low, warbling around. Little chromatic phrases come in and out, the drums pick up a hand drum, they move into a holding pattern, with little guitar bits and hand drums, keyboard chords occasionally. The drums start to roll underneath and are preparing to take over.
Then it’s Drums track and we’re out of Dark Star. Drums use echoes right off the bat. Rolling drums last for less than a minute and then it’s all e-percussion and garage door springs. It goes into a groove with e-perc bass and triggered synth sounds. Toward the end of this track it’s back to percussion with echoes before other instruments come in for a long Space, which starts on a long drone chord pad. Then they add a recording of monks chanting and various voice samples at different triggered pitches. Midi guitars come in to play along and feedbacky bends. Very droney and sparse and echoed. By 5 minutes, Jerry is in with a guitar+pitch follower. Then big organ sounds from it and e-percussion, stepping through presets again like opening doors to little scenes and then moving to the next, back to organ tone, it gets more intensity, scary church. Some big Bob distortion cutting through and it dies off to droney synth for a sec, still mostly atonal. Waves of this with various timbres, some super weird synth sounds popping around in the 14th minute. Drums come back in playing free jazz, they build to a big crest at 17 min with wild bass and pseudo trumpet, then back to low volume, drums drop out and midi melodies slow and a distorted bassoon is the lead. Short swells and bits from everybody, back to guitar sounds but in free atonal weirdness, e-percussion. This goes on until they go to distortion guitar sounds and get a bit bluesier and I Need a Miracle starts.

I liked the Dark Star part of it all, but Jerry was really not playing much besides casual noodles. The feel was good, that old relaxed feel.


There you have it. I didn’t cover the post-Jerry Garcia versions, the “Dead and Company” have done it, and I suppose other incarnations with various existing members. There’s also the incredble 1995 “Grayfolded” album by John Oswald, where he has manufactured a piece out of multitudes of recordings of Dark Star, it’s sort of got all of them in it.

Tagged with: , , , ,
Posted in Music

Listening to the first 100 Dark Stars

I have never been a big Deadhead, my relationship with the Grateful Dead’s music is long and varied, but for the most part I was never a big fan. I like some stuff, don’t like other stuff, didn’t like them when I saw them, do like many of the studio albums and the early live albums, don’t like much of anything after, say, 1977. Even by then, the shows start to grate on me. 

I moved to go to college at UCSC in Santa Cruz, CA in 1981 (where the Dead archives are now at the library), and I suppose it would be obvious that there were already many deadheads at that campus. It was always deadhead territory. In high school in the late 70s I lived in Northern California, in Davis, and I played guitar in bands that were mostly classic rock covers, or punk “originals” (inasmuch as we were punk or original), but I had played bass in this one band with people whom I thought were “old guys” (they were in their 20s and 30s) in order to be able to play in the one real bar in downtown Davis. We did, again, mostly classic rock covers, but when the crooning mustached singer took a (coke?) break, the guitar players would turn to me and my high school cohort on piano and say “wanna learn some Dead songs?” So we did these at gigs also. But I had only really heard the studio albums and had little idea of who or what the Grateful Dead were beyond the “greatest hits”. These guitarists did sport the piano player and I tickets to see one of the Warfield shows in Oct of 1980, and I mostly watched Phil Lesh (because I was playing bass in their band), but to be honest, I didn’t quite get the whole vibe. We were a little surprised that they played three sets, we kept thinking it was over after each set, used to acts like Elvis Costello playing 30 minutes or less at the Coffeehouse at UCD. 

At UCSC, a lot of the deadheads were already much wiser than I at the tender age of 18, and so when we’d play songs in the dorm lounge, we’d get into these ways of telegraphing songs by lick or rhythm to try to work out how the band made these transitions over great lengths of time. And the idea of songs-within-songs. It opened my musical and improvising eyes quite a bit and it’s something that I have always loved about the Dead and have carried with me as an aesthetic ever since (see: Storytelling album, for example.) 

Oddly, I have no memory of ever trying to play Dark Star in those dorm lounge jams! We mostly played the more country numbers, I guess because they were the easiest. 

I did end up going to a few shows while I was at the University, like 1981-84, but I couldn’t understand how they were even the same band I heard on the tapers’ cassettes from a shows decade earlier, they seemed so slow and dreary. So by 1984 I pretty much stopped listening to them …for many years! Obviously there were numerous things that led me back, including the fact that some of the music felt like comfort food. Songs like China Cat Sunflower and Terrapin Station were very soothing to me for some reason. Like mac and cheese. On the other hand, most of the “Americana” Dead from Workingman’s Dead or even more the American Beauty material just didn’t age well to me, and I still don’t really like a lot of that material. In fact, what I like and what I don’t like are probably inimical to most of the deadhead world, and I’m very partial to the early acid-head stuff. It’s incredibly prog. And a lot more high energy than anything after 1969. 

During the latter 1980s I was playing with Camper Van Beethoven, and in the college-rock world, the Dead were shunned. In fact, we were invited to the Bay Area Music Awards in 1988 for some reason or another and the Dead were there also being lauded for something that we just thought was as bad as what the Airplane had become by the 1980s. I’m not sure I think differently now.

I did go to one show at Shoreline Amphitheater in 1989 or so with a friend who was working for Rykodisc (who were doing something with Mickey Hart at the time) and had tickets. I was mostly bored except for the part where they played amplified garage door springs—probably the opposite reaction from most of the audience.

One reintroduction to the greatness that they had been, however, happened about fifteen years ago, while I was driving in Oakland and listening to KFJC, the radio station from Los Altos Hills Jr College, and they were playing an amazing piece of improvised noise, so when I got to where I was going, I sat in the car to hear the back-announcement, and it turned out to be a feedback ending of a Grateful Dead concert from the late 1960s. Cool! So I kept that in mind and casually listened to older stuff of theirs when I came across it. More deadheads came out of the woodwork in the CVB touring world, many of the promoters and friends of ours were deadheads and the Alt-Rock taboo had long faded, for the most part (it’s hot and cold. Some people badmouth the band still, some don’t.) The “Long Strange Trip” documentary turned a lot of people on to understanding the band as a phenomenon, especially when from the outside most of us saw that phenomenon as crusty hippies all over the place. 

At one point a friend gave me the set of recordings from their shows in 1973-74 in the Pacific Northwest and I started casually listening to that, and became really intrigued by the fact that there was a version of “Playing in the Band” that was 45 minutes long. 45 minutes! That’s a long time to noodle about on stage. I listened to that version several times (and a couple other versions from that box-set that were half as long) and began to appreciate a few things about this. One main thing was: they had the time and space to do whatever they wanted on stage, and also: the audience came along. So imagine this scenario, you have a band that has learned to play their instruments pretty well, they have numerous stylistic areas they can draw from and they have been improvising together for about 8 years, and have no need to worry that they will offend any ticket-buyers if they just turn to themselves and try to make music for as long as they want to. The promoters don’t care, they’re not being rushed offstage. The audience is high as kites (we assume) and will go along with anything. Their audience is not only allowing the band to do whatever they want to, but in fact is happy that the band is going to take them on some weird-ass musical journey…and then possibly bring them back home to the song that encompassed it. Deadheads are/were a very forgiving and indulgent audience. I envied that—I love to feel supported while experimenting musically. 

During the summer of 2020, after realizing that the pandemic was going to go on and on, I tried doing some ‘live-stream’ concerts, but I felt like they were more like practicing in my own living room and filming it, given that there was no actual interaction or feedback with any potential audience. Or other musicians. A simulacra of performance, no audience is coming along with me in my peregrinations. I started wondering if that were even possible anymore. Most of the times I have performed in my life, there had been time constraints—and audience constraints, i.e., if I were to veer off the track, it was unlikely that much of the audience would come along with me. Or even the rest of the band! I tried to cultivate some allowance on the part of the CVB audience by doing more improvisation in solo shows at our own festival shows, and there were definitely some heads there that were into that, but in the world that paid the bills, CVB played song after song, for the allotted time, period, and for whatever reason there was some idea of playing songs similar to the recorded versions. (I never understood that either.)

I started reading more of the online blogs such as https://deadessays.blogspot.com/  and    https://lostlivedead.blogspot.com  and it’s side-blog on other artists: https://hooterollin.blogspot.com. There are many blogs about the history of the Grateful Dead and the history of psychedelic rock music, especially in the Bay Area, (I mean, look at how many of the shows in this list are happening in SF and environs, this band got to play many times a month in the city during the late 60s! That certainly wasn’t happening for anybody in later years/decades.) I was trying to understand that audience in a historical context. It happened in an era that it could happen in. The audience came along. Could it happen at any other time? I guess to a certain extent you could map a similar thing on the 1990s emergence of jam bands like Phish, and indeed there was a resurgence of psychedelic drug taking at shows at that time, and several of these bands survive, and to that extent their audiences put up with what they did or do, allowing them to explore much more freely than the stricter song-based bands. I don’t really know that scene, but when I’ve listened to any of these bands, nothing especially resonated with me. Much of it seemed silly (and I never really thought of the Dead as “silly”, just annoying sometimes) or worse: banal. For example, there’s a big difference in lyrics, as happens in many cases where people try to make something sound “out there” or “psychedelic” by avoiding meaning rather than encoding meaning. I have heard this sort of thing a lot in bands influenced by, say, Captain Beefheart or by 1970s prog rock bands, where they tried to make lyrics that sounded ‘weird’ or something, as if the singer were somehow embarrassed to be personally responsible for any message they might be espousing if the meaning were sussed, or if the meaning could too easily be read between the psychedelic lines. The cynicism of the punk era was latent upon any messaging that might be construed as “positive” or “trippy” or even colorful. And subsequent generations have been so jaded to it all that the only thing that is acceptable is irony, because again, you don’t want to be responsible for really believing that that music is cool, do you? Oh, no, I listen to this ironically, I don’t believe anything is really cool.

I assume it’s probably true that any listeners to my own music didn’t get what I was trying to say (especially on, say, Storytelling or the early Hieronymus Firebrain albums, for examples) and might think it’s gobbledegook, but I did work that stuff out to encode the meaning I was trying to relate, to the best of my ability. (I consciously moved away from that with the advent of Jack & Jill— I felt I needed to be more direct at the time. That was the mid-1990s. Nowadays I don’t care one way or the other.)

I didn’t hear that sort of encoded meaning much in the 90s jam band psychedelia, more like stoner jokes which are funny if you’re stoned. Or, once, anyway. And often the musical tricks went in ways that were just cheesy things, like Frank Zappa often did, like playing with rapid-cut inserts of TV show themes or crap like that. (I’ll forgive Zappa due to the enormous amount of music he made that specifically did not do this, though listening to some of his later concerts where he ably entertained the audiences with these sorts of tricks, there’s also a lot of really cringey content that was maybe culturally acceptable in the 70s and 80s but just seems gross now.) I don’t feel like Robert Hunter’s lyrics from any era of the Dead are cringe-worthy; I can’t say the same about John Barlowe’s.

In any case, I felt like I missed out. At this point in pandemic 2020, there was no audience to groove with let alone a band to improvise with and to develop music with over time. I wrote before about how I had always wanted my own music to be allowed to develop over time and multiple performances in that way, but during my lifetime it was mostly one-off performances, few and far between. Listening to even just Jerry Garcia’s musical development over the latter 1960s and into the 1970s is awe inspiring. That guy was pretty good! But: heroin. Destroyer of worlds. By the time I ever saw the Dead (or Jerry Garcia Band, I saw them once in 1980 or 81 when I was still in High School in Davis and it was hella slow) much of what was interesting or exciting or having the forward-momentum of developing experimental improvisation had dissolved into drugged or drunken mid-to-slow-tempo nod-offs. Maybe I missed out by not being a deadhead and never actually taking acid at any of the later shows I did see, but I doubt that would have helped to glean the feeling that they had while developing their audience in the 60s and 70s. It was a phenomenon, maybe limited in time and place. But it did produce some amazing music and musical ideas. 

I started looking at the extant recordings on Archive.org to hear where they came from, there are hundreds of their concerts recorded, many directly from the soundboard. The early blues-based stuff is pretty great, especially when you think about them trying to play this music at acid tests and that sort of thing. (Whenever I’ve experienced playing on acid, it was nearly impossible to determine pitch or rhythm accurately, and the band mostly just fell apart.) I really like the serious acid-influenced music that developed out of this, the pieces that end up making the album “Live/Dead” recorded in early 1969. The lyrics are funny and colorful, the songs have incredible forward momentum and are played differently every time. The phrasing is endless, it’s amazing to listen to some of these concerts where Jerry just has never-ending melodic lines. The song “The Eleven” is a great example of all of these things, it’s fast and fluid, much of it is in 11/8, and the lyrics are two superimposed sets of poems. And it’s major-scale jamming, something that went largely out of fashion by the 1970s. 

I began to focus on the song Dark Star, an icon in the history of the Grateful Dead. If you scroll down the side of the DeadEssays blog, you can see there’s already a lot written about this particular track. It’s a fool’s errand, as noted below. Anyway, one of the ‘pandemic projects’ I embarked on was to start listening to the evolution of the song, any version available since the Grateful Dead began playing it in 1967. As it happened, other people had come up with the same task and started a thread on the Steve Hoffman music forums, I happened to find it in August of 2020 when both they and I were coincidentally covering August of 1968 versions. Most of these descriptions have been posted there in that thread. Simultaneously, the starter of the thread, bzfgt (who apparently also has a blog site devoted to The Fall’s lyrics!), is posting everybody’s comments on a blog dedicated to this project.

the thread:

https://forums.stevehoffman.tv/threads/every-dark-star-grateful-dead.983414/

the blog:

https://everydarkstar.blogspot.com

The song:

Pre-history of the song: Apparently the earliest manifestation of anything like “Dark Star” happened on (my fourth birthday) Sept 3 1967, at a dance hall at Rio Nido. It happened during a jam on Dancing in the Street. The Dark Star melody is the basis for a guitar solo from mr Garcia here. It’s very much like many solos he will go off on later during the song, and apparently Robert Hunter wrote the lyrics and they wrote the song this weekend. They recorded it in a studio later in the fall. As far as any of the millions of Grateful Dead historians know, nobody thinks the song per se was recorded live in 1967, though apparently played in LA at the Shrine Auditorium on Dec 13 1967 and probably other untaped concerts between there and January 1968. A lot of people have written about the song and its development, one of them (Chris Forshay) even beginning an essay on the first couple years with “If ever there were a fool’s errand in the realm of music criticism, tackling the evolution of Dark Star surely must be it.” This is because, while it started out small, it became very very large. And went all sorts of places in between. It’s a paradigm for the entire idea of improvised electric rock music, for how a band of musicians can be separate in their parts and also how they can be each part of a multi-faceted whole that they are creating together on the fly. 

The song itself, “Dark Star”, came out in April 1968 as a 7” single backed with “Born Cross Eyed”. It’s a nice sub-3-minute piece of groovy 1960s folky pop music with extremely evocative and outlandishly psychedelic lyrics. There are two verses, each with 3 lines and a “chorus” or refrain of two slower paced lines that break up the rhythm. There are two studio takes extant, one of which is the pressed version. It’s a medium tempo swung feel in A mixolydian, there are two melodic themes after an introductory riff: the song’s rhythm-comp riff and the vocal melody, both of which are used in the instrumental section between verses. The three verse lines are presented such that the first line is coming out of the normal groove that leads into it, A to G, while the second line breaks the rhythm and starts on an e minor and plays with an offbeat accent pattern of 3s and 2s. Line 3 is back to the regular groove, but with more instruments wandering melodically underneath. Usually. Then it stops and the “chorus” or refrain of “Shall we go…” hits the A with a fermata and follows with melodic lines of sixths traveling up and down, and it ends back on the e minor before using the introductory riff to come back into the song/jam/outro. The second verse’s refrain has multiple-part vocal accompaniment. In the recorded version, the instrumental section between verses is basically the same pattern of lines as the verse. Some writers have stated that the entire section between the verses is essentially a musical description of the “transitive nightfall of diamonds” through which you and I shall go, while we can, which I like, so I choose to think so too. 

verse 1:

Dark star crashes, pouring its light into ashes

Reason tatters, the forces tear loose from the axis

Searchlight casting for faults in the clouds of delusion

Shall we go, you and I while we can

Through the transitive nightfall of diamonds?

verse 2:

Mirror shatters in formless reflections of matter

Glass hand dissolving in ice petal flowers revolving

Lady in velvet recedes in the nights of good-bye

Shall we go, you and I while we can

Through the transitive nightfall of diamonds?

The lyrics are surreal psychedelic utterances, common for the early LSD era of the 1960s. They remind me of Dali paintings, imagery-wise, (though nothing is explicitly “melting”) and the images themselves seem to be allegory to the psychological states (reason, delusion, reflection, etc.) It’s very much the crisis of ego-dissolution that psychedelia can achieve, and while expressed beautifully, lyrically, it’s also scary. Many early performances have Jerry Garcia hamming it up with scary-movie warbling on the vocals. Each line is its own image or territory, moving from the initial Dark Star crashing to the Lady in Velvet receding, telling the story in a set of distinct tableaux. It’s got its own sort of Haiku-like quality, though each line has an introductory four syllables (or feet, I guess: mostly spondees, but “dis-solving” is a dactyl as is “lady in”), followed by a trail twice as long. 

Listen to the song here,

and you can find nearly all of the live versions on Archive.org—the Grateful Dead are a very documented band, luckily for the world. One thing to note about this particular song is that even in live performance it often only has hand percussion (at least at the beginning, often drum sets come in much later) so it maintains a quieter demeanor than most rock songs. The pulse is often only a shaker or guiro.

The rest of this post is basically an appendix to this as a blog post, it’s short analyses of the first 100 performances of the song. Overall its development is to get longer and longer with improvised sections at the beginning that lead into the theme and between the verses (if the second verse happens, which it mostly does in this era. Later, maybe not.) The middle jam, the “Transitive Nightfall” starts in late 1967-early 1968 as an instrumental rendering of the sung song form, develops from there to long group improvisations, and then later begins to break this section down, where by 1969 they essentially blow away the musical fabric of reality and foist the audience into very minimalist space with noise and sound improvisation that eventually leads back to melodic areas.  There are many thematic elements that are used, such that they have been named by fans: the ROR, or repeating organ riff, that Pigpen plays throughout the song (this only lasts for a year), the “theme” which they groove on, the Dark Star melody with the Bright Star and Crying or Falling Star variants, the Sputnik, which is an arpeggio section, rather than the Telstar beeps you’d assume from such a name, etc. Later, they begin to insert other modular jam sections after this, or even other songs may bubble up. To me, the musical development over 1968 is key, it’s intense and growing, and as it goes into early 1969 when they recorded the “Live/Dead” album, it has already shown multiple ways to straddle time with an electric band, from jazzy to many sorts of rock, noisy to quiet sounds, often the band playing as one organism weaving multiple lines together moving forward. By the end of these first hundred performances, some of the modular jams in the second half are fairly normalized, and to be frank, I think they move the song away from its roots as a piece in-and-of-itself and more into the rest of the stage show of the Grateful Dead. Regardless, people know them and identify them and much has been written about these jam sections which are often specific chord progressions that came from or lead to other songs. In fact, these modular jam sections appear in other songs sometimes as well!

Anyway, here’s the appendix to this post, notes on listening to the first 100 extant live recordings of the song.

____________________________________________________________________________

#1 (first extant live version) 1968-01-17 Carousel Ballroom, SF

The Repeating Organ Riff (which Pigpen plays, over and over throughout the song in this time period) starts before the band even starts the song, the band still tuning, getting ready, they jump into the song rocking, nice and swift. Bob is really playing those chords up. Jerry plays fast and melodically. The verse comes in after only a minute, the offbeat rhythm on line 2 is very prominent and Bob does the wandering on line 3, Pigpen stays with the line 2 rhythm and plays the climbs of sixths on “shall we go”. The center jam goes almost immediately into a song-form jam, Pig on the spy-theme rhythm for lines two and three, it’s all going by so quickly, Jerry goes into a crying star type melody at the end of the three line, then to the theme, and immediately into verse 2, which follows the offbeat rhythm on line 2 and the wandering around on line 3. The outro has the multiple vocal parts, not expertly executed yet, and the slow climb goes on for a while then jumps right into China Cat Sunflower, which rocks on, with Pig and Bob doubling their parts nearly exactly, segues seamlessly into the Eleven. I like this set!

#2 1968-01-20, Eureka, CA

A very hyped up intro after a lot of jamming already, a call-and-response intro riff version! Into a very grooving chord vamp from Bobby, etc. Takes a while for Jerry to get out of just grooving and into a lead idea, he’s examining a way in between the chords for minutes, with little sparks of accents in specific spots. Eventually, two minutes in he starts a melodic lead that goes up and keeps going up! Nice. Settles, and starts the verse, we get the first line, the second has the em-A offbeat rhythm, third has the casting-about “searchlight” from the guitars mostly, and… the the fades and ends. Sad. Would have loved to hear the rest, very high energy till the tape ran out.

#3 1968-01-22 Seattle, WA

After a long “Spanish Jam”, Dark Star comes in with the intro over some fading “Spanish” chords (em & F), again sort of call and response with Jerry and Phil setting the rhythm, Bob come sin with the chordal groove, then Pig with the ROR. Jerry starts a lead and then we hear that guiro. It’s sort of a bubbly vibe. Even Bobby gets in on the upward drive feel. Not a long intro jam before the verse starts quietly (vocals are low). Very pronounced changes between lines, the casting about on line three mostly from Bobby hammering on his chords. Phil is jumping on the changes in the chorus, and strong into the center section. ROR kicks it in, Jerry comes in with some wandering around the theme, which leaves the band to play the song-form changes. Line three here leads to more forward momentum jamming and it continues with Jerry getting into some little eddies of notes and riffs to concentrate on. This builds it up until he hits a sort of “crying star” at 3:45 or so, this breaks the songs down into the groove and eventually into verse two. Really nice verse rendition, lovely organ chord on the A of “Shall we go”. The vocals are all there, but quiet, as they play the chorus and into the outro, which heads off to China Cat Sunflower and The Eleven (I like this sequence, actually.)

#4 1968-01-2(7) Crystal Ballroom, Portland? (Seattle maybe?)

Some tuning up before a dive into the song with the call and response intro bass-guitar-bass-guitar. Phil is riffing heavily right off the bat, we have the ROR and scratcher, JG comes inwith some short lines. It’s fast! Phil is really lead instrument here, Jerry is catching up behind him almost! A few little modal eddies int he lead stream, to a rhythmic chop, more riff-ideas, top down melodic lines. JG is on a top-down arpeggio to start his lines. At 2 minutes Phil goes into the song-form jam with the em-A on line two, but this goes almost immediately into the actual verse. Nice vocals, a little warble on “Searchlight”. Nice organ swells and the little bedoop bedoop bedoop from the organ between chorus lines. 

Middle jam starts strong right off the bat, everybody is jamming full speed ahead, and into a song-form section at 4 minutes, and into a set of riffs on the G to E. It drops down a bit and grooves, ROR still present. Up to the falling star. then some strings swipes up and down and off to verse 2 entering quietly. With shaker and cymbal swells. A little hammer-on wandering on line 3, bright organ on “Shall we go” and the bedoops. Nice vocal outro and classical outro counterpoint off the to transitional chords to China Cat Sunflower.

#5 1968-02-02 Crystal Ballroom, Portland

The call and response style intro between JG and PL, then the ROR. Jerry is starting to play some leads in the intro section now instead of just heading for the verse, he’s bouncing around the mode, as is Phil. Some small eddies in the flow happen with both Phil and Jerry, verse comes in at about 2 minutes, strong em-A power on line 2, Phil is starting to cast about on line three. A snare hit on “Shall We Go”! Drums are gonna come in? Organ chords on the outro and the back to the ROR, back to the groove for the middle, into the song form jam. Again, strong em-A on line two, now with drums, line three starts a wandering from everybody, JG goes slightly chromatic, he’s heading high for a brighter star, making a stronger jam out of this area. He brings it down and tries the crying stretches, then heads into a rhythmic comp for a bit while probably figuring out where they are and heading to a warbly verse 2. The strength they have been showing on line two is kinds dispersed by on-beat hits from the drums. Nice shimmery organ chords on the “Shall we go” chorus. A ragged outro, which is heading to a long set of spatially places dyads, landing on a big E major chord after a while, as they will do later when heading to St Stephen.

#6 1968-02-03 Crystal Ballroom, Portland

This venue is amazing, by the way, it has an enormous wooden floor that essentially flexes with weight, it’s bouncy and was made for ballroom dancing. Also it sounds great there (in my experience.)

There’s a noisy jam led by Phil leading into this, slightly phrygian/Spanish Jam chordally. There’s a cut and then the last few notes of the Dark Star intro, loud shakers guiding the rhythm. When the groove is set, JG comes in with the intention of jamming. He has a melodic intro he tries a few times. He’s playing a lot with the chromatic dips of the intro riff (B-Bb-B-D, E-Eb-E-G) and eventually comes to a DS melody and comes in with the verse, warbling. The line two rhythm is a bit washy now, and the line 3 wandering is a bit subdued. “Shall we go” sounds like a pronouncement delivery, very dramatic reading. 

Into the middle section it hardly skips a beat and goes right into the shaker and groove, and into the song form  jam, Jerry on melody. Sort of seems like Phil is the only one holding to the song form and then once line 3 is done, they all settle into a groove again. But Jerry is starting to figure a bright star melody, playing on the fifths, hopping back and forth. and then suddenly, verse 2!

Again, warbling vocal delivery, smeared rhythms on the line two em-A, and now with cymbal washes. It’s a short song still. All vocals present for outro chorus, and into the outro chords, with a spoken vocal delivery, “Leave the lights on will ya?”, and lands on E into China Cat, which is in E major at this point in history.

#7 1968-02-14 Carousel Ballroom, SF

I’ve listened to this version many times, it was (previously) the earliest version I had a tape of. I love it! It’s very contained as far as Dark Star goes. Valentine’s Day version. I like the mix, the ROR is very present, but Bob’s guitar is overdriving his amp quite a bit, the intro jam between Jerry and Phil is really quite something. They are exploring the groove and it’s a bit more relaxed than before, and gets into more little squeezes that it has to break out of. Nice verse 1, the difference between line one and 2 is very evident, and the ‘casting’ about on line three is more like hopping on hammer-ons from the chords. 

The jam center starts with melodic statements before the stricter song-form lines, which then settles into the groove again afterwards, and ROR. Note that the organ plays the em-A chords in line 2 and 3 of the song-form jam instead of the ROR. 

Bright Star theme comes in strong, and then the falling star stretch, B-to-A, the 9th down to the A root. 

Into a little theme groove for a while before verse 2. Ok vocal delivery for the outro, sort of hurrying through it, into the outro chords and landing on E again for China Cat Sunflower, which appears to not switch to G as it does in a month or so. 

#8 1968-02-22 King’s Beach Bowl, Lake Tahoe

 Fast and upbeat intro, ROR, Jerry hopping about jamming happily. This starts out and keeps jumping, Phil is into some interesting bass-picking ideas, on the chord roots and fifths (gasp! so conventional!) We can barely hear the vocals, but JG is covering the melody with his guitar part. The verse plows through, not much difference line to line in the band but a few more notes picked out by Phil on the “Searchlight” line, not really “casting” about but busier. The ‘chorus’ lines are nearly a full stop to the rhythmic forward momentum from the intro till now. 

Intro to the middle section has some classic melodic signifiers, ROR present the whole time, some chromatic notes from PL and then Jerry enters with the theme and it’s the song-form section, Phil takes off more on line three and they keep going, JG heads up pretty high with the lead playing, gets waylaid a little in a Bright Star territory, but it’s just suggestions. He brings it back and heads up again for a long “falling star” set of bends, then quickly goes back to the intro material and heads to verse two. Cymbals splash about, line 2 has its spy theme rhythm emerging a bit, and the wandering on line three. Outro stated very precisely, into the out rubato chords and landing on E to start China Cat, which goes through its bridge  (E to B) entirely and jams on E for a long time. I guess this song was in E the whole time at this point? It’s in G later, except the bridge section). Really jamming version of this song too! They were hyped. This is a great and very upbeat sequence from Dark Star->China Cat-> The Eleven->Caution.

#9 1968-02-23 King’s Beach Bowl, Lake Tahoe

Classic intro, the ROR starts, accenting that last chord at its end nicely. JG enters more softly this evening and winds it downwards before bringing it up with some weird little turns and bends. A jam before the verse, hey! Some nice little eddies with the whole band a minute or so in, Jerry has some tripping little phrase going downwards after the catch, and then switched tone for a new lead. Phil seems to be caught up on the intro lick phrase (like B-Bb-B-D——) then JG picks up on that. Verse comes in strong with warbling scary vocals, calmed a bit by the last line and chorus lines. Nice outro 

JG with them phrases in octaves going down, to a song-form jam with some of the turning downward thirds outlining the melodic areas. He builds it up after the form, they stay going, and JG is heading to a Brighter Star, but not quite the full theme, it takes a while to state it, and when it hits, he tears it down with the falling star. Very “arranged” sounding. Some quieter little riffy play afterwards, and into verse 2. The lines of the verse have their classic distinctions, though the line 3 casting about seems to mostly be hammer-ons in the chord from PL and BW, not like exploring the space really. Can’t tell really how long it takes for the outro to get anywhere from the recording I heard. Nice version, not as chipper as the previous evening, but a clearer recording. The song is played like “a song” in many ways, this evening. 

#10 1968-03-16 Carousel Ballroom, SF

 Back to SF, they all start together, strong mix happening starting the show with this song now. Immediate jamming. Jerry is already stretching it out for the intro, they have stronger amps that they don’t need to overdrive to get volume out of, so they can play with volume more and be more precise in their tone. The jam goes up and down, JG hits some odd notes before settling the vibe to introduce the verse. He warbles on Daaaark again, as he’s been wont to do on this song. Lots of cymbal swirling for the verse, emphasis on the downward chromatics on the “while we can” drops. A little shaker on the outro, then into the middle, Jerry takes it to a lead guitar area instead of the verse melody so they *don’t* do the song form until about 3:30, when they go through it, Jerry has some seriously jazzy chordal arpeggios over line 2 and 3. Nice! And it goes from there, building the thing like all-fingers-of-the hand-band all moving forward, and to the bright star! He sticks with it for a while, brings it down and up again, and to the falling star, and back to the intro theme. 

Verse 2 comes in with cymbal splashes, warbling vocals. It settles on the chorus, a little conga to kick it around between lines. Outro orchestration a little obscured by Phil’s note choices, into the odd chords and landing on China Cat Sunflower. 

#11 1968-03-29 Carousel Ballroom, SF

Dark Star is coming in toward the end of the set (or recording, anyway) they’re still playing with where it goes in the set. Audience recording, lotsa guiro from the sound system. The band os grooving around the ROR, JG enters tentatively, and tries again, stretching notes oddly before taking off into bluesy licks in the mode. Sounds comfortable in the hall. He switches to rolled-off tone, and bounces around, the band is basically grooving out. Theme statements in quiet delicate ways. The verse comes in early, after 2 minutes. Some interesting rises in the “searchlight casting” line. Into the middle, the guiro is too loud. JG hits the ground running, melodically, with bridge pickup now. He’s getting caught up in a few specific notes this time, examining. The organ has some held chords. 

Theme statement, song form at 4 min, strong rhythm definition for the lines. JG again caught in little riff whirlpools on his way up after the groove comes back, into a Bright Star, where even here he gets caught in some eddies. At 5:30, back to the theme and the percussion goes off in triplets. Verse two, and we’re already rowing back to shore. A quick tour. 

Outro with all the vocals and cymbal swells, then the outro riffs and climb, the tritone chords going to… a solemn E major chord, to end the show. Odd, a quick version, nothing especially great but nicely done overall. Maybe tacked on at the end of the set.

#12 1968-03-30 Carousel Ballroom, SF

The next night, they’ve already gone through Cryptical/TOO, and there’s a bit of wandering in a harmonic puddle while the Dark Star intro starts. ROR is mixed into the band well, the overall mix is nice, (several mic crunches happen) for this audience recording—they’re setting up the percussion mics, I bet. Jerry steps in and out waiting for the sound techs to get it together, he heads toward a mellow tone to begin the actual lead. Some nice play with the mode, including the chromatic rolls from the intro riff in there. The band grooves along. It’s sort of static. Verse 1 slightly before 3 min, loud vocals from Jerry, he’s not warbling it though, till “Searchlight” which is backwards from previously. Strong and slightly sharp singing, he’s straining it a bit. 

The “transitive nightfall” section has been beginning with a little shaker figure from Mickey, here again, “chicka-chick, chicka-chick” and the intro riff on bass with upper harmony from JG. He starts with a riff figure, at three different octaves, and a new melodic statement that he wants to play off of afterwards. Building while the band is rocking out (as such). Theme statement, song-form jam at 5:20, Phil prematurely heads to the em before line 2, line 3 gets sort of stuck in loops instead of wandering around, the band continues the groove afterwards, while Jerry heads toward the Bright Star, brings it down a bit, the falling star happens, he stays there for a while before moving onwards with Bobby playing some hammer on 6ths. JG goes back to a mellower tone and they set up for verse 2, coming at 7:40 with cymbal crashes. A warbly horror movie “glass hand”. Sliding on the last lines. All vocals nicely done for the “chorus” (by which I mean “shall we go,” etc.) slight mess up on the outro climb, the tritone chords go on for a long time, heading off to…. China Cat Sunflower.

I was a little confused by this the previous times they segued into China Cat, but the tritone chord movement does land on E Major, (as it will when they segue to St Stephen) and indeed they start China Cat in E major as they had been, but after a couple times through the riff, they jump it up to G major, (ok, mixolydian, actually) where the song stayed for the rest of time. (Note also that the instrumental bridge in China Cat drops back down to E Major, before again stepping back to G for the last verse. )

#13 1968-0x-xx  unknown summer 1968

Long version! 16 minutes, following an announcement about how the scratcher was stolen and they need it for the next number!

Classic together intro, ROR with organ vibrato, JG with tone rolled off on a Gibson neck pickup, he rolls on some treble after a minute or so. The band sounds bubbly behind him. I don’t know if they ever got their scratcher. Phil gets into some little whirlpools in this intro jam. Jerry sounds groovy, just guitar into the amp. he has some wide jumps in the intros to thematic statements. It’s a bit fast, but very nice tones all around, getting it together. Must be a stage where they can hear themselves, they go into a group hover at 3 minutes, and when it comes out, they head toward the theme, and continue improvising. It quiets down at 4min or so, JG starts to explore different spaces, ROR still there. Coming out into a pre-verse area. 

Verse 1 slightly warbling JG voice, with the cymbals washing around. Very evident organ swells on “Shall We go” etc.

Shakers begin the verse-chorus outro and they start the central jam section. JG running up and down. Very “Les Paul” tone here. He switches back to neck pickup at 6:45, plays with tone knobs a bit and chromatic expressions in and out of the mode. The band falls into some harmonic pits that hover occasionally within the overall forward momentum. JG builds it up, a little stumble, he pours it on and then backs off to chucking the rhythm before starting up a new set of runs. Bob really expanding his chordal rhythmic playing while JG plays in riffy bits. A lull at 9 min and Jerry starts the theme, they go through the song-form casually, third line starting a climb up but back into the groove. ROR continues throughout. Jerry starts a period of stretching notes and eventually gets back into melodic runs. At 10:40 or so, it’s a Bright Star bit that starts big and quiets down, a falling star quietly following, the band brings it down. At 11:30 they may enter space….!

At 12 it starts again after a cut, I can’t tell if this is the same recording, actually, it’s a bit different. JG is doing chromatic low riffs, the ROR is sort of there, Bob is not on the DS chords *exactly* , they may be coming from something else to it, or who knows. They enter a static sort of proto-Sputnik type of area, though not the Sputnik arpeggio, but a run of pentatonic notes, everybody joins in. It breaks out of this into Dark Star theme at 14 min. Jerry sort of phasing the theme against the chords till it matches up.  Before 15 min we’re back and entering verse 2.  Casual vocal delivery, not super warbling or scary. Not super exact on the rhythmic points for line 2, mild wandering on line 3. Subdued vocal outro (mix?) Slow climb to the tritone chords which only happen once and then immediately go to the St Stephen entry with no messing around! 

Unknown venue and date, possibly two shows spliced together, very Les Paul era though, and on a stage where they could hear each other pretty well. Nice continuous runs from JG, great accompaniment from Bob and Phil.

#14 1968-08-21  Fillmore, SF

Jazz trumpet Garcia. Long and short phrases over the ROR and rhythm section with Bobby going off on chord hammer on extensions. Phil wandering around up and down, JG hits some arpeggios and stretches up out of the mode, strong lead lines into the theme after a minute or so. Nice mix on this recording, the scratching isn’t loud. JG goes into a rolled off neck pickup tone for some jazzy licks, he’s very explorative this evening, they hit a plateau at 2 minutes and break it out into the theme that heads toward verse 1.

Playing the vocal melody with the guitar alongside, he stretches for the notes. Cymbals accompany. Organ and shakers on the bedoops after Shall We go.

TRansitive Nightfall begins with the guiro and JG steps aside. Comes in with one note. Another. A few more, he’s slowly going to build this one. He stays in some areas to emphasize the forward versus static nature of the jam. Very expressive and few notes, at 5:30 he starts a little melodic line, it’s moving forward but he still tends to stay in one area at times, Phil joins and heads upwards and back down to some low notes again, Phil is really the soloist this evening, JG is more a treble accompaniment. At 6:50 he starts the theme, they go through the song form, the wandering begins before line two is over and continues heading upwards for the line three into more forward movement jamming. Phil starts syncopated offbeat phrases. JG starts a new area at about 8 minutes, he’s not playing fast this evening, but really emphasizing the tones. Some rock riffing, they all get caught in an eddy in the flow after a bit here and it is only the ROR that holds it. 

New percussion enter while the jam is moving. They are playing like a single unit in a lot of ways here, the harmonies are made of the contrapuntal lines flowing forth. At 10:30 or so, a Bright Star appears, delicately but intent. Into a little chromatic riff area that eddies the flow, but comes out toward the intro theme and is heading to the second verse. A little riffiness before, and the verse starts at 12:20. Stretchy vocals again, with the cymbal washes, casual line two and three variations, not super strongly stated. Nice vocal outro and off to the outro counterpoint and the chords that lead now into St Stephen.   Really nice version.

__________________

I was up to this gap in 1968 when I found the thread of others listening, starting in at August shows and wondering about the development between March and August. I’d familiarize myself with the sectional nomenclature and get on board.

#15 1968-08-22, Fillmore SF

I like the ROR, it’s sort of comforting. Like a tape loop—in fact, that Vox organ sound reminds me of some of those 60s minimalists like Terry Riley or Steve Reich, so especially having it sort of ever-present but having it weave in and out is nice. Or so I find, anyway. If Mr McK doesn’t fuck up, like on 1968-08-22, where he stumbles a couple times, and it’s loud in the mix. Maybe the whole tempo is too fast to start? But PL and JG are rocking it heavily the whole time. 

But then: not a guiro fan, especially so loud in the mix as well. Overall weird agitated version.

#16 1968-08-23 Shrine Auditorium, USC

I’ve been in Dark Star world for a month or so also, I probably didn’t follow your recommended archive selections as much, but started at the beginning as well. Are the preferred versions links on the blogsite? I didn’t know of 1968-08-23 so that’s nice to find as I catch up. It’s also pretty quick, and strong! It sounds to me like (possibly, I may be talking out of my ass if anybody knows better or has read about their touring then) different amps than SF at the Fillmore. I know he was mostly into Fender Twins but the Shrine shows make the Les Paul Custom sound more “Gibson-y”, like he gets more crunch when biting in with the pick. Or using the rolled off neck pickup with the overdrive like in the theme restatement jam, at around 8′, where he’s been really digging in with the bridge pickup before. 

Lotta Phil wandering, he’s been really going for it on these lately. This one is a more realistic tempo. Jerry again taking his time to get settled. This one is a better tempo. (and mix). It builds in a nice way with JG and PL leading. Bob sounds a bit bright and scratchy this evening. They really take it up and over in the intro jam, down to a mellower tone and feel by the verse intro area where Jerry starts a rhythm riff, sorta “China Cat”-like before 5:30 with the verse. Very strong vocals with guitar doubling, a few warbles for scary effect. 

Middle jam starts right off with Jerry on lead, and Bob trying out some new licks. Nice bent notes before a lull at 8 that goes to the theme statement and song-form accompaniment. String E hit on line two, with big leads from JG. line three transitions to an everybody-wander thing, then it’s off with all players in counterpoint in the mode moving forward. Hints at a bright star at 9:45 or so, and bringing it up on long lines, then down again for a quieter theme jam area. Some chord progression rhythmic things happen here…? It’s oddly a little like a year later with Soulful Strut. JG comes out of this with a couple volume swells and it lulls again, some melodic eddies on a few choice notes, and building it back up. A real Bright Star picks it up at 12:30 and the falling star stretch root to 9th and down. Playing with these notes, everybody goes wild and it comes back down to the intro theme, and off to verse 2. 

Some horror movie tremolo vocals still happening, nice wandering from Bobby and Phil on line 3. All vocals for the outro madrigal and then the counterpoint outro with organ chords here, off to the chords, people clap! And into St Stephen after a brief set of chords.

Really nice version, great togetherness and momentum at a reasonable tempo.

#17 1968-08-24 Shrine Auditorium

Classic intro, mellow vibe this evening, Phil wandering a while before JG comes in. He immediately switches to rolling some tone knob off the bridge pickup, then back on for some brighter statements. Sort of quick intro jam and to the intro theme, verse at 1:40. I don’t here the bedoop bedoop bedoop from the organ anymore after “Shall We Go…”

Middle jam is vibey, shakers and band, organ gets a bit louder with the ROR, not to great effect this evening. Theme statement and song form at 3:30, the wandering again starts before the end of line two and goes right on growing through line three and off to a Dark Star theme area almost as if leading to the Brighter Star, but JG takes it down to some low string action. It gets very rhythmic and less melodic for a while. They break out of it loudly but then immediately take it down to a more delicate jam. 

All players in counterpoint for a while. Some interesting chromatic choices in JG’s lines, at about 7 minutes it seems to coalesce into only a few notes, JG on one note for a while, (like the actual sputnik, you know: the satellite.) Break out from this is into strong leads and a proto Sputnik arpeggio for a moment. Jerry is really going outside the mode several times in this one. Bright Star hits at 8:30, and goes on for a while and into the intro theme. But they back off before heading to a verse, and play around on the rhythms for a while, ROR still happening. 

Verse 2 at 9:50. The lines have their variations, but casually played. Quieter vocal outro on this recording, nice counterpoint for the instrumental outro, which goes on for a while, before settling. A less exploratory version, but nice.

Then back to SF at the Avalon on the 28th of August.

#18 8/28/68  Avalon Ballroom, SF

Audience recording. I’m starting to consider the Organ Riff to be a part of the percussion. He does use the organ ‘percussion’ settings for the sound. What model organ is he using on tour at this point? And I like the way it fades in and out of this audience tape and that’s obviously the way it was supposed to be heard! I don’t hear the guiro/scratchy thing so much on this one, whew.

#19 9/2/68 – Raspberry Farm in Washington

Weird mix, but yes we get to hear the Bobby stuff developing, which is pretty cool. He’s a weird player, I think his choices are good for this sort of jam, hammer-on chord notes and 7ths and 9ths (I don’t really get the band dynamic that was going on at the time, like kicking him out for playing it like an acoustic guitar? But I guess that’ll give us those Mickey and the Heartbeats Dark Stars…) But they both sound a but too distorted on the recording, can’t tell how much might be tape overload.

I think this must have been an nice outdoor festival (at a Raspberry Farm!), they sound pretty bright and excited right off the bat with this Dark Star, I feel like the 8-12 min jam has some nice exploration, up and down in the proto-sputnik and some playing around with the themes at 11min.

Mickey’s still shaking that gourd. I don’t get his choices of playing it through the verse and into the “shall we go…”, but: I’ve been thinking a lot about the structure that was inherent to the “song” part of the song, the ideas that go back to the original single studio recording, and one thing I’m picking up on is Phil’s idea of form. Coming into the verse, he has the melody rhythm, that slowly swung on-the-beat, with everybody (and the shaker/guiro), and he holds it only for the first line, then for the second line, “Reason tatters…”, the rhythm sort of falls apart (appropriately) where Phil moves into halftime and the shaker wavers, and then, being Phil, on the third line, “Searchlight…” he makes that heavier slow phrase into a jumpy little groove.

So, I noticed he goes through these same little developments when the themes come back (~ 8:14) in the improv sections, like he’s still keeping the structure of the ‘song’. Now I’m wondering if he has areas where he uses patterns like that on other sections… hmm..

(edit, realizing I didn’t make my point) anyway, possibly Mickey feels like playing the shaker is the only thing grounding the song, like it’s gonna fly off into outer space! Or that everybody else would “lose the beat” …as if… But it’s creating an interesting contrast, the very idea of the shaker and the ROR being super-constant in this ever-changing and developing piece.

In this one, the ROR fades in and out nicely. He does fucks up the loop a few times (~10min) but that’s a Hammond, you can tell especially on the other tracks from the show.

Note, this is exactly one year after the first proto-DS licks appeared in Dancin’ in the Streets.

1968-10-08/10   Matrix, SF

10/68 Hartbeats shows (not entirely the Grateful Dead, Bob Weir and PigPen are absent, this is sort of side project jamming at a cafe.)

Can anybody tell me more about the Matrix (and the Avalon Ballroom)? Like how big they are, what sort of scene was there? These “Hartbeats” at the Matrix sound more like a small place to jam in the backroom, Oct 8 and 9 are Tuesday and Wednesday, so obviously the owner would be happy to have any Dead members playing in the back to attract some mid-week customers!

But, yeah, it’s not exactly the Grateful Dead, is it, without Mr Weir. It’s kinda cool to hear Phil and Jerry jam out on it. Much more sedate, though, easy to hear the parts.

Phil really keeps the beat most of the time, anyway, doesn’t he? Nice clam at 7:06, Jerry!

(Interesting to note audience sizes, Matrix ~50, Avalon ~500, Fillmore West ~1500 (wiki sez 3000, I think that was one time). The differences in who and how Jerry was interacting with musically, stage sizes, sound levels, etc. I guess I thought the Matrix would be more casual, as reflected by how they behave on stage, what they are doing, like more like a resident band in a bar or cafe, but I see it’s more performance-based. So, they’re just really casual on stage!)

#20 1968-10-12: 

 Such a mellow intro. Listening to how the show develops after is intense, they really took the audience on a trip. 6:00 jam stretches out in a nice way. I like the shaker better than the guiro/scratcher which starts at 7:15, thankfully not as loud after 10:00. Oh well, you got two drummers, might as well use them.

The 8:30-> biz with the panning of the guiro is distracting, it’s damn loud too. I would have guessed that it was Mickey changing the scratcher from mic to mic if it were a later era show with all drums mic’ed up, but I’m assuming this is that man at the board?

13:36 “gla-a-a-ss hand” tremolo voice!

#21 1968-10-13: Immediate intensity with the distorto-lead by garcia, but then 1:30 or so it drops to Bobby doing those nice arpeggios and almost immediately into the verse. Also nice Bobby action in the 4 minute area, he’s building with the band, not “playing it like an acoustic guitar.” I really like the ups and downs of the jams before the second verse. They’re going somewhere!

note 1:

Dark Star has been quite nice, though, as the opening number, for them to test stuff out, stretch their hands and check the gear, make sure they can hear everybody, etc. And interesting set-wise to open with the drummers playing hand percussion also, to allow a slow build. I haven’t read any of the Dead history or gear books (due to the fact that I moved from California to Sweden before I really got into the Dead heavily enough to want to listen to every Dark Star (!) and it’s pretty tough finding random material like this in English here unfortunately. And the post is ****ty and expensive. Note, I am old enough to have seen them live several times, but I don’t think I appreciated it as much at the time…) but I did watch the Long Strange Trip movie and have some idea of the potential headspaces these guys may have found themselves in prior to having to go onstage and play, so I can see that this would be a great piece to sort of smoothly adjust to rocking out!

note 2: that little tag at the end after verse two, the rising triplets (at 14:22 on 10/12 for example, before the planing tritone chords that go into St Stephen) keeps reminding me of something, and I finally figured it out, it’s on Yes’ “Tales from Topographic Oceans” (1974) side 2, at around 4:20, he does a similar figure into a change. Wonder if there was some unconscious copping of the riff going on or, uh, parallel evolution.

#22 1968-10-20 Greek Theater, Berkeley, CA

Nice intro!  Not the normal riff intro, possibly because it is not the first in the set now? Strong jam before the theme statement into the verse, Bobby and Phil starting it off before Jerry jumps in. Pigpen with a decent level (whew) I see from pics of the show that he’s on a Hammond. 

 (Jerry is loud, the SB mix is weird, Jerry and Phil on the right, vocals and Bobby on the left. You can hear Jerry’s guitar amp bleed into the vocal mics, gloriously! Those Fender Twin Reverbs are strong amps.)

Jerry’s doing some interesting bends in the 4:30 area, rolling from his tone-knob-rolled-back sound to a brighter sound, then pickup change at 5:24, that whole thing from 4:00-5:45 one big upward surge to the melody statement and then excellent jamming by the 6 minute mark after the overshot note at 6:02, serious statements on the returning theme with that bright lead pickup. Really strong playing  going into sputnik. Interesting feedback play from Bobby (?) at about 8:00

Pictures on Dead.net https://www.dead.net/show/october-20-1968  Jerry is leaning in heavily to the band, it actually has a little aggressive look to it like the Jazz (or folk/country) guys capping, “come on man, keep up with me!” though who knows, maybe he’s telepathically communicating! I mean Phil groks, the band sounds like it. The show as a whole is very hootenanny, fast major key stuff! Looks like a daytime show but they were definitely pumped! The rest of the show is intense also, and they’d already done two relatively long jams before DS here (GMLS and Lovelight) so they were ready to dive in so it starts faster and gets heavier quicker.  Unreal segue to St Stephen, so fluid.

#XX DS jam 1968-10-30  Matrix

Number 1, After the Greek Theatre show, listening to this Matrix Dark Star is like a coffeehouse gig. Beatniks, man: guitar, bass and shaker. Starts with the usual riff, but Jerry is way more into expressing something, bright tone out of the gate! But he’s all there is in the melody/chordal world so he can play with chord changes more than when the actual rhythm guitar is there. Takes ‘em five minutes to calm down. 

And they go to a beautiful space. And take their time, back at the vocal melody (on guitar) a bit at ~13:30. Is this the longest one yet at 17:30?

Number 2, later in the evening, starts much mellower, mostly Phil (or is this one Jack Casady? It does sound a bit different, like this stuff at 4:20 [ha.] with the fifths, there is a lot of stylistically quite different playing than normal Phil), with Jerry comping chords before taking to the single note lead. Much more laid back. Off the shaker and onto the drums before it hits the 3 minute mark, but eventually back to the shaker and dropping out off and on, drumset reentrance at 13min, for a intro riff area. And even longer at 19:48, longer and longer!

#23 1968-11-01  Chico, CA

He’s really stretching notes off the bat, sort of a more aggressive tone for the start, but it’s “the Dead’s last set” so “do what you want” as the announcer says. What was in the first set? And this is the SG now? His tone is great. But yes, a little slower, and a good level for Pigpen’s ‘tape loop’. Last version with it? Bummer! (I’m like the only person who likes it.) This recording goes suddenly stereo from mono at 2:30. 

It’s cool to hear Jerry playing the melody while singing, so very clearly in the first verse with the stereo separation and levels, JG and PL guitar and bass on the right, everybody’s vocals plus Bobby’s guitar, Pigpen, and whomever actually plays any percussion on the left—both drums on the left? It’s interesting to think of the audience sound versus what’s put into the PA from the soundboard or what’s recorded onto a reel from which outputs from the board at what levels. Like, you’d put less drums in the mix from the board to the PA because they’re already acoustically loud in the space, but on this tape the lead guitar is so clear, he’s obviously in the board mix pretty high even with his amps on stage. 

Nice mix, actually, if right heavy, but JG’s guitar is loud enough again to get into the vocal mics which spreads it a bit, in space and time. I’m not just being trippy, I mean the vocal mics add a bit of reverb/tail to the notes. Love that cross-spectrum time-spread. 

Interplay is great from JG and PL, BW is understated. The almost-Bright-Star to the theme is an amazing jam, starts in the brighter world falling, but then when it gets to the bottom at around 9:00, he switches to the tone-rolled-off thing, or maybe it’s wah-wah on but with the pedal up until 9:30, back to bright-star/bright tone to build to the theme at 10:45 into the second verse with the melody played and sung. Beautiful. Also that Phil vocal flourish on “Transitive Nightfall” is really good…unlike most times where it’s bizarre. It’s a great idea, but I think Phil was having a hard time hitting the right pitch while playing bass most of the early years. 

This is in Chico! Party college. At a fair! Personally I’d think it’s pretty ballsy even playing Dark Star at a fair. But maybe they attracted some passers by and then after this they go for Cryptical, The Other One, back to Cryptical and then jams with like a minute of New Potato and then the reel runs out, next reel starts with jams and it all falls apart into more jams until feedback and bid you goodnight. I do notice in the end sections of this that drums are also put into the right channel, things must have been getting loud. Great subtle feedback spaceout at the end of the show. I just picture some Fair organizer running around going “wtf!? Get these freaks off the stage!”

“Come back again next week, this is a great place”

Ok, I am just being trippy: With Roger Penrose winning the Nobel Prize in physics (ok, with Reinhard Genzel and Andrea Ghez proving it) I’ve been reading a lot about black holes/watching PBS SpaceTime. They all mention that that the first person to theorize their existence, John Michell, a weird old educated clergyman in 1783, called them “Dark Stars.” He was the first to apply the math as an idea that the heaviness of the star could be so great that its gravity/escape velocity could exceed the speed of light, hence no light emitted could escape. Dark Star. 

#XX 1968-11-06 studio recording rehearsal with TC. It’s so jumpy, it sound very China Cat Sunflower-type hocket playing. TC plays the line differently, it’s cool how it changes, and he gets some weird harmonies, and then Jerry plays it with him to get him back on track… he’s embarrassingly loud in the mix for a guy who’s just learning, I guess that’s the point. 

Sort of-Sputniks happen at 10min, some weird TC tonal choices, then more thematic soloing and great Phil bass soloing and doing his 3-part rhythm thing that he does in the verse lines, his soloing evolves into an amazing chordal Sputnik jam in the 12 minute area into the verse where TC finally breaks out a bit, into a bright star. Imagine having to learn this for a fucking concert next month. (They seem to be having more trouble teaching him the Eleven and such.) 

#24 1968-11-22 Ohio

Audience tape with a distinct rumble and overloads. Anybody know how they recorded it, like was cassette recording a thing in 1968? (Sorry I’m so uneducated with respect to this whole Dead/taping thing.)

Jerry is nice and loud in what sounds like a half-empty reverberant space, decent bass sound in the hall too. Drums are shakers at the start, but the guitars come out playing and warmed up by Morning Dew and GMLS, they’re already into the song and they’re going for it. Pretty quick version, like it was at Berkeley last month. Is Dark Star no longer a set opener anymore now? Pigpen’s ROR is backgrounded, a decent continuo level. 

Jerry does that tone thing again at around 4:00 where it must be the wah pedal but backed off somehow (a “cocked-wah” sound the guitar nerds call it) but then comes into the bright tone again by 4:50. Into the Sputnik. Just rapidly moving through the song parts. He hits some country licks now afterwards in the bright tone, he’s really filling the hall with sound. It’s hard to hear through the overloading tape if the drums are coming in with this or not.

The at 6:40, back to Sputnik arpeggio stuff, moving downwards in intensity, think you’re coming out of the space…? Also I’m starting to hear Bobby finding his parts in these sections too.

Nice weird cocked-wah tone feedback stuff at 8:00, the outsideness is peeking through. And then back to rising arpeggio by 9:00 to Bright Star. Drums are in here for sure. 

The Bright Star theme itself is interesting to me as a variant of the main theme, as it reaches to the very highest notes, then falls, as it must, nowhere higher to go. The “Dark Star” theme is of course that way too (same thing, really), octave jump to start, then coming back down. That’s the lesson of Dark Star, reach up then come back down. This is sort of an intense version packed into 11 minutes!

These ’68 shows must have been mind-openers for the audience, that’s for sure. I love the suite, DS->St Stephen->the 11. Wow. After opening with essentially folk and blues (Morning Dew and GMLS) where a new audient might think, ok, it’s a rock band, and then get stunned by this suite. And later the Cryptical->TOO->New Potato… Must have been fun.

#25 1968-12-07 Lousville KY

This is the opening song of the set again, as far as I can tell, though it’s missing a chunk of the band starting. I imagine the tapers were seriously hustling trying to get it rolling, but the “Dark Star” riff comes soon after the recoding starts, with ornaments or alternative readings of it. Allusions to it anyway. I thought I heard somebody say “one” pointing out where the downbeat was? With some instrumental wandering in different registers until Jerry comes down to the low strings and shifts to the backed-off wah or tone knob sound by a minute into the recording. This leads up to higher jamming with some weird spaces before it gets solid, and then the riff comes back very strong on the low strings, into the verse at 3:20. The orchestration of the guitars and bass for the verse is so well played now. I think everybody knows their stuff, it’s a tight reading of the verse sections, JG singing and playing the vocal melody, BW doing his sequences of suspended chords, PL doing the swung with the melody style on the first line, then halving the triplets into a straight rhythm for the second line, so it goes poly rhythmic, then combining into a riffy swung run for the third line.

A real drop to shakers and rhythm guitar bass before Jerry slowly and quietly comes in moving toward  a weird volume-swelled notes thing at 5:18, spacing out the timing. Out into a bright star grab, but still experimenting with the flat5 he was using in the riff earlier. Some Stephen Still sounding riffs before a pause, then a vocal melody statement at 6:40, directly into more jam where Phil goes through sequences using his verse pattern rhythms but by “line 3” they’re off again into a repetitive melodic fragment sort of sputnik-but-linear growing in volume and tone, then the wave crests at 8:35 and you’re back in a calmer sea where you can barely hear TC going into a Sputnik that leads the band there. I guess he felt comfortable in that minimalist type trance stuff. By 9:45 we’re in a static chordal area into a swinging little harmonics jam with the noodly bass, then to the main riff at 11:10, hi, we’re back!

I keep wondering about how well known the band was at this point, especially at gigs like this at a university and the one in Ohio that we darkstarred last month. It must have been ear-opening—starting with Dark Star, hmm, where is this band going, then into the suite etc… Man.

#26 1968-12-29 80197 Gulfstream Park, Florida 10:25

Weird that it the SB recording versus the outdoors situation makes the mix sound like the Matrix shows in a way: all Jerry then Phil and then a guiro or ride cymbal. Same tempo. But it comes after Lovelight in the set, they’ve maybe figured out the sound by now? Though JG is having tuning issues on the SG (humidity, I’d bet.) I can’t quite figure out the reason for this mix, from a logistics point of view, in that, if Jerry is loud in the soundboard mix, that should have been making up for him being quiet coming from the stage, which from all audience tape perspectives seems untrue (he usually used Fender Twin Reverbs at this time, right? Hard to tell from the pic, but it does look like one big Fender cabinet has a Courtney-type tie dye front!) Bass always needs boosting from the board if possible, of course, more wattage to get those low freqs out there.

Jerry sounds convincing on the verse, he’s trying to do all the dynamics, TC likes that lyrical “through” (the transitive nightfall) volume swell, JG plays it also. The ability to have any sort of dynamics is kind of amazing at an outdoor show!

At 4 min, he uses an open D string against the fretted melody, this is new, very folky, even starts using a C natural a bit. Overall, hard to believe this deepness of tone from an SG, but I’m assuming this is close to the mic for his amp so he can play with the dynamics really well. (Amp? If it’s a Twin, he’s gotta crank it to get distortion like some of these bits, though easier from an SG with humbuckers.) 

It’s a quick jam, up and down, not really into “space” so much. One little dip in the middle, Phil and Bobby mostly just chug through it, a few times doing the verse rhythm things when the main melody comes in (the straight first line, 3+3+3+3+2+2 for the second, then riffing off that for the third). Little sputnik making itself a standardized part of the jam that goes into the brightest tones, into the second verse lead in. He’s barely there for the first line of V2. Feedback accompaniment on line 3! 

Anyway, a quick run through!

1969:

#27 1969-01-17 UCSB, Santa Barbara, CA

Indoor UCSB gymnasium show, according to a reviewer on archive, delayed start (tech, I’d bet, though who knows.) 

Hot opening with Lovelight, but it goes weirdly, Pigpen repeating his boar hog’s eye bit. Box back nitties indeed! 

Relaxed opening for Dark Star, can actually hear TC, on a transistor organ, I guess the Vox? Jerry’s good, right off the bat, some interesting quiet scrapy things between jam sections, so rest the mood. Really interesting modal bits before the theme statement at almost 2 minutes. Then new space! Jerry is experimenting a lot with sound and specific notes in more static patterns while TC is riffing a mode. And then he launches into the trebly pickup super loud and bright statements using them before coming back to the theme two minutes later. Bobby’s getting his hammer ons for the suspensions going on before the verse comes in. 

In a way it seems like all the 68 versions were getting to know how to play the song, now they have it down so well that they can let it go even more, this is a new start on the jams. In a fucking gymnasium! Jerry even goes atonal in the intro to the next section after the sung portion. 

Strong thematic statement at almost 7 minutes, the percussion accompaniment is very orchestral. Somebody got some big drums for xmas. New material at 7:45 that evolves and then goes into the sputnik space to the bright star variations with a theme parentheses. Then into a jam with a lot more forward momentum than we’ve seen in this spot into the bright star area. Relaxing back into the theme and verse, to the end, into the suite. 

This Dark Star is relaxed in a way that the fall shows weren’t (well, not the Matrix shows). The festivals and campuses in the south were probably pretty hard, despite the amazingness of the performances. Santa Barbara knew what they were getting by this point, too, so there’s a lot of people who get it in the audience. Being ‘with’ the band while they’re improvising sort of makes you part of it, and they’re really grooving in a comfortable way on a lot of this show.

#28 1969-01-24  Avalon Ballroom, SF

Starts out really strong, no winding their way in, but even though TC starts with the ROR, he abandons it by a minute in. Jerry already going for strong statements in the introduction. Phil’s bass has some amp distortion, he’s playing it hard. Weird mix, stereo-wise, with the bass all the way left, Jerry, sort of middle-R and Bobby all the way right. As if Tom C was gonna be in the middle-L gap but he’s so low… 

The static stuff leading into the weird 4 minute mark is cool, then JG’s got some new licks, the bass shifts to the right side! TC moving over left. I guess Bear’s having some fun? 

New notes/modes sneaking in by 6 minutes, I can’t tell who heard it or played it first, they’re really getting in each other’s heads! 

Now it’s been 7 minutes before the first verse! That’s some development. It’s like it’s taken them that long and then through the verse to calm down a bit, so now they get to stretch it, the thematic stuff being played around with, new leading tones into the normal mode, new almost arhythmic playing from Phil. Almost to a static space, more like the Sputnik pulsing its radar blips! 9 minutes is the lead into new stuff with Garcia’s double stops and Weir’s hammer ons, chords from TC. Jerry’s doing more of those pedal steel-like licks in there too. TC staying on his suspended chords, until he goes into full arpeggios up and down. Building into almost-thematic Bright Star, then up even more with licks around the Star. Some weird synth sounds from the Vox organ there around 14:40. Then Jerry and Phil taking it down, down, down. I like the little TC flourishes around 16 Minutes before the entry of the intro theme back into the verse. As such—fucked up first line at 16:45, sounds like hid “Mirror” gets caught in his throat. So skip it till it comes around again? A little jam and then back to the second verse a minute later. 

Overall this is less like beautiful solos from the players and more like one unit interested in the volume and tone, the overall gestalt going up and down in waves, Jerry’s tone is pretty bright all the way through and it takes the band to some high places. Longer and longer too, when they have the time on stage to do it!

It’s interesting that they took 20 minutes here, the next night no Dark Star, then 10 minutes on the 26th.

The opener! This version I’m listening to is the only one that had the first set, with Dark Star as the opener. Second night of the run, let us show you what we do. Lots of auditorium echo or vocal mic echo on JG here, especially when he goes bright at like 2 minutes but also bass spacial sounds … then loud distorted organ! Sounds like mixing board at the wrong input level distortion. 

Theme at 3 minutes in, and down to verse 1. Organ again goes distorto, I guess that’s the issue with his levels, they must be taking a line out somewhere and had it too low and trying to put it in at mic level now. Or his signal is just fucked up coming out of the organ. He’s more present in the mix, In a way, this overall sound is messy. Soundboard had a beer spilled on it. I can hear a TC sound from the stage before the middle theme statement at 6:45, he sounds fine from whatever the stage mics they have are. In the mix the whole thing has a lot of room sound. 

Ah some clean loud organ comes in before the sputnik plateau. Super weird to hear TC loud on the second half of that, very synthy with the organ. 

Nice theme statements, softly spoken at 9 minutes. You can really hear the pick noise high end bounce off the back wall, or vocal mic or whatever is mixed in here. The plateau comes and goes in waves, different registers. This is still the opening song of the set! 

TC drops out for a while, Phil’s been plugging away with lots of higher register stuff. By the ending themes of the jam, the mix is great. Nice verse 2 TC does the ROR on the first line, and still on that crescendo on “Shall we go” and “Through”.

#30 1969-01-26 Avalon Ballroom, SF

Solid intro riff, Jerry already takes a few liberties with scale and feedback right afterwards. His tone is much more controlled this time, some romantic little rolls, even. This is a nice recording, more even mix too, though JG is heavy in the middle, the bass is more middle, while BW is left side. 

Nice jam before the theme stuff, into the 2 minute mark, nice leading tone on the way up at the very end to end the sequence. Then off again, no verse yet. JG wants to get to a plateau, there’s some static note area that it wants to get to, but only for a second and then back down to the theme. I like the stretching of the thematic root (A) to B in the high A of the melody!

Good singing and vocal levels! Is this verse written out by someone, it must be, yeah, with dots n lines?

Starts like it’s gonna lead into a long jam, Jerry gets into a cocked wah sound for a while and slows down onto the tone, gives Phil some leeway. Some call and response with TC coming after Jerry’s licks. Into some arpeggiated quick Sputnik. BW into some nice chords with seconds.

More plateaus, with vistas.  

Then a new key breakout for a minute at 8 minutes, but then they go directly into the second verse!

Nice vocal casual slides in “revolving” etc. Weird tones from the organ, I’m still a big fan of the Vox garageband weirdness sound, I guess. Wish he were louder in the mix, but at this point I think I like the old Pigpen organ better than the new baroque version, but we’ll see what happens. I purposefully haven’t listened to any of the Live/Dead for at least a year, so I could still come around. 

Short but sweet at 9 and a half, I thought they’d go on with some of the directions. They’re going into the full suite for the end of the show, I guess end of the Avalon run?

#31 1969-02-02 Minneapolis, MN

tentative intro, but it starts amidst tuning. Then off  and running into some exquisite feedback by a minute in. Hey Minneapolis! Pretty ‘hot jazz’ take but for JG’s brighter tone till the theme intro at 2 minutes. Nice staccato stuff into the restatement, then he really takes off into Allman-y licks before coming down to the verse at 4 and a half. Soundman is getting the vocal mic together, JG’s wavering on “Searchlight.” 

Then the SB pans JG all the way left and across. JG goes into a different key at 6 minutes against the grain and then comes back into the groove. Did he really do that or did I just imagine it? At 7 they’re into a plateau or and eddy, with a riff in the lower register, takes off to more riffage up top and a  lot of string bending. 

Then some tuning. But then Phil gets to go for it, while Jerry gets his shit in tune with chords. Into a strong theme-element based meditation on certain notes in the melody world and and at the end of 9 minutes it gets to the top, into a space sputnik, they have reached a level of space, eddies of sound, eternity in every bit, even as it fades Jerry keeps at a precious few notes. 

Dramatic re-entrance of thematic stuff at 11 and a half, into new music at 12 minutes, into the Dark Star theme high and low. Such a good riff, still. At least they brought us home again, this has been a journey. 

Oh but then harmonics before Verse 2. JG sounds a little more relaxed singing. Pretty clear background vocal stuff, so the chorus section is clear for all parts, which is cool. 

…into the rest of the suite. Minneapolis in February, excellent, first time there. Musta been a cold loadout! 

#32 1969-02-04 Omaha NB

cuts in, leads up to some fast jamming, maybe they’re hyped on playing all the time and getting better, or maybe just they’re just getting through the concert, but by the time they get to the theme proper, they’re kicking it out. Then a real jazzy sound, the tone roll off with distortion, that goes a little off the rails with some accidentals before 3:00! There’s a little plateau at 3:50 but into some sincerely incredible jamming before the main them at 4:45, incredible runs from Phil and Jerry in the in-betweens. 

New music section at 5:10, a die-off that builds into the sputnik space arpeggios into harmonics and feedback! Hi there Omaha.

That wave crests and falls, into a new exploratory section on major chording at ~6:20 but slipping in key. I think the tape wound out, there’s a splice back directly into a bright star, more tape slippage and then a low-key section with a groove before the second verse. Gotta remember that second verse. 

Well, maybe it really sounded like tape slippage for some of these kids.

Aha I missed the SB tape, listening now, I missed the first about 2.5 minutes. This is a pretty good mix of the three guitars, and good strong statements from all of them, grooving. Makes this whole show (19690204) better to listen to, this is a pretty good version, the strengths are there with the variations in intensity, waves of sound areas with new adventures like the feedback stasis area at the end of the Sputnik and the more major key jammy area after that, the variations in tone and the great playing on all parts, (or, well, the guitars/bass, that’s all I can hear on this version for the most part. I hear a little bleed of the organ into another mic, but it’s distant.)

#33 1969-02-05 Kansas City, KS

Opening for Iron Butterfly, kids are all there for InaGaddaDaVida. Cryptical/TOO opens the show, then comes the concise Dark Star at 11:41. (Into the regular suite, then caution/feedback/wbyg. Very short and sweet, intense dose of Dead, I wonder how many Butterfly converts they got!)

Dark Star starts slow, Jerry fooling around with hammer-on and pull-off triplets, but he goes into a new way of expressing the rhythm in the mode he’s playing in, gives a little sputnik tease, and then we’re at the main theme, and into the verse, I can hear a bit of TC in there behind them, ornamenting away. 

At around 3 minutes we go into the ‘main sequence’ of the star’s life. It’s sort of a jumble of many previous ideas, JG uses his different tones, the darker into the brighter one, BW starts off with arpeggio stuff while PL grooves away. Shaker is the sole rhythm, sounds like? Maybe there’s maracas… We get a TC organ solo at 5 minutes, but it’s basically just scales up and down. Eventually he settles into some chord notes, but nobody really settles on that chord, still quietly moving toward a new island, when we get there at 6 and a half it’s more like a bass solo, and now I can hear the rhythm fish, guiro thing. Sort of sputnik-like area, but it falls away and only comes back to take the tune somewhere else. 

JG in for the theme at 7:30, Phil goes through his verse sequence of rhythms, with line 3 they both take off into the high point of the jam with new thematic pieces, toward Bright Star around 8:40, main theme a minute later and we’re heading back to verse 2, almost at 10 minutes, but there was an extra time on the riff so they could all get to the first line together, heh. JG sounds a bit “tired” singing here. Kansas City is a biker (train repair yard) town, you know, and the Dead probably had some connections there. 

#34 2/6/69 – intro 4:33 – verse 1 – jam 7:06/ – verse 2 (14:02)  St Louis, MO

Mellow intro after Morning Dew. Pretty good mix. Nothing super new coming at us here, but steady-on playing up and down. JG gets caught in a couple little loops now and again before getting to the thematic stuff a couple minutes in. Some good dynamics getting into a low area, JG again catches some weird little riff loop before coming back to the main theme before verse 1. He sounds more lively this evening, or his warble is a little faster.

Almost 6 minutes before the middle jam starts, Jerry seems a little tentative here, he’s not diving in he’s sort of laying back with little riff ideas for a while, changing tones. Sounds like TC and Phil have something going on with chord-and-bassline movement. This area is developing into a “band” improv where each one is part of the orchestral “hand” with no specific lead voice.

Dark Star vocal theme at 8:20, with the drums coming in a little, or cymbals at least. But there’s a splice at 8:52? Seems like something nice was building in there before that spliced area, comes back into some high treble weirdness and drops into a sputnik with some bridge rattling and A Single Low Tom Drum hit on the breakdown. Then back to essentially the “regular”, the song chords and jam going into Bright Star with some weird bass accompaniment this time! 

When that wave has crested, we’re back to the theme and into verse 2 and end. All in all, not the most inspiring version of Dark Star, but I’d still bet Iron Butterfly were thinking they needed to up their game. 

2/7/69 – intro 4:30 – verse 1 – jam 7:10 – verse 2 (14:07)  Pittsburgh, PA

#35 1969-02-07 Pittsburgh 

With the Velvet Underground and the Fugs! Weird that the overall timing of this and the night before and almost exactly the same, about 4 and a half minutes intro jam before the verse, similar length jam between verses. This is the opening track tonight instead of right after Morning Dew and they start stretching out a bit with some interesting tonal ideas and some sparkly organ from TC. Even a little organ melodics between the JG bits, though TC seems to be in a world of the themes and chords and not breaking out much. JG catches a little eddy of sound, one of the little islands, right before 3 minutes, its breakout into more notes leads into the main theme and eventually to the verse. 

Middle jam section starts ambiguously, the band rolls along while JG looks for somewhere to go. Some climbs, some falls with lowered tones leading downwards by 6:40 or so, JG climbs again. Main vocal melody at 8:00. Not very inspired improv, maybe they’re just warming up for the show, but they sort of make it to a a bright star, but then it morphs almost into a sputnik, then drops into a real sputnik arpeggio area after 9 minutes. Then Jerry uses some weird fuzz tone suddenly at 10 minutes, with microphonic sounds from the guitar, but it doesn’t develop. The band freaks out and drops down to tiny sounds. The real Bright Star enters at 11 minutes, and the song comes together again, and leads into the second verse. 

Next is Fillmore East! 

#36 1969-02-11 2/11/69b Fillmore East, NY: 12:29 

Dupree’s and (a haunting) Mountains of the Moon lead in here in the second set. TC has been doing his thing. Quick sleight of hand and Jerry has his electric, they start Dark Star quickly, TC comes in with the ROR! (He’s quickly mixed down and abandons it.) Shakers only, seems like they’re testing out how far out they’re going to go, JG reels it in once at 2 minutes, then some cool crystalized theme variations with straight sides from Phil. Not much said musically before the verse at 3:10. 

Some play time with cymbals and gongs and bass before a new arpeggio statement from JG. I don’t hear TC anymore…? JG is jamming out, ah, here comes Tom, noodling along. Weird bass-guitar fight/eddy/wind-up at 5:45, then coming out of it into a softly spoken verse-like section with the accompaniment rhythms and then it once again takes off on that third line and JG goes off till he and PL find another eddy into the sputnik by 7:00. TC’s playing scales up and down. Once all the dust settles we get a weirdness treat! Playing the microphonic sounds on the bridge of the guitar, but into a bright star, whoa! The whole band came along on this ride into the theme at 9:40, into a new tonal region with the cocked-wah/tone roll off solo, a little noodle from TC and into verse two, clapping from the audience on the first lines, they came along for the ride! Jerry sounds good vocally this evening, but maybe just warmed up from the first set. All in all a medium DS, some potentials to be explored but no fruition. Still, two sets and Janis.

#37 1969-02-12 2/12/69b Fillmore East: #4:58 (only the end)

oh dropped right into a bad cassette tape during a beautiful bright star already rolling along in sputnik-like arpeggios, the band is playing very sensitively, going up and down in volume right with each other. A quiet setting for it, Jerry takes advantage with very sharp tones, and mellows it out from there. JG going into new areas on the low strings at about 2:40, bringing Weir in with a blues lick, and then he plays with the pickup selector before a quick theme and into verse 2. Crap, wish we could have heard the rest, this one seems like it would have been more interesting than the night before.

(I can completely imagine hearing this (this quality, this much of it) as you walked into somebody’s dorm room and it’s playing on their boombox, and you’re like, that seemed cool but this super slow version of that song St Stephen afterwards is weird, I’m outta here. Sheesh, live tapes.)

#38 1969-02-14 2/14/69 Philadelphia, PA: #19:03 (first bars clipped)

After some monitor complaints, grounding rewiring maybe (tape in and out,) JG comes in with a weird tone and weird dissonant groups of notes, into a brazen response to feedback he climbs for a while settles in patches of intervals and then leaves it open. He’s in a mood. Which gives a chance to focus on the rest of the band, all there (mostly).  Waves on waves of sounds, still a ways till a verse. They’re gonna go through a bunch of variations, we’ve got cascades up and down. Jerry gets into a little low string groove and Bob goes on a rhythm solo, leads to a verse. 

The verse is performed well, they stick with that tripartate form going through the chords in different rhythms (up till now, mostly Phil on this, some Bob) which is also, or has been usually performed on instruments in the jam that follows somewhere*. Here, TC is finally moving a little air somewhere in the back anyway, he’s sort of with the vocal melody first line (“Dark Star crashes…”), then with Phil on his rhythmic statement pushing the beat doing the spy-theme rhythm on line 2 (“Mirror…”). He’s emphasizing the pushed downbeat more now, less weight on the note before it. On the third line (“Searchlight casting”) TC seems illustrate it literally with his little notes casting about, searching. 

Shall we go? They have the crescendos going on still. 

Into the jam, they let it happen, lots of gong and mic feedback for a while starting jam 2. Bob and gong. Cool stuff going on here, JG comes in melodically, immediately switches tones to the dark one and weirds out up and down geometric patterns of notes. (And I’m hardly high listening to this.) He’s got some new melodic/harmonic idea happening. Whole band comes together for beautiful peak at around 9 minutes, JG finally switches tone but is still getting caught up in weird triads before quarter to ten (minutes) here goes the *(here) verse-melody improv with its sections really overly pronounced, PL and BW really strumming on the “Mirror shatters” spy theme rhythm section, with cymbals now, causing JG to take off more in the third line, which makes it a bit weird when the band lands at the “shall we go” suspended chord(-ish) section and he’s still coming down, oh, we’re not at a lull here? not till a whirlpool on the low notes at 11 minutes, JG trying to break out after a while in weird intervals, hops almost directly into a sputnik set of suspensions in arpeggios around 12 minutes. They’re trying to force it to go somewhere else, hold it here till it moves, eventually everybody goes up high and tiny feedbacks and weird microphonic noises start to come out! New Weirdness with everyone! Ooops that’s gone, back to being a guitar again, hi, I’m just a guitar. but look, you’re still in the sputnik, did you know that? We’re not out of it yet? Where are we? 

At 14:45 we get a new rambling theme-like thing coming in strong from JG, but it’s not rooted anywhere and still in the weird tone, he’s breaking it out to the bright star directly at 15:30, but he’s breaking it down with PL on some country blues licks now! What! Bob’s confused, he’s hitting his guitar. Shakers is laughing. Eventually hey, we’re here, about 16:50 with the theme. And verse 2! Glass hand is weird and warbly tonight, I’m getting the horror movie vibe in both verses, with the percussion and sound effects. And Jerry’s Dark Star voice. He shakes it like it’s scary! And we know he likes that. 

Nice lower harmony on “You and I…” but then he tries to go high on “…nightfall…” Some outstanding sections in there this evening, whatever got Jerry interesting in suddenly doing all those wide triad melodic things, and some whole-band-improv that just moves along like a living thing. 

I noticed that one of the Dark Star chart makers has the “Spanish Jam” listed as happening at about 11-13 minutes of this one? Going back… Is that the “Spanish Jam”? That little weird section where Jerry rubs on some low strings and there’s chords from Bobby? Before the sputnik, I dunno.  

#39 1969-02-15 2/15/69 Philadelphia, PA: 22:19

Now we have a pattern of starting the set (second set here) with Dupree’s, then Mountains, into Dark Star. The quick switch from acoustic to electric after an arhythmic instrumental area that sort of tries to hold a song together, he strums off and picks up the electric and within a few licks (or splices) JG plays the intro DS lick over and over until everybody’s on board. 

Again, TC’s got the ROR, Jerry’s trying some of the struck-guitar microphonics right off the bat, before a minute in, and then to the tone-rolled-off sound. These are his points he’s trying to remember from before… a little time exploring a few notes here and there between riffs of the scale. Then an DS theme inversion with a harmonic drone, at 2:30! That’s seeing the song, he’s so thrilled he arpeggiates. And with that said, the theme coalesces with everyone at 3:30. 

We gonna jam more here? Band is moving along at the song pace. Verse 1 comes in with cymbal splashes, I think it’s only Phil and Tom with the spy theme rhythm in line two. (TC crescendos on Shall we go.)

The middle section, starting with Bobby, just playing away. Sort of seems like Phil and Bob are on autopilot a little, but then everybody gets caught up in a little eddy at 6:20, they can hear each other. The band is playing. TC heard in breaks, running scales. Jerry with more variations, strong entries of variations on the theme, he’s hearing a lot tonight. Oh cool, chromatic areas! 7:45 breaks into a whirlpool that contracted chromatically. Out of it into a break with reed stops on organ and bass lead, JG sits out a bit. Bass is stereo? Is it coming from vocal mics, must be. Chromatic wandrings from TC. Then he gives a blues lick a try, he’s not the greatest at solos. JG is obviously having some sound issues or broke a string or something?

Bobby is doing a remarkable job playing ‘a song’. Hey, man, I’m gonna solo too! 10:25 and he’s gonna play lead! TC is going chordal, way arpeggiating and Phil is going out, then bringing them all back to the song, almost!  …Here comes some high E string tuning in the background, I see what happened. 

Yes, he’s back, strong intro after the broken string with the Dark Star vocal theme, again, PL and TC on the line 2 rhythm, line3 breaks it out, we get more cymbal action on the left. 

What’s up dudes, still in the middle of a song? Guitar still isn’t quite in tune, gotta shake it a bit. He plays a bit with the tone backed off. 

By 14-15 minutes, the sort-of-structure of the song is continuing, JG is playing, heading for known bits. I had hoped for a long new thing, based on last night’s but our newness is seeing what the band can pull off without Jerry.

Then we get into a lingering section of pulloffs, in different tones 15:35, finally by the start of the sputnik he’s tuning that new E string, at 16 minutes. And we’re bringing the jam further into the feedbacky microphonic stuff! Sputnik is losing touch with OKB-1.

Oh shit, we’ve gone back in time, the guiro is back! When we exited that sputnik the “regular” jamming has a guy with a fish. Whew, he’s aware of the trauma, so he’s just using it as a woodblock till the endless bright star starting at 19:05 and really just going on. It comes down to a little fascination with a couple notes after a minute, but damn if it doesn’t come back to the theme at 20:20. 

Right, verse 2. I hear the clapping and whistling from the audience after the first line, still presented with the horror movie quavering.

Nice harmonies on the end. And then a funny fall from Phil on the bass into the indeterminate section preceding St Stephen.

In this set I hear it like the music is happening and they are there to play it, sometimes somebody (JG most of the time) has to show them where it’s at when they’re lost, but shit. The Eleven, for example (in this set). The gelatin is setting. I was a little bummed to lose what this night “could have been, if not for broken strings.” Admittedly, when I saw the length of the track and after the preceding night, I was hoping for deepness. What a post-modern complaint. Anyway we got to hear what Bob and Phil sound like jamming. 

#40 1969-02-21   2/21/69 Vallejo, CA: 20:38

Back in California. Where’s Dream Bowl? I had this concert but as Napa not Vallejo, so I bet it’s like on the road between the two. 

A little research: someone has done a whole blog post on it already. 

https://rockprosopography101.blogspot.com/2010/03/dream-bowl-vallejo-ca-february-april.html

I know where this is (Kelly Rd and Hwy 29) but it’s not there anymore. 

Anyway, this set has GMLS and then Doin’ That Rag, which is not only an absurd song but Phil hams it up at the end and then is yelling “hey!” at somebody while Jerry attempts to start Dark Star. Then he tries again and they start. TC is back on ROR for an intro, I like it still, it says something about the origins of the song. But JG here is just playing sound/feedback until he comes in with the soloing. He is darn good at that mixolydian stuff. By 2 minutes we get a theme statement, the band is all playing to each other, really nice ensemble. They break out a bit in the next section, Bob has some arpeggio ideas, for when Jerry gets into a little subset of notes. 

Variations with bends, like crying stars, after 3 minutes. Into a rhythmic jam, the interplay works well with a guy who plays bass off the beat and a guitar player who plays on beats. Beautiful and weird peak at 5 minutes, almost like glitchy echoes in the melodic playing till it catches up with itself, and then into a whole new modal area afterwards! Some horrible feedback from (sounds like) cymbal mics while JG responds with wailing notes. Still working the sound out for the percussion. 

Into the melody, TC using organ stops with 5ths, weird… And verse at 7:35. Strong vocals! Phil is sorta with TC on the Searchlight running around. Shall we go goes on very attentively, very orchestrated.

And into the next section TC running trills. JG trying out new notes and new rhythms. Really strong rhythmic jam, lots from Bobby in here. At ten minutes we are entering a new jazzy unknown, who wants to define the section? It’s evolving toward sputnik, but falls out of it, I suspect it’s Jerry not wanting to go there yet. So it dies out and into a slight star theme with JG stretching out on some runs. 

Theme statement at 13:20 with the rhythmic accompaniments per line, but JG is playing sort of rhythmically so it never gets into the “shall we go” A sus chord but instead almost directly goes into the Sputnik. Getting caught at the tops of the arpeggios, building and Bob takes it and goes into the chord progression! Jerry is like, man I’m stepping on the fucked-up pedal! and it’s some out there transdimensional version, drums kick in, and then it starts going atonal and polytonal and all falls apart! Amazing! They won’t play the song without Jerry all the way there. So he rolls it back in to a bit of the theme. 

Into a new “growing” theme leading into a real (and real short) bright star. 

Hey I think I know where we are, I hear the verse coming. 

Beautiful ornate verse 2. With full harmonies on the latter part. It’s so baroque with the arrangement for the verse and then the harmonies at the end. Bubblegum-pop baroque, I mean, I guess you can sort of hear it in the original studio takes from a year and half earlier, how it could have gone.

And off into St Stephen, y’all. 

#41 2/22/69 Vallejo, CA: 22:17 

Nice intro from Mountains of the Moon, and… the ROR and the fish are in the vibe! Ah yes, concurrent feedback with micing percussion, I think it’s a large shaker of some sort. The band is jamming along as the sound sorts out the mic and feedback issues, JG says: stretchy notes mean deal with this sound issue before I continue. 

He even stretches way down and out at 2 minutes, before the whole group quickly picks it back up into the Dark star arena. At 3:10 a nice new little riff intro to the next section, quickly getting caught up in sets of harmonies against the pedal tones. Into the theme at 4:40 after some arpregiating, but then into a quieter area where we can almost hear Tom. 

Some very low-key jamming, swinging, though. A few abstract melody fragments surface. And then the verse.

Everybody is honing their sections for the song portion of the piece, it’s a funny transition from the improv to the orchestrated, and back again.

After the song portion, some new arpeggios from Jerry and a clear tone leading into the jam section. He goes chromatic a bit with some blue notes, getting into some tighter areas before breaking into the theme at 10 minutes. He is really rolling with it though, and it never comes back. JG with some lovely rolling licks upwards, it’s all heading upwards for a while. He’s using licks and chord outlines, he seems to have good volume with the amp to control his tone, Phil seems to be having some distortion issues keeping up. 

And island at about 13 minutes leads into the harmonics pond, it’s close to the bridge. That suspended chord is the sputnik and leads us there, and it’s a long one, a few waves, Bob left gonging his guitar for a while. As it dies out, sounds like Phil is leading it to new tonal areas while JG is on the microphonic sounds. Both drummers are in here, it’s a free for all! We’re going outside, or…? No, Jerry is going to bring it back to Dark Star at 17 minutes, more jam! we’re going to head furthur upwards to a Bright Star, or…? Almost got a thematic statement, but it broke down at its height into weirdness, and the refrain area  afterwards has some questioning directions still. 

Nonetheless, verse 2 comes in with the wavery voice. All good until line 3 where Phil seems to get lost!

That sort of makes the madrigal section a bit wonky, but to go even further, they don’t go into St Stephen, but instead into Cryptical Envelopment! (or at least this tape does.)

#42  2/27/69 Fillmore West, SF: 23:05 – Live Dead; Fillmore West 1969 Complete Recordings    

Lots of equipment issues on stage in the first set, hopefully all taken care of. However, Weir claimed in the first set sign-off that in the second set, they’d bring on the monkeys. So…

It’s the acoustic mini-set intro, so we get a jam in between “Mountains of the Moon” and the beginning of Dark Star proper. A little acoustic jam, the drummers are both sitting in their seats, but (I think) only Mickey makes any noise (I occasionally hear sounds in the left side, but nothing definitive!) JG Switches to electric guitar which is where the track divide is, he’s using the darker tone, fairly quietly as Bobby strums his suspensions, Phil takes the helm at a minute in and plays the intro riff. But JG has to tune a bit so it takes him a while to come in so BW strums up a groove. When Jerry comes in he does so with a little tattoo fanfare run before he settles in… and then starts his take off, doesn’t get caught up in a set of notes till almost 3 minutes. Some play with the volume knob, quickly out of that and we’re already in full band improv territory, they’re with it. Bob and Jerry both switch to more biting tones at 4 minutes, and stab at it until it sputniks a bit making a short visit to Elysium before out into the thematic variations, into a strong theme statement at 5 minutes.

They go on with it for a while, even Jerry still comes back to the theme, he’s getting into the rhythm of it. He plays with the second half’s upbeat a bit before coming in with the verse. It’s pretty fast (relative to other versions) everybody plays the verse like it’s performing a pop song, the parts are so knit now. All the individual variation and coloration is totally worked out now, all the parts executed. The singing is especially strong this evening (maybe that’s a reason for choosing it for Live/Dead). They have the three lines of the verse all arranged now, different rhythms per line, TC illustrating the Searchlight Casting, etc. He’s big on the crescendos on “Shall we go…” They don’t do vocals on this first chorus or break or whatever. They only do them on part 2, why?

…and into part 2, (so to speak.) After a while TC goes a rambling while Jerry starts to go way out, the gongs on the metal and open strings and then at 8 minutes he bursts forth and they go through the verse-form right off the bat with super strong playing on everybody’s part, so much so that by the third line, it’s way beyond their practiced forms that they use as way markers, we’re into new territory again, some new licks by Jerry and then we quiet down for a new mellow area. Where are we going to take this! He’s latching onto a few melodic areas, the falling star leading into … no, bringing it back down again. 

At 10 1/2 JG is quiet and testing the sound in the space with his guitar and feedback, but it’s developing into a sputnik as an e string is being tuned. Lovely roller rink florish from the organ at the wave’s dip into a new section with Jerry playing some weirdass sounds that also seem to bring some drummers into the mix into a tranporstative segment that fades. But when he comes back in they begin an earnest jam that seems like we can expect some Dark Star theme, after waves of Jerry or Tom, they calm down  What now? I gotta bit, it goes into a new section with drums now, and leads into a strong Dark Star theme with the drums and Phil working out the rhythms for line 2  and 3, ha! Previously Phil had control over this stuff!

Jerry in softly then to the bright tone for a new variant of the theme that can probably be turned around into the theme proper. Yup, there we go. 

A jaunty intro riff area leading into the lull before Verse 2 !

The scary verse isn’t as scary tonight, it’s delivered well again, though I feel like the well rehearsed backing vocals are lackluster this evening. And nothing super provocative on the outro though there’s some feedback before the start of St Stephen proper. This is an amazing Dark Star, incredibly creative and strong, I can see why it made it onto the Live/Dead album! At some point I’ll explain my listening history, but while I had “heard it around”, I had really only listened to this version a few times, it’s not imbedded like it is for most people (heads) I’d guess. 

#43  2/28/69 Fillmore West: 19:50 – Fillmore West 1969 Complete Recordings   

Really hot Other One/Cryptical before this, they are obviously ready to play. And we have the best recordings and mixes yet, ya know.

Subtle and super quick intro, the ROR signifies, Jerry is barely there while the Phil and Bob groove happens, Jerry’s thinking about it. He has to sum it all up, where are we now? I mean, after yesterday…

The tone rolled off, but still overdriven, then he goes to a clearer tone but seems to find something in this new tone that says “this note: G” for awhile. At 2:40 he has a nice mode he’s working with, Bobby even does a I-IV-I chord change. TC seems to be in a weird groove in this Star, he starts playing a rhythmic upwards arpeggio that ends up like the “Charge!” fanfare from the organist at a baseball game. The themes are put through the new mode before we drop into the theme proper at a quarter to 4 minutes. Hi, we’re playing Dark Star, hmm. I’m going to sing it now too!

Gongs on the verse. Line two’s rhythm is subdued, with TC really loud and playing the chords backwards or something, G to F# in the upper register… Then he’s off searchlighting (Charge!), and the gongs, cymbals do the crescendos. 

JG comes in with the Bells Tolling, it goes into a groove, though, this is a new thing to the lineage of jams at this point in the song, Bob’s really jamming while Jerry goes percussive. TC had a little riff going on, but he didn’t settle on it. Jerry comes in really brightly, but then the music calms down a lot at 6:30, really a lot of space per note, Jerry’s going to milk some feedback off each resonant note. This is also new, musically, and he goes off-scale while TC tries out new types of chords. But then! Into a bright star area that builds to the real star at 8:30. 

Other side of that wave, we move through some new rhythm areas, dyads in the melody. Then the song theme variations, very subtle on Phil’s part this evening, he’s maybe high. Jerry takes it out on part three of the ‘form’ that starts about halfway through the nine minute mark. Bobby drops out. Only shakers on percussion. I love the sort-of-beatnik vibe of bass, shakers and Jerry Garcia. Very Matrix. Bob’s back at 10:50 with a weird suspended chord and some beautiful feedback twisty notes and then JG goes in to the the arpeggios that indicate the Sputnik satellite.

…This goes on for a while here and then at an octave above signaling the backside of the wave, but Jerry goes into a chordal feedback. Oddly his feedback is a rougher response, not the beautiful wisps that Bobby was doing. Phil goes off on it. Hey man, we’ve been out there, on the road, we’ve seen some shit… uh. It all dies out, everybody so high they stare slack jawed at the light show. Bob’s gonna save it man, I got a groove. We have a drummer. Oh wait, I’m out of phase or some shit, click, sounds like a guitar again. Wandering keys. Phil jams away, but he’s heading toward Dark Star central, just a little too quickly. Have you been watching that Airplane? We are gonna have to cool off if you want verse 2, dudes. Jerry comes back in at 15 minutes, what, lighting a cigarette? Tone rolled off, he’s like, I’m a jazz cat. I’m soloing! Tone’s rolled off, nice and cool. Oh yeah, Dark Star. 

Everybody drops back to listen a bit. Jerry and drums.

He catches himself up like a cat with a lint ball, batting around a few notes, then further afield. He comes in with a whole new major key thing at 16:40 that you know Phil gets, it’s leading then right back to the them with the drums  (right channel? Mickey, right? It’s sorta like Dark Star is his hand percussion special thing, but mix is as we see the stage or what?) to the verse theme structure jam. Nice one! Line two has the strong rhythms and everybody takes off on the searchlight’s tail.

Verse 2. Gongs on the left … Bill? Though it seems when there have been drum sets in Dark Star it’s probably Mickey. In pics I see that Bill is usually up stage middle right with Pigpen up stage right on organ, while Mickey is usually stage left, or all this opposite from the audience perspective. I am assuming that Bear was mixing stereo as audience perspective, i.e. Mickey is seen on the right, so his drums are more right, etc. )

All the vocals are there. Nice Phil riffing on the third verse line (Grayfolders take note… I heard the “verse” on shuffle out walking the other day…) The outro has mostly Phil this evening, where were we going? Oh yeah, that’d be that old St Stephen thing.

Ok man, this is my favorite of the run, yesterday’s included. Wow, though the quality may be playing a part. The multi track mixdown is fine, we get to hear everybody. Though I’m confused a bit on stereo placement, it sound like the field is onstage, Mickey left, Bobby left, Billy more right, Jerry more right? Is this correct? Like looking out at the audience. 

#44  3/1/69 Fillmore West: 23:01 – Fillmore West 1969 Complete Recordings  81bpm!

Though it’s coming from Mountains, after clapping, full break, it’s the classic opening, directly in with the riff, and then the strummy chords and Phil wandering around, and that ol’ ROR. (Lotta level issues with Tom and the organ on Mountains.) Even the fish is back. Jerry’s playing a few harmonics only. Bobby is loud. 

Lead guitar comes in softly with the rolled-off tone, it’s a pretty swingin’ but mellow vibe. Essentially jG and PL soloing while we have a little shaker for the pulse. But the shaker backs off too in the mix, regardless it builds to an almost thematic bright starry bit at 2 minutes, but it backs off. We hear some Tom C reedy organ noodles, but breaking apart into little phrases, it’s more interesting than his previous stuff, he’s almost actually jamming with the other guys…

A nice quiet area goes on for a while and develops into the Dark Star theme from which Jerry emerges into a modal area, new tone, sort of medium-dark, Phil matching his rhythms into a little rough patch of only two notes. A little funky rhythmic stuff. They bring it back up and down a few times, some riffs and then into the theme on bass while TC does a crescendo and sweeps the keys, he’s climbing a bit, JG is coming up too. but they bring it back down again at 7 minutes instead of taking it into the verse. Shit dudes, some amazing music going on here. I think Jerry might have to think about it a bit, where are we? Oh yeah, we’re still on our way to verse 1, so he begins that trajectory, the verse comes in at about 7:45. It’s slightly subdued, but with its sectional variations, just not super strongly stated with the changing rhythms. Jerry sounds a bit warbly on the verse lines.

And back to the intro riff. Into part 2. 

(I already know this is the longest so far.)

They start out, but it isn’t going into a jam proper, it’s going into a sound bath. Harmonics, open notes, mallets on cymbals, until after about a minute or so, TC starts a scalar run, which builds a bit with everybody and then then come back down and it’s right into a cruising jam section. A plateau at 10 minutes, TC’s arpeggios give way to Jerry with the swing leads. They’re all jamming and they can hear each other, they come through a new rhythmic chordal section at 11 minutes, building it up till Jerry gets to the A at the top to start a theme jam. Oh wait, thought that was going to go through the tripartate verse form, but it didn’t make it really, went into low-end sputnik, just built to its own scuzzy peak and then into a weird back off where JG goes all chromatic and volume swells notes, Phil follows with the chromaticism, then it dies out and TC states some scale bits and riffs out. 

…aha, drums have snuck in with some pseudo-walking bass bits, gonna build this jam up. loud organ bits, new tone. Then suddenly, halfway through the 15 minute mark, Jerry comes in with the verse theme, they go through the form, but take off at the line three into a high powered jam for a bit, it comes down again in a short while and we’re gonna start building a satellite. I can hear JG starting it up on the arpeggiated suspended chord, TC whirling up and down, they bring it up and back down in volume, JG sticking with a little riff bit till he’s all by himself, and we get a weird sweep from TC, JG comes back in with the weird microphonics small insect noises, Phil is hitting some riffy notes and harmonics, Bob is moving in that direction… a little after 19 minutes there’s a note again and the we get more notes and we know it’s going to eventually get to the theme at almost 20 minutes. Nice thematic jam to the bright star. And then some road is taken to the verse, right? Some weird little statements beforehand, and then a sort of abrupt shift in tempo as Phil adjusts to the intro of the verse. 

Easy singing from Jerry, no horror movie warble. They have the full chorus for the last lines, and then TC starts the weird organ drone even before the St Stephen intro chords. Also a really soft and delicate intro to St Stephen, by the way. Sort of a softer Dark Star overall, I’d say, though with some gorgeous playing. A lot of new stuff but not a really “driven” performance, very relaxed and overall a bit slower, (especially for a Saturday night) but it’s nice! Groovy, even. Interesting combination of that relaxedness versus the always-exploratory nature. 

It must have been such a luxury to be home and to leave your gear on stage, stumble in for the next day’s adventure. 

Personal note here, while I am actually probably the only person who likes these cheesy Vox/Farfisa organ tones, I’m not that into what TC plays do far. As much as Pigpen ‘wasn’t a keyboardist’ or whatever, his playing was cool, and on Dark Star, that Repeating Organ Riff was cool and weird. I hear TC coming into the groove with the band a bit here, where there are sections where it’s like he’s interacting with the band in short statements tossed back and forth, but overall his choices are sort of basic, scales or arpeggiated chords that still seem to lie outside the music somehow. He’s an oddball addition to the various musical talents of the ensemble, that’s for sure. 

#45   3/2/69 Fillmore West: 20:03 – Fillmore West 1969 Complete Recordings

Dark Star back to the beginning, it’s the opening number. Hi, we’re laying this on you.

 This initially seems like a more exciting and upbeat take, on the Sunday show. (It is a tiny bit faster.)

We’re laying this on you means that between the last time you heard Dark Star open a set and this time, it’s grown a bit. Jerry plays the riff but once and then begins tapping his guitar for resonances while everybody else strives to play the song. 

It’s Sunday, I’m guessing they’re just stoned. Takes a little to settle, Jerry comes in eventually, with a bright tone playing sparsely and picking quietly. TC has a reedy sound, Bobby’s guitar actually sounds really good this evening, round and not overly distorted. By about 2 minutes we get some interesting statements, but then he settles on a riff while TC does a big swell, a key sweep to try to initiate a thematic statement, but JG follows slowly upwards with a bright tone, a crying stretch eddy at the top, and then it goes into a sputnik area, what the? Where the when are we? And then JG is changing the mode… oh yeah, but it’s gonna come down into a quiet riffy area with little eddies on the lower notes. 

Quarter to 5 minutes, Jerry takes off with a leading scale up to the bright star type of statement, finally the theme at 5:20 and the first verse.

Gongs? Or cymbals and mallets on the verse.  The spy theme rhythm is a bit subdued on line 2. Sort of going-through-the-motions verse, actually, guys…!

Into the sea of space. Phil is up and about, he seems to be in stereo, didn’t realize they had this going this early. Or is it bleed from the vocal mics? We’re moving into the bells tolling hitting the guitar… a jazzy lead intro at 7:45. TC changes tone for when he comes on, more flute and lower stops. Bobby and Phil are having a rhythmic blast while the pulse is just the shaker. Until weirdly a lull at 8:50. TC comes in after with some nice whirlwind rolling around, but it flowers and fades. JG backs off. The band backs off. Sparse voids between stars. JG is focusing in on something, a leading tone to a note, then a modal riff, and into the the jam, boys. Phil’s going places. They’re all going places, actually, but it’s sort of in and out as for the togetherness. They finally come together on a tension spot at 11:30, drums have definitely switched to trap set. (Is this Mickey? Or is he gongs/cymbals on the other side?) in a minute we’re going sputnik with drums. TC going wild! Big fast arpeggios build till he hits and end note… but JG’s not there. He’s still in the nebula, as we leave it, and he’s suggesting a new rhythm! Drums drop out trying to figure it out. Good thing he’s loud!

They hit the verse sequence in a quick jam, but JG is all in the insect weirdness tone world instead! So by the end of it Phil goes outside. He’s suggesting something else, a descending sequence. (15’) 

Jerry never comes out into ‘normal’ playing until a new theme-riff at 16’ he’s heading upwards, but brings it back down before a Dark Star theme statement at almost 17’, with the verse sequence in the rhythm section, we can really hear Bobby’s got a cool hammer on lick for it now, line three going into a sparse a quiet intro theme jam. Wait, it’s going into the bright star at 18 minutes! Brought down now, we’re going to get verse 2 at ~19’.

Nice rendition of verse 2, nice with Bobby’s good amp sound here too, and more cymbals and mallets. Very ornate and beautiful tones from all on the outro and intro to St Stephen. I think the strict ensemble playing of the verse 2 and chorus, and outro is sort of grounding, like we’ve come back to the pier.

Ok, maybe this one was my favorite. 

#46 3/15/69 SF Hilton: 20:30  

Set and setting, as they say. The Hilton Hotel in San Francisco is really trippy from the inside, it’s an open atrium pyramid. I never checked out the Ballroom area, but I’ve eaten there. And ridden around in the glass elevators. 

Coming out of GMLS. Intro hint from J, then they start for real and it’s very stately, like the the original version of the song…ROR, then none as TC stretches the moment with Bob … Jerry comes in and the Repeating Organ Riff comes back.  Jerry stretching upwards in a dark tone early on. Sort of amazing how he can switch from blues to this sort of previously unknown. They sound like they’re feeling it, the guiro is in so it’s auto-beatnik. Keeps the mood for a while.

Now, this is a weird gig too, right? Black and White Ball at the Hilton Hotel, Bob’s mom was the in. 

Gorgeous band togetherness (mix is very centered, like all guitars middle, drummers L-R) through the first peak and trough, TC organ sweep at 3.5m and back to another adventure toward the theme. I like the way TC is integrating now, even with his ballpark organ stuff. Levels are better. He’s got a thing he’s developing, I guess, this upward flourish. Again into the flourish to a little jam with Phil, but we’re gonna head on to the verse in a bit.  JG comes in with the theme, heading to the verse.

Verse 1 is played to form, Jerry with warbly horror movie voice on some of it already. Everybody on the spy theme rhythm on line 2, everybody searching for faults in the clouds. TC still swells the reverse way through. 

TC goes with his up thing. the rhythm intensifies. JG starts the bell tolling. Fuck, ok, if I were a debutante at a ball and the punch had been spiked… When Jerry enters, he’s screaming it outside, and then brings it down to some raw end at 8:45 with a minor second leading tone. But we’re jamming, both drummers, Bill is playing trapset, right? (left, I mean, is that correct?)

By 10 we’re hard at it, but suddenly there’s a textural change to a wide arpeggio. 

I’m realizing by looking at the waveform on Archive.org that you can see each wave, and you can time them and I bet somebody has done all that before, haven’t they? Or can somebody train an AI? That chart shit is a data set that seems conquerable by smart Deadheads. I think I’m out after one!

…anyway, 3rd wave of the jam is funky and somebody switches to hitting a block with a stick as if that helped. Oh lord, it’s a close mic’ed guiro. 

Sputnik proper 13 minutes, like—we knew this part was going to happen. Regardless, it’s nice with the wandering bass and Bob really jams out. Man the weird specialty of mic’ing the weird hand sound is probably tedious, but to great effect this evening. After a contact mic style noise jam, JG goes directly into insect weirdness at 15. 

Ok, see, the reason that I’m writing this at all probably comes down to a series of re-sparked interest in GD maybe 15 years ago, from directions that are tangential in multiple ways, one of them being electronic and sound/noise based music. While listening to this part of the percussion attempts, I thought, oh, contact mics, man, they’ve been around for years. Somehow I don’t take Bear for a guy not acquainted with WW I & II audio history, and yet they struggled for the acoustic mic’in of these things (ok, it sounds better, but the feedback issues in this sitch vs audience satisfaction, come on.)

They build it up to a really quiet jam that has some upward momentum, but I can’t hear Tom very well on this, I think he’s been sacrificed to the mic’ed percussion. Cowbell, in fact. 

Sort of an abrupt song form statement at 17 min, but everybody drops in immediately and plays immaculate renditions of the lyrical versions, JG jams it up for line 2,   in a long singing line, but they all wander on line 3, convening a little later to go get that Bright Star. 

They groove out a bit. Into the verse 2: Mirror Shatters, kids! Full on warble for the first couple line— or is this a tape speed problem? It seems like it’s almost a half step out. He’s enunciating super clearly, I’m looking at you all you dancing young adults: mirror shatters. Maybe they’re all heavily tripping at a debutante ball, who knows? Wow, man, psychedelic lyrics from the dude with the beard, Veronica. Or the punch is spiked and by the time the band starts, well. Sounds like maybe not enough vocal mics and they are shared.  Are there pics of this one? I’d guess they’re private.

Lots of reverb at  the start of the outro on Jerry’s amp! Ha, secret sauce*. He steps on the switch. Into St Stephen. And the ornate William Tell, like a pop concert, Bob is looking good, baby. Who is his mom setting him up with? Turn on your love light, that’s pretty raw for this crowd!

*Twin Reverbs are loud aF, and piercing. Good thing a guitar has those dang knobs! Big reverb tank, sends that signal down and back like an echo. 

#47 3/22/69 Pasadena, CA: 14:47

Quick start, riff, ROR, little playing around the mode, some tuning, 

Jerry is crossing the stereo spectrum, is he with 2 channels or bleed from other open mics? (Listening a little more in the concert it sounds like bleed from Bill’s drum mics.) First wave is under 2 minutes, the second goes right to the verse intro immediately. It’s gonna be a quick one this evening, gents.

Warbles in the first verse, it’s already scary, but it seems to mellow a bit by the transitive nightfall. Some old blog that’s no longer hosted (still there on the Wayback machine,) the guy was saying that his understanding was that this entire jam between verses was an audio description of  “the transitive nightfall of diamonds.” 

Ok, then!

The jams contain a bunch of abrupt entrances and melodic statements, and both drums seem a obvious way to handle that. All drums in early right as Jerry does a startling Theme at 6:00, then trapsets, Bill gets onstage, and so we have a very rhythmic pounding jam now, he’s got a low tom thing going on..

They’re on after Jethro Tull. I wonder if they watched each other? Lots of melodic flourishes. Well, I’d bet Martin Barre was watching. Arpeggios and fast flourishes all around. TC finally does some downward ones.

A cool intro to the song form with rolled off nasal tone I’m guessing lead pickup with the tone rolled off, transits to a bright tone when he rolls it on

An immediate tolling Bells after the initial wave of jam 2, bringing up a rhythm jam! These guys are hyped at this show, quick set in between and off.

These sections really delineated, they’re sort of rushing through the possible forms. Now we start sputnik, next, heh, TC does his fanfare and JG goes for insect weirdness.

After this they do the longest strongest bright star ever! Led into again by Jerry suddenly stating the themes, he’s leading this song quickly through sections this evening but then lingering on sections. How do you get to a verse from there! Well, Bobby knows, it seems, and we’re back into the song.

Followed by 5 minutes of St Stephen and 4 of the Eleven, rest of the set is Lovelight. That’s all that’s captured, or short set… Let’s get this show done and head back to Hollywood to jam at Thee Experience. Leaving whoever was playing with Butterfield in ’69?

#48  3/28/69 Modesto, CA: 22:45 (Formerly mislabeled “Merced 3/27/69”.) “the little (feedbacky) DarkStar that could” — bzfgt

Nice fill-in gig between LA and Las Vegas (wait, shouldn’t that be Barstow? Or somewhere within the week?), GMLS opens with lots of harp from Pigpen, he must have “rested up” during the LA experience. He’s on at the start of the show, to suck those kids in, make ‘em think it’s a blues band, then

Anyway. Dark Star is next, it’s a long one at 23 minutes. Some false starts beforehand though, testing mics, etc. “How ‘bout these monitors, Bear?” Trying to avoid electronic Gnat?

Which Jerry demonstrates but ringing out some resonant freqs in the stage. Jazzy intro that I think signals that some exploration will happen. Going low for a while, feeling it out. 

Into some weird areas, but out into the main theme… for a second. They get there by 5 min, then to a static spot, but I think we’re verseward.

Which verse? Oh yeah, Verse 1 comes in eventually.

Nicely done. Pigpen doesn’t sing on this, so he’s off? It’s total bait’n’switch. Risky unless they delayed start time until they had dosed the crowd.

Bobby leads it into the nightfall. The episode. A distant bell from the bass but its melodic signal is muffled. A note emerges at 8.5, it’s searing with sound, organ tinsel falls off it in arpeggios, somebody is practicing feedback.  

Cool buildups, and continued referral to the “bell” rhythm long notes from different parts. No drums, though, or maybe is Pigpen on congas off mic? Man how beatnik, that would be cool. I love those Dark Stars. 

I hear a hand percussion on the left too, at 11 minutes. Sound people, I swear. 

There’s a lot of cool new riffs, at 13 minutes, they are doing a counterpoint arpeggio thing, mirror… shatters and comes back to a lull that starts the sputnik A-Suspended stuff. This goes on til about 16 minutes, when it suddenly dies and JG goes into the insect tone. He’s tapping the bridge I think?

Bright Star emerges at 17 minutes. Not ready for another verse when this dies, they wander around (musically) and probably look at one another. There’s a trapset now. Makes Jerry do a flat 3 country lick, they rock so hard. 

Into the theme at 18:20, and rockin’ it. And an even Brighter Star, they are really wanting to be here tonight, how bright it is! 

The intro riff into verse 2 this time. Gotta wait a bit, though. Verse 2 at 21:30. A warbly “glass.” 

A loud mic connect. Yeah, I only hear Jerry’s mic, the others a bit in the background.

And the song ends. There is no jam after verse 2. 

Excellent version. Very inspired. 

#49  3/29/69 Las Vegas, NV: 21:01

Ice rink! Yeah, an ice rink in Las Vegas. I don’t hear the hall much in the recording. Doin’ that rag, but no (recorded) Mountains, no acoustic mics? 

Dark Star: “We wrote it this morning” Especially for the Ice Palace in Vegas, he says.

Classic tight intro to a jazzy guiro-fueled feel, with brief ROR, and immediate feedback play. (I blame Jorma.) JG goes through several tonal areas. They’re going for a long jam pre-verse. Great long builds, the 4-5 minute area is a stunning energetic whirlpool, which winds down to the theme, and a little pre-play at low levels. Bill is in on cymbals. Into the verse at 5:50, now pretty set form-wise but a mellow playing of it. 

Nice upward counterpoint on the downward “Diamonds”. 

Playful light feel into this section, TC does the big upward thing, Bobby’s hammering on. JG comes in with the bells and scrapes, but when the other guys die down, he comes in on a new themelet with a very round tone. He goes off with Phil, sounds like BW is off to pee. It’s a pretty spacey but swinging Jerry and Phil jam, then they land on some weird notes when BW comes back. He’s trying some odd tones and feedback stuff. JG backs off his tone knob but they’re in the swinging groove, trapsets on ride cymbals and all. But before 11 min, some tom toms! Instead of going for the all out jam, it backs off and starts a low sputnik. TC doing waves up and down. He always ends too soon! Sputnik with sidestick tonight. before 13 a weird minimalist section has come about, sparse notes, then feedback and sound, that goes to the insect weirdness sound. How does he do this? Ok, the guiro starts guiro’ing with it, it’s pretty ffing weird. Bob and Phil form a chord progression. JG comes in like he’s gonna lead them to a brighter star, but there’s still elements of the A Sus. 

At 15.5 a sudden statement of the song intro theme. The fucking guiro. To have suggested micing Pigpen’s congas instead…

To the main song form theme, strongly fleshed out in and then exploring on the third line, heading to the star. Takes a long way around, gotta visit some more spots first. But we get to a high end bright statement, which is then taking us home to verse two in its own sweet time. JG is purposely stating the theme to slow the tempo, the players eventually get with him. 

v2 about 19:50. Modest percussion, all parts there, some interesting wandering on “Lady in Velvet.” All vocals, madrigal and ornate lead in to St Stephen. 

#50 4/4/69 Avalon Ballroom, SF: 20:03

Lovelight before, so a little fiddling and then the stark proper intro. Ooh, tuning, guys… TC has an interesting reedy organ sound, sort of ROR-ing around. It all sounds a bit disparate, everybody is sort of going their own way in this intro jam section. JG has his tone rolled off, he’s trying to find some interesting arrangements of notes for his statements, gets into some odd modal areas. Settles down on a honk sound. I’m a goose, guys. 

Ok, by 3 minutes he’s in a different register and there’s a drum set playing, what is happening with this Star! Still, despite the drums, nobody seems to be paying attention to each other, Jerry tries to play a Dark Star riff, but it all dies off. So Phil starts it up again. This is a weird improv, I would have thought they’d be doing some sort of more cozy stuff on home turf at the Avalon after some SoCal gigs, but it is herky-jerky, up and down all the way to the verse. Loud rolling cymbals/gongs (is it a gong?) taking over the mix on the verse. Weird percussion punctuations too.

Even going into the second jam area, it’s feeling odd. This acid is making me clench my jaw. Cymbal overload! Finally at 7.5min, Jerry is ready to play lead guitar, right? But, no, he’s still going in and out of the mode and it’s very up and down. TC still trying his weird fanfares. Jerry settles into an eddy with some chromatic pull-offs. Bill wants to jam, he’s ready to play some damn music, isn’t he? We’re getting some good tidbits, but the waves are all choppy and short with big lulls in between. Very unlike other Dark Stars. Jerry is really pulling the mode around to chromatic oddities this evening. Some interesting stuff developing in the quiet places, but again, it seems unfocused. I think Bob even drops out for periods. Maybe they’re trying to follow Jerry but he’s in an even weirder place than usual and it’s not working well. 

Almost a percussion jam that leads him to start the Sputnik, whereupon most of the people seem to get an idea where they can fit in, but TC is wildly flailing up and down the keys, the drums are bashing away, Mickey is playing that annoying squeaky percussion thing. JG’s tempo is going up and down as he continues the Sputnik area for a long time with Bill Phill jams it out. A stop, and immediate switch to the insect weirdness, very outside, nonrhythmic percussion brings on a noise jam! We are indeed in outer space! I believe the odd feelings have brought about a new type of improvisation in this part! It’s outside, free improv! Oh boy, they got here, I daresay this may be the first Dark Star with atonal/free areas here? For a short period, and then as suddenly as it started, JG starts the theme and they fall in with a loose thematic jam. Building to a sort of repetitive Bright Star, and then that will get them back to verse 2. With too much cymbal/gong again. Halfhearted backing vocals for the madrigal, and they head woefully off toward St Stephen.

Definitely a weird one, not one of my faves, but with all that chromaticism and choppy ups and downs, they did briefly exit normal musical space for the void for a minute! That’s another step forward, in a series of steps.

#51 4/5/69 Avalon Ballroom: 17:27

Opening the first set with Dupree’s and Mountains of the Moon, into this Dark Star. Same sort of mix as the night before, loud drums from the board, hard right and left.

Jerry has switched to electric in the end of Mountains, but it takes a lot of muddling about with the intro riff before Dark Star gets on its feet. Jerry is set on his tone-rolled-off sound, he’s trying it in different registers. They sound a bit more together this evening than last, or at least Jerry is staying within the modal notes more, so everybody else is too. (Side note: I wonder if his adherence to mode or structure really has the effect on the other players so much that, like the previous night, when he’s more free with his scales, they get either confused or feel the license to break out more?) He finds his chromatic roll offs again, but it’s all seeming to fit within the Dark Star world more. Shakers, or guiro I guess, are keeping it real, no Bill on the drumset for this pre-verse jam anyway. A few odd little eddies in the stream, but they get to the thematic area at about 3:30, heading toward the first verse by 4min.

The cymbal and mallets accompaniment is more subdued, which is good (int this mix) because we can hear some interesting wandering on the Searchlight casting about. And they play the classic middle jam intro with the descending guitar against the bass, sort of a regrouping after the previous night… 

The tolling bell is coming. 

Jerry breaks out with some strong lead tones and some overreached high notes, into a crying bend, “crying star”. Having stated that, he’s exploring more, everybody plugging along in this medium tempo. Bill slowly sneaks in to the jam… it’s ebbing and flowing. Sounds like Bob has found his own ringing bell while JG, Phil and Bill start climbing a wave, which comes down the backside into staccato arpeggio and tom toms, into several little eddies of notes…. Sounds like TC wants to lead into Sputnik, or he’s anticipating JG going there next. Phil is still jamming away at it, JG goes into the higher register and it gets delicate. Phil is still walking all over the place till he finds a riff that allows a little build up. Oh, that guiro comes in…

Jerry is finding some feedbacky insect tones, which seems to cast doubt on everybody else and they stop or sparse out. The song almost disappears by 12.5 min. Jerry is almost alone with a guiro almost keeping time. TC makes some stabs at chords. It’s definitely a more static space section, but I can hear some intimations of the theme. JG gets up in register enough to start a proto-Bright Star, which builds to the real thing, with both drummers on trap sets. As this wave crests, they are heading to verse 2. 

Nice vocal delivery, Jerry really sticking the high notes and only warbling on the low slides. All vocals are very effectively presented for the verse 2 last lines, the outro instrumental has Jerry up and down on the St Stephen intro, but they get there. 

Note that the Avalon run continues the next day, but no Dark Star on 4/6. Then they’re out on tour again, across the country!

#52 4/11/69 Tucson, AZ: 19:59

2600 people! This was probably a watershed moment for psychedelia in Tucson, at the University of Arizona, there are some nice reviews posted: https://deadsources.blogspot.com/2017/10/april-11-1969-university-of-arizona.html

I have a personal association with UofA also, because my mom took a year’s sabbatical job there in 1974, when I was 11, and walking up and down 4th Ave after school poking into the record stores, those clerks changed my listening and entertainment habits immensely! (Psst, kid, ever heard Alice Cooper? Led Zeppelin?) I remember the look of this auditorium, having gone to a Science Fiction film festival there over a weekend as well! (First viewing of “Un Chien Andalou,” as an opening short film, for example. Shit. I came back to NorCal as a changed kid.)

These tapes are not great, Dark Star is low and noisy, but overall it’s very competent, sort of a “normal” version of the track going through the sections. (The Barbarella version cleaned up but lower overall volume may be easier listening.) “Normal”, with the exception of hearing The Main Ten in there… sure, is there anything between 4/6 and 4/11 or were they just practicing, getting ready to go out on the road? 

So Dark Star starts a set! That sets a tone. And it’s 20 min long. I’m loving this despite the noise. Classic start and some wandering. toward and from thematic stuff. Nice jam until TC whips out his slide and the wave crests, onto the next in brighter areas. No real eddies, it’s been climbing from theme to theme, now we’re approaching the verse. 

Song form, I can’t hear much casting about, nice performance, great vocals from Jerry only. 

The TN (Transitive Nightfall). Bell coming, cymbals. Nasal rolled off tone, breaking high. Eventually an eddy in the continuous current of the music, Jerry continuous counterpoint with Phil, the drums come in, it sounds like both drummers. A formal song form section comes in, but the spy theme line two is gone already, three is out already, onward. 

Really nice play going on and here comes that main ten theme, even JG gets on board, but he takes off and they get out of that territory. What a great way to telegraph a song to an audience. 

It dies down to a tenuous section, it could go full on noise or stay modal. Oh he’s going Sputnik. TC goes wild up and down. Guiros are back! But I think Bill on drumset still. Really nice in tune sputnik up and down developing new rhythmic stuff. into weird feedback, bass solo? The insect. Somebody yells, “Bob!”  It boleros to a Dark Star song form theme with all sections, line 3 suddenly quieter and more delicate. Bobby’s doing some wild playing in this song. Into a quiet bright star building up. Bends. Back down to the  riff into verse 2.

Nice outro, and intro to St Stephen. This is a great upbeat version, not many sidetracks but a lot of forward momentum, and for 20 minutes. I like this one.

#53 4/12/69 Salt Lake City, UT: #21:35

Utah. Well then. A concert put on by the Students for a Democratic Society two months before emergence of the Weathermen. 

Dark Star is a set opener for the second set, and they sound ready to explore, Jerry rips it up within a couple minutes and then settles down for a theme, which immediately mutates and dies off into the verse, hit before 3 minutes! …There’s missing audio, I assume.

The bell comes in after the verse, while the rest of the guys were starting a jam, but they feedback and mallet right in, and then JG goes off again with a bright tone, and switches it up for some windy ways with Phil and Bill, in with the trap set already. Some nice little eddies in the current, plenty of little waves within a bigger jam with a lot of forward momentum from the band, drums pushing it. This is a pretty exciting version! Lots of exploration in the “normal” mode (E Dorian-ish). Jerry comes down to have a little rhythmic jam with Bob, then goes out of it with some volume swells and back to the exploration. Up and down, settling into a Sputnik. With drums. Somebody in the audience is thrilled! Drums lead a big Sputnik buildup, into a chordal rhythm jam on the chord. This is all still before the 10 minute mark!

Now that the volume has back off, we’re still in the Sputnik space, but with weird guiro and chord jams. Aha, I hear string scrape noises, we may be entering a sound improvisation, and JG goes into the insect tone (I gotta figure out how he does this.) However, with Bill in there, it still has a pulse and forward-pointing rhythm. It does get weird, but comes out into a tone-rolled-off section of lead playing with a few experimental out-of-mode notes crying out, stretching the sounds. It sounds like heading toward a bright star theme area, at 14 they go through the song-form theme, with really strong line 2 spy rhythm, but then weirdly as line three starts to go astray, it all dies down into a quieter area with some Bobby jamming and TC wandering around. TC does some riffing, JG has dropped out. String change? Bob playing super melodically with his chords and hammer ons, Phil jamming along. 

Jerry comes back, maybe he was just lighting a cigarette. He’s back in the eight notes, heading to the higher register but taking his time to state a bright star theme, when he gets there, Phill is up in his higher areas too, and they rock out on the initial 5th, E-to-B, part of the riff, and as it builds, JG stretches the notes to make ‘em cry. Theme proper a little after 19 minutes, as it quiets down to get to verse 2. 

People applaud at the return of the singing, wow, we all got here with you! 

The multi-part vocal ending leads perfectly into the outro, toward St Stephen.

#54 4/13/69 Boulder, CO: 24:01

Coming out of Morning Dew (which has been really affecting me. Some folks I know, The Third Mind band, recorded a version that came out about a year ago, and I couldn’t listen to the song for a while due to the intensity of its meaning. I recently happened across a version that Bonnie Dobson did with Robert Plant, which was also quite intense. I’m so used to the Dead version that the original/Dobson version lyrics sounds weird—“Take me for a walk in the morning dew” seems odd and rushed! (also GD altered the chord progression, where Dobson’s goes D C G D/ G F C D, the Dead do D C G D/F C em D. Which sound right to me now!)

Anyway, Dark Star opens cold, and is very long this evening, as people have noted, they seem relaxed and able to stretch out. The opening jam drops right after the intro and there’s a foreshadowing bell. Space ahead? Really nice tone and medium volume level improv. Tempo is floating around but picks up with volume and goes at it, lots of exploration. A little sputnik em  leads to the defining jam to the theme, then brought down to what could be the verse, but goes in a stasis tonally, a large eddy. It follows this to a tiny whirlpool and then develops back out the other side to an altered thematic area. Really nice sound from the band without much drum, very coffeehouse jam but bigger, only getting to the verse intro after 8 minutes!

Great singing and perfectly executed song and chorus parts. And the classic “transitive nightfall” statements before the jam proper, JG drops for the bell coming in. Trapset is coming in with the gongs and cymbals, but washy rhythmically. JG comes in strong and weird before settling into the mode, a very rhythmically driven jam and then he goes into the diminished mode with gusto! It’s weirding out folks, more jazz maneuvers. This develops into some serious music with forward momentum, stylistically very much on the progressive-jazz side modally and with respect to parts. TC is coming through occasionally, and in areas he’s very present, but his parts are classical in contrast to Jerry’s ‘been practicing’.

Sputnik em 6/7 at 15 minutes, it’s gonna stretch this one out too. Um, into a weird guiro and JG duel. Phil going for a solo, but he takes it down instead of up and this leads into the insect weirdness. Side of pick scraping the string to excite the notes? Like, looks at the guiro, oh, I can do that too. And it’s right into the theme, back to the groove. Song form jam at ~19, line three takes it high and fading, volume knob action. They listened to a lot of music that day driving (what vehicles were they in?) We’re gonna build it up Allman’s style on A for the bright star. And back to the song theme, heading toward verse 2 and the outro. And onward. 

This version had some musically developmental strides, especially in the jazzier stuff, which lends well to the coffeehouse vibe versions with the hand percussion. But it was really nonstop jamming, and long jams. It seems like they could all hear each other and react and keep the groove going, so it worked. Sounds like decent levels on the amps, like they were confident that the PA was compensating. Nice version and growing. 

#55 4/15/69 Omaha, NE 20:20 AUD

Phil’s bass sounds like a tuba. They’re pushing the amps getting the volume to hear in the Music Box. Particularly jamming second or last part of set where Dark Star follows CE/TOO, the audience recording has some awesome field recording of a couple near the mics, “I don’t know how much to take!” “Half?” during the quiet parts of CE, and the conversation continues til right before the start of the DS intro” “I have a ramp” “You said it!”

The band start at a guitar note suggestion. The conversation continues. The music is pretty well mixed, sounds like, a little pushed, but not bad. But the crowd are just talking their way through it, some girls and a guy, but when the band gets loud enough to cover them it’s good. Some nice eddies, sounds like TC is louder in the hall/box tonight so his sound is a bit overdriven. Weird loud low E from Jerry, like, oops we all spaced for a second, lets get going again. He’s got a rising thirds theme going these days to get to higher registers, TC still following along with scales.

“G’night!” Some dude on mic leaves before the verse! 

Decent verse, onto the nightfall bells with feedback developing, and overtaking everything. Volume swells from the organ, very PF! Nice psychedelia. Into a theme jam the eventually provokes mic feedback and out of tuneness, full steam ahead build to brightstars. That dude missed some amazing stuff. developing into a new type of groovy jam, but not as jazzy as the nights previous and more based in the thematic material. Sputnik has wilder arpeggios from TC, again very, um, British. But beautiful waves of these make the clouds of this section really nice, as JG selects a tiny bit of the arpeggio to take with him somewhere. Into a new kind of sea of volume swell notes and drone strings. The insect tones that come in don’t sound like scraped pick like I thought for the Boulder show. There are some points where it comes out of the sound into “normal” feedback, but you can hear both like rolling off an ebow . So I can’t figure out how he was making that sound.

Directly coming out of the quieter nebula into a Main Ten, but trying to maintain it as a jam is still weird, I guess, and it doesn’t last, so they opt out for the verse2 intro theme.

Some slow claps at the entrance of the vocals. Cornfed youth doesn’t know what hit them.

Outro toward St Stephen includes some synthy-sounding weirdness. 

Really amazing contrast to the Boulder show 2 days earlier that was modally and rhythmically more “progressive” and this one is all rock. Plus the audience tape really give a different perspective on the presentation of the sound! 

#56 4/17/69 St. Louis, MO 21:36 – Download Series vol. 12

Guitar in the hard intro sounds almost banjo-like! The intro is a small noodle but with Repeating Organ Riff then into some feedback and high notes, where TC starts to play around with his ROR notes, which is cool. I could stand more of that. It builds into some nice happy melodic statements, and has some waves of intensity, but in general a sedate, jazzy intro jam with few eddies of notes in the stream of the jam—though when Jerry gets caught up in some stuff at about 3 minutes, the band goes sideways—even with some minor mode notes. In general though, it’s a floaty world that brings us into the song, I can barely hear the shaker trying to keep time. JG goes for some new interval play and some Wes Montgomery octave stuff at 4.5″. This is quite amazing in itself, every night the track enters different territory. Phil gets into a descending riff stuff that sounded like JG wanted to use to head to the theme, but instead he settles in on sputnik-y arpeggios. Which, instead of developing into the Sputnik proper, winds in on itself and emerges with the Dark Star theme, and drums enter. Some arpeggio fanfares from TC and they settle into the area that leads to verse one at 7:20! Long way to get here.

Verse One is played in its composed form, you can hear the little pre-set bits all in order, the chords in line two (TC moving melodically F#-G on the e min to A, that’s cool), the searchlight casting sort of slowly this evening, the swells are there on the “Shall We Go.”

On to the Transitive Nightfall, jam section 2, classic intro with the guitar and bass counterpoint.

Only cymbal swells accompanying, Phil drops for a moment and the waves part, there are a lot of little isolated bits happening before bells come in. Maybe they were all distracted by something offstage? “Hey man, check that out!” Bill coming on drums during the ebbs in the bell tolling. Ooh, a gliss of the bell chord up over the frets a few times, leads to a strong guitar lead intro, but oddly doesn’t hold intensity continuously, despite drums holding the beat together. TC back on chords, while JG goes for some tricky fingerings. It sounds like they aren’t quite sure where to take any idea exactly, so they bounce up and down. Bob with some interesting minor hammer-ons as it heads to an ebb in the 13 minute area. I’m hearing Bob’s guitar from two spots in the stereo mix, one hard left and one behind or near Mickey’s drums—or something weird is going on. The sputnik starts and seems like a way to get forward, but with weird guiro and Bill’s actual drumming, flourishes from TC, octaves from Bob, Phil and a trebly kick drum (Mickey’s? This mix is weird) develop a rhythmic pattern up and down. This exits to a weird guiro and insect area, with Bill keeping a beat all ride cymbal-wise, like a jazz cat. It’s got a sort of a groove, but in a lot of ways Bill is alone in that world!

In the next little melodic backwater, they seem to be trying out some song-type chord stuff, but it’s almost immediately going to the Dark Star theme and heading for verse two. JG warbles the first line, and the “glass hand”, but not a long “laaaaady” 

Classic outro lines, with the organ swell and multipart vocals, into the mysterious St Stephen intro. At least some whistling once that starts.

Sort of a weird one, in my book.

#57 4/20/69 Worcester, MA: 21:12

This was scheduled for the 19th, postponed, the poster says with Roland Kirk! Did they play with Rahsaan the 20th? That’s cool as F and must have blown their minds if they attended his set. Ah, I read now that he closed the show, so they didn’t hear him before *they* played. Too bad. Weird stories from attendees on Archive.org about the show/scene, etc, including heckling from Weir, Rahsaan with a gun. Ok never mind, then! Several stories from people who helped schlep gear from the airport, drinking out of the lemonade jug… I can see flying out to these shows, but I can’t imagine the short hops between the west/midwest shows were much better economically nor time-saving-wise than driving between. That just must have been weird, The Dead at airports all over.

Anyway….

A very understated hard intro, after Doin’ that Rag. Jerry is running with the mode, TC following. Classic shaker rhythm section, but some interesting interplay in the guitar/organ parts. It sounds like Bob’s chord are striving to hammer on upwards, and Jerry is heading toward a higher note to harmonize with them. Some nice harmonies happen and they cause some ebbs in the forward momentum, the band checking their sound out as observers. TC goes for a sweep flourish, but it just takes them to a new tidepool. JG gets caught up in some little melodic eddies, switching his tone around in them to emerge with either a nasally or later a brighter tone. This is a very “band listening to the sound” jam. Nice, I like that. Eventually before the 6 minute mark they play the DS theme, and after waiting for some mic feedback to clear as JG plays the low string, he starts the verse.

Verse One, in great form per line, with some cool noodling on the Searchlight line. The organ/cymbal swells takes us “through”, and the Transitive Nightfall starts without the counterpoint intro. JG hammers into the bells, but stops pretty quickly to get into some melodic playing. With some interesting low note bends and extra-modal activity, it’s opening up when he gets to a mid-register G and then as he starts the lead playing again, Bill comes in on trapset. Really nice mid-tempo-forward momentum, a few interval eddies, but otherwise very much band-as-a-unit togetherness, some new ideas in the 10-12 minutes area, coming out into a sputnik arpeggio section. When the wave breaks, the low tide area is revealing some odd creatures scuttling around (that guiro, for example) which JG seems to follow toward the insecty notes. It all dies off of a sudden at 14” and starts in on a theme jam which has a few plays on outside notes, but for the most part is classic DS jam, though with Bill drumming and building it to a bright star with some wide runs and that weird guiro still holding forth. Jerry goes for some blue notes before the bright theme, which never quite comes to fruition. Some crying bends, but never actually stating the Dark Star theme and instead playing around it. When it comes back down, it seems to dissipate as JG plays on some odd arpeggiations of notes in the scale before *sort of* playing the intro theme and heading to verse 2. It almost dies entirely before it gets there. Shore is in sight, but landing seems rough, or we are very tired.

Verse two comes in very quietly, everybody is very careful. JG is mirroring his vocal line, but in a tone-rolled-off sound. They have all the vocal parts and the counterpoint ending to a beautiful harmonic E from JG before the St Stephen intro.

Nice one. 

#58 4/21/69 Boston, MA: 22:41

Foxy Lady Jam, what? Phil makes a quick stab at the DS intro but cuts it off as the tuning starts. So we’re going to get a hard start for the Star. 

He makes a few post-tuning tries to start it again and then finally gets everybody’s attention.

Nice intro, TC is wandering around the ROR, which is pretty cool. Guiro accompaniment sets the vibe, very clear Bob and Phil tones, seems like the band has control of the stage volume enough to hear each other pretty well. JG runs around melodically in a floaty way, this is nice. TC follows JG to some notes as an echo and Jerry starts to take it a little sideways mode-wise. But it’s solidly Dark Star. The tempo picks up into the theme statements, and then they get into a small plateau that builds the intensity a little more before laying it down into the relaxed volume, but JG is still experimenting, some new pockets of notes to explore before bringing it down to do a little jam on that intro theme, breaking it up a bit. This pre-verse jam is stretching out these days! 

Verse One is classic but TC has some interesting things to say in line 1, and a little more backed off on his 9ths-to-7ths on line two’s rhythm.

Beautiful and emotional vocal delivery brings it on to the Transitive Nightfall. JG is slow to bring the tolling bell in, so it’s a slow build here with Phil doing the em-A as chordal accompaniment to it!

Jerry comes in and is feeling each note, squeezing them gently for all they have to give before he starts to go more melodically around, at which point Bill comes in on trap set. Some quick little runs from Jerry, echoed in the organ, some choice notes for an arpeggiated section that sounds like it’s going to break out into the bright star area, but it’s a feint. 

Next wave has Jerry trying out some new flourishes, with TC doing his old ones. Bob is stretching his chord tones out, how many added notes can I play! At about 10 minutes, things change and a sort of insect bell sweep of the strings (with yet another weird clackity percussion thing, goat toenails or something…) and I hear some slight acknowledgement from the audience. We’re heading toward some type of sputnik. Mickey is testing his percussion arsenal, now bells… The Sputnik arpeggio starts around 12” but it drops volume fairly quickly. Note that the volume commander is Jerry, for the most part Bob and Phil remain at the same levels. Bells from Mickey, like he’s trying to find the B-C#-D of the movement in the arpeggio. 

Phil jams along, Bob becomes more sparse as Jerry goes into the Insect Weirdness. He’s testing some new “notes” in here, some flat notes and intervals. It might go fully into space. Mickey’s got some hand drums now. At 15.5” some very sparse spots, but JG is going to come out into a thematic area, the mode is set. Phil has some chords to play, and then picks up on a Jerry downward riff that leads them to the bottom of the sea from where they will build up to a “regular” modal jam, but Jerry is stretching his runs into arpeggiated leaps. (classic voice leading, kids.) Some blue notes, he plays a funny bizarro world version of a lick that commonly goes: A-GG, A-EE, but here he’s in the mode up a third, making it C#-BB, C#-GG. Cool, man. So he starts playing with that C#-G tritone like he does in the sputnik but it’s heading into the Bright Star at 19”, yes indeed! And stretching it out. The Crying Star! people, we’re stating these themes, and that means we’re almost at the far shore, doesn’t it? 

Oh… but wait, a lull in the tides, tone knob is rolled off, some bell tolling, Phil taking it sideways modally! With feedback! How can we continue the journey… then suddenly at 21” JG states the intro theme and people clap! Verse two starts. 

A horror-movie warbly Gla-a-a-a-ss Hand, but again a very clear Lady in Velvet. Nice swells on cymbals and organ for Shall We Go. And a cool hammer on from Bob in between. Phil’s vocal is a little out, but he’s trying. And they move on out in a strangely nearly-atonal outro that heads to St Stephen

Wow. Nice recording, nice version, some really interesting exploration in the “normal” mode, some opportunities to go elsewhere that may happen in the future. Must have been a great show!

#59 4/22/69 Boston, MA: 27:22 (brief tapeflip)

The never ending jam: not counting the end of Mountains of the Moon’s outro jam (oddly counted on Archive.org as a separate track of almost 3min itself, I guess denoting that MotM ended and it isn’t Dark Star because Jerry is on acoustic for the first 2 minutes? Sort of sounds Star-ish at that point on, with Bobby on a two chord thing), and even with a cassette flip, this Dark Star clocks in at 27:22! Longest version to date. 

They slide into it with some intro riffs coming directly in the noodling. And TC starts the ROR, Mickey goes for the guiro rasping. The band is sort of working around the Dark Star modality testing some extensions for the chords and the rhythm, oddly there’s bits of the melodic climb that are usually in the outro thrown in after about 2 minutes, but after a lull, and some cymbals we’re getting some spacey suggestions of DS thematic material. They take it up a wavefront and down the other side, but still no proper thematic statements. Take it up and down again, let’s see where it comes out. Bobby’s found a bunch of notes that are similar to a chord that he seems to like. At 5:45 the ebb has some weird scratching and tremolo notes from JG, Bill is entering on the trapset, JG is playing with the same flatted note he was in the MotM jam. So after a climb he suggests the theme, but it’s abstracted still, and he gets caught in some riffiness. This wave of the jam seems to be picking up some rhythmic propulsion and yes, at about 7:30 we hit the theme. 

They play with it for a while, TC rolls around, Bobby plays the chords, they stretch the theme idea out, some notes reaching their spot from different angles. JG goes to the low E string and comes in with verse 1. People clap, they were waiting for it.

First line comes off as if it were a song, Reason tatters is a scary warble, Phil is changing his notes on what was a spy-theme rhythm, he’s subdued in his statements, not super strong. Nobody really casts about on the searchlight.

A nice verse outro into the Transitive Nightfall, the classic intro to the jam. JG steps back to start a slow bell tolling and the rhythm section starts responding to the bell more and more instead of playing the , JG’s got some feedback attached, lots of cymbals. Phil takes a sideways note, then they come in with the song-form jam, through line one it holds together, line 2 is rhythmically stronger, but then line 3 really takes off with Bill’s drums and everybody moving forward, and now we’re into a good old jam session.

Bill is rocking it! The band heats up and JG steps into some pools but with a strong tone like we’re gonna explore these areas with some bright light on them, they get into a serious propulsive rhythm at 13”. It might go elsewhere, but we seem to be locked into the mode. It’s full speed (as such) ahead for awhile, then JG leans back a bit, but the band comps full on at whatever volume level he’s setting. TC, when you can hear him, is still flourishing his dumb classical riffs, JG steps into a feedback solo but it doesn’t space out so much as come back to notes. When it comes down he tries one of the AG-AE riffs, lots of mini hills and valleys, then at 16:45 we move into a new rhythm that is like the Main Ten setup, but never goes off that way, and instead comes back to the Dark Star comp. But JG steps into a slight Sputnik, but does some weird tuning/bending before he decides his guitar has the right notes for the Sputnik. Feedback from mics. Sputnik continues with the weird guiro way up front. It’s odd how that chewy weird guiro has some moments in space sections before, but he’s thinking it fits in the sputnik now. 

The sputnik exploration is limited to a few of the chordal notes rather than arpeggios. They come out into new modal territory, emphasis on some different notes. Sounds like Phil has a new riff to play with with some flat chords, JG goes for his Insect Weirdness tone, but it’s not super insecty, when he comes out he has some round tone to play some very Dark Star mode notes, but not exactly thematic, more wandering. But they want to build it slowly, Phil has some resonances he wants to stay on. At 23” they play on the intro riff idea, sort of a backwards approach to it, but it nonetheless instigates a DS comp jam area, which goes through the song form again, this time, Phil and Bill actually do the strong  line 2 spy theme rhythm. Line 2 takes it wandering off, lulls a bit, but heads toward a Bright Star. The normally crying notes are individually stated, rather than cryin-bent at the top.

Into the them, TC does his arpeggios. On to verse 2, slightly before 26”. Very enunciated vocal delivery, the backing vocals are more on tonight, but still a little weird. The outro goes normally, though Phil is playing with it these days. Bill has some rolls in before St Stephen starts.

I have to say, despite the length (I do like an immersive musical experience, y’all), not my favorite, though I did like the comp-jam going on for a longer time, it didn’t really “explore” much. 

#60 4/23/69 Boston, MA: 20:56

Here we have the last night of the run, the announcer says “I said it last night, I’ll say it again, the best Rock and Roll band in the world” and they launch into “He Was a Friend of Mine,” a slow country number! ok then. But Dark Star is  next, second song of the set. 

Some noodles, with Phil jump starting the intro. Somebody in the Audience yells “Morning Dew” and they say, “NO, fuck you. You gotta stick around to hear Morning Dew.”

It is a handdrums and shaker intro jam, very mellow Bob + Phil jam for a while. We’re moving slowly into this evening. Jerry in at 2 minutes, but also with a hesitancy, some weird notes, and some little eddies in the flow. He doesn’t settle really, just exploring some wide intervallic phrases, and some chromatic pulloffs, interesting stuff. Eventually he gets into the mode, but he’s got some weird ideas of where to take it, he does the  AG-AE riff on the low strings for a while before 4”. He’s easily distracted into little exploratory bits, some cool backing from TC, in his classic arpeggios and such. At about 5” he goes for a long upwards run using the classic rock riff thing, groups of three notes, down one then back up, to the next note in the pentatonic. (Is there a name for that? Weedelee weedelee weedelee. Every guitarist does that, even still. I’m gonna do it as soon as I can!) Oddly he lands on a C natural, the minor third of A, where usually this mode has a C#. Back down to the B, Bb, then B and into the intro theme jam a bit,  before directly starting a song-form jam for a minute but they’re still caught up with some ideas of using flatted notes. Back to the theme heading to the verse. Jerry’s really playing around with chromatics beforehand, the leading tones to the notes he’s circling in on. 

TC cops the weedelee downwards for backing the first line! Ok, interesting. Line two has the syncopated rhythm strongly, though not loudly, and Jerry hits some weird notes. Mild casting about on the Searchlight line. Phil is chomping at the bit to head into the jam

Which almost gets through its counterpoint intro before there’s feedback and cymbals, bells, everybody goes outside into space! Wow, this is new and interesting. JG finally pegs some lead notes and the band sort of comes back together, but the band sounds like they want to go somewhere for sure. JG plays some strong lead material, but oddly drifts past some other (semi)known riffs, like the thing he plays in The Eleven right before they start the eleven beat phrase. Then he backs off his tone, Phil take some chord tones as if it’s gonna go elsewhere, but comes into the Dark Star chords-ish. JG seems fascinated by sets of notes quite often this evening. And breaking the mode, and switching tones between pickups and tone knobs. 

A riff almost starts in the 11:30 area, but it doesn’t take off and they take the level down We can hear TC doing his arpeggios. At 12.5” the weird guiro is coming in to freak people out. Jerry falls into repetitive short phrases, then continues that endless lead, throwing some wild notes out of the runs, here’s one that jumps out high, here’s one that’s a minor note outside the mode we’re in. He brings it to the lower strings and taps out, PL and BW take it. JG follows with melodic flourish. Sounds like a Sputnik is coming but nobody is settling into the classic arpeggio until almost 15 minutes. And even then, it’s not the same as before, they’re playing with bits of it. Oh, Bill is in on drums, almost didn’t notice. When it drops down, it Jerry is playing with the sputnik idea, but then he goes off into some weird riff territory. And again, outside the mode, he gets fascinated by some riffs that are not in the normal DS territory, He’s chasing something else tonight! Trying out some new tricks too, some sweep arpeggios. (Take note, metal guitarists, this was 1969.)

Both drumsets start pounding away in the 17th minute. Everybody is circling around something, like hawks looking down from high in the air, we’re sort of sounding like it may burst into the Bright Star, but it doesn’t and when it comes down, JG hits the theme like, “what? We were here the whole time.”

Into Verse 2, people cheer loudly “what just happened?”

Vocals sound pretty good, all parts. Outro seems longer to me before St Stephen starts and into the rest of a long long show.

Really interesting version closing out the Ark run.

4/26/69 Chicago, IL: 1:37 (instrumental)* – Dick’s Picks 26

 “Dark Star Jam” Chicago 1969-04-26, between Mountains of the Moon and China Cat Sunflower. Um, well, I guess it’s a Dark Star jam? Jerry sort of plays with some of the melodic ideas for a minute (literally) and then they go on. So I don’t really think this counts… I mean, I’ve heard bits of the DS thematic material in other jams too. I’d put this down as simply a MotM jam.

#61 4/27/69 Minneapolis, MN: 25:46 – Dick’s Picks 26

Lots of nasal tone, a mellow jam, ROR and all, going off the rails a bit, TC doubles up on his notes and settles to a chord. JG still with the nasal tone. Full on hand percussion accompaniment, but Phil is being mellow and chordal, then he starts a descent within the line, he’s heading off somewhere. Everybody is heading somewhere. It’s like a multi-armed anemone of melodies. Settles down again at 2:45 or so, but JG has a lot more to say, he’s trying some new bends and riffs, TC providing a bed. A thematic-ish statement, but tonight nothing is going to be exact, everything is a representation of those old tried-and-true themes and riffs! More exploring than ever. This is incredible. Developing the sound in a more band-like together way now after spending some time each exploring on their own, they are going in and out of being individuals in the sound mass and being a single unit. 

At 5 minutes we enter new territory as people go on their own developments, Phil still trying his descending line, Jerry on his riffy bends. But we hit and island at 6:30, Phil has some chords to play, atemporally, he even plays around with the intro chords. 

Sounds like Bill is is in there on sidestick on the drum set, but it takes a bit to convince everybody that we’re gonna play the theme. Let’s do it! But we’re gonna make it weird. Is it gonna go to the verse? Not just yet. We need another building up jam. The weedeloes upwards while TC goes downward… 

9 minutes before the verse. Funny accent from mr G on the first line, then second line with feeling! Searching light crashing? What?

Intro to the transitive nightfall as usual, but it’s like waves instead of bells coming in. Waves of cymbals, feedback, organ swells, all overlapping! Wow. 

Bob has some great statements building under this area before JG steps in with the strong bright tone playing “lead guitar” like he’s got a lot to cover this evening. And he does. He gets caught in a few eddies in the current, alongside Phil, drums kicking out the jams. They start a multi-headed hydra jam with Dark Star intentions, all parts moving forward, up one side of the wave and then back down the back of it. TC switches tones for some more high end, hand percussion wailing on everything he’s got. 

Everybody hitting on a swinging rhythm that JG is deftly stating Dark Star hints, but Phil keeps going modally sideways with his descending riffs and then weird arpeggios. Some spacey exploration, everybody going their own way. Wide sweeps on sputnik, you can really hear TC on this recording and he’s going for it, super wide swept arpeggios, no exact rhythm for this Sputnik, people seem to be in their own worlds orbiting each other. But Phil wants to state his descending riff in a choppy rhythm, JG tries to sync with the guiro. It’s settling into it’s own new rhythmic statements, but then holding onto tremolos as it quiets down. 

Wait what happened at 18m? A tape cut? into lead guitar that settles into a riff type bit, new low string stuff. Some throwing the riff around, JG doing a building statement getting higher each time, then with little pull offs at the top making a new melodic statement. This quiets into a soft thematic area, with a bed from TC, PL and BW drop out and leave JG to say some things in that rolled off tone. TC eventually stops “playing around” and gets on some chords, while JG makes some solo statements and noodles around playing with a brighter tone. When Phil comes in he’s on a half-step riff of some sort, an interesting new “progression” that TC joins in on (around 22”) this is going to build into a new way of stating the theme, coming in at 23”. Then we’re back for Verse 2. Nice vocals, very matter of fact from Jerry after the very “feeling” verse 1. No warbling on his held notes, just strong vocal statement.

Lots of vocal filigree on the madrigal outro, the counterpoints perfectly stated going out into St Stephen, with bell tree and other weird percussion.

Fantastic version, two nights in one! New areas explored, new riffs and styles. 

#62 5/7/69 Golden Gate Park, SF: 22:19

The Bob and TC melding the ROR with the rhythm guitar makes so much sense. It’s like we never heard it right before. Loud guiro as the sole percussion in an outdoor show also! Phil seems ready to take it out almost immediately, he’s into some descending line thing as he was before. 

A little intro jam settles into a pool of single notes and scrapes. Are we out of the intro jam…? I don’t think so, some more places to explore. TC this loud in the mix gives us a better insight into his place in the jam, it’s a good sound in there with al those guitars. 

Mickey sounds like he alters what he plays after Jerry, and then TC follows that. They wind it up and then a strong thematic statement at 4:20. Which builds the theme into a riff with blues notes. Back down the other side of that, we’re heading toward verse 1.

Cymbal crashes with the vocal introduction. Some weird notes coming in the off-beat chords on line two, from both Bobby and Tom. The searchlight’s casting is mellow. Nice counterpoint for the outro of the verse and intro to the ‘transitive nightfall’.

A jam is building on Phil’s descending idea while the tolling is coming, but the chaos is taking over from a straight bell tolling idea. It almost falls apart entirely into noise but Jerry comes playing out of it, with some odd stretched notes, they go back into a groove, now with Bill on drums keeping the rhythm. TC switched to a reedier tone, but still keeps with his various pentatonic riffs. Phil and Jerry are grooving toward something, keeping the jam moving forward. A few little eddies on Jerry’s part, but for the most part it’s classic “Dark Star” mode. Bob with his extended chords, Jerry heading around in little circles toward a brighter star. 

Some interesting stuff at 10 minutes, strong bass notes indicating roots, but no real chord progression. Out of this, JG has a sputnik-like arpeggio, but he’s on a new rhythmic idea for it, it’s coalescing everybody into a chordal jam, TC and BW on chord statements. 

Into a little quieter part with a lilting rhythm. Jerry finally switches into a brighter tone, which is leading the jam back upwards in intensity, to a head at 14:30 or so. Then a die off, some light notes, Phil playing double stops. Sounds like a sputnik is going to emerge, but it’s got some odd notes, not the usual 5-6-7-6. Even when JG switched into a higher register, he’s playing the arpeggio differently. Finding new melodies in it and then jumping in patterns of 3s, the band hops on. 

The song lulls. Phil takes up an intro riff type melody. He’s carrying it back toward the intro area, but the rest of the band is playing with volume swells and melodic play of specific notes. Eventually Jerry erupts with the bright theme …ish. Nothing is obviously written in stone, these are melodies to be played with and around. It dies off with weird bends like a dying bird! Into feedback and stasis, Phil on one note for a minute. Some small pools of new ideas in the 20th minute, seems like Bobby is holding a song together there somewhere, will it emerge? But Phil and Jerry are onto something new, and by 22 minutes, it seems like we won’t reach the other shore, they dissolve into drums by themselves. Never to come back to Dark Star. 

Is this the first time we lose the second verse? (I hate that, I always want it to come back home from the journey.) Regardless, exciting outdoor improv in the Polo Field, a lovely place for outdoor rock shows. Must have been a hoot!

#63 5/10/69 Pasadena, CA: 20:59

Warm up jam has some nice odd twists and turns from Jerry, bending the strings in and out of phrases. I love how he gets caught up in little note groups like they’re gems to be examined. Lovely descending run into the theme at 2:30, but the jam flows onward. Some really soaring statements in the mode, it’s a very (relatively) uptempo jam, reaching for new heights. The whole band gets caught up in an eddy at 4” and continues onwards. Dipping down to the intro theme, heading to verse 1. 

Decent vocal delivery, but pitchy, maybe not the greatest monitors and he’s listening from the hall bounce-back. TC has added his chords to resolve a extension in the second line. Searchlight has an extra reach, and he uses a vocal ornament on the “through”. Really nice light and dark verse/chorus.

The transitive nightfall starts with the band floating about for awhile before a tolling bell comes in. Then it starts blowing this world away as another takes its place, TC wildly arpeggiating. JG comes in and Bill joins with him, strong jam ahead! Riffs galore as much as  lead lines. TC is bright and loud in the mix, in fact the balance is pretty good frequency-wise between all players (except low drums overall). 

At 9:30, they seem to start a rhythmic jam that is plowing ahead for awhile before sort of settling into the swing of the Dark Star style jam. JG is now in his lead pickup, but he’s testing out some tone variants. It gets to a tidepool of clarity, Phil settles down for a while, playing with off beats s they head off into a sputnik-y thing, JG on the previously-usual notes this time. But out of this short sputnik-y area into new forward-moving jam, the multi-headed single instrument style of band playing, until it goes into a “real” Sputnik with the e minor arpeggio, moving the B to a C# to D to C# (5-6-7-6). Then they take it off into a rhythmically cropped version of these chordal stabs. 

at 14:30, we’re heading into a new modal jam, nasal tones from JG. He gets stuck on a particular riff, but swings out of it while Bobby splays out some chords. They’re heading to a brighter star, all moving apace, but it dies down. Quietness. Not gone, but low. Small statements from everybody. Phil is moving it along a bit, JG has an idea of upwards runs, but then goes the other direction into a chromatic downward thing, before they all bring it up again and at 17” we’re into the actual bright star territory, with long melodic version of the thematic material before some more literal thematic statements. And back to the intro riffs.

Verse 2 preceded by some Phil chromatic oddness. He wants to go somewhere else? But JG and Bobby lead it to verse 2. Line 2 has solidified again with its offbeat rhythm, now with more chords up and down the spy-movie rhythm. It’s interesting, it had solidified in late ’68 versions into the strong rhythmic statement against the vocal line, Phil and Bobby got it together, then when TC joined in he was right on top of that, and then subsequently they fell off playing it as a strong rhythmic counter to the long vocal lines. Phil seems to be the instigator of the strength of line 2’s rhythm. Now it’s been building back, with TC using specific extended notes on the tops of the chords (9ths and 7ths), and here he’s even using more separated chords, different notes per hit in the offbeat rhythm, while Bobby and Phil are both back on the strong rhythm for that line. Line 3 (searchlight/lady in velvet) allows the wandering against the bubbling rhythms. 

Another oddity is that *sometimes* they go through these within a jam section, the song-form area of three lines: 1st is usually with the vocal theme, simple rhythm, second line with the spy-theme offbeat rhythm, third going wandering off into melodic jam, though of course, sometimes they just get to line two of the song-form and it wanders away. Anyway, no song-form in the jams lately. I expect it will come back…

Nice madrigal vocal outro, and lovely counterpoint instrumentally, off to St Stephen.

#64 5/23/69 Hollywood, FL: 18:57 – Road Trips Vol.4 No.1

(Seminole Indian Village? what is that?)

Bright and cheery intro into a beautiful singing set of phrases from JG, really nice playing from everybody. JG is really upping his playing here, he’s playing the sounds I’m seeing, man! TC on chords mostly, Bobby with some beautiful fluid chordal playing. Oh boy. The hand percussion vibe is right-on here, though apparently there’s a vibraslap happening, which is weird. JG continues with neck pickup tone while the band plugs away at the rhythm (perhaps ignoring the vibraslap)

Lovely windup into 3” mark. New more sparse accompaniment, JG still grasping notes out of thin air and bringing them to our attention. Bobby spaces for a while in some feedback or something, but JG is still wandering around in this new garden of flowers. At 4:45 or so, he switches to a nasally tone for a bit and tries out some old riff, they’re bringing it back up and he’s got some new riff ideas to play out before it settles. Oops, percussion mic feedback then some tapping weirdness from the percussion. Inspired by that feedback, they’re finding some frequencies floating in the air. TC has been chordal this whole time, I believe? Into the intro at 6:30, to verse 1.

Lovely delivery with the cymbals washing behind. 

Strong intro to the next section, Bobby playing it very directly. We’re expecting the bell and it’s coming, bringing some feedbacky tones with it and some strong cymbals washing from both sides, when this has blown the world away, we’re left in a small place with Jerry exploring introvertedly. We have the whole band here, Bill has joined, but they’re holding back from any forward propulsion until JG takes it upwards and TC starts with his riffing and arpeggios. At 10” Jerry starts some fast runs, TC following behind. Like butterflies chasing each other. The waves of sound build up and down, but it’s not dying out at all, they are building and building until JG takes a staccato approach to some notes, heading to a Sputnik right before 12”.

This one is also going into some choppy rhythmic statements, but they die down to a tiny little chittering before settling into a new set of notes with a flat 5.

They burst forth into a theme statement, but so brief that it seems like only TC tried to hold onto a song-form backing set of lines. He gives up on that and Jerry moves right away and on then into the Insect Weirdness tone at 13:50! Freak out, people! This band is going somewhere not of this earth. 

TC comes down with some cool trills up and down, they band is holding steady, Jerry hits some strong notes, they bring it way up and it blossoms on into a Dark Star chord and them jam. “Theme” in quotes I mean. It’s always a restatement of the thematic idea, some great sense to it this evening, the hand drums are jamming along. And back to the intro with some cool little timbres from the organ. 

Verse 2 comes in nicely. Very performative. Hand drums still live and active during the verse/chorus. 

Nice outro, with one flat clam on the counterpoint. All in all an amazingly creative and fluid version, really upbeat and happy-sounding! They were clearly enjoying themselves.

#65 5/30/69 Portland, OR: 17:02  Springer’s Inn

Interesting little lick after the intro, leading into a mellow jam with TC building as Jerry does a bell-like toll. (Maybe he’s tuning). Takes a minute before JG starts off in the mode to explore the Dark Star idea and then he does. Beautifully. Some little points of interest explored, a pull off, a riff, a collection of notes. The band sound very together, they build little complexities together and then unknot them. Jerry has some cool guitarisms to play with, the guy was always practicing, wasn’t he? At 3 minutes an almost-theme statement, but then off to explore more, Phil does little groups of threes to play with the rhythm. Bobby playing with interesting chord extensions, with that flat 6th. At  4 min the theme comes in for real, TC on reedy organ sounds before the verse comes in. 

Strong line-by-line variants for the verse, though the “searchlight” is limited in its casting about.

The jam begins with guitar statements from Jerry before he thinks, “oh, bell, right”. Somebody is yelling “Hey! Hey!” The bell’s not developing feedback so much, so he starts trilling. It dies off, and then they start a nice jam with Bill in on drums, it sounds like everybody has a piece of a rope and they are tying little knots and untying them over and over. I love this. Each wave of intensity is like a little knot or mandala. JG’s got some new guitar things he’s playing with, arpeggios going up to new notes, but everybody is firing on all cylinders. 

A dip at 9 minutes, small statements, could almost go to a drum jam, then JG starts off with a volume swell thing. Bobby coming in on feedback. Ok, kids, we may be heading into space… but they sound like they’re going to build this into a new knot of pull offs and forward-moving drums (both drummers on kits by now, I should have mentioned.) At 11 min, new little eddies of notes, but it’s breaking out into a country-sounding Dark Star riff area! With fast tremolos from Jerry. This moves oddly into a Sputnik as Jerry tries to tune his E string. Sputnik continues, TC warbling about, Mickey has decided cowbell is the way to go here. It comes up, has a lull and JG continues with the high version. But Phil is jamming out on the bottom end for a while. They develop it into the rhythmic Sputnik version they’ve been trying out lately. It’s going on for a while, JG settles into some fast note trems, then seems to break it apart in sweeping behind the bridge and it falls apart into low note feedbacks, odd scratchy sounds, warbles on organ, insect sounds, but Phil comes in hot and heavy with a riff after 15 minutes while Jerry is in the insect tone. 

A lull again, some pull offs, (more cowbell…) a static insecty weirdness, and feedback. It leaves Phil alone for a moment, then JG comes in with a 6/8 thing, or more swung bluesy-cowboy type stuff and Cosmic C riffs… uh huh, I can see where this is heading… Cool, we’ve transcended Dark Star, no second verse, and instead we move into Cosmic Charlie! Wow. That was a nice surprise.

#66 5/31/69 Eugene, OR: 23:58

Coming after a very moving rendition of “He Was a Friend of Mine”, Dark Star starts very ‘traditionally’ with shaker and ROR, but it quickly shows its going to be a new thing. New twists to the intro themes come in, the ROR stops almost as soon as it started and goes into organ playing bits of chords and trills. Bobby strumming it up, but he and Phil follow Jerry to rhythmic worlds suggested by the lead. Cool little area at 2:30-on almost like a new song in there, and even when it starts to suggest Dark Star-proper a bit more, there are darker harmonies. And some odd ones. It’s like some players are having the Dark Star in their minds and others are stretching out of that. Awesome quieter area at4 min, sounds like Phil yells out “yeah!”, when JG comes in again he’s playing around on the Sputnik bits but refraining from actually moving into it. Man this is some together playing, they are really making music happen for this whole section. The 5-6 min area sees Bill switch from shaker to drums while Mickey stays on guiro. They develop it up to some proto theme area and then JG jumps in with the theme by 7. We’re back to Dark Star territory, so the verse comes in.

TC playing a bunch of lines on the first line, Line two has the offbeat spy theme but Bobby hammers it on to swing it more. Line three, everybody wanders, and it comes down to the “chorus” lines. Great vocal delivery from Jerry.

They start a strong jam section with the classic intro, but when JG comes in with the bells, everybody is getting on that in their own way, no strict rhythm and it leads to feedback and chromatic noodles from the organ. Drums and cymbal splashes, bass feedback! Noise feedback! Volume swells on odd notes, hammerings on. This section doesn’t have anything spring out of it, so they die down and then JG starts in on a mellow toned beautiful lead area with Phil and Bob figuring out some chords to back it. It develops quickly into a sort of classic “Dark Star” jam section, but Bob’s chords are not the usual ones. He’s getting caught up in certain sonorities he’s finding. Phil is jamming it out. This is great stuff. JG building it up, they get caught in a knot of notes at almost 13 minutes, it drops off, sounds like JG is gonna start the Sputnik, but he has to tune some strings. So it goes slightly sideways and he gets distracted into a new set of alternating notes/chords. Mickey is working on some weird bell things. It’s a rhythmic jam, *sort of* sputnik based. It may get there. 14:30 we’re approaching an actual Sputnik type area, with TC doing his arpeggios. Nobody is really committing to the Sputnik of yore, they have already abstracted it. Even when JG starts the high arpeggios, there are still odd notes floating around in the mix. And they bring it down and back to a rhythmic style of it, Phil doing some “bell tolling” on low notes. Some serious weirdness interrupts at 16:49, sounds like a prankster on stage, the band goes sideways again, into atonal messiness, from which JG emerges with the insect tone. Whoa, this is a real trip, I can hear some people on stage vocally careening around back there too. (Sounds a bit like Babbs?) At 18:30 we get a tremolo section with some excited yells from said prankster, but JG breaks out of the lull into more beauty, mellow tone melodicism, with melodic statements coming from who knows where—they’re *related* to Dark Star notes, but it’s gonna take a while to get it back to being the, um, “song”… and at 20’ we are almost in Bright Star territory. But only for a second, there, kids. Gonna build it up yet again to get near that peak, and they do by bits of the scale, landing at the theme at 21:30, and are we getting a verse 2?

Oh yes, thank you, at 22’ we’re back in the song. Verse 2 comes in, with a melismatic “shatter” and a warbling “glass hand”, reminding us that while we’re home again, it’s always a scary trip. 

All vocals present for the last lines, classic outro accompanied by hand drums and a drone organ and guitar back there, and into a slow intro for “Doin that Rag” which builds side-eyed into the song careening around like a drunk, at least until the chorus. (The song is just like that to begin with, of course. Especially with what sounds like extra singers on stage.) This cuts off, and I guess Cosmic Charlie afterwards to close the set, or anyway there is a small bit captured in the tape of the show. 

This was a phenomenal version, so I thought, seems like a great concert overall. Wowzers. New vistas, new music made, pulled right out of thin air.

#67 6/5/69 Fillmore West, SF: 20:32

Second set, China Cat leads with the acid spaciness and a nice jam at the end and then right back down to earth with Sittin’ on Top o’ the World, then some chomping at the bit to start Dark Star, the guys sort of running over themselves to play the intro lick. Song starts and the ROR is signifyin’, boys and girls. Jerry comes in with a strong tone and full of melody dripping out of the guitar. The recording is really clear and it seems obvious that the players can hear each other really well, and are very carefully playing off each other. It’s like the coffeehouse vibe with the hand drums and percussion again, but the electric players are volume-adjusted really well. They are really taking this opening jam into some new form of Dark Star, it’s so casual and yet intimate. The eddies and little knots that the band gets caught in in the jams have a really wide dynamic available. By 3 minutes they’ve taken it up, but it’s not *loud*, it’s strong. They come back down, and at 3:50, Jerry states the theme, almost out of “nowhere”, but we’ve been in the DS chords off and on. TC comes in on chords and it’s a feint to the verse, and instead, JG goes for small feedbacks and volume swells, precipitating an arhythmic area leading to chromaticism and cymbal swells and hits, really off into space for this early in the song! A little hint from Jerry as to ‘hey what song are we playing?’ and they move slowly back into a DS mode jam, with Bill on drums now, quietly. Some chromatic stabs at the theme take it to the theme and they may actually get to the verse, at almost 7 minutes. 

Strong vocal recording, he’s playing with the emotions of the words, the band does the classic three part form on the lines, but TC’s ‘casting searchlight’  is restrained, slower, it’s very nice. I like him more lately in general, better sound and better ideas for fitting in the sound. (I should try to find his book.) 

I love Jerry’s accent on “while we Cäääään”, I guess I miss Northern California. 

Into the transitive nightfall, they’re aleeady taking it down low, the bell(s) tolling, cymbals and gongs, blowing away the reality of the Fillmore and bringing us into the new fairy world. Lots of little chromatic/noise statements from everybody, Bobby hinting at chords, eventually Jerry comes in, some strong tone from that SG (right? sounds like a new amp though, ) he’s playing with building feedback at medium volume levels, the band follows it up and then the wave breaks and they launch into a classic DS jam, it’s all systems go. Everybody is sounding great, right in the groove with the sounds at the right time and place. This builds and falls to start a Sputnik at 11 minutes, TC going wild as they build it up, Phil reaching higher. Then suddenly Jerry going hyperspeed with the banjo-style picking on the Sputnik arpeggios! Playing with volume swells, Bill is still in a groove though, carrying, while everybody considers (banjo style, like Sitting on Top of the World after China Cat, should be a grounding in reality, right?) and Jerry goes off on this new way of dealign with the Sputnik, the bass is tentative while it goes up and down, TC still arpeggiating. 

And then moving into the insect weirdness! Bobby and Phil are taking this more minor-key than usual. Breakout at 14:15, new mode, very stately lines from Jerry, some static chord playing from the band. Right before 15’ there’s an amazing odd counterpoint section, everybody on lines moving forward at similar speeds, Jerry eventually takes it down and hints at the DS theme, by 16’ they’re on it, but it’s mirror world version number n+1. Bobby’s got some weird chords to play with it, stretching it up, by the Bright Star, he’s rocking out under the high melody statements from Jerry. 

Even when Jerry lands on the theme proper at 17 minutes, there’s more guitar jamming going on still. Is that Bobby or someone else on stage now, hey now? I thought Elvin Bishop played the next night’s show… 

Phil sticks to roots for a while, eventually more to that, but after the new dude’s soloing, we’re back in a sort of rhythm comp jam. New guy has some non-Dorian ideas for what to play it seems. At 19’ they all decide on verse 2. Interesting slight variations in the rhythmic progress of the lines from Phil, nice bounciness below line 3. 

Really nice and intimate version, almost a new level of inter-band communication and playing. I’d say we just leveled up! It’s great when the band can obviously hear themselves and each other really well, well enough to play quietly or loudly and have everybody be able to be there. 

#68 6/7/69 Fillmore West: 20:46

After 6/6/69-night’s show without Jerry (mostly) they open this one with the acoustic set, so Dark Star is after the Mountains of the Moon + extended jam in d minor/dorian. Phil wanders a bit before they settle to start the intro. Guiro and congas are the vibe. The ROR, etc, all as if normal. But Phil is rolling some low end this evening, covering it. Nice full-band playing to build it up, ideas passed back and forth, both JG and BW doing multiple pull-offs, then when it crests it all becomes a bit iffy, not as forward moving. Everybody is zoning into their own little whirlpools more, a beautiful crest of this wave with Bobby on wide chord, Jerry spills downward and then Tom. Then they start over again in Dark Star territory, everybody on really odd statements complimenting one another. This also is really new level improvising though much of it is ‘when in doubt, hover’.

TC switched to a reedier tone, JG gets into one of the old riff, the AG, AE, thing. Eventually to the theme by 5 minutes. Verse is coming.

TC on new chord statements in line 1. Phil makes the Spy Theme rock, he bounces it more for line 3. All cymbal and organ swells on the “through”s.

And into the nightfall. 

Odd hints at bells, but it takes a while to get a solid low one from Jerry and then somebody is going off on a minor second up, entering a new mode, lots of cymbals and gongs, this wizard is taking us to another land and I don’t know if I like it!

JG comes out of the crescendo with a bright tone, he and Phil start tearing it up to head to some melody hints. Now all the drum sets are jazzing it up, Bobby gets into some comping on the chords. JG responds with licks. It falls into an arpeggio scrub like sputnik style, but then breaks into fast riffing! 

Super jazz rock jam. Some little whirlpools still, JG manages to catch everybody in some of them. 

After 11 minutes, JG gets into some chordal stuff while Bobby jams out a bit. They break it down into a pulsing thing, JG and TC on it and it builds to a big rhythmic jam, which breaks directly to a quiet Sputnik! Nice. 

Sputnik goes on with Phil playing odd melodic and sometimes chromatic lines against it. Bringing it way down at 13:30 and then back up again. Then down to nearly solo guitar and bass with occasional drums, building back in, a slow descending line from Phil and TC, followed by a series of upward spirals from Jerry, bringing it back to the jazz-rock style jam. Very chromatic playing from everybody, in and out of the normal mode. Then at 16, Phil is the one to bring it back to Dark Star! He makes the call on the bass line building it up. So we get back to the song by way of traversing several jams, Bobby really getting caught up on his tremolos and chord building, and they break into the Bright Star at about 17:30, it jams out with a very throbbing pulse afterwards. Nice gestural following, rhythms passed back and forth between them, and it comes back to the theme, and back to verse 2.

Jerry with the emotional delivery again, but a strong and straight “lady in velvet”. 

Cymbal splashes accompany through the outro and St Stephen intro, but it takes a while to get there this evening.

#69 6/14/69 Monterey, CA: 15:10

 After Dire Wolf… ok then. A few stabs at the intro licks by Bob, then they start it properly all together, ROR and all. Jerry assesses the world before coming in, he’s playing with some specific notes and their resonance in the gymnasium. When he makes a melodic statement it’s in chords and pretty outside. Maybe he’s influenced by the previous songs’ 6ths in the cowboy harmonies. A Sputnik-like statement before 2 minutes, almost like “Working Man Blues”… hmm. Ok, he’s finally getting into lead playing, and it’s aggressive, they’re already building it pretty fast, and when it settles in a Dark Star type jam, BW is strumming it up, Phil is plugging away, drums are crashing. They build to great heights very quickly, and some fast playing, then it drops into the DS theme area at 4’ ready to get into the verse. 

I hear Jerry playing his vocal melody on guitar again now. Strong and loud vocals. Per-line intricacies all there, I like the new “casting” about on line 3 from TC, more stately and melodic. 

Jam starts with volume swells, sounds like people expect to start a bell tolling to blow us to the next world. It takes its time getting there, a slow build with various feedbacks emerging, crashing cymbals all around, feedback jam, fluttering keyboards! 

A sputnik is emerging chordally from JG, drums are in some new groove, lots of congas too. Sputnik moving forward, against bass grooveout with drums, super strong jamming, organ chords. 

Jerry emerges at 9:20 with the insect tones on a Dark Star mode mostly, but full on forward-momentum from drums and bass still. They crest this wave into a lighter melodic area, still the drums are jamming heavily. This is great gymnasium-as-dance-hall jamming. JG plays with modes a bit, but it’s pretty solid, and when he switched to the lead pickup, he’s heading to a strong Bright Star. TC has discovered how powerful organ chords are. They hit the Bright Star at 11:50, really strong playing. When they come down to pre-v2 sort of area, it’s still moving along at a brisk pace. Slowly coming down and Jerry jumps in on verse 2, some slides on vocal pitches. Phil and TC really go off on “Lady in Velvet”. And it all dissolves on “Shall we go…” followed by drum rolls. Outro with warbling on the backing vocals, and we head off toward St Stephen, people yell and clap as it begins.

Strong and fast version! The whole show sort of picks up again at this song after the acoustic middle and heads off toward endless jam.

#70 6/21/69b Fillmore East, NY: 7:#21 (nearly all of central jam missing)

Lotta fish sticks making the vibe as a rest from…Well, they were mostly playing folk music till this point in the show it looks like.

Jerry forward mix beautiful statements and following from TC, he’s starting to fit much better in the vibe of it. 

Crashes on cymbals with the Dark Star verse crashing. 

I’m hearing the intro of this jam as trying to change worlds, the cymbal swells and bell tolling, until it erupts in the Dark Star jam, only to run out of tape until they’ve already come back, but now with TC on rock organ! He’s heard some shit out there and he can play rock organ chords.

Woulda been nice to hear the whole thing.

#71 6/22/69 Central Park, NYC: #11:26 (missing start and cut in the middle) AUD

Outdoor show, Dark Star comes in to serve as the transitional song between the country-folk tunes and the rock trip out. Interesting choices of sets of notes to play with to gain some entryway into a jam. JG steps on some odd ones on the way, and then steps again to make sure he heard it right. It’s a mellow intro in the park today. I’m guessing nice June weather, they’re sort of meandering with the shakers/guiro beatnik vibe for a while. I hear TC on some higher, longer phrases, nice juxtaposition. Sone cool whirlpools. Despite the bad quality recording, everybody is audible, so you can hear nice play between them, Jerry really isn’t playing super hot today, very relaxed. He gets caught in some weird pull-off eddies and into odd arpeggios, Phil seems to want to take up the lead-slack. Nice exit from the whirlpool at 5:40 or so, into Dark Star proper and the verse on its way. The audience seems to have been not super into the jam, but once it catches as a “song” they cheer and then clap (slowly) along.

Nice first verse, obscured by lots of cymbal crashing. I like TCs new verse maneuvers.

Classic intro to the middle section (the “nightfall”). Some Bobby and Phil jamming, Jerry isn’t going for the bell this time although the cymbals are sort of trying to go there. TC on his standard swells and arpeggios. Until it goes south by 10 minutes into noise jam in the park, kids! And feedback, but then suddenly it’s in an actual Jerry lead jam for a few seconds. (Sorta sounds cut, actually.) But he is caught up in small sets of notes, little eddies int he stream today and no big gestures.

And odd version, park/daytime space jam with tiny little statements and no great sweeping improv. I guess JG wasn’t feeling it and wanted to move on to The Other One.

#72 6/27/69 Santa Rosa, CA: 26:07

Classic intro, and a bunch of tuning going on as Jerry veers around over the percussion comparing notes against open strings. Bobby has some strong ideas, they’re sort of chugging along slowly, Phil is in a mellow groove. Jerry gets caught in a little sets of threes at about 3 minutes and it sort of sets up the roll of the swung rhythm into a 6/8, I think for the entire version of this song they’re feeling a rolling 6/8 more than the swingin’ 4/4. The leads are much more like “Cryptical” style applied to the Dark Star mode. Nice Leslie-sounding vibrato on TC’s organ there in the background. Once we’re like 6 minutes in, it’s very much “cryptical” 6/8 feel. Even when they get to JG starting to make DS type motions at 7:30, and toward the verse, it’s more rolling than swung.

Slow verse with gongs and cymbals very high in the mix, so it’s tough to discern the Phil and gang setup for the lines. 

The jam center starts with disparate statements from the percussionists (three of them?) and build into a noisy sea of sounds. TC scrubs the keys chromatically, Bobby stretched the strings on his chords. It dies down into a low volume area with volume-knob note swells bringing it down before making some melodic leads. Percussion gives way to drum sets via the cymbals by 12 minutes. Some odd stretching in a harmonically and rhythmically static area, which Jerry leads out with some chromatic runs up, the drummers are still stuck on the 6/8 feel. TC gets in on the 6/8, with chords. 

At 14’ some very “Other One” 6/8 stabs, both drummers and percussion building this up. It seems like there’s some confusion about what this jam may lead to, everybody is way into the 6/8 pulse, which is sort of odd for Dark Star. When Jerry starts up leads, it sounds like he really wants it to get to Dark Star but the rhythm is implying other songs. By 16:30 or so, this is almost a new jam based on the rhythm, but then Phil comes in with the Lovelight chords for a minutes. Jerry takes it away, though. Getting toward a falling star theme and then toward the Bright Star, in a very rolling 6/8 or 12/8 that Bobby is able to find the 4/4 in to do the Dark Star chord progression (I saw a short interview with Bill Kreutzman where he talked about that 4/4 swung = 12/8 and it blew his mind [groups of 3s in 4 beats!] and then everything became obvious to him.)

At 20’ a Sputnik starts but it’s very static on Jerry’s part, which leads it to be fairly quiet. Even when he jumps up an octave it’s quiet. Lot of percussive stuff and drum sets still happening. Sputnik goes on a while and builds with that guiro loud in the mix to a chaos. 

Out of this they are at a crossroads, ‘when in doubt, hover’, until Jerry slowly starts up some meandering lines and eventually states the theme, whereupon everybody jumps in and we’re back in the song. Jerry sounds like his much older self singing verse 2, weirdly.

In the outro somebody yells “Hey can I have my microphone back!”

Gotta say, not one of my favorites. The constant rolling 6/8 sort of took me out of Dark Star world and the percussion was loud in the mix (and Mickey just bugs me with his hippie drum circle style rhythm). I think if I heard this out of context I would have thought it was a later version, it lacks the gusto on the part of the lead guitar and bass that has been there so far and is dominated by “rhythm devil” type stuff.

#73 7/5/69 Chicago IL: 18:19

Song starts, the ROR is there for a minute, and JG takes a sec before making some very “Jessica” type melodic intro before settling into the Dark Star world. Jerry has some interesting chromatic ideas for how to play in this mode this evening. Some feedback issues (probably percussion mics?) TC has lead aspirations early on here and he goes into some odd chord stops. He’s playing with organ timbres. Jerry is building it in strength and intensity, up and down. Comes down to the theme and heads toward a verse. 

Sounds like some resonant frequencies are threatening feedback in the room, but a nicely executed song form for the verse/chorus. 

The jam starts with the rhythm intact and Jerry suggesting a bell tolling that seems to break it apart, Phil follows in the unraveling of the song, then TC and Bobby, blowing away the current reality into this new world. Jerry emerges from a lull with some choice notes, crying out with a rolled-off tone. Phil is still casual about heading toward a real rhythm, he’s testing notes out. TC is wandering, Bob is tickling his strings. 

Eventually it seems Jerry is going to bring us into Dark Star territory and the band follows him in. JG sets up some patterns and takes them outside and then back in. Some bad tube sounds hit the system from the bass amp at about 9 minutes, eventually this breaks it all down and they take it into a Sputnik. This one is more dynamic, Bobby’s got some nice chord comps to play with here. And they take it sort of elsewhere, but when JG takes it to the higher octave, he kills it off for a string rubbing sound. Side of the pick maybe? Comes back with more high delicate Sputnik. Sounds like the bass amp is fixed and Phil starts riffing away under it so they build it up for another wave. 

Jerry comes in with some insect weirdness (Alien Whine!) New Theory: his SG has a Bigsby bridge and whammy bar, right? I think playing behind the bridge on the tensioned string ends will resonate the strings across the bridge and over the pickups without direct plucking…

Coming out into some unknown territory with an octave technique until he starts some melodic leads in the Dark Star territory, a slow build to a brighter star. It’s a long a chaotic build to the theme as a recovery point at 16:30 or so and into verse 2. 

Jerry’s voice is good, but again he’s sounding a bit more like his older self now, more cigarettes have passed through that throat on this tour. 

Some weirdness in the vocal outro, but they pull it together to go on to the next part of the set. 

#74 7/7/69 Atlanta, GA: 26#:50 (brief tapeflip)

Another outdoor Dark Star, bringing the audience into new vistas right there in the light of day.

Classic opening into shakers and pounding on the guitar to test feedback before some notes. (No ROR? I didn’t hear it.) Sounds energetic, very upbeat in the band, despite some feedback issues (most likely all those open mics on hand percussion.) Jerry has a few peaks and eddies, he’s got a very strong tone going on right off the bat. Playing around with some fragments of theme, going back and forth in register, Phil seems to be plugging away in a fairly swung forward-momentum. TC plays with some pyramid building in the background. They come to a plateau at about 5 minutes, back off and you can hear cheering from the audience. JG backs out of this with volume knob note swells, for a new feel. At 6:30, they seem to start a new section, Phil on a low pedal tone. In this section JG seems to suggest the Dark Star theme, but it never coalesces as Bob is fiddling on some chords. So off it goes again, a bit more chromatically now. Then at 8 minutes the theme comes in and they play around it for a while. TC seems to have his own interpretation of it now, and he’s jamming off on his side while the band break it down and build it back up again to a strong theme area until 10 minutes or so, I think I hear people clapping when they back off the volume. The band plays around on the chords. JG could come in with verse, but he wants to play around more! He’s on some long downward runs, over and over. Everybody seems to want to play around with the chords, adding a D major in between the em7 and the A7. 

Verse comes in at 13 minutes. Strong vocals from Jerry. Lots of cymbals. Line two is basic in its rhythm, line 3 has minimal casting about ‘searching’. Nice hand drums in the ‘chorus’. 

Into the center jam. Jerry is playing notes, not bell tolling for a bit, but the cymbals are blowing back and forth, eventually he joins in the noisy tolling, and Phil starts scrubbing his low notes. TC trills around. Drum sets enter but it quiets down nicely to wait to see what happens. JG comes in with delicate lines, and it goes arhythmic for a bit, then builds back to a pulse and some riffing, building up a wave of sound and the drums are carrying the rhythm. 

a cut, which leaves us in an ambiguous territory of quiet free jamming, isolated sounds popping up until JG starts a sputnik at about 18:30 in this tape. TC arpeggiates all over. It grows into a noisy chord, TC scrubbing his keys up and down. When it dies off, Jerry goes for the insect weirdness over a plain of odd noises from everybody else. TC seems to be suggesting more Sputnik. The drums head to groove but take a while to get there, up and down, waiting for Jerry to start with some lead lines at about 21 minutes. JG suggests some DS theme melody but then goes for the rhythmic style of Sputnik, in threes against the beat. Seems like they want to get into a groove segment but somehow Dark Star is fighting back and it’s very chaotic and it takes a couple minutes before Phil starts a pedal tone to hold it together, and then JG hits the Bright Star theme. It goes on for a while at high energy, into the Dark Star theme, and as many times before, it seems like when TC steps up to play a strong thematic thing, the band drops down to leave him hanging! Ha. It drops into the pre-verse chords, verse 2 comes in at 25 minutes in—it’s a long one! Again, nice vocal delivery but subdued rhythm on line two and three instead of the super ornate and definitive versions of these earlier in the year. 

People yell yay! The band breaks it down to segue into and oddly relaxed but punchy St Stephen, contrasting the energy of this Dark Star. 

#75 7/12/69 Queens, NY: #9:52 (missing first half?)

Cuts into a jazzy DS jam, sounds like organ chord comping with Bobby, Phil and two drummers, all quiet-like. What’s been going on? By a minute into this, a drummer starts a beat, but it breaks down soon enough. Where’s Jerry, guys? Changing strings? He eventually comes in slyly on some runs, still tuning that string, sounds like. He’s got running fingers up and down, lots of pull-offs. He’s suggesting DS themes, and still tuning. But despite suggesting a potential bright star, he’s heading for a Sputnik. TC arpeggiating widely, it builds. Drums play a stark beat underneath (JG still tuning that string in between phrases.) The jump to the higher octave drops the volume and he adds the flat 5 and plays on the groups-of-three-eighth-note things, a drummer follows him there for a second, but it’s dropping into that flatted note area with a new vibe. JG using a very bright bridge-pickup tone on crying notes over a spacey section. Crying notes over hovering band sections… eventually melodically leading to the Dark Star chords, and the band jamming out on it. At 8 minutes into this tape, it drops into a slow chugging thing that wends its way into a mellow theme jam area, and some insect tones over an arhythmic rhythm section. Phil’s bass almost sounds like an upright. Then they seem to build this up into The Other One, which then goes to St Stephen… or the tape is a bit of isolated Dark Star. Or who really knows? 

#76 8/3/69 Family Dog SF 23:20 (standalone DS with saxophone & violin players)

With David LaFlamme and Charles Lloyd! Very cool to open the jam up to new musicians. It starts with the classic intro and cruisin’ jam rhythm, hand drums and that guiro fish. TC wandering around. JG plays around a bit before soaring, stopping to perhaps invite others onstage. Nice bass sound from Phil. Some jazzy substitutions from Jerry outlining chords that aren’t there, he starts a theme with saxophone response at 2 minutes. Lets it go into the sax groove. JG picking up on how Charles Lloyd hits the modes, so they’re both jamming on it. At 4.5 min there’s some tuning on a pseudo-Sputnik to settle, then they continue. Bobby is finding some nice harmonies for his chord comping. Violin sneaks in, brittle tone (it’s hard with a violin into a guitar amp with no EQ, believe me.) They settle, violin, sax and guitars on some odd long note chord structures, and then JG is back in the lead with the rhythm section very subdued. Mickey plays a bunch of cowbells and then tom toms. Yeah, dude. JG comes into the insect tone at 7:20 or so, sax trilling in response. Sax goes chromatic and low as Jerry enters a Sputnik, going into the rhythmic version almost immediately. The sax and violin stretch this out harmonically quite a bit, it dies down and starts a semi-thematic jam with the sax taking lead, as the band ladders up and down on the chord/mode. All the instruments are jamming out, Jerry is going for a kind of a bright star, but with the sax and swinging drums it’s very jazzy, and he’s not the front line of the melodies! Chaos of star. It ebbs, the band gets back on track with the intro theme and into the verse! 

Funny delivery of the verse lines, the line two rhythm sets on its last beat for a keystone, the wandering of the third line continues upwards over the whole line. 

The new guys seem to know the melody and how it shifts. When the center jam starts, LaFlamme is playing the Dark Star melody over the incoming bell tolling, very interesting maneuver. Some ups and downs before Jerry whips out a long introductory lick and the band settles into a mellow jam area. Phil and Bob have moved into a groove, Lloyd is comping on long notes. The drums come in. It builds. LaFlamme and Lloyd are finding some long tones in the tops of the chords, following the vocal melodic line. Soloists building alongside each other. By 18 minutes in there’s a slow chordal building up from the extra guys, Jerry is jamming full on, then it peaks and Bob leads back to the Dark Star song area, Jerry follows with a happy skipping melodic DS theme, and carries it onwards. They build it more, the sax coming in with some bluer notes, but bring it back down and get to verse 2, with little sax interjections. 

Nice vocal delivery on verse 2 from all involved, all parts present—plus! Again, Phil and TC are emphasizing the offbeat A chord within the last beat of each bar in line 2, a new rhythmic take on that spy theme thing. Sax tries to play along with the outro melody, which for some reason sounds to me like Albert Ayler from roughly this same time period…Witches, I think? I think some of the sax parts in the entire recording reminded me of Ayler, melodically, but it wasn’t until this outro that it fell into place in my mind.

This is a lot to listen to. I’d speculate that a lot of serious deadheads don’t like this kind of thing with the extra guys (?) but I thought it was very cool, new takes on the song *within* the band’s own idea of it. I liked this one!

#77 8/16/69 Woodstock, NY: 19:06 – Woodstock: 40 Years On

Well, this is a disaster show for these guys as we have all heard, musta been some strong stuff! There’s 11 minutes of nothing but tech issues before Dark Star, then they start. They sound like they’re attempting to play the song, the ROR is there for a sec, then some wandering ensues using a very round organ tone. Jerry seems out of time in some spots, as he was in earlier songs in the set. By about a minute in, it’s actually sounding nice. Bobby plays with the song form a bit and goes out, doing some arpeggios. The hand percussion seems to be all mic’ed at this point, they actually got the sound together. Man. 

TC with some cool shimmering organ swells in the 2-3 minute area, before the 4 minute mark they hit the theme fairly noticeably, but loud organ stuff until he grooves back into it and changes his stops back to the flute tones. Jerry seems to like this and continues exploring. It drops in intensity for a little tidepool and some outside stretches from JG. Another little ebb before 6 minutes and then back to the Dark Star where JG seems to get involved in the groups-of-three-eighth note rhythm that he’d been playing with in sputniks recently, but doesn’t stick with it. Somebody yells something about strings? Or Rain? They continue. This is actually a nice mellow version so far! They’re playing around the song themes. 

At 8 minutes they enter the verse, a nice calm version, JG sounds a bit scary on some of the lines, TC has the flute stops, they do the accent on the last chord of each line thing. And then they enter the Transitive Nightfall.

People clap. Drums enter. Lots of cymbals, extended chords. No real bell tolling, but repetitive extended chord playing. Eventually JG climbs in with some lead lines! Bringing it up, Bobby is still stuck on some chord. JG gets into a fuzzier tone, I guess overloading what amps they had there. Phil seems to be sticking with a semblance of the chord progression, the drums are cycling in song-form lines for a while, eventually Phil breaks out and TC has some louder chordal ideas. Once it comes back down they play in key still but lower, JG plays out some fast licks at lower volumes. It’s still sort of holding “in song” for a while, but at 13 minutes something new happens, a minor pull off set from Bobby and dissolving of the “song” into spacey hovering. TC flits about. The drums come in with a beat after a while and they are sort of back in a pre-Sputnik, and JG goes for a rhythmic version, sort of the sets-of-3/8ths for a bit, with drums alongside. At 15 it’s *similar* to a bright star idea but not there really. Bobby on some cool weird chord changes, then they come back to the intro theme by 16 minutes, but Jerry takes it to country licks after a minute! They do some chromatic bits and continue in this country/chromatic area passing by any opportunities to get to verse 2. At least on this tape. It falls off and heads toward High Time…! Weird. Not really a bad rendition of Dark Star, though.

#78 8/21/69 Seattle, WA: 6:33

Lots of (actual) flute at this show, hippie vibe all around. Dark Star comes out of the second half of a slow Cryptical Envelopment, toward the end of the set, is relatively short and heads off to end the set with Cosmic Charlie. Out of Cryptical, they were already on hand drums, and there are many intro theme stabs before it seems to settle and they start. It’s slower than usual, seems like. Immediate verse 1 after the intro, no pre-verse jam! It seems all based on Jerry playing his vocal melody while singing very emotionally, subdued. And messing up the lyrics. This is pretty neat, it reminds me of the versions from early in 1968. Pretty straight middle jam, some people hint at the bell, but it never really tolls, instead a lot of wandering around on all parts. Some emotive bends from JG. Hand drums/guiro in the middle still. Jerry hits some chromatic notes to bring the scale into more weird territory, he’s very expressive this evening, but again, in a subdued way. The band settles into a DS chord sequence for a mellow little jam. JG comes in with a “star” lightly falling at about 4:40, it even quiets down more from there. And then verse 2 comes in. The song form is fairly exact, not much wandering on line 3. They don’t really hold the end notes of the chorus for very long like they usually do (such as on “shall we gooooo”), and it quietly goes through the outro notes and immediately start Cosmic Charlie.

Interesting version, short and subdued, very delicate.

#79 8/23/69 St. Helens, OR: 26:#57 (1st vocals missing)

Sounds like Phil is into it but a bit out of tune at the start. It wanders around after the intro, TC has that lovely warbly roller-rink-flute tone on his organ. Weird tapping on the hand drums before the theme statement at a minute and a half in, then some stretching strings from Bob (?) sounds like they are trying to figure out who is actually in tune here. This wandering listlessness seems to go on. Ok, they’re relaxed maybe. Right before 3 minutes, Phil settles on his low E string to tune it up. In rhythm. The next section gets very spacey, TC holds some long tone, eventually JG does some stronger theme statements to get them on track. Some aside vocal yells on stage, something isn’t working right. At about 4 minutes they head into an odd jam that develops in some outside ways, and ends with Jerry swirling on a couple notes, TC adding some reed stops. They get to the verse intro theme by 6 minutes. BUT it doesn’t go there. Jerry starts some high pull offs and the band dies down, he’s being very quiet and hard to follow. By 7:30 there’s still some runs but no verse, though the vibe is starting to sound nice. Relaxed, still. The go to the intro theme again. Maybe Jerry has no vocal mic, he goes off on chromatic runs. TC is loudly following along, they build it up, almost to a crying star/bright-ish. And the drums come in around 9 minutes. 

It all sounds like lead in to the verse, but Jerry is fooling around. At 10:20 is almost entirely dies out. Phil has a few choice notes, but this space is building up like looking into a Dark Star from the outside. Threats of Dark Star. The bell starts tolling from the bass, but it doesn’t develop into the “Transitive Nightfall” jam really, it dies off and starts a new thing at 11:30, sort of Sputnik-based but not exactly. 

Then a tape cut, we enter again in classic DS chords and strong bass, no JG, but then they drop out to leave malleted cymbals pulsing around, with some weird swells and twirls from the organ. Super space! Sound bath jam! Nice one, this is real space, people, it’s quiet and odd. Some volume knob guitar note swells come in to add tone to the jam, bass sneaks in with a few notes. TC is really the dominant tonal sound here though, making some very weird trilling organ sounds falling down the keyboard. It’s an organ space! Wow. 

Some string scraping leads into a quiet Sputnik at about 17 minutes, TC still leading in a way, with arpeggios. Sputnik goes to the higher version, some bass and guitar enter bit by bit. It drops down to allow a new section at 19:20. Jerry starts a quiet tone based slow lead area, it’s going to bring them back, TC hits the intro theme notes. A minute later a very mellow Bright Star starts and begins a build. The band comes in to back it up. It’s slow and deliberate, but building, even to a crying star lead as TC starts to hit straight chords. 

22 minutes, Jerry heads to the bridge pickup for a brighter tone and continues the brighter star area. This goes on for a while, to the theme statements proper at about 24 minutes in. JG starts some arpeggios, Phil jams on it, then back to the crying star, after which it dies down. 

Verse 2 at 25:15! Strong vocals, the song form is skeletal, for example line 2 has the offbeat rhythm only in bass until that last A chord, minimal wandering on line 3. Slightly out vocals for the outro, a long build into the St Stephen intro.

Weird one! No first verse, and that amazing space in the middle with organ and cymbals. But otherwise slow and not exactly “in tune” in many ways. A lot of aimlessness in the first half. 

#XX 8/28/69 Family Dog, SF: 47:#33 (Dark Star 31:16 # 16:16 > Eleven jam 16:40) [with Howard Wales and flute; without Weir, McKernan, or Constanten]

This Family Dog show with extra guys is sort of hard to judge this as a Dark Star, the recording is mostly Howard Wales ripping on the organ! I hear some Dark Star intro themes and a few times ‘Garceeah’ alludes to it within the next hour of jamming. (Honestly I don’t get the Archive.org track separations, there’s some Dark Star melody licks in the tracks labelled “jam” also.)  Regardless, Wales is awesome, but by the time the mix is ok on the recording, they’re jamming on something else. It’s a nice jazzy session. No DS verses or anything, just an intro and then modal jams. It doesn’t sound like Wales knew the tunes beforehand, the things he places within the “Dark Star” and The Eleven are interesting but definitely out of left field with respect to how the band had presented the song previously. He’s very into fast funky organ playing, and he’s definitely rockin’ it. JG is playing well this evening too, and Phil gets in on the funkiness as well.

#80 8/30/69 Family Dog: 28:56

Now we’ve got the whole Grateful Dead band at the Fam Dog. Musta been a cool scene out there! 

Intro then some plateaus immediately, JG just sits on one note for a while! The band rhythm ebbs and takes a while to come back. No ROR, just jamming, with a drum set (or cymbals with sticks anyway) in there already. Nice organ playing happening. Takes a while to settle into any sort of groove, JG playing with chromatics, swung like Dark Star is, Phil seems to be the keystone of rhythm and he takes it in and out. They are really taking their time settling into anything, it goes up and down. Some tuning in between lead areas. At 3 min it enters a new sort of space. Bobby is there but barely playing, it seems, he’s on some weird idea of the song this evening. TC rolls on with his vibrato-roller-rink sound, not all the high stops in yet though, still a bit flutey. They are very spacious. By 5 minutes it’s in a chromatic hovering cloud, coming out to intimate Dark Star, but still very chromatically. Phil is not moving with straightforward momentum, and the whole thing ebbs and flows, lots of quieter mellower passages losing the motile rhythm. Spanish Jam (phrygian) hints even. Jerry starts a set of longer runs up and down, mellow tone, Phil follows a bit, but they then take it to the theme at 7 minutes, and verse 1. 

Nice easy vocal delivery, no warbling, quiet and delicate. Line 2 only with the last chord emphasized, line three with minimal “casting” about. Slow  treatement of the “chorus”. Intro to the transitive nightfall is tentative. Organ building with cymbal splashes. Phil leads with solemn chords, similar to bell tolls but fading out. At 9:30, it’s space! tinkling hand percussion, little noises from the electric instruments, cymbal splashes, very quiet. String scraping and stroking slowly, small sounds, tinkling. Organ mischief comes in, atonal statements and then swipes. String swipes and hits from the guitars, a serious jam of “sound”, some higher note-like sounds from the insect weirdness variety, maybe with a slide sliding around on the strings. This is nice ‘outside’ improv, atonal and sound-based. Some odd feedbacky elements coming in, building the noise level up from all parties involved. Rumbling bass hits, occasional notes. 

The bell is coming. At 13:30 it’s tolling in a sea of noise. But the noise overtakes it. Bass feedback. Eventually some small intimations of tonal notes are forming, with volume knob swells and some struck guitar “bell” tolling. The bass starts some notes, back and forth, while some high notes are swelling in. The percussion is still swelling around. Volume knob swells of slow arpeggios in the 15 minute area, percussion still arhythmic.

A guitar note! Suggesting thematic material slowly, the bass bringing up from slow walk to a bit more ‘a tempo’ over the next couple minutes, at 16:45 they settle into a new groove/chord progression, a slow minor key one. Jerry starts some actual lead runs, Phil is still plugging around with slow motion. A very slow build up, though a drummer is in there. Bob has some minor key choice going on, not quite chordal, more like an alto line. Phil speeds up in the 18 minute area though it hasn’t hit Dark Star groove still. Taking its time to get there, building and building very slowly faster and louder, Bob starts hitting *some of* the actual chords, the drummers are hyping it up. At 20 minutes, JG steps aside, TC takes a long (and bluesy) organ solo over a loud bass and drums, Phil hyping it up with bass chords in a new progression, which Bobby picks up on and it’s a jam (with that maj7 chord)! What! Honestly, this thing sounds more like “Grazing in the Grass” to me than Soulful Strut. Especially when they do it later in the coming versions.

Something weird goes on at 22min, sounds like Jerry tuning up a new string in the background, they keep the maj7 chord groove going, he joins in and plays some licks. At 24 min we have a IV-V-I chord progression going on here, with some Santana inspired rhythms. Sort of flailing jamming happening with this progression, and some tuning still happening in between licks. Some stabs at a Dark Star theme in there, but it’s clearly not ready, even by 26 minutes in. The rhythm is just wrong. How are they going to get back? JG forces the theme like a slow bright star, but Phil does not get to Dark Star until almost 27 min. Sounds like the band reluctantly follows Jerry to the theme and they start verse 2 with a weird off-beat rhythm to it, which dies off for line two, leaving an odd em-A presentation. Almost no wandering on line 3, just playing the notes. Crashing into the chorus, angry sounding hits to punctuate, but a nice-enough vocal exit, and instrumental outro, slowly taken, to the chords into St Stephen.

Weird one, guys! Nice exploration in the middle, but weird jam rhythms afterwards. And a pretty unnatural return to the song, I’d say. 

#81 9/1/69 New Orleans, LA: 17:39

This Dark Star is a shift in the set, where the first half was all the country stuff, then a “yellow dog story”. Then they start the suite, the tape has some weirdness at the beginning in the intro, but the song itself goes smoothly into the initial improv section, it’s pretty relaxed. Takes Jerry a while to get up into the upper registers, TC toodling along with him. Interesting takes on the theme-idea and improvising with it, caught in the first of several eddies in the flow by a minute and half, then back to thematic improv. After the first few minutes, the wave dies down, but TC goes on and then Jerry catches up and takes over this time. They’re playing really nicely, Phil’s tone is subdued, not aggressive and he and Bobby find a very jazzy backdrop to the JG leads. By 3 and a half, JG takes his neck-pickup tone into a nice rolling area and the band rolls along with it over the hump and toward the intro theme heading toward a verse at 4:45. 

Strong vocals, with organ chord accompaniment, the line two rhythm is still hinging on that last offbeat chord, very small casting about in line 3, all with cymbal splashing and congas.

Ornate outro and I hear somebody laugh as they go through it and start the ‘transitive nightfall’, which is slow in starting with cymbals, small feedback, organ tinkling, it’s going outside, kids. Very delicate space, small sounds and some volume-knob notes and spectral clusters from the organ, very “electronic music”-ish. There is no real lead sound, though the volume swell notes seem to be taking it somewhere. Everybody is producing odd noises, and slowly building the tension. Some string taps, rubbing the strings takes on a chord, similar to the Sputnik chord… and Jerry starts playing notes, slowly, like they are dripping from an icicle. Some trills and double stops from the bass and rhythm guitar, starting up some chords, JG starts with some melodic lines at about 10 minutes, though it takes a while for the band to follow into any actual rhythm. The hand drums are joined by drum set and at 10:50 it sounds like they are jumping in to the Dark Star music again, the chords are there, but some nice extensions from Bobby, lots of chord play from TC, building the volume and the lead is getting higher and more intense, and almost into a Sputnik, but it dies off and Jerry goes into fast runs with a nasal tone over a static band quietly moving slowly underneath. Then out of this mire, a Bright Star begins strongly at 13:40, land-ho! And to the theme, heading to verse two with syncopated chop-chords from TC, a little thematic jam first, with some strong riff-like bits, before it backs off for the verse at 15:50.

Strong vocals, very dramatic reading, the song form has morphed into a new style these days.  All vocals for the outro, though a clicky-syncopated bit before the outro chord stuff that heads off into St Stephen. Now two years since those first melodic Dark Star drippings into Dancin’ in the Streets.

#82 9/26/69a Fillmore East, NY: #16:50 (missing start) AUD

Oooh, bad audience recording here unfortunately. It is the beginning of a set? Hard to understand the start despite the tape cut, and there’s either feedback or high organ notes for a while. Sounds like the rhythm section is moving, JG is just trying out a few modal notes. TC is hovering on chords. Sounds like they start to really get into it after a few minutes, some strong forward motion, then backing off toward a theme statement. It’s not super fast and Phil seems to be holding on pedal tones a lot. A lot of preamble before the verse hovering with organ chords floating over it all. Verse 1 at 3:40. Strong held notes in the vocals with no more horror movie tremolo warbles. Line two is still still doing the last chord fulcrum thing instead of the stronger spy-theme rhythms. 

Transitive Nightfall starts with the band grooving away, but it is slowly being blown aside by cymbals and odd sounds, like entering a new world, landing in a new land before 6 minutes. Volume swell notes, some bass maneuvering underneath. Cymbals blowing the realities around. Eventually Phil settles down and the vibe is space. It hovers for a while before JG comes in with some extra-modal material in melodic lines above it. Weird organ swells with the bright stops out. JG is playing around with atonal chords, Phil with small phrases in between gaps. Arhythmic space still happening with occasional lines form the musicians. Phil seems to be in his own world. 

At about 10 minutes, drums enter with a side-stick rhythm, it sounds like the band is going to drop in and head to thematic jamming, but it takes a while (also hard to hear all the parts in the cassette hiss.) A chordal jam/Feeling Groovy-ish by 11 minutes, they are building it up stronger and stronger, toward a theme statement at 12:40, but curtailed, only using the first part of the phrase. Then upwards again, some really fast lead playing from Jerry at this show. He’s really rocking out! Would be nice to hear a soundboard of this show. Bright Star at 14:20 following many minutes of spectacular guitar playing, you can hear people yelling and clapping as they bring it down in volume *and* tempo very starkly by 15 minutes to verse 2, with odd drum rhythm accompaniment and a funny dropping lick from the organ. It sounds like it’s still dropping in tempo through the verse, like a sudden drop from orbit back to earth. 

Outro is all there but covered in tape hiss, off to the chords (with some odd ones) and into St Stephen, where again the audience claps and yells yay!

Must have been an amazing show. I really like the “transitive nightfall” jams that subvert reality like this by starting one way and having it casually blown aside by the cymbals and volume swells into a whole new land. Reminds me of the breeze coming in through the window that you didn’t notice before you smoked the DMT and now it’s gone and blown the reality you had been living in away bit by bit until you are entirely somewhere else. 

#83 10/25/69 Winterland: 22:02

Nice to be back at Winterland and starting off with a Dark Star. After Stills/Nash? Relaxed intro, nice little repetitive motifs from TC, Jerry comes in slowly with motion around the theme, playing down into his strings, Phil trying out some low string ideas. Nice tone from everybody. This is another where they can hear each other and themselves well, so it’s got a lot of room to play. JG teases a theme and then switches tone up for some darker area, comes out into some stretching outside the mode. Really nicely exploratory, settling into little tidepools before teasing theme ideas again at 2:30 or so, heading brighter (and tuning) and into little rhythmic riff areas. It comes down from this wave, TC does some upward flourishes against Jerry’s downward ones. Jerry’s and Phil’s tone are both great on this recording, and they are relaxed. To the intro theme and TC takes it to do some solos. It sounds like it will head to a verse, but Phil takes it sideways into arhythmic lulls, and the cymbals wash away the scene. We’re in a harmonic static space. I hear some pokes at theme material, and drums sidestick their way in to a jazzy/funky Dark Star area, sliding into the chords from a half step below, building it up as a chordal jam on the intro theme. 

Verse at 7 minutes, Jerry sticks the notes, no warbling. Phil takes the line two rhythm, casually, on line three it wanders a bit but not excessively, slows considerably for the chorus. Through the Transitive Nightfall is very slowly stated, but after the jam intro, they hop right back into it and Jerry starts soloing, the whole band grooving along. Some new chord ideas enter before 9 minutes and then suddenly some splashes, from cymbals and Bob and then Phil kicks it in, they’re manually killing the groove by pushing it under the waves. When this quiets down, Jerry goes to the volume knob swells and they each settle on some small figures in a sparse pool. This picks up a bit with Jerry on a delicate but bright-tones lead entering, Bob on very outside chords, struck in an odd sequence, but they build it up like this over the next few minutes. JG kicks it up with a pedal of some sort at 11:45, they are stating things strongly, but Bob is keeping the harmony very outside the mode very atonal. The groove is still underlying but not super evident with everybody off on their own. TC still plugging his arpeggios. They go into a chordal jam section for a bit at 13 but it keeps falling out of it with Phil not keeping the roots intact until he starts the descending “Feeling Groovy” thing for a bit. This moves along semi-together for several minutes. It’s fully the new section eventually by 15 minutes, with an upbeat rhythmic and major key melodic feel (as I said before, I dunno about Soulful Strut, this still sounds more like “Grazing in the Grass” to me) To a build up in the 17th minute and they strike big chords and kill it off at 17:45, Jerry slowly leads it out and back toward Dark Star territory, but when it gets there it’s got harmonic lead stuff from JG and BW, weird! Theme hits hard this was at 19:20 and then they slow it down, slow it down, slow it down and back to the verse 2 intro are, at a much slower tempo.

A delicate verse 2, hardly anybody wandering on line 3. The outro vocals are ok, the instrumental counterpoints sound kinda like they’re just throwing their fingers at the instruments to make it happen. Off to St Stephen after only a few chords.

Nice one in that they extend it and play with new sections, odd that they don’t play entirely together though they obviously hear each other, and some very atonal stuff from Bob. Weird usage of harmonies in the theme stuff toward the end, and the serious rubato heading back to the verse. I started out thinking I would love it with this recording and stage volumes, but didn’t really. 

#84 11/2/69 Family Dog: 30:06

Oh, that tuning. But some pedal tones from Phil straighten them out. Jerry makes some strong arpeggio to a high notes fanfares in the slow moving intro area. Seems a bit like they’re getting it together still, but some interest in a specific fanfare statement, TC wandering around with a reedy sound. Jerry gets caught up in some eddies, relying on certain specific notes, Bob comes along for the ride. They sound relaxed here, no hurry. Up and down the statements, large gaps in between. A big wave comes in at 4:20, riff-like leads, big chords, carries them for a bit and then leaves them floating as it breaks up a minute later and then picks up again and carries them in a new set of modal notes for another minutes where it leaves them all strewn about on the beach after a long wheedly-wheedly section from Jerry with a mellow tone. That’s one of the things I love about this piece of music, the natural ebb and flow, like the sea.

A very delicate area is happening here for a while, the theme material coming in very quietly at 7 minutes or so. Noodling from TC over a quiet Dark Star chord area, occasional stabs from JG, going on (some guitar tuning happening, again, Phil assists with open strings.) Cymbals start splashing around. Hints at the theme. A funny little chordal riff from TC. The verse comes in at 9:30. Very delicate one, but with steady and strong vocals from Jerry. Mellow rhythmic statements on line 2, a repeated upward line for line 3 instead of the wandering around. Slow chorus, and classic counterpoint intro to the “Transitive Nightfall.”

I hear a slow bell tolling coming, the band hovers. It dies down, sparse cymbals and organ play, bass drops out. Cymbals are left with some organ weirdness, string scraping, some guitar-body-strikes, sparse string hits, lots of quiet scraping and noisy space in general, organ stop spectral play with sweeps, sparse hits from everybody. The sea of holes. JG on some volume knob swells into feedback! After a big wave, tiny little notes emerge among other odd electronic sounds. This is a great space. JG enters with some modal notes now at 14;30 or so. The drummers are both using only metal at this point, with some toms entering but it’s all very quiet and sparse. A Sputnik arpeggio section quietly emerges from JG and then TC follows. Phil comes in with a rhythmic idea but on mostly root notes. It builds with some chop chords from Bob til 16:50 then drops off and comes back as a new section building to a groove riff which Jerry goes soloing over. He’s much more twangy now with a Stratocaster instead of the SG. It’s Dark Star-ish but straighter rhythm, sort of a I-IV-V chord thing with descending bass, Feeling Groovy. By 22 minutes it jumps into a new thing. This has that proto-“Eyes of the World” vibe, Amaj7 -Gmaj7 feel (which Jerry said came from Walk on the Wild Side: “the colored girls sing doodoodoot” ) This is the “Soulful Strut”? It falls out of this jam at 25 minutes in and then tries to build toward Dark Star again with elements of the previous rhythm and maj7 chords, but jumps right back in at 26:40. Jerry heads for the Bright Star maneuver. The rhythm is very static, not very swung, even when they come back to the intro theme it takes a bit to settle it back into Dark Star. TC on flutey organ stops, they start verse 2. 

“Mirror Crashes!”. Similar verse treatment as verse 1, the chorus is quietly played, all vocals on outro, some Tibetan bells with the chords on the transition to St Stephen.

#85 11/7/69 Fillmore: 26#:00 (18:33 > UJB jam 1:45 # 5:47)

Back to the Fillmore, they are really jamming it up at this show, lots of songs breaking into jam sections, and China Cat is moving into I Know You Rider for now and for always. I suppose that was inevitable from the previous year’s change of the song’s main key from E to G major—you land on a big old G and then where can we go?

Dark Star even has jams within jams, coming after IKYR. It starts cold with the intro riff, medium to slow tempo, but Jerry has some little upwards statements to make, as does TC. JG comes in with lead notes in sparse sentences, they are really changing the mood of the concert here to a more somber and quiet area. It develops a heavier overall tone, the groove seems held back a bit, but some very interesting guitar bits from both Bob and Jerry, leading to some very extra-modal whirlpools by about 3 minutes, into almost thematic areas, still very subdued, and slow this evening. Relaxed. 

Bob has some hammer ons he wants to play with. More semi-thematic play before settling again and possibly moving towards verse 1. Cymbals splash around, it takes a while, JG starts noodling again, Phil steps into some lower notes, stolidly stated. Out again and back to the theme area a little more deliberately now, verse 1 starts right before the 6 minute mark. Dramatic and sort of soft reading of the lyrics, it’s a but slow and quiet. Rhythm is a bit more succinct on line two and the wandering a bit more pronounced on line three.

The jam intro starts with cymbals splashing, some static notes from Phil, rhythm slowly falling apart in favor of sound, a trill from Phil, some struck guitar bits, the cymbals, volume swells and feedback. Phil heading toward getting some bass feedback as it builds in volume. Volume swell arpeggio bits, sweeps from the high-harmonic stops on the organ, a slide on Bob’s guitar swooping down. Some lead notes emerge, the band still in noise/sound jam territory. Both drummers are present but very sparse hits. Very spacey jam. Odd strong bass notes, a drummer is starting up a rhythm slowly, but it takes a while to gather any sense of tempo. The musicians are playing with sounds emanating from their instruments more than notes or phrases. JG starts to take it towards phrases in the 12 minute area, Phil follows, drums start an actual pulse. Bobby is taking the harmonies outside and back in by sliding up and down a half step and coming back, they build the volume and intensity, but it breaks down at 13:30 again, back to the void. Jerry still in a plucking mood, he’s playing some melodic phrases sort of alone in the wilderness here for a bit, other musicians slowly joining in, lots of cymbal splashing. 

A thematic version, with riffy chords and bass is building here, very interesting 1-2-3 hits then a build from below back to the one, then Phil steps on it and by 16 min they’re in a Dark Star jam, with a sort of trudging bass line, all on-beats (weird for Phil) but it’s heading somewhere else harmonically (and yes we know that it is going to the Uncle John’s Band chords) and it gets to the point at 18 minutes where the Uncle John’s Band minor key riff starts, and they move into the UJB melodies and chord progression. Playing with the melodic bits and to the song chords. I guess they must have had lyric ideas for this already? It seems dependent upon being surrounded by the intro/outro riff idea and when they hit that again, they go back to a jam that takes them back to Dark Star area. They head to a bright star world, but it takes a bit of finessing to fit it and pull it into Dark Star, but coming out of the higher notes, they’re back in a now-much-faster version of the groove. Jerry states a theme strongly but then that wave pulls back and leaves some little whirls of notes building up again, still int he DS groove. Then the whole band essentially states the theme together (drums and all!) and they bring it down into the pre-verse area.

Mirror shatters, now the vocals are much stronger. Line two has Phil strongly on the offbeats and then doing his casual wandering on line three. All vocals on the outro sort of relaxedly sung. Phil takes new routes on the outro build to the chords, which then go to Cryptical Envelopment!

Nice new ways to break up the set, guys! I really love that the experiments in the jam are also developing ideas that will later become other songs (like the almost Eyes rhythm and maj7 chords on the other nights’ version, the almost Weather Report bit here, and then more full-band rehearsal space jams like Uncle John’s riff that happened here.) The whole audio ‘telegraphing’ thing is a major part of what I like about the Grateful Dead, the way they do it within a song (like, somebody plays a lick that signals somewhere they might go, though it might take several minutes, either for everybody to get on board or just that they all know that that’s where they’re heading to regardless) and things like these nascent bits in Dark Star and the Main Ten riff happening in these period’s shows that grow out and separate like amoeba into their own songs, either a night or two later or years later. Whole new ways of playing with time.

#86 11/8/69 Fillmore: 21:03 (DS 14:03 > Other One > DS 7:00 [DS 1:04 > UJB jam 2:33 > DS 3:23]) – Dick’s Picks 16

After a particularly rousing Good Lovin’, complete with drum jams, some intro stabs from various musicians and then they start for real, at a decent tempo this evening. TC has a little motif he’s playing with at the intro chords. Jerry is playing on some harmonic content, and they start rolling on it all together, then it comes back to the groove. Lots of playing around on the Dark Star chords and groove, in and out of time, but all very relaxedly (though not as slow as the night before). It stalls a few times, like at 4 minutes in, and starts back up again. Phil seems to be exploring, trying to find a new thing, bringing the band up and down. He starts a new root-on-the-beat sort of progression (1-2, 1-4) before 5 minutes, but then they go into the theme proper at 5:30 or so, and head toward a verse at 6minutes. 

TC contributes some long lines on the first vocal line, oddly. The entire verse rhythm statements seem to be on Phil’s shoulders. A nice and 

Shakers and some bell tolling from Bob start the middle section, TC rolling around on the keys, Phil bringing up some volume on noisy notes, then it backs off again to nearly nothing after a short time. TC still rolling around, less high-harmonics on his stops now, more flute tone. The percussion takes over with sweeps and cymbals, then backs off to the new world. Volume swells, cymbal sweeps, odd notes coming in and held. Some odd chords, TC now going chromatic with more spectral organ stops. Space jam with sparse sounds, a sputnik threatening quietly from underneath at 10 minutes! It backs off, sparse sounds occur, then the arpeggio sputnik idea starts up again, but on odd chord notes. Phil beats some blasts out of the bass, lands on a low note and Jerry starts a rhythmic line. He’s already suggesting some “The Other One” rhythms and licks in here, telegraphing, but going back to 4/4 and back to the 12/8, they start up a jam in the Dark Star mode but TOO sort of rhythm. Bob is comping some chords, it’s gonna get somewhere else, it’s a I-V-IV-V Feeling Groovy thing. It breaks down again after 14 minutes and then Phil takes The Other One more seriously and begins it for real, then band falls in. Good example of refuting the suggested cue and going elsewhere for a while!

They takes this off into a long up and down 6/8 jam which takes many minutes to get to the song. They get to the first verse after 6 minutes, then off they go again, and after another 5 or so of TOO, they start to head back to Dark Star melodically, still in the 6/8. This breaks up rather quickly as Jerry starts a Dark Star theme and the band switches the pulse into more of a swung 4. It’s fast and only “Dark Star” for a minute before heading to the Uncle John’s Band riff from Phil, everybody goes there, Jerry on a melodic thing above it for the first few times through, then they go through the song chords and JG plays the (future) vocal melody on guitar. It’s a whole song statement, really, minus the vocals. 

Back to the riff stuff, and noodling comes out of it and it winds down tempo-wise with the Dark Star intro theme, then to a little quieter DS jam area.

Verse 2 comes in and it’s mostly bass and vocals, small guitar accompaniment. More wandering from TC on line 3. It seems to be continuously slowing down during the verse and chorus. Outro gets to the stately dissonant chords, which go on a bit long and on to St Stephen again with a Jerry-only start as it seems like Phil was still moving around while working on those chords.

(complain, complain: I must say, I really don’t like the way these bits are separated on Archive.org, it gaps out on playback plus it screws with our attempts to calculate times for the Dark Star! )

This is a pretty intense multi-layered set as a whole, regardless, lots of ins and outs of various songs, and even of future song tries, telegraphing Uncle John’s Band and even Playing in the Band that will come in later years. Really creative, very cool stuff. 

#87 12/4/69 Fillmore West: 30:14 (and not the “New Old Fillmore” Auditorium!)

 This is a historic show/run in many ways, the announcements for the show cancelled at Golden Gate Park moving to Sear’s Point, (then to Altamont) while the band plays Black Peter for the first time, with long instrumental breaks, and later Uncle John’s Band is free of Dark Star and lives on its own and with lyrics. Dark Star itself is 30 minutes long! 

It starts with guitar, bass joins in, TC has his lead in lick now, Jerry is leading tone sliding into it. They get caught in a  groove early on, setting a medium tempo for a long cool jam. Drums are already in, sidesticking away. Jerry does a few China Cat-type licks by 2 min and more groove. Jerry is testing high end on the Stratocaster a bit, resetting the amp at 3 minutes, back for more relaxed Dark Star jam. He goes outside the mode for a bit, jazzy, but it sounds like slipping up a fret and going with it, he’s getting used to this larger scale neck still and it sounds to me like this show has more ‘testing the limits’ of the Stratocaster versus the SG, possibly just due to whatever amps he’s using. There’s more groove, testing the pickups here. Really finding little eddies of quiet sets of notes or chords. 

The jam builds sort of sputnik e minor shape but comes out before 6 minutes with the theme and gets to verse intro territory repeating the chords, more guitar testing, he’s being very quiet and trying out the guitar for country bending. Even a few banjo flourishes very quietly. TC is in a more mellow set of stops, sort of taking lead and JG drops out. Phil sticks to the riff area mostly. Sputnik-like build up back into the DS chords, into an ascending riff, and a sudden change of downbeat with the DS theme for two whole notes before breaking it off into a new higher energy jam, all they to a brighter star area. Drums have built to a solid groove even as the guitar fades away again. Waves of in and out, whole new riff jams, the drums go out for a while. Bobby holding it together with some slappy chord progression. Allusions to Dark Star. Phil takes the lead, Jerry comping for a while. Jerry needs to tune a bit. The theme comes in again at a slower pace at 13 min. And to the verse.

Leisurely reading of the verse, JG’s voice is strong on all notes, he sounds relaxed. Lots of cymbals on the 2nd and 3rd lines, and outro. I really love the composition and reading of these lines on every version. 

Out into a sea of transitive nightfall… they hold statically for a bit and then it launches into space, a few choice notes and long chords from the organ, odd percussion, volume swell guitar space, with feedbacks and organ. A very introspective aural space, for a while, some organ trills and swells. 

At 18 min Jerry is quietly doing some banjo rolls on the guitar, TC arpeggiates, he sounds like a modern sequencer, or pre-Tangerine Dream. Lotta modal organ playing, and quiet, very Pink Floyd, into a very nice theme-based counterpoint section with guitars and bass coming back in. 

Now they’re getting into Uncle John’s groove territory, but it gets more groove oriented with claves and stuff. Phil jamming out on the Dark Star theme idea. Nobody is really playing lead for a while. JG comes and follows for a while, then takes it up and changes a few modal notes. They build the jam up, JG is trying out some new Strat sounds, sort of folksy-bluesy stuff, using open strings. To a rolling crescendo and over the wave to the theme statement at 26:30, brighter star area, but with a tolling open A string for a while. After a minute it’s bright star and the wave passes, they drop back into the low key groove before verse 2. Verse 2 comes in at 28:30, a little scarier delivery, telling the story. Very tender “Lady in Velvet.” The wandering in that line is limited to TCs rising keyboard. 

All outro vocals flying, off to the counterpoint outro tag, but it’s a little messed up as JG pops on something, falls out and catches up, then they sort of fade out instead of going to the chords and it starts High Time.

Awesome version of the song. The verses were beautifully rendered, the jams had a lot of Jerry backing off and leaving different aural areas, which is of course both cool and not (less Jerry), but offset by the neat new things he uses in the jams stretching out the Stratocaster sound with the open string Richard Thompson-y stuff and also the weird Brit-psych quiet sections with long organ chords and the bass soloing that took up the slack he left. 

The singing has definitely evolved, after the first “single” version where it was sort of a psychedelic pop song, a lot of the 1968 presentations had more “scary movie”-type warbling tremolos on the long notes (possibly drug-related, who knows), but in 1969 it’s gone back and forth with many different ways of presenting the lead vocals. Some have been soft and relaxed, some with the warbles, but by June, Jerry has relaxed more with the long high notes that start the line phrases. (In ethnomusicology they talk about “expenditure of energy” melodic phrasing, really common in drum + voice musics, where the phrases start high and loud and come down from there in pitch and in volume.) But at some of the shows, (~June 1969 for example) he sounds very tired, more cigarette throated like his voice sounds later in his life. Here, Nov and Dec 1969, he’s nailing it: strong and relaxed first notes, holding the pitch well and steady, not straining. Phil and Bob almost always pull off the outro counterpoint lines pretty well, though obviously that varies with monitor presence or levels, (if you can’t hear yourself, you never know what you’re singing). Though we know that Phil, as a singer, is more an idea guy than an vocal artiste. 

#88 12/11/69 Los Angeles, CA: 20:32 – Dave’s Picks 10 bonus disc

A couple of false starts, even with a count in that goes nowhere! They finally do it altogether and head into the song. Phil is taking lead for a while. Jerry enter with a little flourish and it settles into a relaxed groove with the shakers almost keeping the beat while everybody stretches out a bit. It climbs up and comes back into the Dark Star thematic area for another wave with lots of string stretching from JG. When this crests they come back to the verse intro. Nice vocal delivery, a little distortion makes it sounds slightly raspy, but his notes are held nicely. Cymbals crash on the chorus area.

Jam intro counterpoint and hints at bells emerging from a groove, everybody in their own tempo, the cymbals splash, the guitars strum, and it dies off into a new world. We weren’t quite breezily blown here, just picked up and deposited. 

Volume swell notes from the bass, TC still wandering around. Out of the quiet the bell tolling comes in a bit, striking the guitar to elicit sound. High harmonic spectral timbres from TC dive in and out. Small sounds from guitars and bass. Some sounds like hitting the guitar strings with a metal slide maybe? String scrapes and hits and odd organ sounds make for a very spacey alien conversation. Oddly I’m reminded of the middle of Interstellar Overdrive for a bit! Volume swell notes get higher in pitch, the bass is sparse, and a sputnik is quietly emerging! At 11 minutes it’s developed into Sputnik proper from Jerry, but the band is jumping around it still. No rhythmic groove from the drums to accompany, it breaks and Jerry emerges into melody playing, the band falls in bit by bit, drums and all and it goes to Feeling Groovy! 

Major key jam on this for a while, with full band (one drummer just on claves, other ride cymbal grooving.) TC has mellowed his tone for this jam to a more flute sound. The chord groove is moving into a semi-Dark Star set within this groove, with heavy emphasis on the A on the downbeat, which eventually leads to Phil just playing A and D on downbeats. He experiments with different rhythms on this, but they go off into the sky jamming on this and he gets in some Dark Star phrases, while Jerry heads almost to Bright Star territory, Bob strongly states the DS chord version of things and at 18:30 they actually play the theme. Then, that done, they retard, retard, retard backing off the tempo into verse 2. 

TC plays around a bit on line one, but comes in with Phil for the line two offbeat rhythm. Some odd slow moving around on line 3. “Shall We Go” has its full madrigal vocal outro and the guitar/bass counterpoint to the stately chords and organ drone leading to St Stephen and The Eleven. 

Pretty classic version, not the best recording. Some of the lead stuff is great, and we got a Sputnik, though maybe (I am? They are?) still getting used to this idea of the newer progression of things in the “Transitive Nightfall” jam moving from the intro counterpoints being blown aside as the band enters space and then coming out of that with such a short Sputnik area directly into a major key “Feeling Groovy” jam, which has to ratchet down so explicitly before it gets back to Dark Star. Felt like the transitions were fairly musically abrupt. The whole idea of “feeling groovy” is a little odd within the story-landscape of Dark Star maybe? Though the monster movie aspects of it seem to have left the vocal delivery these days and the whole vibe is maybe different. 

#89 12/20/69 New Old Fillmore Auditorium: 20:38 – Dave’s Picks 6

This show opens the big space with Mason’s Children, a personal favorite of mine ever since I was introduced to it by that Henry Kaiser album “Those Who Know History Are Doomed to Repeat It”, from 1989. It’s a great album, and he covers not only this tune but Dark Star! Seriously, and at a time when he was doing more avant garde stuff in general, and the Dead were no longer cool in that gang, very much. Also I think this turned my ear toward Dark Star for real, after having heard it live on NYE 81 and not understanding it. https://www.allmusic.com/album/those-who-know-history-are-doomed-to-repeat-it-mw0000197074

Anyway. Nice clean Dark Star intro with TC’s new riff, some winding up from Phil right off the bat, JG settles it with a melodic intro with a few chromatic passing tones in his lead playing. Sounds like guiro more than shaker for the pulse. Nice exploratory passages between medium-tempo gathering-up bits, it’s not extending out into long statements yet, though with a few eddies in the current of slowly floating downstream for a while. Some double stop lead play and extra-modal excursions, building it up into a full band jam in the 3-4 minute area, Jerry bursts out with a long rising lead up to the crest of this wave then back down to the theme and verse teases. Somebody yells “woooo!”

Verse comes at 5 minutes, super strong lead in with a little warble and even a bit at the end of line two, line three has Phil taking a new route in casting about, more rhythmic stutters on chordal notes instead of his usual hammer on noodles. 

Phil is controlling the rhythm through the outro ‘chorus’. 

And tuning is obviously an issue going into the jam. Phil mostly does the jam intro by himself, not much counterpoint, then hitting and odd bell tones, as the cymbals come in and the organ trills. Space is quietly moved into. The trills swell, Phil finds some odd harmonics. 

At 7:20, a wiping metal slide (Bobby?) makes some interesting noise, with some volume swells from guitars and bass. Cymbals still crashing. Some bell-guitar hits to slight feedback. More organ trills and wide arpeggios against the static sea of sounds. Larger swells in the tide with some louder noises of scraping and feedback coming in against the more spectral organ stops wiping up and down. Low toms and cymbals take over in waves, odd popping bass things. A proper space is reached and we’re interstellar now as the band quiets and a very small sputnik starts with hiccups and odd blue notes, sort of slower banjo style, accompanied by sidestick, it takes it into a more melodic area but harmonically subverted by Phil and Bobby. A little more odd modality and it seems to be sort of phrygian, perhaps a Spanish Jam reference. Then it moves with some melodic suggestions, grooving back up into the major key Feeling Groovy world by 13 minutes. It’s interesting that this major key jam is sort of lacking a specific melodic component when they’ve been doing major key rock out jams the whole of their existence. 

It dies off after a couple minutes into a quiet version of the mode, then JG states some changes that move it back into Dark Star territory, though it’s still pretty fast (and remaining quiet). He leads it up to a high note and sticks on it while the band builds and then after a clam try at it, Bright Star comes out strong. I think Jerry is still getting used to the Stratocaster. 

They take it down in the theme area, in volume and tempo till I guess it feels right for a verse to come in. Interesting play with the theme notes, two at a time for a while, before verse 2 comes in after the 19 minute mark. The verse is marked by sidestick drums, the rhythms fairly clearly stated on the different lines. Vocals are *ok* on the outro, and it goes to the counterpoint and off to the chords that head to St Stephen. 

#90 12/26/69 Dallas, TX: 24:00    

Bobby string breakage during Me ’n My Uncle right before Dark Star, so a couple minutes of stage banter where Jerry says the audience is really quiet “You all sitting in the dark watching us?” There’s been a lot of talking to the audience at this show already, especially between the acoustic songs at the first part explaining that Bill was still in the air flying to meet them! 

String changed, Phil starts the intro riff, JG joins in and they take it into a medium-slow Dark Star chords jam with a lot of melodic feints from Phil and it enters the theme after a couple minutes and stays on it a bit. Jerry is playing back and forth with some leading tones and they get caught in a couple of small whirlpools of riffing notes, with occasional outsiders. Long builds of threes to the 4 minute mark where Bobby holds a harmony, then they come out again into the theme and toward a verse. JG is really into this glissando swoop to the high A beginning of the theme phrase these days. 

However, it doesn’t get to a verse this time, and they get quiet and play around with very delicate bits of the theme material and chromatic three-note pull-offs. A serious thematic statement starts again at 6 minutes and this time they start the verse. Weird delivery, strong first vocal note, then backed off and rest is meeker. Maybe he caught a bug in his throat. Almost a full stop before a quiet ‘chorus’. The Transitive Nightfall intro counterpoint is shaken, not stirred, and they enter into it at 7 1/2 minutes with a groove from Phil while the cymbals start to blow it away. Phil sticks with it a while, the band sort of disappears into the mist, eventually he fades out and we have a static space. (Is there a colloquial name for this section besides ‘space’?) Little feedbacks and occasional long organ notes or chords fading in and out with the cymbal splashing. Some super weird electronic-y sounds popping up amidst string scrapes and general quietude, though sounds like Bill is at his set and tapping away at points. Swells, Phil finding some bass feedback, TC goes for his arpeggios which lead to a quiet Sputnik entrance, side stick drums accompany. It goes up and down, inside and outside of the old em chord. JG breaks out with a mellow tone (for a Strat especially, he’s discovered which tone know controls which pickup). Some blossoms of lead and rhythm guitar together, building in tempo and intensity. A jam with minor key overtones (C natural in there) building up and down and into a major key version toward the Feeling Groovy/Uncle John’s Band descending bassline groove, which heads toward the Soulful Strut thing with full on A Major (even the minor 7th G is a G# now). JG sounds like he has some really specific melodic ideas this evening for these parts, like he’s heading toward something he wants to remember.

They reign it in at 17, but the drummers are still into the groove (ish. Mickey sounds like he’s randomly throwing things at his drums still) but they keep at the groove with Bobby rocking it and Jerry heads toward the high tonic note and stretches up and into it, like a falling star bit, but they are still in the maj7 chords. 

At 19, JG does that gliss up to the A that signals the start of the Dark Star phrase, but again, we’re still on Maj mode, so he starts insisting on the G natural and they get back into the DS chord idea, but fast and not really in DS territory still. At 20 Phil decides he’s gonna solo for a while instead. After this, it’s back to the Dark Star chords, still fast and it takes to 21:30 for JG to play the Bright Star, very slowly stating it over the quick rhythm section to try to slow them down? But when they all fall in after a half a minute, they take the tempo back down and play the theme, and Jerry takes off with up and down riffing scales, then down again to the theme toward verse 2 at 23:12. 

First line has TC on chords very specifically, downbeats all the way, then they do the full spy theme rhythm for line 2 but with no accents, so it’s very plain groups of 3s with shorter 2s at the end of each bar (spondees and dactyls, y’all, if you remember your poetry iambs.) Phil does his hammer ons on on the first half of line 3 and then stays still.

Not great outro vocals, but then the tape cuts so who knows what happens!

I think the band is getting used to a method of doing the middle section jam with space segueing into  the major key jams in that order (Feeling Groovy/UJB jam/whatever this one is, then Soulful Strut/Tighten Up/Whatever it is) but it’s still a little forced to bring it back to Dark Star territory, and involves very blatant tempo reduction like winding it all down in a short space rather than moving naturally or cutting directly to it. It sounds a little unnatural to me, though it feels like the major key jam areas are more in line with the new style they’re working toward with the folky Americana stuff. This feels like juxtaposition of the two with these last few Dark Stars. 

#91 12/30/69 Boston Tea Party, Boston, MA: 19:23# (end missing) 

Middle night of a 3 night run toward NYE, coming out of the China/Rider pair (after a bunch of futzing around and Phil suggesting the intro riff a hundred times) and cut at the end of Dark Star, so unknown where exactly it went before there’s a bit of Alligator and into drums and the Eleven (then back to Alligator and feedback and WBYG.)

They start together at a medium-to-slow tempo, intro amended with a giant cymbal. Many intro statements in a very staid structural rhythm, not much swing to it initially. It seems to be pretty listless for a while, Jerry’s eddies are slow series of notes, he even gets caught on one note for a while, it is taking its time to get into a proper jam. The guiro picks it up a bit, but JG is coming in and out, and the waves follow him. He gets into more quiet stuff in the 3 minute area, volume swells already. They seem to be getting into a little chordal groove, but it’s very slow and understated, very delicate statements from JG and even Phil is a bit delicate. 

At 5:30 or so they start a riff and try to build it up for a bit, but it keeps falling away back into the mellow pond of the mode. JG has some flourishes, even Bobby is following with melodic bits. At 7:00 they do start the theme, very quietly, and it gets to verse 1, a mournful version with the lines stated very much like a year previous, but more mellowed. Not much movement under line 3 still, these days. Organ swells on the Shall We Go, etc, they transition to the counterpoint and start the Transitive Nightfall.

Very quiet, it trails off into odd percussion and bells, some guitar striking sounds but very low, a few organ sweeps. Not so much having reality blown away into this new place as just dropping slowly into a still pond. Cymbals, bells, descending string scraping bits, sparse sounds. Odd swelling bass notes, like backwards tapes. Very electronic-music-sounding free improv jam! A very still sea of sounds. Here comes some feedback from bass and guitars building the tension with cymbals.  Held organ chords with volume pedal, a Sputnik is arising out of the ocean int he 13th minute, the classic arpeggio version. 

Up and down it goes, he switches chords to a minor and then up, as it crests it comes out into a sidestick trapset rhythm with roller rink organ stops, slightly jazzy feel, Phil is finding a new riff as Bobby searches for chord, then the settle on some A and D stuff at 16:30. But it wanders, not settling into one of the newer jams nor any riff really. Sounds like hints of a song, and then Phil does a Dark Star theme statement but it goes into the Feeling Groovy chords now. 

Major key jam. Sounds sort of like a mellow Uncle John’s Band for a bit. Then they stick on a specific chord for a while before getting back to hints at DS, but with stops slowing it down. Jerry glisses up to the A like he’s gonna do a Dark Star theme but doesn’t quite do it, plays around a bit and the tape cuts. Aw. No verse 2 recorded!

Sort of a weird and nice yet aimless version, never really landing much of anywhere. Jerry has been in and out of these Dark Star jams quite often in the previous month or so, he keeps dropping out after short melodic bits, not quite sure where it’s going maybe. Possibly it’s getting used to the new guitar and needing to tune it. As bzfgt said, it sounded like heading for the insect weirdness in there, but I’m thinking that the insect tone was a product of the SG and having the string excitation coming from behind the bridge (between there and the Bigsby vibrato unit) and that doesn’t exist on the Strat. Or maybe he’s waiting for the inspiration to take it elsewhere now that the song is almost 2 tour-years old. We’ll see!

“The 70s are gonna be weird, man” -Jerry, 12/31/69

1970:

#92 1970/01/02 Fillmore East, NY

“We’ll give you some easy listening music.” -Bob, in the tuning beforehand.

Nice clean start with medium tempo, TC’s intro lick is warbling with vibrato. Lots of shaker and guiro all together. Takes a bit before Jerry gets into this world, he enters with short licks, developing slowly, getting caught up on a few string bends. Up over the wave and back down to the groove again, staying in the Dark Star world with a new cresting wave at 3:30 and back to the verse feint, but they take it to a rhythmic jam of the chords and build it up again. Some cymbals accenting. More theme hints, more chord play Jerry doing some harmonics and casual tuning. TC comes in with a brighter tone for a little side lead as they build it back up to a theme area and into the verse at 6:55. 

A delicate vocal reading, very intimate sounding. Nice version of the verse and chorus and the counterpoint. 

A few chords to introduce the new section, but it’s quickly faded into bells and small sounds. “Negative Space” one reviewer called it. Lots of odd arhythmic percussion sounds, a few guitar sounds. Sparse organ. Very internal headspace. Scrapes and controlled feedbacks. Cymbal swells and crying sounds. A volume breakout at 11 minutes with low organ rolls and louder guitar swells, organ moves through stops, guitar using on-off switch for beeps, many long low feedback tones over the organ sweeps, leaving spectral stops on the organ. Tiny sounds from the guitar string scraping, a few loud spots in the sea of stillness. 

A trill starts quietly, semi-Sputnik, developing towards that arpeggio. Very banjo-roll, persistent but mostly quiet, it comes up in volume and TC hits his arpeggios. Bob starts a different set underneath, but it fades out. 

Drums are hinting at coming in at 16:30. Some guitar notes hint from the theme notes, but isolated, and as more are played they take on other more minor modal “Spanish Jam”  characteristics. Sidestick rhythm comes in a minute later, JG has some flourishes. When Phil comes in the drumset and claves are at tempo, and they are heading into a chordal jam of A and D, then G to A, D A. A Mixolydian, the “Feeling Groovy” is in there somewhere (D A GGG A) but not explicit quite until Phil actually plays a descending line in the 21 min area. Jerry seems to have some other song idea in his head about this, complete with a melody, one that ends with a I-V-I (A-E-A). So it goes. Pleasant enough to switch to the A Major, and at 22:45 they go for the Maj7 chords, the Soulful Strut (or Tighten Up?) Jerry develops this into a nice and very bright lead that goes wandering up and over the clouds. I imagine seaweed dancing is happening. TC is comping chords this whole time. Some thematic melody statement at 26:30, continuing the major key jam. By 27:3o they’re all just on the maj 7 chords and suggesting switching back to the Dark Star chords, which has happened by 28 minutes, brought back in tempo a bit, but still grooving. Theme at 28:30, even going to a crying star after a bit, then that gliss to the A, verse intro theme and…verse 2 at 29:30, poppy organ accompaniment, we get two lines and the cassette runs out. 

Nice version, very structural in the transitions, space->minor key->mixolydian/FG jam->Soulful Strut->Dark Star. 

#93 1970/01/17  OSU, Corvallis, OR

(I really wanted it to be the 21:12 version just cuz 2112, but that one was a half step flat, so I’m going with the 20:00 version)

Following Mason’s Children and High Time (and an announcement for everybody to take off their shoes so as not to ruin the floor of the gym…), a classic start into a medium tempo groove with hand drums and shaker, TC on his new riff, theme statements and leads taking off from there.  I like this groove and feeling this evening, nice playing from everybody together right off the bat, and very “classic” Dark Star sounding. Nice ups and downs in the mode, very small eddies in the flow which is constantly moving forward with riffy bits and melodic lines. A static area shows up by almost 3 minutes and it comes out right into the Dark Star riff again. Beautiful. Into pre-verse territory, the verse at about 3:45. 

Verse strongly sung, with intensity contrasted with delicacy, interesting rhythmic play on line two from Phil while TC maintains the offbeat accent, the wandering on line three is exploratory. Chorus is perfectly played with the cymbal and drum accents, off to the counterpoint outro and into the Transitive Nightfall.

Some full drumset statements, the band seems to start to play *as if it was going normally* and then it all peels away.

To near silence with spectral organ trills, small guitar sounds and cymbals, some hand drums still. Bass notes poke in with a feedback coming from guitar, and some guitar string strikes. Feedback play with whammy bar! (Very Hendrix, guys.) Also with cymbals and organ chords. String scraping, the organ starts going a little wilder, lots of cymbal splashing, waves come and go. A super distorted bass note/chord enters and Jerry plays a few soft notes. Continuing toward trills and feedback, the Sputnik is entering quietly toward the end of the 9th minute. Drums and organ comping with it. He changes chord and it goes more a minor for a bit, but it left a groove in the drums and Jerry comes back in after the wave with lead playing in the normal Dark Star mode, but quicker, this is a cool jam, Phil is working the D and E over the A, at 12:30 it’s a very plugging Dark Star but Bobby takes it to the Feeling Groovy chords and Phil joins with the descending bass line (which still says “Uncle John’s Band” to me). Sounds like Bill is grooving with toms more than ride cymbal here, Mickey on claves still. It dips a minute later and comes back up with Dark Star theme like bass lines, but more with the major key feel still. They play up a rocking Dark Star theme area at 15:30, into the endless lead playing we used to have with this sort of jam here a year previous. It is slowly heading to a Bright Star a minute later, in a super strong, very forward-moving jam. At 17:20 or so, Jerry signals that it’s gonna reign in a bit, and they start an interesting break down that isn’t exactly. like slowing the wheel like they’d been doing, but comes down to the theme and slows down into the pre-verse tempo, verse 2 at 18:30. 

Nice delivery, where it grooves normally on line one, with some trills from TC then line two opens up to the offbeat rhythm with a wide chord and cymbals on the downbeat and strong statements on the offbeat chords, on line three, Phil plays sparsely and lets the wandering happen in a small way from TC. Nice madrigal vocals from everybody on the outro. Counterpoint followed by a long set of the chords with little tinkly percussion that lead to St Stephen, which elicits applause, everybody knows this one. 

Excellent version, in my opinion, lots of the endless whole-band improv on the Dark Star groove, Jerry rarely steps aside like he had been on several versions previously and continues moving forward with his lead lines. Even the “Feelin’ Groovy” section felt more “Dark Star” than some random major chords shoved into the space. In many ways this one reminded me of the versions from the winter 1968-69 area versions. 

#94 1970-01-23 Honolulu, HI

    Contrasting most of these others, I’ve listened to this one several times as I’ve had the Dave’s Picks 19 album for a while. I got it because I was always interested in what they would play/how a show would go in Hawaii—I mean, I assumed they were pretty stoned, for example. My frame of reference was a long-standing love of the hippie/mystic Hawaii weirdness in relation to rock music that was presented in Hendrix’ Rainbow Bridge album movie, though of course that was on Maui and not Oahu. Same year though.

I didn’t realize until just recently that this is the final Tom Constanten Dark Star! 

Oh, TC… After, what, 15 months of being in the Grateful Dead, I guess he got to be pretty good. I sort of have a divided sense of him and his playing, I want to like his playing more than I ended up doing, but there were things that I really did appreciate about his contributions. He did get more “rock band” during the run—though he never got as cool as Pigpen’s organ playing. Also, I admit I’m weirded out post-facto by the whole Scientology thing, it makes me dislike or distrust the Incredible String Band in the same way (Dr Strangely Strange were better anyway). I know, I know, you have to appreciate the art separate from the artist, the music from the musician, but… well, sorry if that offends anybody.

And: I was a Mills music student too, so I always want to root for the home team and the avant-garde that they might bring, but in the end TC sounded much too “classical” in his approach. Even the cool weirdness, like the organ swells and spectral organ-stop play he brought into the space sections in late 1969, had roots in the late 50s avant-garde electronic music, it’s sort of obvious where he was coming from. 

I just this week started reading the book Phil wrote about his life, and learned that he and TC had been friends since the late 1950s. And they had done some serious weirdness prior to the formation of the Dead, but I guess TC eschewed that by the time he was in the band. Too bad, maybe. I sort of wish he went further out than he ever did, as well as wishing he had gotten down on the organ like a rock organist, which he almost did. He moves on to, what, a mime company doing Tarot readings? Yay. Whatever. 

Anyway, Dark Star. Segueing from a long Cryptical Envelopment-The Other One suite, Phil starts the Dark Star riff and Jerry comes in on part two of it, they start the song. Some out of tune guitar (during the whole show, humidity I’d guess), the the groove is there and it’s enough to contrast the clave-driven Cryptical outro and make it into Dark Star, it only takes a minute before a new motif is stated that precedes the Dark Star theme then continuing extemporizing on it over the groove, now with guiro. Some really nice guitar work. It dies down to enable some sly tuning. 

Instead of heading to the verse, it has an area of volume swell notes and organ chords and then heads off again in multi-headed full-band improvisation, albeit relaxedly. Theme comes in again, with weird guiro, and the feints toward a verse, but again swerves to avoid it for a bit. Verse 1 at 4:30. Steady delivery, classic arrangement. Classic, like, the verse grows organically from the theme, but then takes a turn at line 2 for the e minor and offbeat rhythm, and then moves on. Here, line 3 again has hammer-on wandering from Bobby. 

The jam starts as normal, as if they’re going to just continue straight ahead, but as it has been lately, it starts to break up, though this time it’s like each individual’s line fall apart until they reach a silence. (And more tuning.) The percussion enters with a bunch of weird sounds, the guitars make small physical strikes on the strings (somebody yells “wooo” from the audience.) Very sparse space of isolated sounds. The cymbal washes get going for a while with the percussion shaking some shells or something. Isolated small sounds from guitars and organ, feedback long tones, but quiet and controlled. Phil sounds like he’s got a ring modulator or something, modulating his notes. His notes are shaking oddly from interference from other notes or a pedal. Feedback builds against the cymbals and plays against it until it fades and a sputnik is rising very quietly out of the silence late in the 9th minute. It takes root a minute or so later, Bob has a counter-arpeggio, Jerry starts playing melodically again. In and out of the mode, Bob playing with a G7 with flatted 7 for a bit, both of them making little jabs out out of key chords, and it builds up with the chords for a bit, but doesn’t gel really, and TC is still using the Dark Star chords, so it’s sort of an amalgam of that and the newer jam with the Maj7 chord, but this time mostly only on the regular G7 and leaving the A chord alone, then they sort of go to more Dark Star after 13 minutes, making it decisive with some strong downbeats on the A. The full drum set is in, but still maintaining a pretty mellow groove. Long build up towards a Bright Star, coming at 15:30. It stretches out into a long brighter jam, coming to thematic statements at almost a minute later and reeling it back in toward verse 2. 

As it comes down in volume, Jerry takes it down in tempo right afterwards and starts verse 2 at 17 minutes in. Nicely orchestrated verse line, interesting upward lines on line 3, funny country lick into “Shall we go” and out of tune vocals coming in for the chorus (it’s the humidity.) Nice outro, a little clumsy, and it goes into the static chords that lead to St Stephen.

I like this sort of jam where it segues more easily between section instead of straight transitions, and this time it kept more in the Dark Star modal world even when having the G7 chord in the “major key part” that had been the Feeling Groovy/Soulful Strut jams. Nobody really ever went for those exact chords. This version has a lot of long periods of extended Jerry lead jam, really nice, where the band is following in the flow in really responsive ways, both in the beginning and the post-space. 

#95 1970-02-02  Fox Theatre, St Louis

Nice recording. Directly into a rolling jam right after the intro riff, Jerry and Phil cruising over a sharp chordal set from Bobby. Leisurely entry into the theme and after-theme jamming and back to it stronger to crest the wave and get somewhere else, landing on a new chord area after a couple minutes, coming back with some open strings to emphasize the A again. At 3 min, some bright tone, Stratocaster lead pickup. You can hear bleed from the amps into the vocal mics, like a reverb. I hear the organ! Gotta be Pigpen again now? He’s playing some long tones. 

Nice little tidepools before getting to the theme again and lining it up for the verse. But a little waterfall pool gets in the way before the long slide up to the A and theme and into the verse

Verse 1 at about 5:30, beautiful rendering. It gets very delicate over line 2 and three, minor noodling on line 3. Counterpoint outro, then a climb to outside notes, the cymbals and Bob’s chord come in and fade into a cymbal bell tolling and soft feedbacks and hits begin. Space is vast. Phil has some odd struck notes, the feedback is atonal. An organ riff into a brief note! Rubbing strings with things, rocking something on the strings, probably a slide. Pedal tones from the bass. 

Jerry comes in with some lead playing instead of a sputnik plucking, delicately at first, with no steady rhythm section, they start to build it up from nothing, eventually side stick drums come in to give it a pulse. Bob is playing around with the F# and how it fits in the chords, and then changing that to an F natural before hitting the Feeling Groovy chord progression at 13 minutes, but they have a very relaxed groove for it this evening. It only last a minute or so, then breaks down and out of the break Phil starts a slow Dark Star groove area. This goes on toward a new minor key sounding area that has some arpeggiating similar to sputnik but not quite. Relaxed jamming follows with occasional references to the theme starts. Jerry is playing some nice runs this evening and the band has their ears on doing some on the spot creative improvising. Brand new music creation. By the time it builds to a Bright Star-like area at 18:30, the groove is very different than normal, and slowed down, almost latin-groove, the actual Bright Star theme statement at 19 is really drawn out, and then when that wave breaks and they get back to the theme it’s really slowly stated but with an underlying intensity, then suddenly and immediate verse 2, with the side stick drums still for the first line, dropping to cymbals for a stately Line 2, drums come back in for line three at this tempo, it’s very sort of “swingin’” in a mellow sort of way. The chorus comes in with not the greatest harmonies, outro counterpoint goes on to the chords before St Stephen and people clap at its first notes.

Nice playing all around, I (still) like Pigpen on organ! The Soulful Strut groove it gets into in the second half is funny, it always reminds me of swingin’ 60s bachelor pad Latin music with the sidestick drums and especially with this evening’s rather slower pulse. It’s almost the same groove as the really early iterations, when it was almost proto-Eyes of the World, but it seems like lately he’s only on one Maj7 chord instead of two. 

#96 1970-02-08 Fillmore West

Audience “yeahs!” from the introductory riff, into a ponderous intro jam. Shaker is taking the rhythm. Jerry is hypnotic on a few note clusters, moving slowly. When he hits a thematic statement, Phil wanders away and then Bobby goes into weird substitution chords, like a long drawn out dissonance (based on G, the “other” chord from the root of A) so that when the tonic A comes back, it’s strong. All of them are throwing in more country-music chromaticism and Jerry uses a bunch of chordal 6ths in the jams. Long build with many scalar bits back to the thematic world, great full-band, forward-moving togetherness, with a nice return to the theme at 6 minutes and the verse thirty seconds later. 

It’s a very moderate tempo, the verse is strong in that, cymbals crash on line 2 where the rhythm breaks, Phil does the wandering on line 3, can’t hear any keyboards… wait, there’s a tiny note of bedoop bedoop after the Shall We Go lines maybe? Way low in the mix. It’s not a great tape.

Classic counterpoint intro to the jam, heavy cymbals, they break it up and break it down. I do hear some held organ chords in the background. Into volume swells and sparse note space, cymbals heavy. The percussion comes out, you can hear him picking it up and shaking a bell tree. Feedbacks, a rolling low end tremolo. Waves of different sounds crash out at 10:30, then the slide-bouncing on strings and feedbacks, interspersed with muted-cymbal hits. String scraping taking over, slowing it down, some sort of ratchet? Isolated notes start coming in at 12:30 or so, atonal space notes, building in intensity, and more waves of cymbals. JG starts some short phrase playing, eventually making a more definite statement at 14 minutes, melancholy melodies, the drum set starts a little groove and the bass comes in, but JG stretches out of the path a few times, though they are alluding to the theme after a while and it gets grooving with the claves and drum set, they start in on full band jam at 16 or so, with some 6/8 stuff as if they might go into TOO again, but it’s still in Dark Star territory. At 18 minutes the tape quality changes and there’s more bass and he’s essentially walking the 6/8 into a swung 4/4. Continuing the jam with the Dark Star chords and some feints toward a bright star, sort of spread out a bit, and they play back and forth with the swung versus 6/8 The Other One rhythm. They hold onto this for a long time, and the theme comes in strong at 21:15, slow against the walking-style bass. 

Ok weird, at 22:30 it cuts to the soundboard tape and directly after this they start a slow Feeling Groovy area. It only lasts a minute and a half or so before it’s back in Dark Star chords. Verse 2 at 24:30, sort of abruptly. Delivery is similar to verse 1, same arrangement but a little more from Bob on line three. Backing vocals are rough on the outro, the counterpoint outro is slightly off rhythmically, and they take it through the chords to St Stephen, which gets some yells from the audience as they start it—and it goes into Not Fade Away for a while in the middle!

This is actually a really good version, nice space and return to reality, really excellent 6/8 (or swung) Dark Star jam. Too bad about the tape quality. 

#97 1970-02-11  Fillmore East  

Plucky start to Dark Star, at a good tempo. Soundboard has a 4 minute gap in the middle. Apparently extra guitarists are involved, though the soundboard tape has no mics on their instruments, so the mix is sort of a Bob-and-Phil perspective with an intermittent Jerry and occasional hints of Peter Green coming in with the blues scales over Dark Star’s mixolydian setup. Later, the song veers off into a Spanish Jam, highlighting Peter Green and Duane Allman. 

So, I’m switching to the audience tape. 

Ok. Sounds like it begins into a jaunty jam with the band, Jerry and Phil playing co-lead for a while (and some Allman-y licks in there, like when they come back to a theme area at 1:50 it’s in major-key runs…) 

Slightly before 3 minutes in a second guitar (Green?) is figuring out some notes, and they drop it down a bit to let the two lead players find their spaces. By 5 minutes it sounds like superimposition of multiple lead guitars, sort of like Greyfolded! I think it’s Jerry doing more sputnik style chord things, and Green still working on scale notes. A minute later it’s quieter and Green is more in sync there, they go back to the Dark Star theme area (or at least Bob and Phil do) and Jerry heads to the melody, it’s slowed a bunch now. 

They find a new groove at 8 minutes in, now it sounds like 3 lead guitars, this is nuts. Bob and Phil are grinding it out to keep a steady base. Lots of rolling melodic bits from the lead players. Phil sticks on a riff for a while. Some guitars are playing the classic rock pentatonic in here, but by 11 minutes somebody has discovered a nice G-F#-G-A riff to land it into the mixolydian world again. It’s not a loud jam, for having three lead players, they’re all sort of deferential to each other.  At 12 minutes I hear organ coming in, building to some chordal stabs from guitars also, entering a sort of Batman groove! Some classic country rock licks, sort of hard to tell who’s who. I think Peter Green has the brightest tone of the guitars. It develops into a trading 4s set of licks before 16 minutes, sounds like Green and Allman, though I think it’s actually Garcia on one of those side, because I doubt he’s the guy stabbing the 7th-#9th chords. 

Nice segue into Spanish Jam, the rhythm section leading it there. They bring it down after a few minutes and the guitars continue playing around, building it back up slowly with all guitars screaming and crying and then organ and bass soloing. Amazing. And still with only one drum set and claves. Jerry starts ripping it up at 8 minutes into the Spanish Jam while the others are stretching their wailing notes. 

As far as being a version of Dark Star, the song itself is minimally there, no verses and only minor hints at themes though a lot of plugging away at the chord progression ideas. Exciting jam to attend, I’d bet, sort of confusing to listen to after the fact. It goes on jamming into a gigantic 34-minute version of Lovelight coming directly out of the last note of the Spanish Jam.

#98 1970-02-13  Fillmore East

After an electric and then a really nice acoustic set with mostly just the guitarists, they do Uncle John’s Band with Phil and some claves, then let Pigpen do a solo of Katie Mae. In the minute or so changeover from this, Phil already hints at the Dark Star intro, they eventually start it, nice feeling to the groove, (loud guiro, though. Very ’68.) Jerry is into some new ideas right at the intro. He’s got a nice control of the Stratocaster tone gamut now, it seems, which is great. This is nicely recorded (Bear) with all parts audible and the jam is relaxed but creative, a great combo. Waves of intensity come and go, volume is up and down with all players in the flow. Bobby tries out some nice ‘second chords’ before it comes to the theme before the 4 minute mark, and they go off again with some chromatic and then modal areas, long fluid runs from Jerry. Phil comes along after a while too. They are able to hear each other well even in the lower volume areas, so this goes on, a few eddies in the flow, netted notes that build and let go. At 6 minutes some stretching notes into quiet pools, brought down so low that we can hear some tapping on the strings. 

Phil comes up a bit with the theme, while there are rubbed strings from Jerry, and some volume swells. Very delicate. At 8:20 they start to build it up again, to the theme and then on to a delicate verse at almost 9 minutes in. 

Nice verse delivery, the cymbals crash the second line, lead guitar doubling the vocal melody. A relatively sedate reading, but beautiful. 

And the drums signal the counterpoint and they start the Transitive Nightfall, the bell-toll string is picked up and the cymbals crash, the groove falls away with some bell-tolling, crying notes, into space space space. 

Everything dies away, leaving some metal percussion noises and small feedbacky notes, cymbals rolling up and down quietly. Then we have a section of shorter sounds from percussion and bass strings, some hand drums even (Pigpen? He wasn’t on organ.) Some notes come in from a tone-rolled-off guitar, odd sounds from bass strings and feedback bits from Bob. JG starts some modal notes, interspersed with Bobby rocking a slide or the whammy bar on the strings. A melody slowly emerges with side stick drums in a groove at 15 minutes or so and it builds to a groove, Bobby playing with a G7 as the second/other chord after the A, so an F natural in there. Nonetheless, with that odd modal element it’s very much using the Dark Star groove and hinting at Spanish Jam simultaneously. Jerry builds it to a chordal plateau of sound before coming in strong with lead stuff, whereupon it suddenly changes to the Feeling Groovy riff/progression. Or a type of it, the chords come at wider rhythmic intervals. Plus they’re using the swing to move toward emphasizing the 6/8 feel at times. Building this to a funny chord progression for a while, sort of like the Stones “Last Time” before settling more into a heavy Dark Star, which breaks off into more noodles from JG and PL, that almost head toward The Other One. 

At 22:30 Jerry starts a Sputnik! Phil is totally jamming on it, even with Jerry’s volume ups and downs. A minute later it lands back on Dark Star, to a slow Bright Star. 

We *could* of course enter verse 2 territory now, but it goes on to a quieter thematic jam, with both drum sets but mid-tempo and volume. This wave builds slowly to an incredible peak at a newer Brighter Star with long runs up to it, back down and we’re finally getting set up for verse 2 at 27:40. 

Nicely and perfectly pitched vocal lines from Jerry, with strong and feeling delivery. 

Outro vocals are decent, all present with elongated notes, and a perfect counterpoint outro into the static chords, and lands on the Cryptical introduction. 

A really great version, a half-hour long and followed by a half-hour That’s It For the Other One (with all condiments), then a half-hour Lovelight. Dang. I think this is one of the best recent Dark Star versions, the modal shifts in the central jam are cool, and not really the same ones used before. The band is playing together and seem to all be there, firing on all cylinders, good sounds coming out. The exploration and discovery in the improvisation is obviously piquing the players’ interest as they play it and they have the energy to keep it up. This weekend must have been fun for everyone involved. 

#99 1970-02-14 Fillmore East

Third night of three here this weekend, this time Dark Star is the 2nd song in the Early Show, after Cold Rain and Snow and some technical monitor issues. 

A vocal count in even, to the intro riff and immediate jump into a groove improv, that’s moving forward. With guiro/shakers, all three guitars are in full-steam ahead mode on it, even hints at Bright Star theme stuff early on, it stays up for a few minutes before dropping into more ponderous eddies of sound, and Jerry changes his pickup settings to a darker one, but with the Strat it’s still a very round and bell-like tone, theme following at 4 min with Bobby on his classic chord groove method, and verse 1 30 seconds later. Good vocal delivery, a little tired sounding by the third line. 

The jam starts with an aggressive groove, Bobby and Phil plugging away before it starts to slide away into space, Jerry eventually comes in with some high repeated notes and into the small sounds and they devolve into noise making, rubbing the strings, small hits on the guitars, cymbals. The bells or chimes comes in, small feedbacks in the mix, popping out. This space has mostly small guitar sounds and feedback play. Arhythmic noises and decelerating strikes with a slide or something, JG comes in with notes and then some volume knob swells by 10 minutes. A minute later he’s making quiet melodic runs, instigating the band to come in, and they do with a groove, Bobby using the A7-G7 thing from the night before again, so Jerry plays with the B-F tritone in his licks. This is an interesting jam, sort of dissonant and aggressive. It mellows after a few minutes, but Bobby is still sticking with the G7 for a while, Phil comes in on a new bass line with an E Major, but it doesn’t stick them into the major mode quite. Drums are in, side-sticking. 

Jerry starts a casual Sputnik at 15 minutes, this area dies out into a more chaotic area, drums fade nad then come back quietly, the guiro still taking charge of the rhythm. Phil makes a stab at the descending “groovy” bass line but it doesn’t stick really either. They’re taking the cues and casting them aside one after another. The jamming continues forward, but no real riffs stick (Phil tries an A-to-E major again) eventually Jerry hits a slow Bright Star right before the 20 minute mark and it goes into a sort of chaotic sounding theme area, loud and odd, and at 20:50, Phil goes for the descending bass line and they actually do the Feeling Groovy chords for a while, but it comes back to a Dark Star theme stated like stomping boots on the stage, slow and loud and drunken-sounding. Immediate verse 2 follows at 22 min, bringing the volume down through the lines, starting loud. Almost no strong rhythm statements for line 2, and almost no wandering on line 3. 

Outro has drum punctuation between the madrigal vocal lines, very embellished “transitive nightfall.” Outro counterpoint heads to the static chords leading into St Stephen, the Eleven, Lovelight.

This is a very confident version, everybody is playing very strongly, though the forward motion ends up a little chaotic and loud. It almost sounds drunk at times. Bobby is really into his new G7 modality in the jams in the middle, he stuck with it for quite a while. A good recording, again, decent version but not as creative as the night before. 

#000 1970-3-17 *no tape* — with Buffalo Philharmonic Orchestra.  Oh how I wish there were a tape of this, this really seems like the perfect version for #100 on this list, but oddly nobody at the school thought to record the event! Dark Star with additional orchestral players sitting in (possibly.)

A bunch written about the event here: https://deadsources.blogspot.com/2018/02/march-17-1970-kleinhans-music-hall.html

“The program will open with conductor Lukas Foss as guest pianist with the Grateful Dead in a non-improvisation – pianist Foss playing the Bach Concerto in F Minor and the rock artists surrounding him with a rhythmic and electronic counterpoint.

At 7:30 PM “The Dead” will orbit on their own – two drummers, organ, guitars, trumpet, congas – for an hour of their album settings in whatever version inspires them at the time.

At 8:30 PM Mr. Foss and a battery of sub-conductors will lead the orchestra in the American premiere of the Foss “Geod,” complete with laser show.

At 9 PM “The Dead” will take over again. At 9:40 PM Mr. Foss will conduct Variations II and III by avant-gardist John Cage.

Then, 10:15 PM to closing, the Philharmonic and “The Dead” will jam in a musical challenge session.”

#100 1970-03-23  Pirate’s World, Dania FL

Middle of the set in Florida here. Medium tempo, decent groove established right off the bat. 

Great lead in jam up to the gliss Jerry does to start the theme proper about 2 minutes in. This is more relaxed togetherness in the rhythm section (guiro alone from the drum area to start with shaker after a few minutes). Nice playing from Jerry, it builds into some strong whirlpools, and into riffy theme jam area which backs off drastically at a little after 4 min and goes into a quieter jazzier jam, and then the tape cuts to the space section after the verse! Crud. 

Space has volume swelled notes and swirling strokes on guitar strings. Drums making small rhythmic cadences. JG and Phil start the build back into melodies at about 6 minutes into this tape, the side stick drum set wants to come along, but it’s not settling into a rhythm for a while. When it does get to a groove, Jerry sticks on a G for a while, before starting longer runs. Bobby still wants that G7 sometimes, but at 9:30 they start the descending bass FG/UJB groove progression. Jerry is continuously streaming notes, and hits a Bright Star run area within this section, and builds it further to a real Bright Star by 11 minutes. 

They rein it in, back to a moderate groove, and get caught in a weird arpeggio area for a bit (both JG and BW) as they build it up, and then it drops away with a slightly different feel and Phil pedals for a while, and they continue arpeggio-building and then when it finally actually sounds like a Sputnik for a second, it changes to The Other One! And off they go. 

Decent version, actually, though with a cut so we lost verse 1. Lots of forward momentum in the jams, and the energy is high, and it continues into the Other One jam and beyond. 

So that’s the first 100 extant recordings. Onward it went. Expect another blog post in a few years.

(EDIT: ok, PART 2 is here: https://jsegel.wordpress.com/2023/08/20/the-rest-of-the-extant-dark-stars-101-222/ )

Tagged with: , ,
Posted in Music

Digging holes, filling them up again.

No more hobbies.

I guess I’m done.

I just saw an ad for an old guitar case (just the case!) for $10,000. I think that’s the turning point on trying to be involved in the “Vintage Instrument” world.

15-year-old self

I have always been into old guitars, especially old Fender Stratocasters (see previous blog posts about these things!), but I’ve never been able to afford a “real” one, by which I mean a solid, stock, early 1960s Stratocaster. Even when I was a teenager: I found a Christmas wishlist I had written from Dec 1978 (I was 15) that had “Pre-CBS Strat neck” listed on it, ostensibly to put on the “Memphis”-brand Strat copy that I had. As if my mom would know what that was, let alone where to find such a thing.

Like pretty much every hobby or collection I’ve had, there came a point where I was priced out of being able to be part of it—I have not kept up with my age group, success and income-wise. In the 1970s and into the 80s I collected comic books, the classic old 1960s “Silver Age” DC and Marvel, and when Camper Van Beethoven was touring in the 80s, I’d try to find comic stores and buy $5 or even $20 comics to fill in my collection. But things changed, and in 1989 that first big time “serious” Hollywood Batman movie came out and suddenly those $5 things were $50 and the $20 ones were $200. So I pretty much gave up. And then when the band initially dissolved, I was a bartender during the 1990s, so my spendable cash mostly went to food or beer. It still does, I’m embarrassed to say. At my age where most of my peers have houses and savings, I’ve got a bunch of parts-made guitars. (I did “own” a house for about a decade. The house story is on this blog as well. It’s sad.)

I sold my comic collection in 1997 after moving to LA, via a fairly new thing back then called eBay. Got $7000, though it cost $1000 to send it all off to wherever via UPS. That money lasted for awhile when I was interning at Danetracks Studio before they started paying me. And of course, I quit working there to join Sparklehorse anyway, where I made a full $800 a week. While on tour, anyway. That lasted until that very last show, after which I never heard from any of that crowd again.

Many guitars have come and gone, I’ve sold several (and of course I regret selling each and every one!) and lots and lots of parts to build those modular Fender Stratocasters: all the parts are interchangeable! Well, mostly, anyway; it depends on the model year a bit, but for the most part there’s a lot of commonality. I had one (named Honey by a kitchen label sticker) that was “stock” as it came from the factory, a 1971 model, that I used on all my post-CVB solo and band albums and touring with Sparklehorse and then again with CVB when we started back up in ~2002. It was stolen in 2004 in Montreal. I got a brand-new guitar to replace it (a black “1962 American Vintage Reissue” model, so it was sort of like the old ones I always wanted. I added a racing stripe to it) and I always bought parts to build more. It was fun! A great hobby, guitars, especially modular ones. And the hunt for old parts was fun, like when I had motorcycles, I worked on my mid-80s Moto Guzzi V65, and rebuilt a few old 1960s Triumphs and a couple 1970s Ducatis as well! Super fun to try to track down the proper headlight ears or oil reservoir for my 1966 T-100SC, for example. (Similarly unaffordable now.) I sold some of the motorcycles when I was in LA—not as fun to commute with all those straight streets and stoplights—and the remaining ones left me in the process of moving to Sweden in 2012. My brain is filled with trivia of years and parts, correct markings and idiosyncrasies of the different model years of guitars, motorcycles, cars, comic books. Yay. Valuable information, that there. (All of which makes spotting fakes or just plain old wrong information all the more obvious on Reverb or eBay, though for the benefit of no-one as it happens.)

1966 Triumph T-100SC. What a great bike that was.

The biggest problem economically with “Partscasters” is that they are worth less than the sum of their parts! For example, if, last year, you had spent, say, $2000 (1 – see below for footnotes. Blog format is stupid) on a 1963 body, $2000 on a 1965 neck, and another $2000 on the pickups and plastic/celluloid parts, the guitar as a whole would be worth maybe $5000. Because it’s a collectors’ market, not a players’ market: stock, untouched, un-disassembled items are worth the most, like Mint Condition comics, and the prices drop precipitously from there, by halves or more per condition downgrade. So where a stock/mint model might be selling for $15-20k, and the individual parts for such a thing sold for relative fractions of that, a whole item made of various parts was considered Poor Condition and worth less than the parts! So my current collection of guitars is sort of ridiculous in the collector’s view. And of course, markets sell at retail, but buy at wholesale. For my own interest, I am (was) a player, so I’d always been trying to build myself that perfect guitar, that one single instrument that would be mine, the one I would play only and forever. And I guess I could say I kinda, maybe have that one… sorta… or these two maybe…, but then… well, then I only record with them anyway, because you don’t take that old shit on tour, it gets stolen.

Man I hate thieves.

So during this past year while everybody has been locked inside, the prices of not only “Vintage” whole guitars have gone up, but the prices of parts as well. Maybe it’s the tail end of the Boomer money freaking out on the stocking of man-caves, so it’s just down to that old supply and demand, where demand had risen massively while everybody was needing to do something at home. But why old guitars? Do people even still play guitars in modern music? It must be Boomers (2) expressing a faux-nostalgia, still admiring Eric Crapton or Jiminy Page despite their irrelevance to popular music these days. We (should) all know about the presence of “Blues Lawyers”, those dudes who are so cool that they spend hundreds of thousands of dollars on a 1959 Les Paul to hang on the wall of their office, and they venerate players like Joe Bonamassa who play the perfect blues licks on quarter-million dollar guitars—in concert, even: “look, bro, he’s playing a 1958 Standard ‘Burst! That thing is worth $xxx! Man!!! That’s cool.” I assume these guys are the tech biggies and CEOs that got massively richer during the pandemic as the workers struggled (you can go read about that if you want), so anyway, now, June of 2021, the asking prices for what a year and a half ago was a $20k guitar are now $40-60k, what was a $5k guitar is now $10-20k.

I’m out. Actually I was really never “in” in that I never had that $20k to buy one of those instruments anyway (and then what do you do with it?) I mean, I literally have a couple thousand dollars in the bank to pay rent with over the summer. I guess it’s good I’ve never been super into Ferraris or something like that. So it’s another hobby down the drain… or, well, perhaps it’s not exactly down the drain but the reality of these objects as an obsession has confidently moved beyond my narrow slice of reality. Finally, right? I guess I’m gonna have to take apart these guitars to sell them in pieces. What a shame.

And a hassle. I hate selling things, I’m not good at it. (Duh. Can’t even sell my own music. Nor my own services.) Even, or especially, in Sweden where I live, which as you probably know is one of the overall richest societies in the world, …so I guess that makes the people super stingy? I don’t get it. They try to haggle on everything, it’s fucking disgusting. Makes me sick to my stomach to try to deal with selling things on Blocket (nobody uses Craigslist even though CL is free and you have to pay to put an ad on Blocket…! And there are ads on every page! But, but, Craigslist isn’t “Swedish”…) I have tried to sell some pedals and parts here, I price them low, super reasonably, and still people are like, how about half? And you pay for the postage? And I get ripped off. Halkan the Slippery, famous proprietor of one of the guitar shops in Södermalm ripped me off one time, and I tried to get some of the parts back, but no way. (Plus he paid me in cash. Nobody uses cash here and even trying to deposit it into my bank was a extreme hassle: only one branch office of my bank in the entire city of Stockholm deals with cash and then you have to fill out forms to say exactly where it came from, what it was to be used for!) That combined with the fact that the postal service here is fucking awful (Postnord. In a wave of neo-liberalism, the state sold the post office to a Danish corporation a decade back) and they have a built-in fee to deal with the added value tax so that if I try to get something from outside the country (like American made parts for American made guitars) I end up not only paying way more for it, but then even more to the postal service than the customs tax office simply for the privilege of being able to pay these taxes through them! (There is no other choice, apparently, beyond filling out a 6-page spreadsheet for your one “imported item” as if you were a commercial importer.) Even for books or records, even gifts (if they are valued over $50). Last year I probably paid a thousand dollars to Postnord for the privilege of paying Tullverket a hundred. And that’s every year. Sweden sucks the joy out of everything in any way it can (3), this sort of thing is typical and of course dampens any gladness from buying or collecting anything that isn’t made in Sweden. And what is made in Sweden anyway? Nothing that isn’t a sad copy of something made somewhere else better. I mean: especially the music. What’s touted here is only what’s successful, and not what’s good. And what’s successful is always a sad copy of something else. From Abba to First Aid Kit. They sound to me like Westworld robots trying to be authentic something-or-other, it’s almost there but something always puts it right into the uncanny valley, some accent or phrasing. (I will ruin your appreciation of Abba any time you like, but let me start with this: Orientalism. You may think they are cute and funny, but that’s just you “othering” them. They’re actually neither cute nor funny, they’re just mistaken in their attempts at translation.) And to think that Izzy Young moved here because he was so taken with Swedish folk music, something that was actually and truly beautifully Swedish. Well, Benny Andersson even ruined that with his semi-musical take on it. (I mean, of course there is some good music, but you’ll likely never hear about it and these bands will never go anywhere. The export model is built only on previously successful conclusions. The current model for all music is to feed the tech-machine anyway, so no band that isn’t in the top 5% will have a lifetime of more than a few years by design.)

So I dunno what’s left for me in terms of interests. Flower arrangement? Bird watching? I collect books too, or used to. When I moved, I sold all my records, and shipped many of my books. That was dumb. It’s very difficult to find books in English here too, especially cool old books or hardbacks or First Editions, and that postal service—well, the UK used to be in the EU and I used to at least be able to get English books sent from there. So I guess that’s out now too unless I’m up for those excessive VAT and Postnord fees. And the “valuable” books that I have (in English) are worthless here as well, being English. And being books. I recently helped (well, I didn’t help much) a friend clear out her late multi-lingual father’s apartment of its books and even the University didn’t want the academic ones, nobody wants books. Books are passé, so last millenium. I despair for humankind.


No more “career” (as such) either.

I used to be a “professional” musician and composer too. Not so much lately. I do have a gig next month, the first in 17 months. I’m shelling out money to pay to travel to the show in Copenhagen just for the chance to play. Like the meme-joke about a musician being a person who spends $150 to get to the gig, brings $1000 worth of equipment, and then gets paid $50. It’s not a joke. I have to practice too, I got no callouses, man. And serious ulnar nerve issues in my left arm/hand—half my fingers are numb or painful these days.

I tried, I really did! For 40 years, trying to make this “hobby” into a profession. When I look at the classified ads for gear, musical instruments and even recording studio equipment are listed in a subcategory within the “Hobby and Free Time” category. I guess I should have caught a clue earlier. Now here I was wanting to express something real about existing, hearing, being, developing music as part of the expanding spiral of human endeavor, but that’s not a real thing, now is it?

Even while, for example, the Grateful Dead were not cool in the 1980s (4), I had jammed on those old songs in the UCSC dorms in 1981-2 and I loved the expanded form and subtle audio cues they used to segue into new material or the next song… I had always hoped that CVB would develop into a more improvisational outfit. We had our moments, but David was always into some ideal of how a song was “supposed to be” so that pretty much never developed. Even in Cracker, with Johnny’s guitar solos, they have their specified sections: this many bars for a solo, this is the form.

My intention with my first solo album, “Storytelling” (1988), and indeed all subsequent albums, was always that that should be some type of studio version of music that was to be developed or expanded upon (5). (Like how “Anthem of the Sun” is, with respect to “Live/Dead”, as an example.) But you know, when you have no interest backing, no agent, no manager, nobody but yourself to sell yourself, gigs are hard to come by. And music doesn’t develop unless it’s played, and often, so the isolated shows that happened for that album, for the subsequent Hieronymus Firebrain albums, for the Jack & Jill albums, for any and all of my solo albums from 1988 to the present day, have always been barely getting it together enough to even play the songs correctly to begin with, much less to develop and expand them! Look at the extant recorded shows I’ve done that are on Archive.org, there’s no touring. It’s always isolated shows, no steady band. As much as I tried to work with the same guys, these guys were often only doing it to be nice to me. (Thank you, though. I do appreciate it, that it happened at all.) It’s my show for this year! Come on, it’ll be fun! I could barely pay anybody, if at all. Which never goes far, of course. Nobody likes to play for free…

…or, well, I do I guess. I mean, most of the work I do I don’t get paid for, studio or touring. Never did. If you look at my discography probably 80% or more of that is work that nobody paid me for. Even now, in this past year where all I’ve had is recording tracks at home for other people. Sometimes somebody has $100 for a track, but more often nobody has money. You’d be shocked to know what little money I’ve made. And what little royalties have ever come in, especially now. And of course no record company has ever paid me to record (again, no management, no agents, no nothing on my behalf.) But I did it anyway. Or I mixed other people’s music. For that $100. Because that’s what I do.

My dream of course was that the music from an album like “Honey” or “All Attractions” should be played over days, months, years, to develop into Dark Star or something (Dark Star as a song started as a 3 minute single!) But you know, you get one show at the Camp-Out and one at a local bar, and pay each guy $100 from the $100 you get for the gig and… we barely knew the songs. I eventually gave up on that and started just doing improv sets at the events. The last set of shows that I did where I played actual songs (August 2019, West Coast USA) were mostly by myself (and a couple with Victor, and a couple with Kelly Atkins, thank fucking Glob!)

I don’t even like playing solo. I like playing with other musicians. I don’t like to be the guy that has to hold the song together entirely, and having that stress of essentially forcing a band to play my songs for ONE GIG meant that the pressure was on me to play everything exactly right so that the other folks could have less stress of having to be on top of it, because, hey, they were my songs after all. And they aren’t especially easy, I guess. I had to hold it together to make it seem like I was together enough to be a guy to back up. But really, I wanted to float, to have the song play with or without me so that I could be free to let it grow, to expand it. But I had to be the center of it, the guy to hold it together. Not my thing. I do relate to Jerry on this front.

I gave up on that with bands, so any “songs” that were played were only ever played at solo shows, and when there were other musicians to play with, we just improvised at any show that I managed to get in the past number of years. I tried to do a couple live streams in the first few months of the pandemic as well, playing songs and allowing as much growth in them as I could without the song entirely falling apart or fading into single notes. I gave up on that too, it just wasn’t real to me. It felt like I was practicing in my living room (I was) and that experience was not communicating with any people who might be listening. I relearned all of that first solo release “Storytelling” (a particularly difficult one), and managed in a few streamcast tries to get through the entire thing. I succeeded! Yay. What the fuck was that all about?

I tried improvised music streamcasts too, but it was similarly weird. I really want an exchange of energy, I guess. And I’m not much of a solo improviser, I like the interaction: action, reaction, creating the music so that we all hear how it’s going forward together. Picking up on those subtle or even subliminal audio cues to move into new territory. That’s probably why I started doing more computer programming in Supercollider or Max/MSP, so I could have something play sound back at me to react to. That’s beyond me now, the programming. I can barely figure out how to make a blog post here, now that WordPress has updated to use this weird-ass Gutenberg format. Fuck it.

I was studying music composition at Mills College from 2001-03, and among other notable professors there was that guy, Mr Fred Frith. In a composition practicum with him I asked him a lot about solo improvisation, as he successfully does that quite often. And he does it really well! He was like: play. So I did, but it was all “active” and not reactive. I guess I have a hard time reacting to my own impetus? Or I get so caught up in the idea of creating an impetus that it never pauses to assess itself. Dunno. Still learning how to play music.

Anyway, there’s no place for all of this in the world these days. There’s no band to help me with that dream scenario. “My dreams have withered and died” as Richard (or rather Linda) sang. I don’t even want to perform, I just want to play music, with other people, for other people. What you have seen if you saw me “perform”, say, with CVB, is the excitement of playing music. If I’m moving or jumping around, it’s not a performance, it’s the music moving through me. I’m not into the bullshit of mask wearing and pretending to be something, never have been—which is of course, an issue with “songs”, in that my songs are mostly “me” and only somewhat abstracted as character writing or acting. But character writing is what makes most successful songs popular. There’s this weird shift that seems to happen as musicians/songwriters age: they start out by writing “themselves”, what they know, who they are, but they seem to run out of it or something and start writing “characters.” Especially people who become successful. Back 20 or so years ago when I was in Sparklehorse, our peer group was made up of many extremely famous and successful musicians and I actually got to interact with them sometimes… I mean, if Mark was taken, of course; it wasn’t like Thom Yorke sought me out to talk to as his first choice. Anyway, I got into a conversation with Polly Harvey about this, and I ended up thinking about it a lot, how she was approaching 30 and had essentially stopped writing “herself” (as I took her earlier albums to be) and started writing vignettes of “characters”. David Lowery said once that he does that because “nobody can fill nine albums with their own experience”.

jes and thom

I call bullshit on that. One experience of love can forever inspire! One life contains multitudes! Or could, I guess, if you are willing to examine or re-examine. Or grow. To be frank, though, I pretty much stopped listening to PJ Harvey by the 2000s, because I didn’t hear her anymore and it was her that I liked.

Obviously none of that is Hard-And-Fast true. I mean, I did love Harvey’s later “Let England Shake” and the big concert I saw of that music was amazing. And David has recently been writing “autobiographical” songs for his solo albums (although his stories aren’t exactly true, of course…) And people like Richard Thompson who are essentially unknowable to begin with continue to write songs that are excellent and about who knows whom? But with regard to my own writing, it’s mostly directly from my heart to you, to quote Mr Zappa. Which is maybe what puts it in a niche (a very narrow niche) of popularity. I could probably count on my digits the number of people whom I believe actually enjoy these songs. Maybe it’s a genre problem, that is to say, unless you’re squarely within a marketable genre definition, nobody knows how to sell, or even buy, your music. Even with Camper Van Beethoven back in 1988 when we signed to Virgin, they said: just do what you do and we’ll sell it. But they gave up on that within a year and wanted a hit, so they made the band (sans moi by then) go back and record a cover song.

(More likely, it’s the sound of my voice. I do find that people mostly listen to singers who sound like other known singers, and I don’t, really. That’s how you know it’s viable, though, right? It sounds like music, music that I’ve heard before and was told that it was music!)

Well, the end result is…what? I did what I could. I have nothing to show for it, really. (Daddy, what is that shiny round piece of plastic? Huh? How is that music?) Like many artists over the centuries, I salute thee, I join thee in obscurity.

I haven’t written any lyrics for a year. I tried forcing myself to write song ideas earlier this calendar year and got a bunch of, say, demo chord progressions recorded. Nothing stuck…I think it’s the lack of input and idea sharing with others. Or I’m just done. But whatever. That’s neither here nor there and as Phil Ochs sang, “it doesn’t really interest anybody outside of a small circle of friends.”

So maybe it’s time to sell the guitars, see how long I can live off that. All that writing and composing I did over the past 35 years stopped recouping anything royalty-wise once Sporkify came along. I argued the royalty rates even during the 3 years I worked at Pandora (2009-2012—where I made $20/hour, the most money I had ever made in my life! Then I got fired and lost everything anyway… So it goes.)

I lost. We lose. Music loses, I’d like to believe. I’m still beating my head against that wall by trying to get our (that is to say my and Victor’s, our publishing company called Bumps of Goose Music) song catalog listed with the MLC, the Music Licensing Committee, a new entity responsible for collecting and paying digital mechanical royalties from the streaming services, but even doing this is arcanely difficult for those parts of pennies. There are now several new companies devoted entirely to the process of qualifying data for ingestion into the MLC! That’s the biz. The fact that the writers themselves are responsible (or must pay one of these partner companies) for data movement between conglomerates that don’t give a shit about anybody who isn’t in the upper 5% income bracket, well it’s insane. And time consuming. And probably on purpose. I mean, you’d think that BMI, for example, would be able to provide a spreadsheet of all the songs a writer has registered with them for radio and TV broadcast collection, with all their IPI and ISRC and ISWC etc etc numbers attached and get it directly to the MLC, but no. There is no interaction. It’s my last battle to get this done. Then I give. Uncle!

I have no retirement fund, obviously. I guess I actually believed that there would be a “long tail” or indeed a tail at all. I do live in a welfare state now, yes, but I’ve never worked here: all my income during the last decade has been from touring in the US, hence I have been paying taxes in the US. So when I get that yearly Swedish Orange Envelope that shows your accrued pension? Zero.

Maybe I can find some other hippies or a circus to bum around with for the rest of my life. I mean, once my daughter is 18 and moves out. If she has somewhere move out to. If there’s a world to bum around in. If I’m still alive by then. Till then, aloha.


footnotes, in the only way I could figure out how to do them in the new obligatory WordPress input format, which sucks ass. Blog form in general is antithetical to writing, in so many ways—nobody reads a book back to front, and yet with this format, time is upside down, this post is the end of the story and yet it appears at the top. Fuck the internet and all it has spawned.

  1. Now $4000-6000.
  2. Baby Boomers are of course technically those born in the post-WWII Baby Boom, 1946-1964. I was born in the fall of 1963, but I have never, ever, felt myself to be that part of cultural America.
  3. Secular Lutheranism? Protestantism with its work “ethic”? They are extremely Puritan (e.g. pot is an ILLEGAL NARCOTIC! HELP! You will be a drug addict! But alcohol, tobacco, hey, no prob. Cuz they’re LEGAL.) The whole concept of behavior is about “Lagom” or just enough and no more. You don’t stand out, you don’t have or do more than anybody else, stay unobtrusive and everything is “lagom”. Nobody gets to experience joy! That would be too much. I mean, unless they are drunk, and then suddenly it’s like they’re tripping. Fucking weird (Seriously, drunk Swedes are intense.) People say Swedes are stuck up and snobby, Swedes counter to say, no it’s just that we are shy and it appears that way! But the reality is that, indeed, they are incredibly stuck up and snobby: they believe inside that they are always right and they have the best understanding and view of the world, but god forbid that anybody would know that you felt that way! So they wear a continuous mask of “lagom”. What a bullshit culture. So incredibly hypocritical—look at the lip service given to Greta Thunberg: that poor girl was shocked to learn of the realities of the world and the destruction of the planet, while her classmates heard the same lecture and went right back to their phones and cared not a whit. She (has Aspergers, so, like me, unable to process the hypocrisy of this social stance) was like, we need to fucking do something! Nobody cared at all. Until her school strike was picked up by global media, because in other cultures, there are people who actually do feel and care. So she became famous and then, only then, Sweden was like, OH YEAH, Greta, she’s one of us. But they didn’t change anything about Swedish behavior. People still drive their fucking cars around the city (why? Great public transport!), still count on the arms factories to build new offshoots in the Middle East to provide tax money to the Swedish state, and then, then, when they’ve made arms and vehicles and sold steel for a couple hundred years, they complain about the immigrants forced to move from the destabilized areas. I know, the US is worse, but the US capitalists and extraction merchants are blatant about it (like the US racists, they’re pretty much in your face. We get to argue to their faces.) Here, nobody can even understand their own part in causing human migration patterns even within a relatively short period of historical time. “What? We’ve been good, though…?”
  4. Indeed, the several times I saw the Grateful Dead in the 1980s, they sucked ass. Sorry 80s/90s Dead lovers. Post-heroin any band is usually not good and my opinion hasn’t changed with re-listening. That said, the Dead weren’t cool in the 1980s in my world mostly because my world was College Rock/Alternative Rock and that was essentially a continuation of Punk, which meant that pretty much anything big and popular and especially from the 1970s Arena Rock world wasn’t cool. I still liked Led Zeppelin and Pink Floyd, but I had to hide the Yes and Jethro Tull or be prepared to take crap for it. Whatever. Some things stick and some don’t, I only recently realized that I don’t think I like LZ much anymore, but writing this paragraph, I decided to put on Yes’ “Going for the One” and I still know all the words. In high school (1978-81) my “punk rock” band Bürnt Toäst still did covers of LZ and Hendrix in the mix, and I also played bass in a band with older dudes (so I could get into bars) who taught me Dead songs when the singer took a (coke) break, so I knew a bunch of Dead songs—as a bassist. I didn’t really listen to them then. Now, on the other hand, I am very into early Grateful Dead, pre-1970. It’s shockingly good. I’m even amazed at the development of their improvisation from there through the early 1970s, what they did and the fact that the audience was with them the whole time! What I’m not much into, however, is the Americana era stuff, and I know that American Beauty and whatnot were their breakthroughs, and everybody loves all those songs. They’re OK, I guess. Not my first choice to hear, and mostly if it comes up in shuffle I’ll skip it. The acid primal stuff though, it’s incredible. I started last summer on a forum thread listening to every Dark Star to analyze the development, we’re at ~#50, early April 1969.
  5. And you know I love the studio and especially mixing the recorded music: it’s like sculpting sound. You can listen to any of my albums, or the ones I’ve mixed for Øresund Space Collective, and you can understand that I’ve been working in studios for 40 years. I do love it. Playing music, especially live, is like painting. Mixing it is sculpting with the paintings. Admittedly, though, recording in a “Recording Studio” can be weird, like you bring your blank canvas and your paints, but you have to rent the brushes and paint it all as fast as you can, though then at least you can get a look at it/listen to it later and figure out how to structure it in 3-dimensional space. And time.
Tagged with: , , ,
Posted in Music

Reblog from Scott Heller’s blog

https://writingaboutmusic.blogspot.com/2020/12/interview-with-jonathan-segel.html

Interview with Jonathan Segel

Scott Heller: Jonathan Segel is one of the most creative musicians that I have ever met and worked with.  Both of us are from California and only about week apart in age.  We first met in the SF bay area in the early 90s when I would attend the concerts of his band, Hieronymous Firebrain, who would play the local clubs.  After many years, we both ended up in Scandinavia (JS in Sweden and myself in Denmark).  Anyway, it was good to catch up with Jonathan to learn a bit more about his history in music- past, present and future..

SH: How did you get started playing music?

JS: That’s hard to pinpoint. I mean, my parents were both music listeners, but not players really, outside of church choir or high school band. My dad still had his trumpet, though, I think a nephew of mine has it now. He has always had a huge classical music collection on LP and CD, they had many varied LPs I listened to growing up. During the time that I grew up in the 1960s, they actually had music classes in school in elementary school (“da-da-ditdit-da and the like”) and I was already playing songs on recorder by then (wooden flute) and I tried to have piano lessons but had one of those mean teachers who physically mushed your fingers into the correct key to get you to remember it, so I quit at 7 and started messing around with my mom’s classical guitar. But I was also already drawing little hairy figures like cousin Itt with electric guitars and bat wings and top hats, listening to my clock-radio alone in my bedroom late at night—I got my own room when I was four or so, that’d be 1967-68, so I’d tune in to an AM station from San Francisco which was mixing in local bands with the bubblegum, so Jefferson Airplane caught my ears early on. I didn’t start playing with other people until I was 12 (1975-76) when I got back to Davis after my mom had been on sabbatical in Tucson, which was where I got turned onto much heavier  music by the record store dudes on 4th Ave; I’d walk up and down the street after school, they were like, whatcha listening to kid? I said, Beatles, you know, they said, here’s some Alice Cooper, (etc.) So when I got back to Davis, I was like, hey have you heard this Led Zeppelin, they’re phenomenal! And found a guy in my neighborhood who was into playing bass, and then we met another guy at school whose parents ran a “Pickers and Singers” folk group at their house, so they all played (folk and country music, mostly) and had several instruments, so we formed a band, acoustic at first. Stayed together until we left for college! Mostly covers, but we wrote about a half dozen songs. 

Did you try out other instruments besides violin and guitar? 

Well, I stayed mostly away from keyboards after that first thing, and in fact developed a thing against keys even for a while in high school, like was not into bands with keys. Except Pink Floyd. (I got over it). But, while I was, say, liking the Queen records where Mercury played piano, I did note that they had liner notes that said “And nobody played the synthesizer!” And when suddenly that liner note was absent was the beginning of them losing me. A lot of the 70s big timers lost me with their later 70s albums, I wasn’t that into The Wall or In Through the Out Door by then, in favor of more out-there and DIY stuff that I was hearing on the UCD station, KDVS. 

Anyway, yes, I should say that I started playing violin when I was 10, but I quit after 7th and 8th grade Orchestra, I broke my left hand in PE and pretty much stuck with guitar after that until I was in college. I did get a mandolin when I was about 15, as much because of Heart as Led Zeppelin!

You studied music at the University of California, Santa Cruz?  I was reading recently about the electronic music laboratory and how they had some of the original modular synthesizers.  Was modular synthesis part of the program? Did you get to play with any of these and make recordings??

Yes! So I went to UCSC in 1981 and was initially a philosophy major, but I tested into the second year music theory classes right off the bat and they were intense! Every day at 8:30am for four quarters (3 per year, summer break) 1.25 hrs MWF, 2 hrs T-Th, plus labs, so after that first year, I could get a music major in 3 years, so I switched to Music Comp, minored in Classical Languages. Before you got to go in the studio, you had to pass Gordon Mumma’s Mus35 class in the history of electronic music, which was amazing (and all 20th century, an anomaly in all the other music studies) but involved hours of listening in the library basement listening rooms. Then we got to work in the EMS, with Peter Elsea as mother hen for the studios and him and Gordon teaching the classes or seminars. One studio had 4 Revox B-77s, a Tascam 16-channel 8-buss mixer, a modular Moog system and a few awesome rack examples: an Omnipressor, the Eventide Harmonizer, some parametric filter device… an A/DA Stereo Tap Delay, just awesome gear. A big room, and mics (can’t remember which). The second room had a Buchla and an Alpha Centauri digital system, these were tougher to control, more code-writing instructions and fed by cassette-modem! The Moog of course was pretty old and drifty, but it was fun, had a 8-step sequencer and the filters and oscillators of course and ADSR units. We did a lot of tape collage stuff too (duh, you can tell by how I work in ProTools…) And then second year you could get to book time in the middle of the night, so we started recording bands and stuff, even though there were obviously other engineering labs in the building. Which reminds me, the stairwell was a great echo chamber, it was concrete, a 5 story building, we could run lines to the top and bottom.

So to answer your previous question, while a teenager I played guitar, bass, mandolin and violin, but when I started the music major, I had to pass a “keyboard proficiency” exam which meant lessons and playing Bach and stuff, which I muddled my way through. But also I was studying composition so I tried to learn how all the instruments worked and felt, I’ve gone through numbers of instruments and attempted to learn what I could, clarinet, trumpet, flute, organ, cello, contrabass, marimba, vibraphone, etc. I don’t know if I’d say I can really play them, but I have a better understanding of them. I’ve recorded myself playing any one of these things at some point or another to use in some recorded music somewhere.

UCSC was known as a really cool school. I went to UC Berkeley but it was 30,000 students, where as UCSC was much smaller and tucked away in forest!  What are your best memories of going to school there. You could have gone to UC Davis which was much closer to home.

Oh, I have so many intense and interesting memories of UCSC, I was at school 1981-85, started playing with Camper Van Beethoven in ’83 and our first album came out the day I graduated in 85. I lived on campus the first year, then moved to a little town called Felton in the mountains behind the school for two years, about 45 minutes to get to school by road but we could also walk across the forest in the same amount of time, then eventually moved back into the town. The campus is on a hill overlooking the northwestern part of the town, so it’s very separated from the town in that you have to expend energy of some sort to get up there one way or another. But it’s beautiful all around that area, the cliffs over the ocean are incredible, the redwood forests above the University are incredible. Definitely some tripping events took place out there. There were lots of very creative people living there when I was, like in my second year of school the music theory class had tons of jazz guys, (most of whom are still playing, in whatever capacity professional musicians play in these days. That is to say, I see their names around still.) That was a little daunting to me (I was 19 or so) as I wasn’t super into jazz, I was listening to a lot of classical to try to basically ingest music history as I learned about it, and a lot of avant garde/20th century “western art music”—which included the minimalists—shit all these are long stories—and weird 70s stuff like Can and Art Bears when at home, and other prog rock, and then my high school girlfriend was also at UCSC and on the radio KZSC doing a punk show, so that too. But that year, the jazz cats won and the theory had a lot of Coltrane or Miles as examples… 

So anyway, there were always people interested in or doing all kinds of music, so I went to a wide variety of shows. On campus was one thing, but in downtown Santa Cruz there were rock and jazz clubs, and you could go up to San Francisco to see all sorts of things if you were committed to driving back in the middle of the night (about an hour and a quarter.) From Sun Ra at Kuumbwa in Santa Cruz, next night a gamelan ensemble, then later that week Philip Glass or Robert Ashley in SF, or maybe a punk show or a concert of baroque music on campus. And then in the dorms there were tons of kids who were typical Santa Cruz deadheads, so I saw the Dead several times too. A band called King O-San that I played with in high school, the guitar players were super deadheads, so they would teach us Dead songs for when the singer “took a break” (i.e. went for a coke bump or whatever) so I played a lot more Dead in the dorm lounges that first year, despite the antagonism between punks in the other campus bands and the Dead world. I was sort of oblivious, I just liked to improvise. There were several bands on campus or students that lived off campus but practiced on campus, so CVB also had our own shows there too. And when I graduated, Camper made a record and even toured out to Texas and back later in the year, but we lived and got jobs in town for another 5 years and played at parties there for a few of those years. By the late 1980s, CVB would tour the whole United States twice or more every year, even Europe and the UK, and then come home to sleepy old Santa Cruz, like, whew we’re home, but then after a few weeks you’d get restless, wonder what’s going on in the real world out there? Santa Cruz is sort of a whirlpool, I think it’s one of those places that people get caught in and maybe don’t escape. I moved to SF in 1989, the earthquake hit and SC really changed after that too.

What was the first band you played in? What is the last band you have played with? 

First band I played with was with those guys in Davis, we called ourselves Bürnt Toäst. At that same time, or between times when Bürnt Toäst had a drummer, I also played in other cover bands in Davis, including King O-San (whatta name!) who were older dudes in their late 20s who played guitar and even older (oh my god) singer with a moustache who crooned the “Tuesday’s Gone” type stuff, I played bass and another guy I knew in high school played piano. The drummer was a ex-biker who would freak out about gigs and drink too much, so we’d call in another high school guy we knew, we got to play in bars, have beer, so we stuck with it just to get beer and play music… um, pretty much still doing that now.

It is well known that Camper Van Beethoven has been your main band for the last 30+ years.  How does that work these days with you being in Sweden for the last many years?  

Well, we had a schedule up until early this year where we would play the West Coast between Christmas and New Year’s, then do some middle US or the South or Texas, and the East Coast by President’s Day weekend in January, later adding in a festival (called Camp-In) in clubs in Athens, GA for the end of the month. As well, we started an indoor/outdoor stage festival in 2004 in Pioneertown (the Camp-Out) near Joshua Tree in California, which usually ran four days in late August or early September, so we’d tour to it or from it in the Southwest or Midwest, say, Chicago to Minneapolis, then south through Iowa, Kansas, Colorado, NM, AZ, to the Joshua Tree thing, or vice versa. So it was pretty easy when I moved here in 2012 to just fly to the US twice or three times a year and tour for a month or six weeks. In that time, we played in the UK once and in Germany/Austria. Since the singer also fronts Cracker, we almost always (except for the UK/EU) played with Cracker headlining. They had big 90s radio hits and are still the bigger draw, of course, more publicly recognised and accepted. At the festivals in Pioneertown and Athens, each band got headlining nights, and we all got solo sets to do songs or improvise, which I built a tradition of at the Camp-Out festivals, and then brought it indoors at the Flicker Bar in Athens for the past 4 or 5 years. I turned a lot of listeners on to the Øresund Space Collective in that way too, and Sista Maj. The truth is that even straight rock music listeners (like the Cracker fans, who are a little country, a little rock n roll, like a lot of 70s bands) like to hear a good jam, and the CVB rhythm section—who just happen to be half of the Monks of Doom—with me wailing on guitar, we can jam out some decent stuff now and again, so they were interested in hearing more, which was really cool to see happen. I’m sort of the “weirdo” of the band family, which is fine I guess. 

It has been quite a few years since the last CVB studio album. Anything in the pipeline?? 

To be honest, I have no idea. We’ve each been on our own this year, there have been a couple attempts to work on things over the internet but it hasn’t amounted to much. Mostly concept album ideas that petered out, but damned if I didn’t try to write outlines for several songs based on North Korean popular propaganda song titles… Everybody in the band worked on solo projects, and Victor Krummenacher (bassist) also had band with Dave Alvin and David Immerglück called “The Third Mind” which put out a record of songs and jams, very cool stuff like covering Alice Coltrane or Butterfield Blues Band, and they were going to tour last spring, all cancelled.

You were always quite busy with lots of music projects even when CVB was around. In the 90s you had a few groups like Hieronymous Firebrain and Dent, each of which made a few albums.  What was HF like?  How did you meet the guys in that band.

That band went through two distinct lineups, the first before it was even really named was with Berkeley guys from Barrington where we practiced, with David Immerglück (also Monks of Doom, in the Ophelias at the time. Later with Counting Crows, which he has stayed with as a career… ick, but what can you do. He’s an amazing guitarist, can play anything at all.) Immerglück got hired to make up for my absence in non-violin things after I got essentially kicked out of CVB in 1989 and they hired Morgan Fichter to play violin, so Hieronymus Firebrain v1 dissolved and I advertised in  local mags (BAM, maybe? I can’t remember) and a Berkeley student named Russ Blackmar auditioned to play drums, and played everything off the HF tapes I sent him perfectly right off the bat, and a bass player from Oakland named Ted Ellison (later of then band Fuck) and then my then-roommate in SF Mark Bartlett played guitar and sang also. Mark was the person who convinced me to continue the band, and he’s a great player (look up Four and a Half Pounds of Sunlight sometime, if it’s even on the internet anywhere!) but what happened was that he and Ted got more and more proggy over the 90s while Russ and I got more Can and simpler. Eventually we broke up and Russ and I got his roommate, Jane Thompson, to play bass and formed a classic pop rock trio. 

Dent was a project that came after HF broke up and you guys were living in rural New Mexico. What was life like for you there compared to the intense SF bay area? What was a day like? Did you guys just sit around and get stoned and play music??  The two CDs you made are quite interesting. One is more poppy mainstream while Verstärter, more experimental in someways. I always loved the title, There must be less to life than this!

Our friends in the band The Whitefronts, who were a psychedelic art collective, several of them moved out there to Questa and built a studio out of adobe, so we went there. We’d mostly just play when the mood struck us, work on things right there in the studio to record, make it up as we went along. In 1997, I moved to LA to work in a studio there, (film sound, doing sound effects and that sort of thing) so I just took the tapes and mixed them at home. Dent was whoever was around, which was often me or Victor (from CVB, Monks, etc) and the Whitefronts/Lords of Howling/Art of Flying people (go look them up!) but also sometime somebody coming off their drugs heading out in NM to dry out, but could play a lead somewhere, that sort of thing. 

Obviously with the Covid 19 lockdown your normal life of a few tours in the USA with Camper, one tour with Øresund Space Collective and local gigs was highly disrupted (as was your income).  How have you dealt with this? As many musicians, I guess you made a lot of new music, dug into the archives?? What was the most interesting thing you found in the archives??

It’s been a tough year! Last year, the LAST of the Camp-Out festivals (number 15!) happened in early August, we had toured from Chicago to it, then I did three weeks of solo shows playing songs I had written over the course of the previous 25 years and then one last CVB show, headed home, went back for the winter tour, ended that by playing improv sets at the Camp-In, came back and did two solo shows with Donald Lupo in Finland in February and then wham! nothing. 

At the very end of the time I was in Athens, I got together with Bryan Howard and Carlton Owens, the rhythm section from Cracker, cuz Bryan was setting up a studio at his house, so we jammed, just on what instruments he had there, which was fun—unfamiliar guitars, a ES335 and a set-bridge Strat with heavy strings! Anyway, the first thing I did was work on those, and that came out as the Transatlantic Space Connection.

And I thought, hey, last summer I played tons of songs and sang and shit, I can do a streamed live show. It took a few tries to figure out how to, and the time zone differences between Sweden and the bulk of what audience might listen in the crowded world of the internet was in the US, but eventually I got it down and did a couple shows and one at Larry’s Corner, with an audience of Larry. I made a few attempts at playing songs from my first solo album, Storytelling, from1988, so I got it into my head to try it in its entirety. It was a double album from late 1988, even more on the cassette I think. Remastered by Myles Boysen in 2011 on 2-CDs. I did streamed live sessions of side 1&2 first, then 3&4 and then the whole thing and then only the “Thinksong” parts as a suite, the improvisable-with-set-arrival-progressions stuff. Then I started burning out on songs, and singing to nobody in my living room, staring at my phone, so I did a couple instrumental improv things in between these, then I sorta stopped. I had been working for a couple years on a bunch of weird recordings I’d made of recorded environments and/or field recordings worked into music, so I just continued with that. That one came out finally in August of this year, called Outside Inside. It’s esoteric, but I was very isolated (am still) and that was what was going on in my head, I think there’d be some people who must relate to it. Not sure still, but it’s out there for you. Then also, the rights to Superfluity ceded to me earlier in the year (3 years on Floating World UK) so I had to wait for the “sell off period” and the contract was over. Luckily for me, they had 100 2-CD sets with 4-panel artwork by Richard Gann (one of the people I’ve worked with since forever, he did all the HF CD covers, all the Sista Maj CD covers, etc. The other person is Edie Winograde, who’s been photographing us all since the 80s, lots of the CVB covers, and several of my albums have her photographs) so I got to buy those and finally release the album on Bandcamp, using the 48khz 24bit masters! Yeah! Released this last week! Please take a listen all you readers, it’s like the bookend for Storytelling. We’re moving onto a different shelf now.

Aside from all that, I’ve done lots of individual tracks for people, a couple Astral Magic albums, Spirits Burning with Michael Moorcock, couple of Buck Down’s songs, some on albums by Taperecorder, and we finished a bunch of the ØSC live and studio stuff, just today finished a mix of a friend’s cover of a hokey Swedish song he wants to put out for Solstice …and I did finally do a Dead cover, Here Comes Sunshine. In other words, not getting a job, going way up and down, trying to continue, not playing as much as I want to nor feel I should do. Trying to keep recording chops up but I feel self conscious in an apartment building when many people are home most of the time now. I have this cool little Vox AC4 and an AC15 but they’re both so loud! Crazy. So mostly if I need to play electric I use the Princeton Reverb with a cleaner signal at lower volumes into the mic, then use amp and effects stuff in the computer! I feel like it’s cheating, but especially in context if you’re doing something for somebody else, it’s quick to get controllable tracks with the Universal Audio guitar amp emulators or Native Instruments’ Guitar Rig or even Amplitube. If I practice at night, I do pedalboard directly into the UA interface with their amp plugins, or Softubes’ Amp emulators. I love NI’s Guitar Rig (still on 5) for mixing guitar signals into mixes, so many weird choices. I guess one day I’ll have to get a real job.


The last 6 years or so you have been quite active with the Scandinavian music collective or supergroup called Øresund Space Collective.  For those not familiar with ØSC, it is a totally improvised rock music collective with lots of different members. How did this all start?

….Well sonny, back in abouts 1992 or so, if’n I recall… I think Scott Heller was at the Starry Plough taping a Hieronymus Firebrain show? Local music head, maybe you knew Russ Blackmar (from HF, J&J) from KALX? I think he’s still on KALX now does a metal show? Anyhoo.

Yes.. I was at the Starry Plow and recording the show.  I probably won tickets to the show on KALX as i usually did to some show every week. I  did visit Russ once at his apartment in Oakland, I think. 

I moved from Oakland to Stockholm in 2012. Backstory is that I married a Swede in 2003 and we lived in Oakland, I taught music theory and computer music at College of Marin and Ohlone College, probably unsuccessfully but who knows, and worked at used book stores in SF, until that financial crisis in 2008, so while in Sweden in the summer of 2009 I learned that the colleges couldn’t keep the part timers’ contracts, so I had to get a new job. I had musician friends who worked for Pandora doing “analysis” where they multi-choice a piece of music or song for its component parts, to build a database that matches specific elements to suggest new music to you. I thought, cool! So I got a recommendation, but they didn’t need any more music analysts, so they sent me to the listener support team. See, customer support is actually for the ad department, the customers are the advertisers, the listeners are the people that pull the sausage through the pipe. But the interview was mostly about how computers work, which I knew from using computers since the 80s, and using them in sound studios or record labels, and then in graduate school at Mills, doing computer music, so sound issues, I thought, I could handle. And handling sound problems for people was mostly ok, if it was just computer fuck ups, like, scripted responses to people. But if the algorithm fucked up, tracking it down was really funny. For example there’s a band called Anal Cunt from Rhode Island, and their song titles are misspelled version of, say “Pavorotti” or “Greatful Dead”, so the hapless listener would misspell something they wanted to hear and suddenly have this horrific noise, as they would say. But I also got complaints about ads, so I started checking into what sort of things were being advertised to whom, and found several rightist/christian/homophobic groups were targeting midwest colleges, and I complained to the company… and this went on for a while, I had arguments with the head of the engineering about the ethics of tracking people’s phone to target ads, about whether they should accept political ads, then these same arguments with Tim Westergren, which was useless obviously, because one day I came into work and they were like, take your shit and go. On the way out the elevator (big building in downtown Oakland) I see David Immerglück coming out because the Counting Crows were gonna do a noon concert for the employees…

So I was fired and we had a kid who was 1. The only choice was to barge in on my wife’s parents in Stockholm, so we lived in their apartment till we found our own. 

Anyway, while at Pandora, I had access to a huge music library, so I started trying to find cool bands from Sweden, and I did. Many older prog and psychedelic bands, but also I found the ØSC “It’s All About Delay” and “The Black Tomato”, so when we moved I started looking them up and found out that it was indeed YOU, Scott Heller, who was behind this band. I promptly volunteered, and I think the first thing we ever did was play together in the studio in Copenhagen in 2014? Anyway, I’m a fan for life and if I can play, all the better. And if I can even work on the recordings, bonus, I just like it, any aspect of it.

Thanks Jonathan.. the Collective have changed a lot since you have been part of it and we have released some of our best recordings ever…The band is known for playing quite long concerts for the fans. How do you and the others approach, getting up on stage with no songs and just creating music for 2-3hrs?  How do you come up with the next idea? Do you often lead the jams?

The answer to these questions is impossible to put into words, and I think that’s why we play it as music. Often when we start I think it has as much to do with where the first person to make a noise has put their fingers. You hear it and find where you are in relation to the other sounds. Sometimes we have to step back and listen is someone is making sounds to find how it’s going and how we might fit, sometimes, your fingers just do a thing in response. When we’re live, jamming with Jiri on bass, for example, I remember so many times when he and I would be standing next to each other on the last tour and just occasionally look to the other person, fingers, eyes, then change the music. Often, for me, improvising music is a combination of some sort of hearing in my head all the things that people are playing (at best, in live situations) and having my ears add in many parts that I could hear going along with it, (probably just tinnitus), and my fingers doing something that compliments it or makes sense. (and pedals). Sometimes your fingers just play and you just listen. It’s hard to describe it: where does music come from? Some people say it’s there already and we just play the notes. 


I guess it is similar for all of us.. Listen, listen to all the sounds and let your mind and body flow and hope your skills adapt! At least for me, as the least skilled one in the collective.  
You have been on quite a number of releases, many of which you have mixed yourself…   Describe how ØSC goes about making a record from recording totally improvised music in the studio creating a record?

The sessions that I have been involved in have happened in either the Black Tornado studio in Copenhagen or on the road in the EU, captured either on the band’s digital recorder (*) or the house’s system or digital mixer—which, btw, as much as live engineers seem to rag on them, they are great for this. I have plugged the USB cable directly into these boards and recorded 32 tracks all night long, direct, using Logic to record with the 2013 Macbook Pro plugged in. One night even with it projecting video. Anyway, that was impressive.

So, in either case, I continuously harangue the recording engineers for all files and abscond with them after the tour/session. Then safely at home in the Magnetic Satellite, I can transfer the raw audio data into ProTools on my Mac Pro from 2010 with Universal Audio Apollo I/O and a couple UAD-2 cards. 

The mixes are mapped out then, I usually do the classic left-to-right drums, bass, keyboards, guitars, violin, (banjo, etc), (vocals, in the case of Scott’s vocal mic live), then Aux sends for reverb, delay, other effects—often another reverb, like a plate for some things when there was a convolution of a physical space for the main reverb—then a master buss, then the output. I’ve had sessions so big and long that I had to make stereo master busses for section on the extreme right, but in the virtual/screen space world, that ends up confusing me. In a real mixer, you could just use your hand and no eye.

In a studio session, we make roughs at this point for trying to: first, see what’s good, and second, see what goes together. And sometimes both or neither.  Then mostly Scott, Hasse and I discuss them. 

So I could go on and on about eq and compression and effects. I usually end up putting some of Scott’s modular synth into a moving spatial field, and I’ve ended up using mostly Melda Production plugins for that. There are free ones, I’ve bought a few of their modulators, they have amazing pan/trem/rotary plug ins, you can change the waveform that it uses across the stereo spectrum to have little loops in the middle instead of just back and forth, for example (e.g. modular synth on some ØSC album…)

Sometimes I add VCAs to control overall levels of groups like drums or guitars, usually I use the bass signal as a line with a compressor (Empirical Distressor) and the amped signal with Softubes’ Bass Amp room to put it in a world. Lotta UA Neve stuff, or Helios EQ for guitar (especially Vemund), UA channel strips for keyboards. I use Altiverb for primary reverb space and to set the band into a specific environment, on a lot of ØSC I’ve used the EP-34 tape echo, or SoundToys delays. And sometimes a UA Plate Reverb for snares or other things. The Altiverb convolution reverb has such an amazing library of mapped spaces that I play around with it a lot, several ØSC mixes live in old churches or halls, even outdoors like the Austerlitz Forest. Some of the live ones in specific clubs (like Paradiso in Amsterdam) or concert halls. On “Experiments in the Subconscious” the last track “Hieroglyphic Smell” resides in the main room of Alcatraz Prison!

What are some of your favourite ØSC records and tracks?  

So many. I loved all of Different Creatures, that was the first thing I was involved in, so many great musicians and great musics happening. And Kybalion is amazing, just cuz it’s so weird, the weirdest tracks. And the Ode to a Black Hole.  

So what do you think 2021 will hold in store for you??  Will CVB tour the USA again?  Do you have other releases planned??  

I honestly have no idea. I don’t have more planned, I wrote some songs, but I don’t feel them right now. Not sure what music I should be working on, I really miss playing with other people! 

I want to see what happens in the world, I think. I’m pretty disappointed in humanity, especially the US, even though they (we) finally voted Trump out, there’s damage that will take decades to fix if ever, and the world political landscape gives lip service to things like climate change but doesn’t do a fucking thing, I don’t even know if I can count on any of us being around for any lengthy period of time. 

Anything else you would like to mention??  

I’ve said too much already! Most of the music we spoke about can be found on the bandcamp sites.

https://www.jonathansegel.com

https://jsegel.bandcamp.com

https://sistamaj.bandcamp.com

https://jsegel.wordpress.com

Tagged with: ,
Posted in Music

Outside Inside

A new album, out August 7th, 2020!

Whenever I make a new album of music I am so proud of it; it always feels like the best music in the world, the culmination of everything I have learned to write and play and everything I have heard and studied up until this very moment. I’m so happy to release it, and I expect of course that everyone else will feel the same way. For awhile it was like, there are albums and then there are albums, I guess depending on how public you expected them to be, how outside, how much money to spend on even making the album (as if you could recoup in sales these days), not just money spent on recording but whether it was made into some physical form. More precedence and importance to LPs, CDs, than cassettes, say—but even just making CDs—so for a while we could pretend that there were albums more important than others based on production values or format. But I could still make private, more inside, albums of what I was currently excited about, that I could release even on CD for a while, but then only digitally. For example, albums like Echopraxia or Artificial Relics that are sort of sets of etudes, or the music I’ve done for dance companies or other milieu. Every time, I feel like ‘this is the pinnacle’. Though, of course, once I release it out of my private listening zone, into the outside world, I rarely come back to it. I think lots of artists are that way, once they’re done with a piece.

Having no other representation, all of my releases are on Bandcamp and only digital anyway,  and on my own I’m losing the distinction between things like major releases and minor releases. And now after being stuck isolated for a while, the things I’ve been working on are even more inside, which makes me think even more that it’s the best thing at the moment. I’m losing touch! What music is worth releasing and what isn’t? I have favorites in both inside and outside types of music from many artists, interior and exterior, private and public music. And often the most inside music is the most “outside” stylistically, and vice versa. But maybe the music I make in my room might work somewhere else too, in someone else’s room. And of course I expect that everyone else will feel the same way about it!

Usually, of course, there is little response beyond “huh?”, and as time marches forward, musicians and any managers/agents/publicists that may have existed are left home in our shacks in the dusty wilds of the overcrowded and leveled plain of the internet, unnoticed by the masses of virtual humanity scrolling by, getting that front page of only google-related “search engine optimized” content in any search for anything anyway. And as I age out of the pop demographic, what music I do make becomes less relevant to the church-of-what’s-happening-now in music journalism (as such) and popular culture in general, and only of mild interest to ‘a small circle of friends’ as Phil Ochs put it. Yeah, yeah, we know. No matter—it’s art, man!

Regardless, I always feel like I should explain myself in order for you, the rare potential listener, to understand what I’m doing with this music and understand why I would make this music, why it is important to me. Why would I do that? Well, I want you to get the joke, too!

That said, this particular album is some weird-ass music. It’s definitely not destined to be one of my more popular albums. Late night listening, maybe. Take it with you on a trip. For me, this was a means to focus, a meditation.

So, a manifesto, then, like some 20th century art movement? I don’t have a good branding name for my “style”, and in fact my point is only that this is music, within the world of what “music” is or may be. I do like deconstructing in order to reconstruct, and as much as people tend to disregard post-modernism these days, I’m still way into it. Meta always makes the best jokes best. 

Since NME and Rolling Stone aren’t ringing me to answer these pressing questions, I’m gonna be proactive and answer them myself. I’ve had some time to think about it.

So, yes, this is being released during a time (Summer of 2020) when everybody is simultaneously stuck inside and worried about the outside, and that period has enabled me to finish this project, but I have been recording and working on these tracks for about two years now, so the “meaning” is not embedded at all in the angst of pandemic.

The meaning is embedded in the superimposition of the inner and outer, the listener and the listened-to. The beauty of it, the joke, is context. Sampling was a great idea, right? The earliest tape collagists knew that context was where the art lay. Pierre Schaeffer presenting a steam train in a concert hall forced a listener to hear it out of its own locale and try to hear it as sound in and of itself. It’s the same idea as John Cage’s famous piece 4’33”, where the audience hears a pianist not playing the piano, meaning that what they are listening to is the space that they are in. Music is where you find it, right? In the ear of the beholder. This of course is why I love tape collage, or musique concrete, as an art form, and I happily still adhere to the idea that these sorts of pieces should be part of albums* that also contain other types of music (e.g. “Phenomenon and On” from 2017’s “Superfluity”, digitally mis-titled as a “Mystery Bonus Track” by streaming, um, “services”). And as an avid field-recordist, I’ve been using collage technique in studio music for almost 40 years, superimposing outside recorded items on top of studio-recorded sound, or turning the outside inside. Or vice-versa! I remember presenting one piece in the UC Santa Cruz Electronic Music Studios for some course final for Gordon Mumma’s class (maybe 1983?) where I had made it sound as if all the sounds were happening in the other room, like we were trying to hear the “music” through the walls. 

Screen Shot 2020-05-29 at 2.05.30 PM

In the latter 1990s I worked for Dane Davis doing sound for film in Hollywood, (I loved it and only ended working for him to go play music on tour with Sparklehorse) and it gave me the opportunity to up my game in the field recording world, and thus to make more music from ‘non-musical’ recorded elements. You can hear it a bunch on the album “Scissors and Paper” from 2000, and of course on all the Chaos Butterfly albums subsequently—I consider them, as electro-acoustic music, to be highlights of psychedelic music, though for certain my definition of what psychedelic music is is not standard among genre enthusiasts. I have always used a lot of recordings of rocks, whether or not that (rock) was the genre. They have nice resonances. I guess you’d consider this sampling still, though sampling’s use in popular music by this point in time, well, the idea has eaten its own tail: mostly people aren’t making musical sounds with out-of-context recorded sound, but strictly sampling ‘music’ to make more music. Or worse, shoving its head right up its own ass, sampling specifically only, say, dance music to make specifically more dance music. Self-referentialism can be fun, of course. Meta can make a good joke.

If there’s humor in it. 

And, of course…

Screen Shot 2020-05-29 at 8.18.28 PM

timing.

As a recording musician, you always have many options with respect to how to capture sound—and none of them are real. You can never record what you hear, how your ears hear things. So we fake it, usually: in recording studios we try to hyper-accurately record perfect performances of people playing instruments, but then we filter the frequency spectrum and dynamically compress the recording so that it’s easier to hear what we want to convey, or at the very least to highlight the aspects of a sound that you want to be more present in the mix. And music, that undefinable aspect of sound, can come through regardless: you could use an ultra-high-fidelity recording of a shitty instrument or a shitty recording of a beautifully made and perfect instrument. People react to sound as they hear it, as Mozart laughed at the Steppenwolf listening to Händel on a transistor radio in the Magic Theater, pointing out that as marred as the mechanism was, the spirit of the music still came through.

Whatever that is. 

And we as a culture go through trends in what is the appropriate sound quality, hi-fi, lo-fi, distortion, “clean”, whatever. Similarly, of course, popular music goes through what it accepts as harmonious, each new dissonance becoming normalized with repetition, from the ubiquity of the blues-and-then-the-Beatles’ sharp-ninths over major chords to the distortion of the electric guitar, the electronic machines making rhythms, vocal-fry singing styles, etc, etc. Nothing is sacred, period. It’s all just sound, in the end. 

I’ve written before about why I like seeing/hearing/playing improvised music, a lot of which boils down to the fact that a human being is doing something and we are hearing that. Often, in real time, …though of course recording can allow a listener to experience this post-facto. The element of human action is what I am into. The element of human action in the moment, in time, as it happens. Being an improviser, of course, is to “be” the music, to try to let yourself go into that psychological flow state where you are not thinking so much as doing, acting and reacting to make the sounds as it is appropriate to be to be making music. Again—whatever that is. As a player, you try to prepare by learning as much as you can about how to play the instrument so that you no longer have to think about what you’re doing in order to do it. Or not! You might just use something that makes sound that you don’t know exactly how to operate to make sound with it in the moment by the sheer will power of physically expressing your living actions! Children, of course, do this all the time, and they make some great sound!

Music&Noise

I mean, I also like hearing music where people are physically and consciously acting in consensus to make a pre-planned series of sound events, e.g. playing a written piece of music or a song, simple or complex. That’s powerful, right? Orchestras with all those musicians working together to create a sound, it’s amazing, large choirs (back when we had these things, remember that?), and bands, rock bands with the amplification to strengthen each part of the mix. All funneling these myriad sounds into a single unified whole. That’s amazing, and can make it easier for a listener to abandon their self and be absorbed into the whole of the sound, to be a part of it, a piece of the whole, being the whole. 

I’m currently profoundly missing that human interaction. (As are we all, currently in 2020.) And it’s giving me the opportunity to get back to my recordings of rocks and ice and other sounds, to re-examine these recordings I’ve made while trying and not trying to make music. Many of these tracks are the result of either purposeful misdirection in the process of recording or trying to make sound while not specifically making music. Let me try to guide you through this as a listener. I recommend headphones, and either an environment of nature where you might be fooled into thinking that not all the sounds were coming from the headphones, or maybe you are just wrapped up in a blanket in bed and drifting off with your eyes closed. Smoke a big fatty and let’s go.

There are only two songs in this collection, really. The first track, “All Signs Point to You’ll See” and a cover of Chuck Prophet’s “Rider or the Train”. I say “songs” in that they have sung lyrics, really. And they have Kelly Atkins singing on them also. “All Signs…” does place this album critically within this pandemic time period, at least lyrically, but that was not intentional. What was intentional was recording the instruments and voices from near and far, and allowing the sound of both types of recording. Obviously I left the doors open. And put multiple Kelly-voices together into an single room. The electric bass track is recorded acoustically, a microphone close to an instrument intended to be amplified. That mic track was then amplified. Allowing the outside inside, etc. 

“Till the Cows Come Home” and “Real World Lessons” are based on recordings of our neighbor in the Swedish countryside, who does Kulning, which is an old Swedish form of singing that allows the voice to carry extremely far out across lakes and valleys so the cows can hear it and find their way back home. And for as much as I talk about the sounds of human action, when I get inside the computer I try to make it make sound that I have far less control of! Going back to Chaos Butterfly,  for example, I was coding a lot of SuperCollider and Max/MSP computer programs to “interact” with us, the musicians, and produce sounds that we didn’t, based on our sounds, but not exactly controlled by us. And I’ve coded many “musical boxes” to make “music” by themselves as such. Just because, right? I mean if I’m so into seeing, hearing human beings and their actions making sound, what about enjoying music made not by human beings? Can I still enjoy it as music? (The answer is yes, I do. Ear of the beholder and all.) So anyway, here you have two different things grinding up the sounds made by a human being. One is a computer program regurgitating a human kulning. The other is children (a different kind of computer program) having heard kulning, trying it themselves, and getting a learned response!

“Responsibility For One’s Actions”, “Standing Apart From”, “Marking Time” are all the result of recording when I had been so deflated by the idea of making music in the he modern world at all, essentially given up. In my mind, I know that what I do is pointless, and the very fact that I dedicate my life to it is ridiculous, given that it does not benefit me nor my family in any realistic way, as the neo-liberal world likes to point out. (And I fully admit to not being very realistic about much in general.) Regardless of my actual ability to play the guitar, for the most part all I could manage at this point in time (these were recorded initially in the summer of 2018) was to lay the guitar on the ground and rub rocks on it. (Rocks always sound good.) Or set a fidget spinner spinning on the bridge. Weirdly, to me anyway, music still happened.

IMG_1691

“Pulse Check” checks my pulse. I’m alive, right? Apparently also I am not a machine: despite playing with an unforgiving delay time, I fluctuate. 

You may be wondering at this point, if you are listening, why is there a pulse or a drum machine in these pieces anyway? That’s a very good question and I have several very good answers for you. The first is that our kulning neighbor’s husband happened to have brought an ancient Baldwin Tempomatic drum machine back from the US some years back and had no use for it (no use! I have a 110v transformer!) But more importantly: a pulse can mark the time passing. That’s one way you might know that it’s music that you’re listening to.

Baldwin Tempomatic

What is music, again? Usually it’s sound that happens in time, over a specific amount of time (4’ 33” for example). As Jaques Attali theorized in his book
“Noise: The Political Economy of Music” (1977/85), humans probably used music as ritual demarkation of the duration of a ceremony of some sort (he posits sacrifice) and similar to Baudrillard’s precession of simulacra, it becomes separated from its initial use and takes on a life and meaning of its own. But as the ear of the beholder can hear it anywhere, I like to be specific and point out that very ear: that pulse you hear? that’s you, the listener, listening. Usually in a reverberant space, as if it were an internal monologue, like they do in movies: reverb means it’s inside. Like your brain has reverb on its internal sounds, bouncing against the inside of your skull. It does, right? 

I mean, even the Grateful Dead played blues songs initially, simply because there had to be a song to play to have something to improvise on. Otherwise what the fuck? Now, I love a good 45-minute Dark Star as much as the next guy, but often to fill time when playing a concert there has to be something to play. Like, say, a song. A song, in this context is just a time limitation, a structure for the musicians to relate to while they explore sounds. I mean, a song in any context is that too. But my point in having the pulse in all of these pieces is to point out to you that you are listening. I could record birds singing and overlay a track of pulse, and suddenly the context is changed. Or, you could be like Messaien and transcribe the birds and have Yvonne Loriod play their songs on a piano in a concert hall, and again, the context is changed and the listener is forced to understand that they are listening to something, something specific, planned by human action, and not just hearing sounds happening in space and time. 

I guess I should point out that, yes, I also studied composition with Pauline Oliveros at Mills College about 20 years ago, and the impact of her ideas of Deep Listening have made huge impressions on me. Compare what I’m droning on about here with her ideas of actively making sound and actively imagining sound, especially in the context of improvisation, and her writing about processes of attention and awareness when listening and playing sound and music, remembering what sounds have happened, hearing what sounds are present. So yes, in essence this entire album is an exercise in Deep Listening. 

Moving on, there is the exploration of inside spaces. As with “All Signs…”,  the idea of recording loud sounds (amplified electric guitar, for example) from close and from far away has been used in rock music recordings for years (like Jimmy Page’s recordings of guitars and drums on Led Zeppelin albums for instance, creating large spaces and tight spaces.) I like a good “room recording” mixed in, …sometimes. Or in these cases, mixed up. Often, you can hear the player’s actions beyond playing their instrument, like stepping on an effect pedal switch in the space. I think I’ve included these sorts of sounds (and incorporated many types of sounds) as far back as “Scissors and Paper” (2000) but I think that before that point I mostly tried to exclude sounds that weren’t “the music being recorded”. For the most part, anyway. I can hear pedal switches in the room on “Little Blue Fish”, for example. 

Anyway, earlier this year, in late January 2020, after a tour of the US with Camper Van Beethoven, I stuck around Athens, GA for a week in the hopes of recording some new ideas with other band members, but circumstances left me alone in an A-Frame building—but with all the equipment. The building had two floors, one of which essentially overlooking the other, so naturally I set the amplifier at the bottom and the microphones at the top. I did manage one recording session elsewhere, with Cracker’s rhythm section of Bryan Howard and Carlton Owens, a jam session that I took home and jiggered into this album, the Transatlantic Space Connection: one track here is titled after a joke I made about throwing a party at the A-Frame I was staying in. The bass line suggested it to me, even, I still sing along “party at the a-frame” to that bass line. Hence, on “Outside Inside” we have the “Afterparty at the A-Frame”, apparently a more introspective or even sullen social gathering. Well, not a gathering at all. I was alone. This continues with the “Explanatory Gap” and “Eventutation”, which are concerned with the idea of a thing happening at all. 

“Blow Up My Crocodile” is really about human reaction, now isn’t it? There are several recordings here, the mics on the balcony are there to record the weather or car-bys (as we called them in the film sound world, cars going by across the stereo spectrum), though once placed, the recordist goes in to make coffee. Also, there’s mics up to record some guitar improvisation. The child, however, sees that on the balcony is her deflated pool crocodile, which obviously needs inflation. But then, what’s this? Live mics that are moving meters? I need to sing, obviously!

“Icewater” has some of my favorite-ever recorded sounds, the ice in the Mäler lake breaking up and moving around in the wind. Ice is probably as good as rocks. I do tend to use a lot of ice and rocks in my recordings, but hell, they sound cool. And “Snowfoot” is the sound of feet walking in snow. I did loop a section for consistency, but I was walking pretty steadily there, wasn’t I?

“Rider or the Train”, well, mostly this is about the sound of the near and far mics on the guitar, the open door letting the thunder in, the song itself about the conflation of all these things. I think I had recently played a show with Håkan Soold opening for Chuck Prophet and the song was still floating around in my head. Also at the time I was in some serious pain and approaching a back operation, (successful) trying not to be on any opioids (also successful, within two weeks after the operation.) I made up some extra words, sorry Chuck.

The guitar solo in “Rider or the Train” is, again, just rubbing rocks on an electric guitar on the floor, but it almost sounds like an honest blues-rock solo. Completely unintentional, but there you have it.

“Distant Thunder” is just that, and “Vectored Space” is also just that. These are very literal, just that drum marking the time against listening to the world around you, pointing out to the listener that you are here, listening, and the world is here being itself.

You may drift off to sleep now.

____________________________________________________________________________

*This idea of course was prevalent when people started using the studio as an instrument when making albums of songs, and many groups in the 1960s seemed to be quite aware of the inherent psychedelia of tape music as they heard from the modern composers coming out of the 1950s (members of Can, for example, were students of Stockhausen), but by the time I was 7 and had heard “Revolution #9” on the Beatles’ White Album, Jefferson Airplane’s “A Small Package of Great Value Will Come to You Shortly” on After Bathing at Baxter’s and Zappa & Mothers of Invention’s “Nasal Retentive Calliope Music” on We’re Only In It for the Money, I assumed every album was supposed to have a post-modern audio deconstruction of itself and environs. I didn’t hear much more of it in the pop/rock music world until Game Theory’s “Lolita Nation” (1987) and of course I tried to carry that flag on my first solo album Storytelling (1988) —to disastrous response.

Posted in Music

What’s all on that overcrowded Bandcamp page?

5 June 2020, Updating for 7 May 2021, it’s another of those first Fridays of the month when Bandcamp foregoes their share of sales and all proceeds go to the artist.

It’s a good day to explore and buy new music.

Go to: https://jsegel.bandcamp.com

(also check out https://sistamaj.bandcamp.com where the music of Sista Maj lives, a band I had in Stockholm from 2016-2019, improvised/composed spacey instrumental music, and for the real space rock: https://oresundspacecollective.bandcamp.com where I’ve been involved playing and mixing often since 2014. I’m not personally on all of the albums or shows, it’s a collective, man. But if you look at the notes, you can find me.)

holds ears

Here’s what’s all at there that place the link page graphic display of files:

The first row now has “Superfluity”, a huge opus that essentially bookends “Storytelling” (1988) enclosing everything in between. It was a double-CD, released by Floating World UK in 2017, now the rights are back in my hands, so it’s available digitally here (and if anybody wants to license this, or anything, really, for LP or CD production, let me know.) Next to it, “Superfluousness” is the outtakes, that is to say the superfluous music from the production of “Superfluity”. The steps along the way.

“Outside Inside” didn’t start as a Pandemic album, but it kind of became that. It’s experimental, odd, conceptual whatever you like to call it. I wrote a lot about it when it came out in the summer of 2020: https://jsegel.wordpress.com/2020/08/01/outside-inside/

“Here Comes Sunshine” is the Grateful Dead song, done as a single for the summer solstice of 2020. With dub b-side.

In the second row, the first three: “Transatlantic Space Connection” and the two live at Camp-Out XV and XIII are essentially space rock, improvised rock music (TSC was in studio, subsequently overdubbed/composed a bit in studio)

“Moving Through Loneliness” is music made for dance and then film, it’s heavy, long and dark.

“Shine Out” (2014) and “All Attractions” (2012) are albums of songs, for the most part. “Apricot Jam” is an instrumental comp-provised companion to “All Attractions”, while “Turn Slowly…” is extras from that period.
Similarly, “Honey” is an album of mostly songs from 2008, while “The Space Between Stars” is a piece made out of on of its jams.

“Horseshoes and Hand Grenades”—i.e. no direct hits, a collection of “popular” tracks from 1990-2012

More albums of songs: Storytelling (1988), Hieronymus Firebrain’s “Hieronymus Firebrain” (1990), “There” (1993) and “Here” (1993), Jack & Jill’s “Chill and Shrill” (1995) and “Fancy Birdhouse” (1997), “Scissors and Paper” (2000) and “Edgy Not Antsy” (2003).

The next rows are mostly electronic/electro-acoustic music. Eclectronic!
“Storm Starts Stopping” (2014) is a single piece, “Summerleaf” (2006) is many shorter pieces. “Amnesia/Glass Box” (2005) are pieces made for Curt Haworth’s Dance Company, “Rauk” (2005) is electronics with rocks or violins as sources, “Non-Linear Accelerator” (2003) is a set of electronic and field recorded pieces. Most of these use SuperCollider, Max/MSP and Reaktor as the coded or synthetic sources.

Chaos Butterfly is improvised and composed electro-acoustic music, most of the time with Dina Emerson singing or playing wine glasses, while both of us processed the sound in our computers. “Radio” (2006) is live in the he KFJC pit, “Live at Studio Fabriken” (2005) is live with Biggi Vinkeloe on saxophone and flute, “threelivingthings” (2005) is a studio recording. “Unforeseen Events” (2006) contain some live and some studio pieces, also with Kiku Day on shakuhachi and Helena Espvall on guitar and ‘cello.

“The Secrets Sparrows Keep” (2015) is music made form shared ideas back and forth, with Mattias Olsson. Similarly “Current” by Shale is with Tom Shad. Dent’s “Stimmung” (1995) and “Verstärker” (1998) were shared ideas passed around while out in New Mexico at the adobe studio used by the Lords of Howling/Art of Flying. (go and search those guys up, you won’t be disappointed!)

“Echopraxia” (2015) is a set of (mostly guitar) echo etudes made into composition after the fact. Similar to this is “Artificial Relics” (2018).

“machines” are code-based musical boxes that generate sound with small nudging or input from the composer.

“Underwater Tigers” is a single long piece to draw one into sleep.

Sideways’ “The Minutiae of Ephemera” is all the recordings I had of a rock band that existed in the early 1990s in San Francisco that contained several members of local bands from that era.

Dr Geronimo Firebrain’s Plane Crash Tapes Vol. 1 (1993), Vol. 2 (2010) and Vol. 3 (2010) are all outtakes, mistakes, exercises, etudes, weirdnesses, and generally things that didn’t fit anywhere else. Highly mercurial and eclectic.

“BIll’s Run”, “The Invisibles”, “Love Will Travel”, “Bunny”, “Kickin’ Chicken”, and “100% Human Hair” are all movies scores, several full-length and a couple shorts.

“Shibuya”, “Emotional Geographies”, “How is a Church Like the Sea”, “Hotel of Memories”, “The Desire Line” and “Site” are all music for live dance company performances. Most of these took place in theaters, though “Shibuya” was improvised on the spot while busking near a subway station and an impromptu dancer appeared.

“Storytelling Demos” and “Questions Answered” are the cassette demo tapes for “Storytelling” and the first Hieronymus Firebrain album, recently transferred.

enjoy!

Posted in Music

(Mostly) Universal Audio and mixing the space rock

It’s the end of an era.

Well, for me anyway, in terms of mixing and recording audio. You see, for the past number of years, almost a decade now, I’ve been on the Universal Audio “Artist’s extended demo” roster for their plugins. In the course of this time, I’ve spent the money on several pieces of their hardware (Apollo 8 Channel Quad processor, a PCIe 2-sharc card, an external FW800 2-sharc card, and more recently Apollo Twin Quad Thunderbolt just for use with the laptop) and recorded tracks for tons of albums, and mixed, mixed, mixed. Even sort-of mastered some albums. But now, I’m losing my “artist” status as the churn moves on to the more important folks. Ah well, all good things, as they say. 

I’m a ProTools guy. Still. Started with SoundDesigner II back when I first saw it used in 1990 or so, immediately stepped into the world of digital recording and mixing. I’m really into being able to view the waveforms and edit them like graphics. Part of the synesthesia of hearing sound in a stereo space, seeing the analog drawing of the energy going out the speakers. I can’t say I’m super psyched about Avid in general though. I haven’t updated Protools since my “subscription” to whatever ran out, and I’m running an almost 10-year-old computer, so I’m still working on PT 12.4 here. Nonetheless, all the Universal Audio plugins are still working. And I’m super good at working with audio in ProTools, in a way I just can’t figure out how to do in other programs. I’ve tried many over the years. I do have Logic X on my laptop, (which is lucky because then I can just plug a cable from a digital board at a club and record all the tracks onto the interior drive (SSD) and it *just works* in a way that Apple stuff should. But then trying to deal with mixing or editing in Logic and I can’t even.)

Universal Audio is a Santa Cruz company, so they’ve been nice to us in Camper Van Beethoven, we being (initially) a Santa Cruz band. I had always loved their audio hardware, especially the preamps, but the direction they’ve taken with hardware emulation plugins is astounding and keeps getting better. I’m hooked. 

I’ve got my favorite plugins to use, of course, by now, but I change it around. Right before leaving on tour with Camper Van Beethoven this summer (2019), I was trying to get some mixes done relatively quickly, several Øresund Space Collective shows from eastern Europe in May and June were recorded multi-track (either directly out from a digital mixing desk at the club or board outs to a hard disk recorder) so I’m trying to make ‘em sound good. I’m gonna go through my methodology here.

So, I got 6 concerts multitracked, you’d think I’d make a template to just dump all the audio in wouldn’t you? I guess that would be smart, but the thing was each night had different mics and even different drums sometimes. So it wasn’t like I could just make generic settings, so I just loaded all tracks into their own sessions and started from nothing on each one.

AllTRacks

Classically, I like to set up tracks starting from the kick drum, snare, (hi hat if the channel exists) toms, overheads. Then on to bass tracks, guitars, synths. Like normal old-school mixing board set up. ØSC is an instrumental all-improvised space-rock ensemble, so usually only one live vocal mic for Scott Heller (Dr Space) to announce things. I’ve mixed several of our studio albums as well, so even though the lineup changes (it *is* a collective, you know), the vibe is usually a groove with wailing guitars and synth, with Dr Space doing modular synth wind/noise/sweeps/bleeps’n’bloops, etc. Think 70s Hawkwind or maybe Gong. 

Most of time I will make a drum buss with its own VCA and possibly a buss that controls overall guitar-and-maybe-synth levels. If I’m doing studio mixing I still go the classic mixing board method and have stereo busses for drums, bass, guitars, synths, (vocals), reverbs and effects, and I put them all the way right on the other side of the master fader. 

Starting with our kick, I’m trying to get a decent sound out of either the drum set that resides at the practice space in Copenhagen, now parading around Europe at the mercy of whatever mic some club in Dresden or Warsaw may have for it, or an opening band’s gear. Tim Wallander, the drummer (from Agusa and several other Malmö-area groups), usually brings his own snare and cymbals, and his snare sounds like a drum, it retains a lot of drum-shell sound and less of snare-y high end (especially with a crappy old mic on it.) 

I’ll usually resort to my favorites for these, UA Neve 1073 or Neve 88RS. The 1073 is just the best, in my opinion. I end up using it a LOT, desert island preamp and EQ. The 88RS of course has the weird Neve compressor/gate, and while I try not to gate any of the drums (if I have to, I’ll edit tom tom tracks to only have their hits, but…),  I do end up with slow gates on the kick sometimes, depending on how much low end is bleeding from the bass nearby or if the stage has subs under it (why do they do this!?) In any event, one tries to get some sense of the size of a kick drum shell in terms of low-end resonance, with some elements of the sound of the beater beating the living hell out of its skin. I usually end up making a kind of bactrian-humped EQ where the bass guitar can fit in between—minus a little 90-120hz or so on the bass, but then bringing a little bit of very low under that from the kick and the bass also. I find that the classic compressors like the UA DBX 160 or LA-2A are working nicely after EQ on the kick, if indeed the signal isn’t recorded with compression to begin with (again, different clubs.)

The UA Neve 1073, as I’ve said, is the best on everything. It just sounds good. I use it on snares, on guitars, on vocals. Even without starting to alter the EQ settings, I feel like just inserting it on the channel brings a lovely sound, a little quality distortion that brings out the harmonics of the sound. As I mentioned, the snare ends up being recorded live as well as it can be, which isn’t always excellent. In the mix, I end up needing more “snares” sound, more hi-mid white noise elements to add to the drum’s cracking and popping sound. There are some great presets for the 1073 to start out with, many “70s” sounds, for example. One thing I dislike, however, is the sound of a super squished snare that pops instead of cracks. So I try to be very sparse on compression. What I *do* do, though, is often duplicate the snare track and EQ it radically (UA Cambridge EQ!) to bring out the snares themselves and then crunch that up a bit with something like SoundToys Devil Loc or maybe even a SansAmp. 

drums

drum processing, kick and snare EQ/preamps and compression, Overheads EQ and parallel buss comp

Toms are a problem on these live recordings, because they are inconsistent and almost always open mics that pick up everything. I try to tune them to get some more resonance and a little stick, the bactrian camel curves again, a little higher than the kick for resonance, and possibly lower for the stick with a dip in between. Say ~150hz for the floor tom, and a little 1k-2k spike. I wonder if a superimposition of all these EQ curves would look like a herd of camels. Depending on what’s going on CPU-resource-wise, I maybe just use the ProTools native 7-Band EQ and possibly their gate/comp. Tricky though, with the gates, due to what freqs may be bleeding at what levels. Especially for mixing a live show, I want it to sound more natural and less studio-jiggered. Gates can bring in some weird elements when the drum track has a sound that aren’t the sound of the drum in the recording, can end up sounding bizarre, like sudden high pitched electrical noises coming in with each drum hit. Not fun.

For Overheads—if there are recorded tracks! I’ve mixed some shows that had no cymbal mics, so had to duplicate other mics and radically EQ them and try to place them in space to fake it—I mostly use the UA Cambridge EQ, some hi-pass, then depending on what cymbal or toms are on what side, make some cuts in the middle and boosts in the high end to match the instruments’ tones. I run a parallel drum buss through the UA Fairchild 660. Wow, what a roomy compressor/limiter. Really ties the room together, that guy, like a nice rug.

I’m mixing drums from audience perspective, by the way. For live, anyway. I think I unconsciously do from drummer’s perspective (L-R) when doing studio recordings, but for live shows, I try to match the placement on stage as if you were in the audience. So for these, floor tom is left channel, rack tom is right channel. 

So a little ear-candy now, since I’ve got a decent drum set going on, with a parallel compression, both summed to a drum buss controlled by a drum-group VCA. But it’s dry! So, rather than trying to mix in a room recording (which I could do and have done, of course) I’m gonna fake it. Two reverb busses are in place at the far right of the mixing console, one of them is my all time favorite, the AudioEase Altiverb. I’ve been using this convolution reverb for what, 20 years now? Still the best. (for me anyway.) In this situation, I’m finding either a club to put the band in or possibly a theater space. For several of these shows, I’ve settled on the Club Paradiso in Amsterdam as a substitute for, say, Hydrozagadka in Warsaw or Vaastavirta in Helsinki. Sometimes the New York club Tonic works really well for a club space background. My weird methodology is to send a little of the snare track directly into the Altiverb reverb, and then take another send from the parallel comp drums track to a *different* reverb with all the drums. Often that second one is a plate, like UA’s EMT140, but they recently brought out the Capitol Echo Chamber and so I’m using it while I can. What’s cool about it, besides sounding like an old recording studio’s echo chamber, is that, in stereo, the sides are unequal: it actually maps the real space, so the bounce is different on different walls. This can be cool, especially just a touch to create a sense of space for the ensemble to live in. 

reverbs

Now on to the bass. Jiri, the bassist, plays a left handed 5 string bass with a low B string, and he uses a lot of effects. Including fuzz, octaves and echoes. So he tells the sound man that he likes a microphone on his cabinet instead of a DI, as that will actually get the full frequency spectrum he’s using. Sometimes he sounds like a bass, sometimes like a synthesizer. For the most part, I just need a little bit of control, so first thing I will do is notch out a tiny bit of low end in that 100hz range, maybe 90, maybe 120, to fit his signal around and between the kick drum. Then compression. I’ve been using the UA LA-2A’s a bunch for bass compression, but I’ve recently been on an Empirical Labs Distressor kick. (for guitars too!)

It helps *me* if there’s a DI line also, because what I like to do is send that signal to the UA/Softubes Bass Amp room. I love this plugin, it’s amazing on line-recorded bass. I’ve used it on nearly every album I’ve made in the past 7 or so years. It sounds like a bass amp (or three) in a room. I have two 70s Fender basses, a Precision and a shitty Musicmaster with the frets filed off and a Seymour Duncan pickup, either one plugged directly into the Apollo and then through the Softubes Bass Amp room, and that’s all I need. In Jiri’s case, for these live shows, I use the plugin in mono-to-stereo and bring it in under the original track. That way I can EQ his original track to get all his high mids and then the amp room brings up a bit of the ultra-low floating around in the space. Especially good when balancing a fuzz bass with the band. It’s a lot of two-humped EQ curves going on between the bass and the drums, all fitting together in notches. Herd of camels.

On this tour, we had two guitarists and usually a keyboardist. Our normal touring synthesizer player, Mogens, had to stay in Copenhagen due to just starting up his own acupuncture business! So we tried to get locals each night to jam with us, and we got some great and varied musicians. On these shows in the screenshots, in Warsaw, it was Marysia Bialota on some Korgs, while in Helsinki it was Vesa Partii playing a synth with a guitar: Boss GT-10 Synth and EHX Key9!

In general I want the keys to be relatively centered in the mix, but of course that depends on the music and where they might be on stage (bleed-wise). Or if it’s an actual organ or mono-synths or what. In Hamburg we had Anders from Liquid Orbit with his touring setup: a chopped Hammond with tour-boxed Leslie speakers, a Mellotron and a mono synth! Unfortunately, we don’t have multitracks for those, just room recordings. 

I started using UA’s CS-1 Channel Strip a long time ago when there was a starting preset called “Synth Tamer”. Well, I can’t find that preset anymore, but that doesn’t stop me. It’s got an EQ section for some shaping (hi-pass to get out of the way of the bass, for one, some upper mid sculpting, maybe some hi end sparkliness) and then it has a compressor, and some time-delay and it’s own reverb. I try to get a little subtle chorus out of the delays and maybe a rectangular room for a little bit of its own space. Might nit need more than that.

The other guitarist on this tour was Vemund Engan, from Black Moon Circle, who was most of the time playing through a big Peavey combo (from the Copenhagen rehearsal space again), his tone is very rock guitar, very Marshall-y, with either an SG or a baritone guitar. I was playing my Fender Stratocaster (the ’62 reissue, now with a super comfortable leather strap which was very cheap in Poland. It feels like you’re sliding into a luxury sports car to put it on) into a Peavey tweed classic, my tone ranged from more Strat-clean to fuzz, with echoes of course, etc… I could go on about pedals and guitar tone forever. Maybe I will someday.

Anyway, we are usually on opposite ends of the stage, so I put us there in the stereo space as well. EQ and compression. Lots of volume editing. And one trick: I put each guitar into one of the reverbs, with the send panned opposite to the track’s placement. I love this trick, I automate the send levels for solos to send the track into the other side of the space, it’s especially cool with the UA Capitol Studios chamber because it has a distinct bounce on the left side, you can take the left-channel guitar, send it to the echo chamber right side and it bounces a bit back to bolster the initial track as well as spreading the signal a bit for solos. I do this rather than change the pan of the track on live show mixes. 

guitar synth helios

guitars: Helios and Distressor, 1073 and Smack (an old ProTools comp) and the CS-1 for the synth

These screenshots are from Warsaw and Helsinki, at the former I was left side (looking *at* the stage) and Vemund right, at the latter, it was the opposite. Again, I often use the UA Neve 1073 on guitars, but I’ve also become smitten with the Helios 69. The Helios really brings the crunch out and can tame some of the low end as well, so I have been using it on Vemund’s guitar signal. I only became aware of this EQ due to recording some Camper Van Beethoven with Jason Carmer in Berkeley, CA, and then discovering the preset on the older version of UA’s Helios called “Carmer’s Charmer.”

I’m usually more “classic” electric guitar-sounding usually with a Fender amp (the Peavey Classic is excellent, by the way), so the 1073 works really well on my guitar or violin. That and the Distressor! I was turned on to the hardware version of the Empirical Labs Distressor when I was playing with Sparklehorse 20 years ago, I mean, you can tell Mark Linkous loved his compression, and the Distressor was a hit with him. I have never owned the hardware version, but UA’s plugin is kicking ass for bass, guitar, violin, etc. It has some harmonic features as well, hi-pass and harmonic distortions that can work wonders on midrange and treble instruments. 

So that’s all pretty simple, straightforward. Get good sounds and leave them in the mix. I’m not doing ornate effects sends like I would do in a studio session (where I do really go for it with the different echoes and filters and whatever.) However, I do want to make Scott’s modular synth and Kaoscillator make the space to lead the listener through the sectional changes in the improvised music. Scott usually has a mono signal live, so I get to play with it in the mix. Depending on the quality of his signal, there are different options. Some places are crappy DIs and there’s a lot of line noise which is a bummer, but a good signal from the modular is also tricky because it’s producing a very wide frequency spectrum and sweeping through it. I would like to compress or limit the signal, but again that can be messed up by the sweeps of different frequency areas, so one thing I started doing recently was using the new UA Oxford Dynamic EQ, that can limit levels for specific ranges, in a graphic EQ window. If I set it for a basic De-ess type and then wiggle it around, I can get a decent signal when his noise or tone sweeps go through the high end, 5-7khz. I mean, oscillators don’t care, they just output signal regardless of your old ears and the Fletcher Munson curve. I also have been tending to hi-pass the modular, he rarely goes into super low end and usually it’s just line hum down there. 

Then I auto-pan him. I started using Melda Production modulation plugins a few years ago, they’re really good but I still find them really difficult to get to the controls! Have to look it up in the manual each time to find how to slow down the LFO, it’s not intuitive. I started working with their Leslie cabinet emulators for organs, but have recently really gotten into their Pan and Spectral Pan modulators. You can alter the waveform of the controlling LFO, so I usually put a couple harmonic bumps into the sine wave so that it hovers back and forth in the center before panning out to the sides. Like a spiral. With the Spectral Pan, I can specify a frequency range or ranges that pan differently. And then, he gets echoed, with the sends reversed left and right, so the echo follows his panned signal across the stereo space, almost like it has a trajectory of its own. Maybe he gets a little sent to the Altiverb also. For echoes, I’ve used a bunch of different things. I like the UA EP-34 tape echo, but haven’t been using it on these sessions, instead I’ve gone with a SoundToys EchoBoy for straighter echoes in stereo (lots of options here too, including some tape drive or prime-number echoes) or their Crystalizer, which is a granular echo so I can have a certain quantum of the echoed signal fed back and reversed in time, which is super cool with Modular Synth sweeps. Other commonly used delays are the UA Cooper Time Cube, which mimics a weird hardware unit that has a hose coiled up inside it to delay the sounds (hardware version used mixing CVB at Chase Park in Athens, GA), or my old favorite, the A/DA Stereo Tapped Delay. The A/DA is something I used a lot back in the early 1980s when I started down this road of audio sin at the University of California Santa Cruz Electronic Music Studios. We had an Omnipressor, the A/DA Stereo Tap and an Eventide Harmonizer and a few other crucial pieces of hardware, now almost all available as emulation plugins from UA or Eventide. The A/DA made the UA roster last year, at a time when I was working on a piece for a choreographer that was coincidentally premiered at the UCSC Performing Arts Theatre (in multichannel!) So I really got my Stereo Tap groove on very heavily for that one as I recalled the EMS there.

modular 2

Modular synth precoessing

Back to the live set, the lonely vocal mic will sometimes get a little work, but again, it’s mostly just for Scott to introduce the band or talk to the audience between pieces. Maybe I’ll freak it out a bit with a UA Moog moving filter, and send it to echoes or reverb or something. 

So we’ve moved across the (virtual) board from Left to Right, then my Aux channels are just two reverbs and a delay, then a Master Buss that has some faux-mastering plug ins if I’m in a hurry, then the master fader. For these shows, which are mostly straight-to-video, I mean, straight to the Bandcamp site or the internet in general, I just do the EQ/Compression/Limiting right there and that’s that. For studio mixes, I mix and then set up a whole new session to master. I’m not the greatest mastering ears, I think, but you know, you do what you can. There are a number of pieces of UA gear that really can make you realize what mastering is all about, and I have a number of ways and means to work on the final mix on the master buss. 

For EQs, I like the UA Chandler Curve Bender, it’s not a radical EQ but it can carve out a nice shape and it has some super-high end air to work with. The other route is the UA Precision Multiband. Wow, what an instrument. It’s a multiband compressor that can control separate frequency bands in separate ways. I’m trying to *not* alter my mix super much, just trying to get some cohesion and enhancement. Especially if it’s gonna be flac or MP3 listening on the other end. The Precision Multiband is a hog, though, and it means the whole mix is offset by about 16000 samples in delay compensation, so playback looks a bit weird. Not suitable for tracking. 

For compression or limiting, I used to use the UA Precision gear most of the time, but lately I’ve gone over to the dark side using the UA/Sonnox Oxford Limiter. It’s a boss, has its own EQ enhancement curve levels, and the normal input and threshold settings, as well as some control for compression attack and release. I don’t just want to squish and get more “loudness” out of it, I prefer to have a slower attack and let some drum transients come through. And since most of this stuff will never be aggregated to streaming services, I don’t have to worry about their weird loudness measurements and specs. 

For more nuanced compression, I love using the UA Shadow Hills Mastering Compressor, in one of its more gentle modes. Sometimes I also will put the UA/Katz K-Stereo ambience recovery stereo field manipulator, it can widen the image or shed some light into the corners of the reverb spaces. I also tend to try using the UA Ampex ATR-102 tape machine for the master buss. I’m into the hi-fi settings, 30ips, 1” tape, not slammed on input. The tape machine emulators are interesting, in fact my very first experience with UA plugins was when we were recording Apricot Jam and All Attractions and the engineer threw the UA Studer A-800 across all the drum tracks, it blew my mind. I will sometimes do some tape deck on drum tracks as well, or at least kick and snare.

mastering 2

Mastering/mixing master buss with Precision Multiband, K-Stereo, ATR-102 and Oxford Limiter

Anyway, that’s a quick run through of my process for mixing these live recordings. I love mixing music and/or sound. It’s like a big 3D sculpture in time. Mixing ØSC is super fun, but always a little tough due to the length of the piece—some jams are 30 or 45 minutes long, so moves you make on volume or EQ might need changing or going back to check how it gets there, trying to get the sense of where you are in the overall timeline. I’ve tended to draw in the volume and send level automations by hand rather than controlling a virtual fader, but I have recently tried to use the ProControl EUcon app on iPad, or the Softube Console 1 controller which I got a couple years ago for use with UA plugins, but really I don’t go to it first. Yet. Old habits and all. 

In terms of the 3D Stereo space, it’s funny, because a long long time ago in the late 1980s, I was working with an engineer named David Gibson on my first “solo” album, “Storytelling”, and he and I discussed our various synesthetic takes on the stereo field of sound, at different levels and frequencies, and he was coming up with an entire methodology on mixing based on a visual model of the sound field. Which I could easily see, we worked well together on that album’s mixing (done at Hyde Street Studios in SF in 1988. Sandy Pearlman kept coming in and muttering, calling me “Frank” for some reason.)

There you have it. I wrote this up during a flight layover at Gatwick on my way to the states to play music. One day I should describe one of the studio mixing sessions. 

Albums I have worked on using Universal Audio plugins include:

Camper Van Beethoven: La Costa Perdida, El Camino Real and Sharknado songs

Jonathan Segel: All Attractions, Apricot Jam, Shine Out, Superfluity, and several others in between.

ALL Sista Maj albums! (Though the “Localized Pockets of Negative Entropy” LP was mastered by Eroc at The Ranch in Germany so it’s even better.)

Øresund Space Collective: (studio) Different Creatures, Visions Of…, Hallucinations Inside the Oracle, Kybalion, and upcoming releases and (live shows) Live in Karlsruhe,  Live at the Little Devil in Tilburg, NL, Live at Urban Spree in Berlin, Live at in Tampere, Finland

And many violin and guitar tracks recorded for other peoples’ projects. 

I have to thank Universal Audio profusely for the opportunity to use their software for these past number of years. It has been invaluable and has bettered my output as a recording musician and as a mixer. They have brought me back to the realm of the physical studio while being able to work on my little sessions in Pro Tools on a 2010 Mac Pro. It really changed my audio life.

Posted in Music

Songwriters and composers! April 22 2019 is the deadline!

Songwriters and composers, lend me your ears/eyes/brains for 20 minutes here, this is IMPORTANT and critically timely. And it affects writers globally, if your music is streamed in the US. Please take time to read this and research a bit.

In the US of A, the Music Modernization Act passed last October. There are several parts to it, but NUMBER ONE is setting up a non-profit agency to collect and distribute digital *mechanical* royalties. This will be called the Mechanical Licensing Collective, duh. Historically, mechanical royalties were paid to songwriters when a copy of their work was manufactured. The copy in the digital world is of course the data file itself being transferred to your streaming device, and as our musical contributions to the world of art have been re-evaluated as being worth near-nil due to the very fact of digital media format, we’re talking about some hundredths or thousandths of a penny. Regardless, none of them streaming services actually bothered with acquiring the actual mechanical licenses to allow them to stream some millions of songs, and that was what those class action suits were all about last year. 

What is happening now is that the Copyright Office is choosing an organization to be an entity called the MLC (Music Licensing Collective) and it will be set up to get the information on all streamed works from within the USA, collect the mechanical royalties, match them to a database of songwriters/rights holders, and then, yes, distribute the money. A key component of this is the development of that database, of course, and the accruing of *unmatched* royalties and the subsequent “black box” that holds them. 

SO. All proposals and comments on the Copyrights Registrar’s government site are now open, until April 22nd. There are two groups competing to be chosen by the Registrar to be the MLC. (And one proposal for who will be the DLC, the Digital License Coordinator, and that was made by people from DiMA.org, the digital streaming services organization, which includes representatives from Spotify, Pandora, Deezer, etc.) And then there are comments from people supporting one group or the other. You! You should support one group or the other. You should write a comment on the Copyright Registrar’s site:

https://www.copyright.gov/rulemaking/mma-designations/comment-submission/

Before you just go running your mouth off like I am now, let me fill you in on the two groups. One is the AMLC (American Music Licensing Collective): 

https://www.songrights.net

The other is just calling themselves the MLC as if they were already it:

https://www.nashvillesongwriters.com/songwriters-we-need-your-help-one-more-time-mlc

You can tell my bias already. Things to know: I am currently designated to be on a committee within the AMLC designed to resolves conflicts with the license matching and payout. My illustrious bandmate in Camper Van Beethoven (and sometimes Cracker, when I’m playing with them), Mr David Lowery—a known artist rights activist and troublemaker—is designated to be on a committee within the MLC that deals with the “black box”. 

I’m gonna lay out my thinking on why and where all of this is good or bad:

The MLC (or the group calling themselves the MLC, intending to be the MLC) is mostly made up of people from the major label publishers, Universal, Warners and Sony, and a lot of Nashville and Los Angeles industry heavyweights. They obviously know what they’re doing, right? Therefore when they expect startup costs of ~$50Million dollars and an ongoing cost of $26-48M per year, we should think they are on top of shit. However, if you look at their proposal (it’s in 4 parts, PDFs, downloadable from that comments section/ “view open docket” on the Copyright website) the tech architecture they’re talking about is wimpy. A straight pipe, oh money comes in and then it goes out. Right. 

Should it go without saying, that I don’t trust these guys, exactly? Here’s something to think about: that black box. If they have unmatched royalties sitting in that box for three years, guess what? They can distribute them as they please, which they intend to do “by market share”. That was how they interpreted the Music Modernization Act’s wording of percentages. The AMLC believes that the greatest percentage of unmatched money would be a large number of independent songwriters that would need to be paid. I think that’s pretty obvious. However, as I said, Mr Lowery will be on that MLC committee…

You can also download the AMLC’s proposal, which begins with an estimated startup cost of more like $7Million, and check out that tech archictecture. It gathers from multiple databases that are currently extant, utilizes machine learning algorithms to understand the flow of information for the system and guide license and writer matching. I’m way more convinced that the AMLC will get songwriters the money owed to them. 

Now check out the board and the people involved, the MLC (cheeky to name themselves that, I think.) 

The NMPA Submits Their Mechanical Licensing Committee (MLC) Proposal — And Calls for a No-Bid Contract

It’s all big publishers.

And the AMLC: https://www.songrights.net/why-us

It’s small publishers and independent songwriters, for the most part. With a hunk of tech knowledge behind them. 

Again read the info yourselves, think about it. The big boys have a lot of know-how, of course, they can do it, but at a cost. I think that very cost will be passed on to the independent songwriters, but the current big payees will benefit. I trust that the AMLC will actually get people paid. 

These organizations are soliciting for support in this now, so I will end this by asking you—if there is no conflict of interest, but even if you may be published by one of the entities on the board of the MLC!—to write, film, post your verbal support for your choice of who should be the Music Licensing Collective, and I’m saying straight out, I think the AMLC is better. Not just because of my personal involvement: I am involved because I trust them more. 

You have until April 22 2019 to post a verbal comment on the Copyright site. 

Thank you, Jonathan Segel, songwriter and composer.

Posted in Music

Links and still playing catch-up

[This is an amalgam of information from the front page of my website from the past few years, just gathered in one place toward the end of 2018. Here is info on my solo material, my work with Øresund Space Collective, Sista Maj, Camper Van Beethoven and others!]

From Feb 2017: “Superfluity” is out, it’s a 2-CD album, with artwork again by Richard Gann, this time with a four panel foldout cover. It’s out on FreeWorld/Floating World Records from London.

(Actually, now, a year and a half later, The Orchard has put the entire album on youtube, so I guess here you go):

Mastered by Gary Hobish at A. Hammer Mastering , a double album of songs of all sorts, lots of guitars, basses and drums, a little violin, and some beautiful singing from Kelly Atkins (from 20 Minute Loop Kitka and other projects!) and more cover art by Richard Gann.

It’s big, it’s massive, it has everything you have ever wanted in an album.

Look for it wherever records are sold (hah.)—and if they don’t have it, ask for it!

Nice reviews are coming in. Rocktimes.de totally gets it.

A great interview from StarTrip in Japan

Here’s a long interview about the writing of this album on Nakedly Examined Music

Superfluity CoverFinal

And there’s more. If you didn’t know before reading this here, there are more superfluous pieces that never made it into the stream of phenomenon and on. Outtakes from Superfluity. I gathered a bunch of them for you here, even more Superfluousness:

________________________________________

You can find free downloads of several things by Jonathan Segel & Band on Bandcamp. Here is an improvised concert at the Camp-Out XIII from Sept 1 2017 on bandcamp!

_________________________________________

I’ve been working with the Øresund Space Collective for several years now, recording, performing, mixing, etc. Not on everything they (we) do, mind you, but many. All the vinyl is on Space Rock Productions/Sapphire Records. (Click for info)

Here are several of the Øresund Space Collective sessions I’ve played on (and mixed all of them at the Magnetic Satellite, except “Black Hole” which was mixed by Dr Space):

differentcreaturesOdeToABlackHolevisionsofMaatLander

HallucinationsLivein BerlinKybalion Front

Different Creatures

Ode to a Black Hole

Visions Of…

ØSC/Maat Lander Split LP

Hallucinations Inside the Oracle

Live in Berlin 2018

and this winter: Kybalion

_______________________________________________

Sista Maj!

Sista Maj started on the last day of May in 2015, as a band it lasted about 3 years. The musicians are all busy with their myriad other projects, all of which are incredible.

Sista Maj started as a trio: Andreas Axelsson on drums, Mikael Tuominen on bass and other things, Jonathan Segel on guitar, violin and whatnot. Instrumental hypnotic intense psychedelic space rock in the grand Northern European tradition that runs from Krautrock to Swedish Progg. We got together to improvise, mostly, then sometimes take those improvisations and re-work them. We performed live very few times, and sadly the only recording of a live show I have cut off toward the end of the first track.

Per Wiberg joined us in 2017 to play keyboards, opening up our sound to new territories. The latest release, “Localized Pockets of Negative Entropy” has all four of us and a bit of Mattias Olsson as well. Later this year we release “The Extreme Limit.”

To research these guys, go check out Kungens Män, Automatism, Fanatism, Eye Make the Horizon, Lisa Ullén Trio, AAM, (oh and maybe Opeth…)

All at SistaMaj.bandcamp.com, recorded in garages and a bit at Mattias’ Roth Händle Studios. Here is a double-CD from Sista Maj, Series of Nested Universes

_________________________________________________

Other musical additions to the world on the web:

SHALE is Tom Shad and Jonathan Segel, with some help from Ralph Carney and others. A collaboration made on the web, sharing ideas back and forth!

Another recent thing I was working on was “remixes” of the Kitka Women’s Vocal Ensemble for their Remix Project. Find my additions HERE, scroll down, I’m there on the lower left.

Also in the midst of all this super psychedelia, I also played some mandolin and violin on Björn Brunnander’s new release, “Galler” on Poolhall Recordings, and played violin on a Townes Van Zandt song for the Lowlands (and friends) cover of his entire last performed set.

I also contributed some violin to Gong family folks Spirits Burning and Clearlight on the releases “Roadmap to Your Head” and “An Alien Heat

ØSC has toured through Denmark, Germany, Holland, Belgian, Austria and Switzerland in May 2016, and again in May 2018. Many of the shows are online to listen to at Archive.org. Some were recorded from the board to a multi-track, two of them sofar can be found on the Øresund Space Collective Bandcamp site, including the newest, Live in Berlin.

I also added a little “jazzy/ethnic” violin to “West, Space and Love, Volume II“!

And also a nice evening improvising at Larry’s Corner with Jair-Rohm Parker Wells, you can listen to that here on Archive.org also.

As Scott Miller wrote in his song “720 Times Happier than the Unjust Man”:

“I fill my days with work because I am lazy

The way a coward is hungry to get in any fight

That he can win”

_______________________________________

Just so you remember:

Camper Van Beethoven, still alive and kicking after 35 years, has two recent albums “El Camino Real” (2014), and its 2013 companion “La Costa Perdida.” We also have two brand new songs premiering in the SyFy film Sharknado 3: Oh Hell No! You can find the soundtrack CD HERE! 

Of course, also in 2014, Jonathan Segel’s “Shine Out” came out on CD and digital. Physical copies are now sold out.

Check here for info and music: SHINE OUT

 

Here’s an interview and review at Music Web Express 3000!  This site is great, there are tons of great interviews, check it out! And you can learn about the making of the above-mentioned albums.

I had a vernissage for my artwork, drawings I had done while riding on the subways around Stockholm, at Larry’s Corner (Grindsgatan 35, Stockholm) in November 2015. I have soem prints that I will sell while on tour anywhere. Check them out on the ART page! Also, I played some spacey odd music while I had the space, most of it is collected here on ARCHIVE.ORG

Though admittedly not all of it may be listenable!

Almost all of my own music is on the Bandcamp page at

music.jsegel.com.

More music may be on its way.  Who knows? I sort of thought that Superfluity might be my last slew of songs, but you never know.  More superfluous art.

Find me talking on The Partially Examined Life, episode 115, about Schopenhauer and aesthetics, and with Victor Krummenacher on episode 118 about songwriting, reality, authenticity, that sort of thing.

Omnivore Recordings, who recently rereleased Camper Van Beethoven‘s 1988 and 89 albums “Our Beloved Revolutionary Sweetheart” and “Key Lime Pie” released an expanded verison of our 2004 ‘comeback’ album, “New Roman Times” in February!

(And check this out: there are even more extras available for download from

Camper Van Beethoven.com)

The Shine Out CD and digital release is only available at the above links. It’s now on iTunes HERE. There are only a few copies of the CD itself right now, will be available on-demand from Finetunes through Amazon.

One thing to note if ordering is that I am in Europe, so I can send CDs from here (but please include a bit of postage) but I did leave a bunch on the west coast with Victor Krummenacher, so hopefully he can send some if they go to the US.

Also recently added: Horsehoes & Hand Grenades, a “greatest hits” (or misses, as it were) digital package of songs from the past 25 years of Jonathan Segel albums… dip a toe in the water and see where it may lead you, it’s a good place to start with the 25 years of rock music. I haven’t yet made a compilation of the “other” stuff….

Camper Van Beethoven finished a good long while of playing shows in 2013 and 2014 promoting the CDs “La Costa Perdida” and “El Camino Real” out now on Savoy/429 Records!  See here to get it on Amazon .   here for iTunes!

The newer  CD, “El Camino Real“, is the companion to “La Costa Perdida”, mostly concerning Southern California (where La Costa is about the Northern part!)…Out June 3rd 2014!

When not touring, Jonathan lives in Stockholm and is adjusting to living in Europe (see blog entries) and sits in as a guest sometimes for shows with The Plastic Pals or Gösta Berlings Saga or maybe someone else… (sat in with Built To Spill  even.)

All Attractions and Apricot Jam were both released in 2012, the physical package was a 2-disc set with both, out of print now, we did print up a second batch of the CDs as individual packages. Currently they are sold out,  but digital is available at music.jsegel.com or from CDBaby or even from iTunes, or of course you could look in the merch piles at any Camper Van Beethoven show.

The Jonathan Segel band has played shows at every Cracker/Camper Van Beethoven Annual Camp-Out, Numbers ONE through FOURTEEN in Pioneertown, and there is audio available to listen for free on Archive.org, even some video of the 2012 show on YouTube. Soon there may be audio or video of the 2013 or 2014 or 2017 or 2018 show.

Here’s audio from the acoustic-guitars-through-echoes improvisation from Camp-Out XIV, Sept 1 2018

Chris Pedersen, Victor Krummenacher and I:

Here’s a recent live set, improvised in its entirety at Larry’s Corner in Stockholm, Sept 26 2017

Victor Krummenacher on bass, Mattias Olsson on drums.

Here’s more live chaos, Chris Pedersen on drums and Victor Krummenacher on bass:

Posted in Øresund Space Collective, Camper Van Beethoven, Music, recording, Touring, Violin

photo by Ian Weintraub

Enter your email address to follow this blog and receive notifications of new posts by email.